Profibus From IKPI 2000

PROFIBUS acc.
to IEC 61158/EN 50170
Introduction
Overview................................. Process or field communication ....................... Data communication .............. Communications overview for SIMATIC ............................ Communications overview for PG/PC................................ Configuration examples ......... Topologies .............................. Technical specifications .........
3/2 3/3 3/6 3/8 3/9 3/10 3/11 3/14 3/15 3/17 3/18 3/20 3/21 3/28 3/33 3/34 3/35 3/37 3/38 3/40 3/42 3/43 3/45 3/47 3/49 3/52 3/53 3/57 3/61 3/64 3/68 3/70
Distributed I/Os SIMATIC ET 200 ....................................................... 3/73 SIMATIC Machine Vision ............................................ 3/229 Connection possibilities for SIMATIC S5 ............................................................. SIMATIC S7 ............................................................. SIMATIC C7 ............................................................. SIMATIC 505 ............................................................ 3/237 3/244 3/262 3/270
SIMATIC PG/PC ....................................................... 3/276 SICOMP ................................................................. 3/306 SIMATIC HMI ........................................................... 3/309 SINUMERIK ............................................................. 3/319 SIMODRIVE ............................................................. 3/322 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVE......................................... 3/329 MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER Vector/COMBIMASTER ... 3/331 SIPART ................................................................... 3/334 SITRANS ................................................................ 3/342 MOBY identification systems ..................................... 3/352 Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NET.................. 3/356 Engineering tools COM PROFIBUS ....................................................... 3/367 SIMATIC PDM ........................................................... 3/369 Technology components ASICs .................................................................... 3/373 Development packages ............................................. 3/377 PROFIBUS-DP interfaces ........................................... 3/379 Partner solutions ..................................................... 3/381 Network transitions see chapter 6
Network components Network selection criteria ....... Overview................................. Connection examples............. Electrical Networks PROFIBUS FastConnect......... (RS 485) LAN cables............................. RS 485 bus connector ........... 830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable.................... 830-2 PROFIBUS connecting cable.................... Busterminals for PROFIBUS ... Active RS 485 bus terminating element ............... RS 485 repeater ..................... DP/DP coupler.......................... DP/RS 232C link ..................... Hardware Test Device BT 200 for PROFIBUS-DP ...... Electrical Networks SpliTConnect .......................... (PROFIBUS-PA) Bus cables.............................. DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link Optical Networks/ OLM Fiber-optics cable................... Glass FO cable (duplex cable) Plastic and PCF FO cable ...... PROFIBUS Optical Link Module (OLM) ........................ Plastic and PCF FO cable ...... Optical Bus Terminal (OBT).... PROFIBUS Infrared Link Module (ILM) ..........................
Optical Networks / OBT / int. Interface Wireless Link
Siemens IK PI October 2000
3/1
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Standard according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170
Overview Bus system for process and field communication in cell networks with a few stations and with field devices and for data communication according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 Ensures openness for connecting components in conformity with standards from other manufacturers PROFIBUS the field bus standard in production and process automation: Definition of the standards for physical bus characteristics and access methods Definition of user protocol and the user interface Process or field communication PROFIBUS-DP for fast, cyclic data interchange with field devices PROFIBUS-PA for applications in process automation in the intrinsically safe area Data communication PROFIBUS-FMS for data communication between automation devices and field devices
Fig. 3/1
PROFIBUS in the SIMATIC NET communication landscape
Designed for Industry
PROFIBUS is a powerful, open, rugged bus system that guarantees problemfree communication.
The system is fully standardized which enables standard components from different manufacturers to be connected without problems.
Configuration, startup and troubleshooting can be performed from any point on the network. This means that the freely selectable communication links are extremely flexible, easy to implement and easy to modify.
3/2
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Process or field communication
Communication functions The process or field communication (PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-PA) is used to connect actuators/sensors in an automation system, HMI or management system. Connection takes place via integrated interfaces on the CPU or via interface modules (IMs), interface submodules (IFs) and communication processors (CPs). In the case of modern, highperformance automation systems it is often more practical to connect several PROFIBUS-DP lines to one automation system not only to increase the number of I/O devices which can be connected but also to be able to handle individual product areas independently of each other (segment formation). With the IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard PROFIBUS a powerful, open, rugged field bus system with short response times and the following protocols is available: PROFIBUS-DP (Distributed I/O) serves for connecting distributed I/O's, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200 with very fast response times according to standard IEC 61158/EN 50170. PROFIBUS-PA (Process automation) expands PROFIBUS-DP with the intrinsically safe transmission system according to the international standard IEC 61158-2.
DP PA
3
Integrated interface
SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC C7 S7-300 S7-400
SIMATIC S5S5-95U SIMATIC C7 C7-626 DP C7-633 DP C7-634 DP CPU 31x-2 DP CPU 41x
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7/C7
CP 342-5/CP342-5 FO CP 443-5 Extended IM 467 IM 467 FO

1)
SIMATIC
WinAC
WinAC Basis V3.0 via CP 5613 WinAC Pro via integrated interface of SlotPLC
PC/PG
CP 5511 CP 5611 CP 5613/CP 5613 FO CP 5614/CP 5614 FO
SMATIC S5
CP 5431 FMS/DP 2) IM 308-C
SMATIC 505
505 FIM
1) Also for SIMATIC S7-400H 2) Combimaster for FMS + DP
Fig. 3/2 PROFIBUS-DP master
G_IK10_deP0002s
3/3
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Communication functions (continued) With PROFIBUS-DP/-PA field devices such as distributed I/O devices or drives with automation systems such as SIMATIC S7 or PCs are connected. PROFIBUS-DP/-PA is used when actuators/sensors are widely distributed in the machine or in the system (e.g. field level) and can be grouped in one station (e.g. ET 200) (>16 inputs/outputs). In this case, the actuators and sensors are connected to field devices. The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance with the master/ slave procedure and supply the input data to the controller or PC. Powerful tools such as STEP 7 and COM PROFIBUS are available for configuring and parameterizing the distributed I/O devices. These tools can be used for testing and startup from any connection point via PROFIBUS-DP.
PROFIBUS-DP - Slaves
C7-626 DP/-633 DP/-634 DP
DP master e.g. PLC or PC
Image evaluation system VS 710 S7-300 (slave) with CPU 31x-2 DP or CP 342-5 PC with CP 5511 CP 5611 CP 5614 CP 5614 FO Customized solution with Siemens ASICs ET 200L DP/PA link ET 200M
S7-200 (slave)
ET 200S
Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE) S5-115U with IM 308C
PROFIBUS-PA PROFIBUS-PA
DP/AS interface link 20
ET 200X
0 1
Master drive
DP/EIB link
Customized solution with Siemens ASICs

G_IK10_deP0108s
Fig. 3/3
PROFIBUS-DP slaves
3/4
PROFIBUS
Introduction
DP device types PROFIBUS-DP distinguishes 3 different device types DP Master class 1 The DP master of Class 1 is the central component in the case of ROFIBUS DP. In a defined, repetitive message cycle, the central controller or PC exchanges information with distributed stations (DP slaves). The new DP functional expansions (DPV 1) enable non-cyclic read and write functions as well as alarm acknowledgement to be performed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic transmitted data (e.g. parameterization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. The interrupt acknowledgement in the master ensures reliable transmission of the interrupts from the DP slaves. DP Master class 2 Devices of this type (programming devices, configuring devices or operating devices) are used on startup, for configuring the DP system or for operating the system during normal operation (e.g. diagnostics). A DP master of Class 2 can read, for example, input, output, diagnostic and configuration data from the slaves. The extended DP functions (DPV 1) also include noncyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelligent operator interfaces. This type of slave has to be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation. DP slave A DP slave is an I/O device that reads input information and supplies output information to the I/O. The quantity of input and output information depends on the type of device and can be up to 244 bytes.
3
DP-M DP-S
DP master class 1
Control tasks and diagnostics
e.g. PLC/PC Master diagnosis Read bus parameters Download/upload etc.
DP m aster c lass 2
Engineering and diagnostics
e.g. PC
Configuration Parameterization Read input data Write output data Read diagnostic data Alarm acknowledgement Read/write data record (non-cyclic)
Slave
e.g. ET 200
Read input data Read output data Slave diagnostics Read configuration Change address Read/write data record (non-cyclic)
DPV 0
DPV 1
DPV 1
DPV 0
Fig. 3/4
DP master classes
3/5
G_IK10_deP0004s
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
Communication functions Data communication (e.g. PROFIBUS-FMS) is used for exchanging information between programmable controllers or between a programmable controller and intelligent partners (PCs, computers, etc.). The following communication functions are provided for this purpose: PG/OP communication This comprises integrated communication functions which are used by the SIMATIC automation systems to exchange data with HMI devices (e.g. TD, OP) and SIMATIC PG (STEP 7). The PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet networks. S7 routing Using S7 routing PG/OP communication can be used between networks. S7 Communication The S7 communication is the integrated communication function which has been optimized in SIMATIC S7/C7. It is also used for interfacing to PCs and workstations. The volume of useful data per task is up to 64 Kbytes. S7 communication provides simple, powerful communication services and a networkindependent software interface for MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet networks. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) The SEND/RECEIVE interface (in the case of PROFIBUS, via FDL) is optimized for communication between SIMATIC S5 and S7 controllers and therefore facilitates migration from SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 controllers and PCs via PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet. Standard communication This is covered by standardized data communication protocols. PROFIBUS-FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification) is ideally suitable for communication between different automation systems (e.g. PLC, PC) from different manufacturers in the cell range with a few stations (max. 16). Communication to field devices equipped with an FMS interface is also possible. With the FMS READ, WRITE and INFORMATION REPORT services, an application program has read or write access to variables of the communication partner or may transmit its own variable values to a communication partner. Partial access to variables is supported. Communication is handled via non-cyclic connections (master/master, master/ slave), non-cyclic connections with slave initiative or cyclic connections (master/slave). With the INFORMATION REPORT, it is also possible to send a message to all other nodes in the network via a broadcast service. Additionally, the FMS IDENTIFY (requesting the identification features of the partner) and STATUS (requesting the partner's status) services may be initiated. OPC server The OPC-Server is included in the delivery of this product.
DP-M
DP-S
PG/OP
S7 C
S5 C
FMS
OPC
System connections
For many field devices, communication processors (CPs) which have already implemented the communication functions in the firmware
and which therefore relieve some of the load on the terminal by communication tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking etc.) are available.
3/6
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
System connections
Automation system
Communication processor
SIMATIC C7
S7-300/C7
CP 342-5 CP 342-5 FO CP 343-5
S7-400
CP 443-5 Basic CP 443-5 Extended
S5-115U to 155U
CP 5431 FMS/DP
S5-95U
Integrated interface
SIMATIC 505
CP 5434 FMS
PG/PC
CP 5511 CP 5611 CP 5613/CP 5613 FO CP 5614/CP 5614 FO
Fig. 3/5
Data communication for SIMATIC and PC
3/7
G_IK10_deP0005s
PROFIBUS
3
1)
Fig. 3/6
3/8
PG/ OP S7 communication S5-K PROFIBUS-FMS Time
DP slave Master class 2 Put/Get client Put/Get server BSEND BRECV USEND URECV H communication Read Sender Receiver forward Write Info / Report 2) 3) 4) 4)
Hardware
PROFIBUS-DP
Master class 1
In the In the standard H system system
SIMATIC S5
CP 5431 FMS/DP
Communications overview for SIMATIC
IM 308-C
SIMATIC 505
505 FIM
Introduction
505 RBC
PROFIBUS
CP 5434
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC C7
CP 342-5
3)
CP 343-5
SIMATIC S7-400
CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5 Extended
Communications overview for SIMATIC
IM 467
IM 467 FO
IF 964
1) 2) 3) 4)
S5-compatible communication; means SDA (PLC/PLC connection) and SDN services of PROFIBUS layer 2 Additionmal SRD services of PROFIBUS layer 2 DP master, DP slave cannot be operated simultaneously high availability DP master and S7 communication cannot be operated simultaneously
G_IK10_deP0100s
Fig. 3/7
Hardware
Software
Operating system
OPC PROFIBUS-DP S7 communication S5-C PROFIBUS-FMS
PG/ OP
Win 98
Win NT
Windows 2000 Pro
Master class 1
Master class 2
DP slave
Put/Get client
Put/Get server
BSEND/ BRECV
USEND/ URECV
H communication
Read
Write
Info/ Report
Communications overview for PG/PC

5) 2) 3) 2) 2) 3)
SIMATIC PU/PC
CP 5613
CP with DP-Base 1) 4)
CP 5613 FO
DP-5613/xxx 4)
CP 5614
S7-5613/xxx
CP 5614 FO
FMS-5613/xxx
CP 5511
SOFTNET-DP
CP 5611
SOFTNET-DP slave
SOFTNET-S7
STEP 7
Further information can be found with the search function through the ID in Internet.
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) xxx) Space holder for operating system
delivered with the CP 5613/CP 5614 DP master and DP slave cannot be operated simultaneously Master class 1 and master class 2 cannot be operated simultaneously on one CP DP Base and CP-5613 cannot be operated simultaneously only in CP 5614
You will find application exampleson the Quick Start CD
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Communications overview for PG/PC
http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/ik-info
3/9
G_IK10_deP0058s
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Configuration examples
Configuration example for process or field communication
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP
S7-400 with CP 443-5 Extended (DP master) S7-300 with CP 342-5 (DP master)
S5 with IM 308-C
0 1
G_IK10_deP0007s
3
Configuration example for data communication
PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5
Third-party device ET 200S ET 200X
Fig. 3/8
PROFIBUS-DP configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC
PROFIBUS-FMS
S7-400 with CP 443-5 Basic S7-300 with CP 343-5
PC/WinCC with CP 5613 and FMS-5613
PROFIBUS-FMS
S5-115 - 155U with CP 5431 FMS/DP
G_IK10_deP0008s
PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5
Third-party device
Fig. 3/9
PROFIBUS-FMS configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC
Configuration example for PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication
S7-400 with CP 443-1
PG with CP 1613 and STEP 7 V5
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400 with CP 443-1 S7-400 with CP 443-1
PROFIBUSDP
CP 443-5 Extended
CP 443-5 Basic
PROFIBUSFMS
G_IK10_deP0009s
ET 200S
ET 200X
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-300 with CP 343-5 S7-400 with CP 443-5 Basic
Fig. 3/10 PG/OP communication with S7 routing
3/10
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
Electrical network Siemens offers a wide range of PROFIBUS network components for the electrical and optical transmission technology. PROFIBUS is standardized according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 for universal automation (PROFIBUS-FMS and PROFIBUS-DP) as well as according to IEC 61158-2 for process automation (PROFIBUS-PA). Electrical network The electrical network uses a shielded, twisted-pair cable. The RS 485 interface operates on voltage differences. It is therefore less sensitive to interference than a voltage or current interface. In PROFIBUS the nodes are connected to the bus by a bus terminal or a bus connector (max. 32 nodes per segment). Individual segments are connected via repeaters. Transmission rates may gradually be selected between 9.6 Kbit/s and 1.5 Mbit/s. For extremely time-critical PROFIBUS-DP applications, additional transmission rates of 3. 6 and 12 Mbit/s according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 are possible. The maximum segment length depends on the transmission rate. The electrical network can be configured as a bus or tree topology (see Fig. 3/11). For applications in the intrinsically safe area, PROFIBUS-PA uses transmission technology according to IEC 61158-2. In this case the transmission rate is 31.25 Kbit/s. Features: High-quality LAN cable Transmission method RS 485 (according to EIA) Bus topology with bus terminals and bus connectors for connecting the PROFIBUS nodes Transmission method according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 for universal automation (PROFIBUS-FMS/DP) as well as IEC 61158-2 for intrinsically safe area (PROFIBUS-PA) The DP transmission method is implemented by RS 485 (bit coding by voltage difference signals according to IEC 61158-2 (bit coding by current signals) by the network components (DP/PA coupler or DP/PA link) Simple, system-wide mounting and grounding concept Simple installation.
PC S7-400
OP 17
ET 200M
PG
ET 200S
Repeater
PROFIBUS-PA
Intrinsically safe area
DP/PA link
Drive Repeater
G_IK10_deP0012s
Bus cable for PROFIBUS Connecting cable
ET 200X
Fig. 3/11 Electrical PROFIBUS network configuration
3/11
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
Optical network The fiber-optic cable version of PROFIBUS has the following properties: Resistance to electromagnetic interference Suitable for wide ranges Galvanic isolation Either plastic, PCF or glass fiber-optic conductors can be implemented Optical PROFIBUS with OLMs An optical network can be constructed in a bus, ring or star topology using Optical Link Modules (OLMs). The maximum distance between two OLMs can be up to 15 km. The transmission rate can be adjusted in steps from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s. Optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT The Optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT is configured in line topology. A cost-optimized solution in the form of devices with integrated optical interface is available for this. Data terminals with RS 485 interfaces can be connected via an Optical Bus Terminal (OBT). The maximum distance between two stations is 50 m with plastic fiber optic cables. Special fiber optic cables are offered for covering distances up to 300 m.
OLM
OLM
OLM
OLM
S7-400
S7-300
Drive
ET 200S
Fig. 3/12 Network configuration Optical PROFIBUS with OLMs
Mixed network
Mixed structures combining electrical and optical network are feasible. The transition between the two media is provided by the OLM. In the communication between the stations on the bus there is no difference between the two-wire and fiber optic technology. Up to 127 stations may be connected to a PROFIBUS network.
The optical transmission method offers the following advantages: Plastic or glass fiber-optic cables are insensitive to electromagnetic radiation and make the EMC measures necessary in electrical networks superfluous
In outdoor installations, an additional lightning protection concept is not necessary. The voltage levels on the modules are isolated automatically thanks to the fiber optic cable properties Large distance can be covered by fiber optic cables.
3/12
G_IK10_deP0136s
Glass-FOC Bus cable for PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
Mixed network (continued)
OLM OLM OLM OLM
S7-300
ET 200M ET 200S
3
0 1
OP 17
ET 200X
ET 200S
Fig. 3/13 Network configuration combining an electrical and an optical version of the PROFIBUS network
Wireless Link
Using the PROFIBUS Infrared Link Module (ILM), one or more PROFIBUS slaves or slave segments can be coupled without the need for wires. At a maximum transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s and a maximum range of 15 m, communication is possible to moving parts, e.g. to fully automatic transport systems. It can also be used to replace mechanisms that are subject to wear (slip rings or slip conductors).
Master e.g. S7-300
Slave e.g. ET 200L
ILM
ILM
ILM
Slave e.g. ET 200X
Slave e.g. ET 200S
Fig. 3/14 Connection to moving stations
3/13
G_IK10_deP0134s
G_IK10_deP0135s
Glass FOC Bus cable for PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Technical specifications
Standard Topology Electrical network Optical network Wireless Link Transmission medium Electrical network Optical network Wireless Link Network size Electrical network Optical network Wireless link Data transfer rate Number of stations Access method Protocols max. max. PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 Volume 2 Bus, tree Bus, tree, ring Point-to-point Point-to-multiple points Shielded two-wire cable Fiber-optic cable (glass, PCF and plastic) Infrared 9.6 km up to 90 km 15 m 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s (adjustable) 127 Token passing with lower level master/slave PROFIBUS-DP PG/OP communications S7 Communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS
Ordering data
Manual for PROFIBUS networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
Order No.
6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA2 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA4
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
3/14
PROFIBUS
Network components
Network selection criteria
Overview The table below contains an overview of the transmission media.
Criteria
Electrical network
Optical network
Wireless link
RS 485 acc. to IEC 61158/ EN 50170
IEC 61158-2 (PA)
Plastic
PCF
Glass
Infrared
EMC
Networking between buildings
1)
5)
Range
2)
Suitability for high transfer rate Simple connector mounting
4)
3)
3)
Simple cable laying Potential equalization measures necessary. Cable program for special applications Use in mobile stations Use in intrinsically safe environment
yes
yes
no
no
no
np
Fig. 3/15 Overview of transmission media
3/15
G_IK10_deP0010s
1) Lightning protection necessary 2) Depending on transfer rate 3) Trained personnel and special tools required 4) Careful laying necessary 5) External cable necessary (on request)
Irrelevant for this application
PROFIBUS
Network components
Network selection criteria
Overview In the following table you will find the selection criteria for electrical and optical networking.
Criteria
Electrical network
Electrical PROFIBUS
Optical network
With OLM
With integr. interface/ OBT
Transition media
Plastic PCF
1)
3
Distances Topology
Glass Shielded 2-wire cable
Max. network size between two stations
9.6 km
5) 3)
90 km up to 15 km
2)
9.6 km up to 300 m
2)
up to 1 km
Bus Line Tree Ring
Transmission protocols
All All DP
Connection of stations by
OLM Integrated interfaces Bus terminal Bus connector

4)
Electr. Network segments can be connected
Fig. 3/16 Selection criteria for electrical/optical networking
3/16
G_IK10_deP0133s
1) Plastic FOC is also known as Polymer Optical Fiber (POF) 2) Depending on type of cable used 3) Depending on data rate and type of performance used 4) Integrated interfaces (ET 200M, ET 200X) 5) For PROFIBUS-PA 1.9 km
Irrelevant for this application
PROFIBUS
Network components
Overview
Overview An overview of the PROFIBUS network components and accessories is shown in the following table as well as the transitions between the different types of transmission media
Electrical network
RS 485 acc. to IEC 61158/EN 50170 IEC 61158-2 (PA) with OLM
Optical network
With integr. Interface/ OBT
Wireless link
Bus, tree Network topology Shielded 2-wire cable
Bus, tree
Line, star, ring
Line
Point-to-point Point-to-multipoint
Transmission media
Shielded 2-wire cable for Plastic FOC intrinsically safe and non- PCF FOC intrinsically safe areas Glass FOC FastConnect Stripping Tool SpliTConnect System Tools for pre-assembling BFOC connectors for plastic FOC BFOC connectors
Plastic FOC PCF FOC
Wireless, infrared
Tools and accessories
FastConnect Stripping Tool Bus connector
Tools for pre-assembling simplex connectors for plastic FOC Simplex connectors Integrated terminals
3
ILM
Connection method
Connecting components
Bus terminal
SpliTConnect System
OLM
OBT
Pre-assembled cables
Connecting cable 830-1T Connecting cable 830-2
INDOOR cable with BFOC Standard glass cable with BFOC Trailing cable with BFOC Standard PCF cable with BFOC Standard plastic cable with BFOC
Standard PCF cable with simplex connectors and draw-in tool Not required
Lightning protection
Coarse protection Fine protection
To be implemented by constructional means
Not required
Electr. network segments
Repeater
Optical Link Module (OLM)
Optical Bus Terminal (OBT)
Infrared Link Module (ILM)
Diagnostic tool
G_IK10_deP0016s
Hardware test device BT 200
Not available
Signal contact and int. measuring sockets and level meter on request Manual for PROFIBUS networks
Level meter on request
Signal contact and display of signal strength Manual for PROFIBUS networks
Documentation
Manual for PROFIBUS networks
Fig. 3/17 Overview: PROFIBUS network components and accessories
Electrical PROFIBUS
Opt. PROFIBUS/ OLM
Opt. PROFIBUS/ int./OBT
Wireless link
Electrical PROFIBUS Optical PROFIBUS/OLM Optical PROFIBUS/int./OBT Wireless link
Repeater OLM OBT ILM
OLM OLM OBT + OLM OLM + ILM
OBT OBT + OLM OBT, integr. Optic OBT + ILM
ILM OLM + ILM OBT + ILM ILM
Fig. 3/18 Transitions between the transmission media
G_IK10_deP0017s
3/17
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
PROFIBUS module e.g. CP 5613
PROFIBUS FC bus connector RS 485 Plug 180
PROFIBUS FC bus cable Bus terminal 12M for connecting bus nodes to PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS FC bus cable
G_IK10_deP0055s
Fig. 3/19
Connection example for the electrical networking with PROFIBUS FastConnect bus connector RS 485 or bus terminal
G_IK10_deP0056s
PROFIBUS module e.g. CP 5613 PROFIBUS FC bus connector RS 485 Plug 180 PROFIBUS FC bus connector
OLM
PROFIBUS FC bus cable
Pre-assembled glass FOC
Fig. 3/20 Connection example for an electrical networking

G_IK10_deP0061s
PROFIBUS module e.g. CP 5613 FO
CP 342-5 FO (IM 153-2 FO, IM 151 FO, BM 143-DESINA)
Plastic FOC with Simplex connector
PROFIBUS PCFor Plastic FOC
Fig. 3/21 Connection example for optical networking with plastic fiber optic cables
3/18
Electrical Networks
Network components
Connection examples
DP/PA coupler TAP TAP
Coupler TAP
FC process Cable
PROFIBUS-PA
SITRANS P SITRANS F SITRANS P
Fig. 3/22 Connection example for networking with PROFIBUS-PA
SIMATIC ET 200X DESINA
DESINA-connector
G_IK10_deP0062s
DESINA cable
Fig. 3/23 Connection example for networking with DESINA-conform devices
3/19
G_IK10_deP0057s
Electrical Networks
Network components
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Overview
Measure the length of the cable to be stripped by placing it in the template. Stop with the index finger of your left hand.
Insert the measured cable end into the tool. The stop for the insertion depth is indicated by the index finger of the left hand.
Fix the cable end in the stripping tool up as far as the stop.
Rotate stripping tool 4 times in the direction of the arrow to strip the wire.
Pull the closed stripping tool away from the end of the cable.
Remove core protection film.
After stripping the cable it can be mounted directly in the PROFIBUS connector.
Fast and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables
Rules out mounting errors suchas short-circuits between the shield and adapter
Application
PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables. The system comprises 3 compatible components: FastConnect bus cables for rapid installation FastConnect stripping tool FastConnect PROFIBUS bus connector
Note: The PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables can also be connected to conventional bus connectors.
Design
Functions
The FastConnect stripping technique enables fast and easy connection of PROFIBUS-connectors to the PROFIBUS cables.
The special structure of the FastConnect bus cables enables the use of the FastConnect stripping tool with which the outer casing and the woven shield can be stripped with perfect precision Easy assembly due to preset insulation stripping tool (FC stripping tool)
in one step. The cable prepared in this way is connected in the FastConnect bus connector by means of insulation displacement method.
Shorter connection times for terminals by stripping of the outer casing and woven shield in one step Rules out mounting errors suchas short-circuits between the shield and adapter
Termination can be checked in the assembled state through the transparent cover for the insulation piercing terminals thanks to color-coding.
3/20

Electrical Networks
Network components
LAN cables for PROFIBUS
Overview Different versions for different applications (e.g. for burying in the ground, trailing cables) High immunity to interference due to double shielding. Flame-retardant bus cable (halogen-free) Length can easily be determined due to meter length markings printed on the cable Hybrid cable for common transmission of data and power supply
Application
Different types of cables are offered for the different application possibilities for configuring PROFIBUS networks. Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section. The following applies to all PROFIBUS LAN cables:
Generally, the cables listed should be used. For further details on network configuration, refer to the PROFIBUS network manual. Due to double-shielding, these cables are particularly suitable for industrial environments subject to electromagnetic interference.
The ECOFAST hybrid cable is particularly suitable for connecting locally installed ECOFAST components.
Design
Grounding continuity may be implemented via the outer casing of the LAN cable and the bus terminal's ground terminals. Meter length markings are printed on the cable. Bus cables without FastConnect technique (design-related) PROFIBUS Festoon Cable Flexible bus cable (stranded conductor) for special application in festoons. For round cables, the operation of a cable cart is recommended. PROFIBUS Flexible Cable Bus cable for highly flexible applications: Special cable (stranded conductor) for use on moving machine parts (5 million torsional movements on 1 m cable, 180 ). PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable The rugged and trailable hybrid cable contains two copper conductors for data transmission and four copper conductors for power supply of ECOFAST stations.
Cable types
The new FastConnect (FC) bus cables are of a radially symmetric design which allows a stripping tool to be used. In this way bus connectors can be assembled quickly and easily. PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable: Standard bus cable specially designed for fast assembly. PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable: This cable is specially designed to withstand aggressive chemicals and mechanical stress.
PROFIBUS FC Food Cable: By using a PE casing material this bus cable is suitable for use in the food, beverages and tobacco industry. PROFIBUS FC Underground Cable: This cable is specially designed for burying in the ground. It differs from the standard PROFIBUS bus cable in that it is equipped with an additional casing. PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable: Bus cable for special application of forced movement guidance in a track chain, e.g. in continuously moving machine parts (stranded conductor). PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable: Two-wire shielded, flame retardant and halogen-free bus cable with copolymer outer casing FRNC (Flame Retardant Non Corrosive).
3/21
Electrical Networks
Network components
Installation hints LAN cables are sold by the meter. If a bus segment has to be assembled from two parts (e.g. >1000 m segment length), two sleeves can be used (connect wires with low resistance to terminals, provide for complete connection of shields). FastConnect Using the FastConnect stripping tool it is possible to strip the outer casing and the shield of the new FastConnect LAN cables to the right length in one step. In this way the bus connectors (except 6ES7 972-0BA300XA0) can be connected quickly and easily to the LAN cable. Cable installation Keep the LAN cable sealed with a shrink-on cap at each end during storage, transportation and installation. Do not exceed bending radii and tensile stress! The ground cable should be used for laying outdoors, e.g. directly in the ground, in sand or in concrete as well as in underground or overground protective steel or plastic conduits. The surge voltage protection regulations must be observed particularly when burying cables in the ground.
Wide range of applications due to special bus cables Resistance of network to interference due to double shielded cables and consistent grounding concept
Time saved by simple and fast connector mounting with FastConnect cables
One cable (ECOFAST hybrid cable) for common transmission of data and power supply
3/22
Electrical Networks
Network components
Cable type1) PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable PROFIBUS FC Food Cable
Applications Attenuation at 16 at 4 at 9.6 Impedance at 9.6 at 38.4 at 3 to 20 Rated value Loop resistance Shield resistance Effective capacitance at 1 kHz Operating voltage (rms value) Type of cable (standard code) Sheath Material Diameter Color Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Installation temperature Bending radii First & final bending Repeated bending Permissible tensile force Weight Free from halogens Behavior in fire
Universally applicable
Environments exposed to chemical and mechanical stress
Food, beverages and tobacco industry
MHz MHz kHz kHz kHz MHz
<=42 dB/km <=22 dB/km <=2.5 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
<=42 dB/km <=22 dB/km <=2.5 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
<=42 dB/km <=22 dB/km <=2.5 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
=110 /km =9.5 /km

approx. 28.5 nF/km
=110 /km =9.5 /km

approx. 28.5 nF/km
=110 /km =9.5 /km

approx. 28.5 nF/km
=100 V
02YY (ST) CY 1 = 2 = 0.64/2.55--150 KF 40 FR VI PVC 8.0 0.4 mm purple 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C = 75 mm = 150 mm 100 N 76 kg/km no flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 C test type yes conditionally resistant no
= 100 V
02YSY (ST) C11Y 1 2 0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 FR VI PUR 8.0 0.4 mm purple 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C = 75 mm = 150 mm 100 N 73 kg/km no flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 B test type yes good resistance yes
=100 V
02YSY (ST) C2Y 1 = 2 = 0.64/2.55--150 KF 40 PE 8.0 0.4 mm black 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C = 75 mm = 150 mm 100 N 67 kg/km no flammable
UL listing Resistance to mineral oils and greases UV resistance
no conditionally resistant yes
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472.
3/23
Electrical Networks
Network components
Cable type1) PROFIBUS FC Underground Cable PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable2) 3) PROFIBUS Festoon Cable3)
Applications Attenuation at 16 at 4 at 9.6 MHz MHz kHz kHz kHz MHz
Suitable for burying in ground.
Track chain application
Suitable for suspension from railings
<=42 dB/km <=22 dB/km < =2.5 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
<=49 dB/km <=25 dB/km < =3 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
<=49 dB/km <=25 dB/km < =3 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
Impedance at 9,6 at 38.4 at 3 to 20 Rated value Loop resistance
=110 /km =9.5 /km

approx. 28.5 nF/km
=133 /km =14 /km

approx. 28.5 nF/km
=133 /km =19 /km

approx. 28 nF/km
Shield resistance Effective capacitance at 1 kHz Operating voltage (rms value) Type of cable (standard code) Sheath Material Diameter Color Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Installation temperature Bending radii First & final bending Repeated bending Permissible tensile force Weight Free from halogens Behavior in fire
=100 V
02YSY (ST) CY2Y 1 = 2 = 0.64/2.55--150 KF 40 SW
=100 V
02Y Y (ST) C11Y 1=20.64/2.55--150 LI KF 40 FR petrol PUR 8.0 0.4 mm petrol 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C = 40 mm = 60 mm 100 N 74 kg/km no flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 B test type yes good resistance yes
=100 V
02Y (ST) CY 1 2 0.65/2.56-150 LI petrol FR
PE/PVC 10.8 0.5 mm black 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C = 80 mm = 150 mm 100 N 117 kg/km no flammable
PVC 8.0 0.3 mm petrol 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C = 30 mm = 70 mm 80 N 56 kg/km no flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 B test type yes conditionally resistant yes
no conditionally resistant yes
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472. 2) Trailing-type cables for the following requirements: min. 4 million bending cycles at the specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 4 m/s2 3) Restricted segment lengths (see the manual for PROFIBUS networks).
3/24
Electrical Networks
Network components
Cable type1) PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable PROFIBUS Flexible Cable2) 3) SIENOPYR FR Shipboard Cable
Applications Attenuation at 16 at 4 at 38.4 at 9.6 Impedance at 9,6 at 38.4 at 3 to 20 Rated value Loop resistance Shield resistance Effective capacitance at 1 kHz Operating voltage (rms value) Type of cable (standard code) Sheath Material Diameter Color Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Installation temperature Bending radii First & final bending Repeated bending Permissible tensile force Weight Free from halogens Behavior in fire
Halogen-free and highly flammable applications MHz MHz kHz kHz kHz kHz MHz
Moving machine parts
Marine engineering
<=42 dB/km <=22 dB/km <=2.5 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
<=49 dB/km <=25 dB/km < =3 dB/km

270 27 185 18.5 150 15 150
<=45 dB/km <=22 dB/km <= 5 dB/km < =3 dB/km

250 25 185 18.5 150 15 150
=110 /km =9.5 W/km

approx. 28.5 nF/km
=133 /km =14 /km

approx. 28.5 nF/km
=110 /km
approx. 30 nF/km 4)
=100 V
02Y SH (ST) CH 1 2 0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 25 FRNC FRNC 8.0 0.4 mm light purple 25 C to +60 C 25 C to +60 C 25 C to +60 C = 40 mm = 75 mm 100 N 67 kg/km yes flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 C test type no conditionally resistant yes
=100 V
02Y (ST) C 11Y 1 = 2 = 0.65/2.56--150 LF VI FRNC PUR 8.0 0.4 mm purple 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C = 60 mm = 120 mm 100 N 67 kg/km yes flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 B test type yes good resistance yes
=100 V
M-02Y (ST) CH X 1 2 0.35 100 V Polymer 5) 10.3 0.5 mm black 40 C to +80 C 40 C to +80 C 10 C to +50 C = 108 mm 216 mm 100 N approx. 109 kg/km yes flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 C test type no very good resistance yes
UL listing Resistance to mineral oils and greases UV resistance 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472. Restricted segment lengths (see the manual for PROFIBUS networks). Torsionally resistant cable for following requirements: min. 5 million torsional movements on 1 m cable 180 at 800 Hz Outside diameter >8 mm; bus connectors can only be connected after removing the outer casing
3/25
Electrical Networks
Network components
Cable type1) PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable PROFIBUS Cable for ET 200X
Applications Attenuation at 16 at 4 at 9.6 MHz MHz kHz kHz kHz MHz
Connection for ECOFAST station
ET 200 X 135 165 30 pF/m 35 V 02Y (ST)C 120.65/2.56 150 LI LIY-J Y 31 0.75 VI KF30 PUR approx. 0.8 mm petrol 30 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 70 mm 140 mm 300 N approx. 105 kg/km no flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 B test type yes conditionally resistant no
<=49 dB/km <=25 dB/km < =3 dB/km

150 15 185 18.5 270 27
Impedance at 9.6 at 38.4 at 3 to 20 Rated value Loop resistance
150 168 /km =15 /km

30 pF/m
Shield resistance Effective capacitance at 1 kHz Operating voltage (rms value) Type of cable (standard code) Sheath Material Diameter Color Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Installation temperature Bending radii First & final bending Repeated bending Permissible tensile force Weight Free from halogens Behavior in fire
=100 V
02Y (ST)C 120.65/2.56 150 LI LIH-Z 11Y 41 1.5 VI FRNC PUR approx. 1.0 mm purple 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 40 C to +60 C 38 mm 55 mm
300 N
approx. 154 kg/km yes flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 B test type no conditionally resistant no
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472. 2) Restricted segment lengths (see the manual for PROFIBUS networks). 3) Torsionally resistant cable for following requirements: min. 5 million torsional movements on 1 m cable, 180 .
3/26
Electrical Networks
Network components
Ordering data
LAN cables for PROFIBUS: PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable Standard type specially designed for rapid installation, two-wire, shielded, sold by the meter; Consignment max. 1000 m, min. ordering quantity 20 m Preferred lengths 20 m 50 m 100 m 200 m 500 m PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable 2wire, shielded cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m PROFIBUS FC Food Cable 2wire, shielded cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable 2wire, shielded cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable 2wire, shielded cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m Order No. PROFIBUS RS 485 Festoon Cable 2wire, shielded cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable 2wire shielded flame retardant, with copolymer outer casing FRNC, cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m PROFIBUS Flexible Cable 2wire, shielded cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m Order No.
6XV1 830-3GH10
6XV1 830-0EH10
6XV1 830-0LH10
} } } } } }
6XV1 830-0EN20 6XV1 830-0EN50 6XV1 830-0ET10 6XV1 830-0ET20 6XV1 830-0ET50 6XV1 830-0JH10
6XV1 830-0FH10
6XV1 830-0GH10
PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable } 6XV1 830-7AH10 6wire; 2 wires shielded for PROFIBUS; 4 wires for auxiliary power (4 1.5 mm2) cut to length Preassembled with ECOFAST connectors 1.5 m 3m 5m 10 m 15 m
6XV1 830-3FH10
} } } } }
6XV1 830-7BH15 6XV1 830-7BH30 6XV1 830-7BH50 6XV1 830-7BN10 6XV1 830-7BN15
6XV1 830-3EH10
} PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping Tool Pre-set stripping tool for rapid stripping of insulation from PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables
PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade Cassettes Spare blade cassettes for the PROFIBUS FastConnect stripping tool, 5 pieces
6GK1 905-6AA00
PROFIBUS Cable for ET 200X 5wire, cut to length, } 6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0-Z for bus signals, power supply: oil resis- Z = length (specify in m) tant, conditional resistance to welding, can be used as trailing cable, PUR casing 5wire, cut to length, for bus signals, power supply: standard, PVC casing
6ES7 194-1LY00-0AA0-Z Z = length (specify in m)
6GK1 905-6AB00
PROFIBUS FastConnect Bus Connector RS 485 with 90 cable outlet with insulation displacement technique without PG interface } with PG interface } PROFIBUS FastConnect Bus Connector RS 485 Plug 180 with 180 cable outlet in insulation displacement method 1) Order from: DEHN & Shne Hans-Dehn-Str. 1 D-92318 Neumarkt/Opf., Germany
Special bus cables } SIENOPYR PROFIBUSShipboard Cable Copper cable for laying on board ships and offshore installations cut to length max. consignment 1000m min. order 20 m Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Lightning protection module for reliable transmission between buildings due to overvoltage protection1) Coarse protection Basic unit Protection module type B Protective housing Shield connection terminal Fine protection Basic unit Protection module Shield connection terminal Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
6XV1 830-0MH10
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0 6GK1 500-0FC00
} } } }
6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA2 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA4
Note: Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable range can be ordered from your local contact. For technical support, please contact: J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22 Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65 Fax: +49-911/750 99 91 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@fthw.siemens.de
919506 919510 906055 919508 919506 919570 919508
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
3/27
Electrical Networks
Network components
RS 485 bus connector for PROFIBUS
Overview Used for connecting PROFIBUS nodes to the PROFIBUS cable Easy assembly Extremely short mounting times with FastConnect connectors due to insulation displacement method Integrated terminating resistors (not with 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0) PG connection possible with special bus connector without additional installation of network nodes.
Application
The RS 485 bus connectors for PROFIBUS are used for connecting a PROFIBUS node or Different versions of the bus connectors are available optimized for the devices to be connected: Bus connectors with axial cable outlet (180) e.g. for PCs and SIMATIC HMI OPs, for transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s with integrated bus terminating resistor. Bus connector with vertical cable outlet (90);
PROFIBUS network component to PROFIBUS LAN cables.
Design
This connector enables a vertical cable outlet (with and without PG interface) for transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s with integrated bus terminating resistor. With transfer rates of 3, 6 or 12 Mbit/s, the SIMATIC S5/S7 connecting cable is required for the connection between the bus connector with additional PG interface and a programming device.
Bus connector with 30 cable outlet (low-cost version) without PG interface for transfer rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s and without integrated bus terminating resistor. PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector (90 or 180 cable outlet) with transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s for fast, easy mounting with insulation displacement method (for rigid and flexible wires). Here, incoming and outgoing bus cables are separated in the connector (isolating function). This is mandatory at both ends of a PROFIBUS segment.
Functions
The bus connector is plugged directly to the PROFIBUS interface (9-pin Sub-D female connector) of the PROFIBUSnode or a PROFIBUS network component.
The incoming and outgoing PROFIBUS LAN cable is connected via four terminals in the connector. The line termination integrated in the bus connector can be connected by an externally accessible switch (not with 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0).
3/28
Electrical Networks
Network components
Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA40-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA01)
Cable outlet Data transfer rate Terminating resistor
90 cable outlet 9.6 Kbit/s...12 Mbit/s Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch. Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated 9-pin Sub-D female connector 4 modular terminal blocks for wires up to 1.5 mm2 4.75 to 5.25 V DC Max. 5 mA 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +80 C max. 75% at +25 C 15.8 =54 =34 approx. 40 g 0BA11: no; 0BB11: yes IP 20
2)
35 cable outlet 9.6 Kbit/s...12 Mbit/s Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch. Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated 9-pin Sub-D female connector 4 modular terminal blocks for wires up to 1.5 mm2 4.75 to 5.25 V DC Max. 5 mA 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +80 C max. 75% at +25 C 16 =54 =38 approx. 40 g 0BA40: no; 0BB40: yes IP 20
30 cable outlet 9.6 Kbit/s...1500 Kbit/s No terminating resistor, cannot be used for the 1st and last device in the bus segment
Interfaces PROFIBUS stations PROFIBUS LAN cable Supply voltage (must be supplied by the terminal) Current consumption Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W =H =D) in mm/in Weight PG connection socket Degree of protection Use in PLC S7-200/-300/-400 C7-626 DP S5-115U to -155U I/O device ET 200M ET 200 B ET 200L ET 200 S Programming device PG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760 Interface IM 308-C. CP 5431 FMS/DP CP 342-5 CP 343-5 CP 443-5 IM 467 CP 5511/CP 5611/CP 5613/CP 5614 SIMATIC OP OLM/OBT RS 485 repeater Is suitable for operation
9-pin Sub-D female connector 4 insulation displacement terminals for wires 0.644 0.040 mm2 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +80 C max. 75% at +25 C 15 =58 =34 approx. 30 g no IP 20
1) Flexible bus cables cannot be used with this connector 2) S7-400: Not to be used with MPI/DP interface, when DP interface occupied; not to be used with IFM1 interface, when IFM2 interface is occupied

3/29

Electrical Networks
Network components
Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0 6GK1 500-0FC00 6GK1 500-0EA02
Cable outlet Data transfer rate Terminating resistor
90 cable outlet 9.6 Kbit/s...12 Mbit/s Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch. Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated. Connection with insulation displacement method for FastConnect system 9-pin Sub-D female connector 4 insulation displacement terminals for all FastConnect PROFIBUS cables (except FC Process Cable) 4.75 to 5.25 V DC Max. 5 mA 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +80 C max. 75% at +25 C 72.7 =16 =34 approx. 50 g 0BA50: no; 0BB50: yes IP 20
180 cable outlet 9.6 Kbit/s... 12 Mbit/s Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch. Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated.
180 cable outlet 9.6 Kbit/s... 12 Mbit/s Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch. Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated.
3
Interfaces PROFIBUS stations PROFIBUS LAN cable Supply voltage (must be supplied by the terminal) Current consumption Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W =H =D) in mm/in Weight PG connection socket Degree of protection Use in PLC S7-200/300/400. C7-626 DP S5-115U to -155U I/O device ET 200M ET 200 B ET 200L ET 200 S Programming device PG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760 Interface IM 308-C. CP 5431 FMS/DP CP 342-5 CP 343-5 CP 443-5 IM 467 CP 5511/CP 5611/CP 5613/CP 5614 SIMATIC OP
9-pin Sub-D female connector 4 insulation displacement terminals for all FastConnect PROFIBUS cables (except FC Process Cable) 4.75 to 5.25 V DC Max. 5 mA 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +80 C max. 75% at +25 C 15 =57 =39 approx. 100 g no IP 20
9-pin Sub-D female connector 4 modular terminal blocks for wires up to 1.5 mm2
4.75 to 5.25 V DC Max. 5 mA 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +80 C max. 75% at +25 C 15 =57 =39 approx. 100 g no IP 20
RS 485 repeater Is suitable for operation
3/30

OLM/OBT

Electrical Networks
Network components
Ordering data
Order No. 6GK1 500-0EA02 PROFIBUS FastConnect Bus Connector RS 485 Plug 180 with 180 cable outlet for Industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM; max transfer rate 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S5/S7 Connecting Cable for PROFIBUS Preassembled with two 9-pin sub-D male connectors; max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s; 3m Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English Order No.
} RS 485 bus connector with axial cable outlet (180) For industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM; max.transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
RS 485 bus connector with 90 cable outlet With insulation displacement technique, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface } with PG interface } RS 485 bus connector with angular cable outlet (35) With insulation displacement method, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface } with PG interface } RS 485 bus connector with 30 cable outlet With insulation displacement method low-cost version max. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s
6GK1 500-0FC00
6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA40-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
} } } } }
6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA2 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA4 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
PROFIBUS FastConnect Bus Connector RS 485 with 90 cable outlet With insulation displacement technique, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface } with PG interface }
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
Note: Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable range can be ordered from your local contact. For technical support, please contact: J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22 Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65 Fax: +49-911/750 99 91 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@fthw.siemens.de.
3/31
Electrical Networks
Network components
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
35.6 15.8 7.9 + 34 _ 0.2 5
35.4
25
54.5
64
11.6
10
G_IK10_deP0121s
6ES7 972-0Bx11-0XA0
28.4
Contact surface Sub-D connector

15.8 7.9 + 34 _ 0.2 5
25
+ 75.15 _ 0.2
10+ 0.1 _
Thread 4-40 UNC
6ES7 972-0Bx50-0XA0
61,75 44,1 15,8
28,4
6GK1 500-0FC00
56
15
OFF
10
6GK1 500-0EA02
Fig. 3/24 RS 485 bus connector
3/32
G_IK10_deP0124s
35 39 ON
G_IK10_deP0123s
34,3
G_IK10_deP0122s
Electrical Networks
Network components
830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable
Overview Pre-assembled cable for fast, low-cost connection of PROFIBUS nodes to OLM or OBT Flexible PROFIBUS connecting cable
Design
The 830-1T connecting cable consists of a twisted-pair cable (wires made of stranded copper) with a woven shield. The PROFIBUS 830-IT connecting cable is used for connecting the electrical PROFIBUS interface to the PROFIBUS nodes (OLM, OBT and data terminals) for data transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s. Trouble-free connection of end stations by pre-assembled connecting leads
It has a 9-pin Sub-D male connector at both ends.
Both cable ends are terminated by a resistor combination (cannot be switched off).
Functions
Reliable data transfer to the end station in EMC-exposed environment by direct cable shielding and termination.
Ordering data
830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable for terminal connection, pre-assembled, with two Sub-D male connectors, 9-pin terminated at both ends } 1.5 m long 1,3 m long }
Order No.
6XV1 830-1CH15 6XV1 830-1CH30
3/33
Electrical Networks
Network components
830-2 PROFIBUS connecting cable
Overview Pre-assembled cable for connecting PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. HMI) to automation devices Flexible PROFIBUS connecting cable up to 12 Mbit/s.
Design
The 830-2 connecting cable comprises a standard PROFIBUS bus cable.
It is pre-assembled with two 9-pin connectors (6GK1 5000EA02 and 6ES7 972-0BB110XA0).
One plug of the preassembled connecting cable is equipped with a PG interface.
Functions
The connecting cable 830-2 is used to connect PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. HMI) to automation devices for transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s. Trouble-free connection of end stations by pre-assembled connecting leads Direct connection of a PG by the PG interface without interrupting the connection between the stations.
Ordering data
830-2 PROFIBUS connecting cable Preassembled, with two 9-pin connectors 3 m long 5 m long 10 m long
Order No.
} } }
6XV1 830-2AH30 6XV1 830-2AH50 6XV1 830-2AN10
3/34
Electrical Networks
Network components
Busterminals for PROFIBUS
Overview For connecting PROFIBUS nodes with RS 485 interface to a segment Versions for transmission rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s. Easy to install (can be snapped onto a standard DIN rail). Unambiguous localization of bus termination faults with the 12M bus terminal PG connection possible with special bus terminal and PG connecting cable without additional installation of network nodes for bus terminal RS 485.
Application
The PROFIBUS bus terminals enable a bus station to be connected to a PROFIBUS network. Pre-wired device connection for PROFIBUS node Different versions are available: Up to 1.5 Mbit/s RS 485 bus terminal Up to 12 Mbit/s 12M bus terminal. The following is applicable to all variants: Housing to IP 20 Wall mounting or mounting on deep standard mounting rail
Easy connection of stations to PROFIBUS networks by plugging the radial line with Sub-D- male connector
Implementation of multipoint connections by directly interconnecting several bus terminals (up to 32 stations per segment) with the 12M bus terminal.
Design
External 6-pole terminal block for connecting incoming and outgoing LAN cable and equipotential bonding conductors Integrated connecting cable with Sub-D male connector for connecting the nodes Terminating resistor combination can be connected by rotary switch.
The 12M bus terminal has the following additional features: Ranges can be set for data transmission rates via a rotary switch. Supply of bus terminal 12M by connected PROFIBUS node (DC 5 V/90 mA) by 9pin Sub-D-female connector For maximum segment lengths, see table on page 3/36 Incoming and outgoing LAN cables are isolated when the terminating resistors are inserted. If the 12 M bus terminal is used together with RS 485 bus terminals within a segment, the configuration rules for the RS 485 bus terminal apply (see PROFIBUS network manual).
Functions
Connecting the stations with flexible connecting cable with Submin-D male connector Easy connection of the LAN cable by a terminal block No interruption of the bus when a data terminal is missing. Bus termination possible by integrated terminating resistor combination.
The 12M bus terminal has the following additional features: Unambiguous localization of bus termination faults within a segment (incoming and outgoing bus cables are isolated when the terminating resistors are connected).
3/35
Electrical Networks
Network components
Busterminals for PROFIBUS
Functions (continued)
Bus terminal
e.g. SIMATIC S7-300 with communication processor
PROFIBUS
3
Fig. 3/25 System connection with PROFIBUS terminals e.g. for SIMATIC S7
Clear and simple connection of PROFIBUS nodes by preassembled, integrated connecting cable
Simple cabinet pre-wiring by connecting the PROFIBUS connecting cable with integrated interfaces
Maximum segment lengths for bus terminal 12M

Data transfer rate 9.6 to 187.5 Kbit/s 500 Kbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s 3 to 12 Mbit/s Maximum segment lengths 1000 m 400 m 200 m 100 m
Ordering data
RS 485 bus terminal for PROFIBUS Transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 1500 Kbit/s with connecting cable 3.0 m in length
Order No.
6GK1 500-0AB00 6GK1 500-0DA00
RS 485 bus terminal for PROFIBUS } with fitted PG interface and connecting cable 1.5 m in length PROFIBUS Bus Terminal 12M } Bus terminal for connecting PROFIBUS nodes up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable 1.5 m in length Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
Connectable systems for bus terminal 12M

System SIMATIC S5 IM 308 C CP 5431 FMS/DP S5-95U/DP SIMATIC S7-200 CPU 215 SIMATIC S7-300 CP 342-5 CP 343-5 CPU 313 CPU 314 CPU 315 CPU 316 CPU 315-2 DP SIMATIC S7-400 CP 443-5 Basic CP 443-5 Extended IM 467 CPU 413-2 DP CPU 414-2 DP BT 12M System PC modules CP 5412 (A2) CP 5511 CP 5611 CP 5613 CP 5614 SIMATIC DP ET 200M, IM 153 ET 200U, IM 318-C ET 200 B ET 200L ET 200 X ET 200 S SIMATIC 505 SIMATIC 505 FIM SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP RBC Miscellaneous RS 485 repeater DP/AS-Interface link 20 DP/RS 232 Link BT 12M
6GK1 500-0AA10
} } } } }
3/36
G_IK10_deP0020s

Electrical Networks
Network components
Active RS 485 bus terminating element for PROFIBUS
Overview For terminating bus segments for transfer rates of 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Power supply independent of bus stations.
Application
The active RS 485 terminating resistor terminates bus segments. Power supply is independent of the stations.
The terminating resistor is supplied with power separately from the other I/O components, either permanently or with a voltage applied ahead of the I/Os. Terminal block for supply voltage (24 V DC external). Since it is operated independently of the field devices, they can be decoupled from the bus without reactions.
By terminating the bus system the stations (e.g. ET 200M/S) can be coupled and decoupled selectively without malfunctions.
Design
1 terminal block for the segment connection The active RS 485 terminating element terminates the PROFIBUS and therefore ensures a defined level of the RS 485 signal and suppression of reflections on the line. Separate power supply makes bus terminator independent of data terminal equipment.
Functions
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection for bus segment Connection for power supply Supply voltage Rated voltage Current consumption Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Screw terminal block Screw terminal block DC 24 V (20.4 V to 28.8 V) Approx. 30 mA 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 60 =70 =43 95 g IP 20
Ordering data
Active RS 485 terminating element for PROFIBUS For terminating bus segments for transfer rates of 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Order No.
6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0
max.
Design Dimensions (W =H =D) in mm/in Weight approx. Degree of protection
3/37
Electrical Networks
Network components
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS
Overview Automatic transfer rate search Data transfer rate of 45.45 Kbit/s possible 24 V DC voltage display Display bus activity segment 1 and 2 Isolation of segment 1 and 2 possible by a switch Isolation of the right segment part when terminating resistor is inserted Decoupling of segment 1 and segment 2 in the event of static interference.
Application
The RS 485 repeater connects two PROFIBUS or MPI bus segments in RS 485 technique with a max. 32 stations, including repeaters. Housing with IP 20 protection 2 terminal blocks for connecting the segment Increasing the number of stations (max.127) and the expansion Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time Electrical isolation of the connected bus systems
It allows transfer rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS-PA).
Design
24 V DC voltage display Terminal block for power supply (24 V DC external)
PG/OP interface.
Functions
Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s 19.2 Kbit/s 45,45 Kbit/s 93.75 Kbit/s 187.5 Kbit/s 500 Kbit/s 1500 Kbit/s 3000 Kbit/s 6000 Kbit/s 12000 Kbit/s
Max. segment length 1000 m 1000 m 1000 m 1000 m 1000 m 400 m 200 m 100 m 100 m 100 m
To increase the number of stations and the expansion Galvanic isolation of segments
Startup aids Switch for disconnecting segments Display of bus activity Isolation of a segment with incorrectly inserted terminating resistor.
3/38
Electrical Networks
Network components
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection for bus segment Connection for power supply Supply voltage Rated voltage Current consumption at rated voltage without consumers connected to PG/OP socket with consumers connected to PG/OP socket (5 V/90 mA) with consumers connected to PG/OP socket (24 V/90 mA) Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 2 terminal blocks Terminal block DC 24 V (20.4 V to 28.8 V)
Ordering data
RS 485 Repeater for PROFIBUS Transmission rate up to max. 12 Mbit/s 24 V DC housing to IP 20
Order No.
6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
200 mA 230 mA 300 mA 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 45 =128 =67 350 g IP 20
max.
3/39
Electrical Networks
Network components
DP/DP coupler for PROFIBUS-DP
Overview Used to connect two PROFIBUS-DP networks. Data is exchanged between the two DP networks by means of internal copying within the coupler.
Application
The PROFIBUS-DP/DP coupler is used for the interconnection of two PROFIBUSDP networks. Byte data (0 244 Byte) are transferred from the DP master of the first network to the DP master of another network and vice versa. The DP/DP transceiver is in a compact 40 mm housing intended for DIN rail mounting. The couplers can be mounted alongside each other without any gaps, preferably in the vertical position. The DP/DP coupler continuously copies data output from one network to the input of the other network in both directions. The PROFIBUS-DP addresses are set via two DIP switches on the top of the unit.
The principle corresponds to the hardware wiring of inputs and outputs used today. The coupler has two independent DP interfaces with which the two DP networks are connected.
The DP/DP transceiver is a slave on each DP network. Data is exchanged between the two DP networks by means of internal copying within the coupler.
Design
Connection of the coupler to the PROFIBUS-DP networks is via an integral 9-pin sub D connector.
Functions
Parameterization
Configuration is performed via the GSD (device data) file using the configuration tool of the connected PROFIBUS-DP master.
The data length is also set using this configuration tool.
3/40
Electrical Networks
Network components
DP/DP coupler for PROFIBUS-DP
Designed for Industry Time and cost savings since time-consuming wiring no longer required.
PROFIBUS transfer rate Interfaces PROFIBUS-DP Supply voltage Current input Mounting Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity typ. max. 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D female connector 24 V DC 170 mA (100 to 250 mA) Upright (DIP switches above) 0 C to +55 C 20 C to +80 C 95% at +25 C 40 110 =70 500 g IP 20
Ordering data
Order No. 6ES7 158-0AD00-0XA0
} DP/DP coupler For connecting two PROFIBUS-DP networks; including documentation and GSD file on 3 diskette
Note: The manual is available free of charge in the Internet.
max.
Further details on SIMATIC distributed I/O and customer support are available in the Internet.
http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-dp
3/41
Electrical Networks
Network components
DP/RS 232C link for PROFIBUS-DP
Overview Converter between an RS 232C (V.24) interface and PROFIBUS-DP The DP/RS 232C link supports the following procedures: 3964 R Data traffic with start and end characters Character delay mode Data traffic with fixedlength messages Devices with an RS 232C interface can be directly connected to PROFIBUS-DP with the DP/RS 232C link.
Application
The DP/RS 232C link implements the conversion between an RS 232C (V.24) interface and PROFIBUS-DP. Compact 70 mm housing for DIN rail mounting; preferably mounted vertically, side by side without gaps. PROFIBUS-DP/RS 232C link is connected to the device via a point-to-point connection.
Devices with an RS 232C interface can be directly connected to PROFIBUS-DP with the DP/RS 232C link. 9-pin Sub-D female connector for connecting to PROFIBUS-DP.
Design
Functions
Conversion to the PROFIBUSDP protocol takes place in the PROFIBUS-DP/RS 232C link.
The data is transferred consistently in both directions. Up to 224 bytes of useful data can be transferred per message.
Parameterization
The PROFIBUS-DP address can be set with two rotary switches on the front panel.
Configuration is performed via the GSD file with the configuration tool of the connected device. Ordering data
Order No.
PROFIBUS transmission rate Data transfer rates via RS 232C Interfaces PROFIBUS-DP RS 232C Supply voltage Current consumption Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity max. 12 Mbits/s max. 19 200 bit/s, no, even or odd parity, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit 9-pin Sub-D female connector 9-pin sub D male connector 24 V DC 300 mA 0 C to +55 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 70 =95 =80 300 g IP 20
PROFIBUS-DP/RS 232C link For coupling RS 232C devices to PROFIBUS-DP, including GSD file and documentation file
6ES7 158-0AA01-0XA0
Note: The manual is available free of charge in the Internet.
max.
Further details on SIMATIC distributed I/O and customer support are available in the Internet.
http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-dp
3/42
Electrical Networks
Network components
Hardware Test Device BT 200 for PROFIBUS-DP
Overview Used to check bus cables, RS 485 interfaces and the accessibility of slaves Compact and very easy to operate Choice of 6 languages For installers, start-up engineers and service personnel Optional logging kits available for compiling acceptance reports/ documentation
Application
During installation, the BT 200 test unit can be used to check the PROFIBUS cable. Wiring can also be checked with stations plugged. Installation errors can be detected quickly and without any effort; no special knowledge of PROFIBUS is required. Checking the PROFIBUS cable: Cable break/interruption in the shield Short-circuiting among lines or line and shield Determining the location of fault in case of breakage/ shorting of data lines Minimizing errors during installation and commissioning Shorter service and plant standstill times
Even before the plant is commissioned it is possible to test the RS 485 interface of the PROFIBUS-DP-slaves and masters with the BT 200. The listing of obtainable slaves on the wired up bus is also possible, and this without a master on the PROFIBUS-DP. Detecting reflections that may cause a fault Line change Determining the length of the installed cable Checking slave obtainability: Listing of obtainable slaves
Single bus segments can be function tested in advance like this which reduces commissioning times. In case of faults, the latter two test functions are useful in localizing the fault and so minimizing plant down times.
Functions
Specific addressing of individual slaves Checking the RS 485 interface of slaves/masters: RS 485 driver Power supply for line termination RTS signal.
3/43
Electrical Networks
Network components
Hardware Test Device BT 200 for PROFIBUS-DP
Data transfer rate Interface: PROFIBUS-DP Supply voltage Languages Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D female connector Via built-in NC battery German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese (adjustable)
Ordering data
Order No. 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0
} HW Test Device BT 200 With point-to-point cable for station testing, with test connector for wiring test, without charging unit, with operating instructions German/English/French
Charging unit for the rechargeable batteries: Chargers AC 230 V/DC 2.410 V AC 110 V/DC 2.410 V Logging Kit BT 200 Consisting of data transfer cable BT 200/PC and logging software for PC (Win 95/98/NT); German/English/French Test connector Spare part NiCd battery pack Spare part Point-to-point cable for station test Spare part
max.
+5 C to +45 C 20 C to +60 C 95% 210 =100 =55 350 g IP 20
6ES7 193-8LA00-0AA0 6ES7 193-8LB00-0AA0 6ES7 193-8MA00-0AA0
6EP8 106-0AC20 6EP8 106-0HA01 6EP8 106-0HC01
3/44
Electrical Networks
Network components
SpliTConnect for field bus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA
Overview Used for configuring field bus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS-PA) with field device connecting points Simple mounting of LAN cable by the FastConnect connecting system (FastConnect Stripping Tool, FC Process Cable according to IEC 61158-2) Terminals connectable by FC Process Cable or SpliTConnect M12 Outlet Terminating resistor combination can be integrated (SpliTConnect Terminator)
Application
The SpliTConnect Tap enables configuration of field bus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS-PA) with terminal connecting points.
The SpliTConnect coupler can be used to construct a PROFIBUS-PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect taps in series.
By replacing the contacting screw with the SpliTConnect Terminator, the SpliTConnect Tap can be used as a bus terminating element.
Design
SpliTConnect Coupler
Rugged plastic housing made from PBTP in IP 67 design Full shielding by integrated metal housing Easy cable connection by use of FC Process Cable
Contacting and connection of the FC Process Cable by insulation displacement contacts by means of contacting screw The SpliTConnect taps can be grounded via a contacting screw For DIN rail mounting or wall mounting.
SpliTConnect Terminator
SpliTConnect M12 Outlet
Functions
The SpliTConnect Tap enables configuration of field bus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS-PA) and connection of terminals
Easy pre-assembly of the SpliTConnect Taps by the FastConnect connection system (FastConnect Stripping Tool, FC Process Cable)
Connection of the terminals directly via FC Process Cable or SpliTConnect M12 Outlet.
3/45
Electrical Networks
Network components
SpliTConnect for field bus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA
Strip end of cable with FastConnect
Fit heavy-gauge threaded joint to end of cable with seal, shield contact and strand holder
Insert prepared cable end into SpliTConnect tap and fix it by tightening the heavy-gauge threaded joint
3
Insert blade contacts into SpliTConnect tap
By screwing down the blade contacts, contact is made with the cable end
Easy terminal connection by use of the FastConnect connection system
Wide range of applications due to the modular SpliTConnect system
Data transfer rate Type of connection Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Implementation in area subject to explosion hazards Design Dimensions (W =H =D) in mm/in Weight approx. Degree of protection 31.25 kbit/s Insulation displacement method
Ordering data
Order No. 6GK1 905-0AA00
40 C to +50 C 40 C to +85 C EEx ia IIC IIB T6
} SpliTConnect Tap For assembling PROFIBUS-PA segments and connecting PA field devices, insulation displacement method, IP 67 Type of delivery: 10 pcs. = 1 packet } SpliTConnect M12 Outlet Element for direct connection of PROFIBUS-PA field devices to the SpliTConnect Tap via M12 connection Type of delivery: 1 pack = 5 pieces } SpliTConnect Coupler Coupling element for connecting SpliTConnect taps in series to configure star points Type of delivery: 10 pcs. = 1 packet
SpliTConnect Terminator (Ex) For terminating PROFIBUS-PA segments, can be used in the Ex area Type of delivery: 1 pack = 5 pieces SpliTConnect Terminator (Non-Ex) For terminating PROFIBUS-PA segments, use in Ex area not possible Type of delivery: 1 pack = 5 pieces
6GK1 905-0AB00
84 =54 =49 170 g IP 67
6GK1 905-0AC00
6GK1 905-0AD00
6GK1 905-0AE00
3/46

Procedure
Electrical Networks
Network components
Bus cables for field bus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA
Overview Bus cable for field bus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA High immunity to interference due to double shielding. Different versions for different applications (suitable for hazardous areas, not suitable for hazardous areas) Length can easily be determined due to meter length markings printed on the cable
Application
Color coded wires are offered for assembling field bus networks according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUSPA) for different applications. Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section. Grounding continuity may be implemented via the outer shield of the bus cable and the ground terminals of the SpliTConnect System The connection between the bus segments with RS 485 and IEC 61158-2 transmission method is made by the segment transceiver/link. Meter length markings are printed on the cable.
Design
Cable types
FC Process Cable: Special bus cable according to IEC 61158-2 for use in potentially explosive (Ex) areas and in non potentially explosive (Non-Ex) areas. FastConnect The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the casing and shield of the FC process cable for PROFIBUS-PA to the correct lengths. Length can easily be determined due to meter length markings printed on the cable
Installation hints
The use of the FastConnect Stripping Tool and the SpliTConnect Taps enables easy field device connection, e.g. to the PROFIBUS-PA bus system.
Cable installation Keep the LAN cable sealed with a shrink-on cap at each end during storage, transportation and installation. Do not exceed bending radii and tensile stress!
Complete range of cables for hazardous and nonhazardous areas.
3/47
Electrical Networks
Network components
Bus cables for field bus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA
Cable type 1) FC process cable2)
Ordering data
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable Two-wire, shielded blue for Ex-applications black for Non-Ex applications Cut to length: max. consignment 1000 m, minimum order 20 m PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping Tool Stripping tool for rapid stripping of insulation from PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade Cassettes Spare blade cassettes for the PROFIBUS FastConnect stripping tool, 5 pieces Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
Order No.
} }
6XV1 830-5EH10 6XV1 830-5FH10
Attenuation at 38.4 kHz Inductance Impedance at 38.4 kHz Rated value
6GK1 905-6AA00
=3 dB/km
0.7 mH/km 100 20 100
6GK1 905-6AB00
Loop resistance Effective capacitance at 1 kHz Operating voltage (rms value) Type of cable (standard code) Sheath Material Diameter Color Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Installation temperature Bending radii First & final bending Repeated bending Permissible tensile force Weight Free from halogens Behavior in fire
=44 /km
Approx. 90 nF/km
=100 V
02Y SY CY 1 = 2 = 1.0/2.55-100 BL OE FR PVC 8.0 0.4 mm blue or black 20 C to +60 C 20 C to +60 C 20 C to +60 C 60 mm 120 mm 100 N 101 kg/km No Flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472 T804 B test type yes conditionally resistant yes
} } } } }
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472/FISCO 2) Transfer rate 31.25 kbit/s.
3/48
Electrical Networks
Network components
DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link for PROFIBUS-PA
Overview Implements the transition between PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA. Modular expansion Ex version available Non-Ex version available
Design
Modular design (DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link) in S7-300 design, with swivelmounting onto a flat rail with screw fixing. The HOT SWAPPING f unction is possible with the high profile rail and the backplane modules BM 157 and BM DP/PA. The DP/PA coupler can be extended to become a DP/PA link. DP/PA coupler Housing with IP 20 protection Two versions of the DP/PA coupler: Non-hazardous area (nonEx) version with up to 400 mA output current for the PA cable; Hazardous-area (Ex) version with up to 90 mA output current. The PA cable of the Ex version can be used in the hazardous area. The DP/PA coupler itself must be installed outside the Ex area.
The total installation depth is max.130 mm, the height 125 mm. The width of the DP/PA coupler is 80 mm. 4-pin screw terminal for connection of 24 V DC 9-pin Sub-D female connector for connecting to PROFIBUS-DP Non-intrinsically safe version: 4 screw-type terminals for connection to PROFIBUS-PA Intrinsically safe version: 2 screw-type terminals for connection to PROFIBUS-PA The DP/PA coupler (Ex version) is always at the end of the PA cable. The terminating resistor integrated in the housing is always active. The DP/PA coupler (non-Ex version) has a terminating resistor which can be activated as required. This means that the PA cable can be looped through. In both versions, the shield connection of the PA cable also serves as a strain relief.
DP/PA link The DP/PA link is formed by the IM 157 interface module and one or more DP/PA couplers (hazardous or nonhazardous area versions). All components of the DP/PA link are interconnected via S7 backplane bus connectors. Ex and non-Ex versions of the DP/PA link are also possible by combining the IM 157 with Ex or non-Ex versions of the DP/PA coupler. This modular system can be expanded to up to 5 PA lines. The total depth is a max. 130 mm, the height 125 mm. The width of the IM 157 is 80 mm. The total width of the DP/PA link depends on the number of DP/PA couplers used. Connection to PROFIBUSDP only at the IM 157 by 9-pin Sub-D female connector. The PROFIBUS-DP interfaces of the DP/PA couplers used in the DP/PA link have no function. Redundancy mode possible on the S7-400 M.
3/49
Electrical Networks
Network components
Possible applications The use of the DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link is governed by the control system in use and by the project scope (number of field devices per PLC or automation system). DP/PA coupler The DP/PA coupler is used with small project scopes and low time-related requirements. When the DP/PA coupler is implemented, the data transfer rate on PROFIBUS-DP is limited to 45.45 Kbit/s. The scope is either determined by the no. of maximum addressable slaves (field devices) or the maximum cycle time. When the DP/PA coupler is used, the field devices are directly addressed by the automation system or programmable controller; the DP/PA coupler is transparent. Configuration is not necessary. It is recommended for extending existing installations which are based on SIMATIC S5. DP/PA link The DP/PA link is used with large project scopes and high time-related requirements. The DP/PA link works as a slave on the PROFIBUS-DP and as a master on the PROFIBUS-PA. The programmable controller or automation system addresses the field devices via the DP/PA link in the manner of a modular slave whose modules are the PA devices. DP/PA link Use of the DP/PA link allows subordinate PA lines with short cycle times to be set up. Transmission of this data to the control system is made via PROFIBUS-DP with up to 12 Mbit/s without any significant loss of time. The DP/PA link is a gateway which interconnects PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA, but decouples the transmission rate. It is a slave on the PROFIBUS-DP and a master on the PROFIBUS-PA. The PLC addresses the field devices indirectly via the DP/PA link. The automation system regards the DP/PA link as a modular slave. The individual submodules of this slave are the field devices which are connected to the subordinate PA lines. Configuration of the DP/PA link is easy using the STEP 7 configuration software (from V4.02 upwards). The DP/PA link can be operated on standard PROFIBUS-DP masters. The GSD file required for operation on standard PROFIBUS-DP masters is available in the Internet.
http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-cs
3
Functions
DP/PA coupler Conversion of the data format from asynchronous (11 bits/ character) to synchronous (8 bits/character) and conversion of the transmission rate. Powering of field devices Limiting of the supply current by barriers. In the Ex version, the supply current is limited to 90 mA, with the non-Ex version to 400 mA. The number of connectable slaves or field devices is limited by the power consumption of the field devices.
The DP/PA link can consist of: IM 157 and up to 5 DP/PA-couplers. Together, the PA lines of a DP/PA link form a logical bus. The total number of all field devices on one DP/PA link is restricted to 31. Redundancy Redundancy mode is possible with the S7-400 M. For this purpose two IM 157 are plugged in. The hot-swappable function is made possible by the backplane bus modules BM 157 and BM DP/PA and the sectional rail for active bus modules.
System-wide integration due to direct connection of the PA field devices to PROFIBUS-DP
3/50
Electrical Networks
Network components
DP/PA coupler Interfaces Connection for PROFIBUS-PA Intrinsically safe version (Ex) IM 157 Function 2-pin screw-type terminal integrated terminating resistor output current in the range of 90 mA 4-pin screw-type terminal switchable terminating resistor output current <400 mA 9-pin Sub-D male connector, contact assignment as described in IEC 61158/EN 50170 Connection by S7 bus backplane connector (only necessary for PALink); non-isolated Bus activity DP (yellow) Bus activity PA (yellow) 24 V DC (green) 24 V DC Supply voltage max. 700 mA 1A Current consumption Mains buffering Mechanical design max. Bus coupling of PROFIBUS-DP (9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, slave functionality) and PROFIBUS-PA. The DP/PA link function is only implemented by extending the IM 157 with one or more DP/PA couplers. Stand-alone operation of the IM 157 is not possible. Up to 5 DP/PA couplers can be connected
Non-intrinsically safe version (nonEx)
Connection for PROFIBUS-DP
Interfaces Connection for PROFIBUS-DP
Backplane bus Displays Supply voltage Current consumption Ex version Non-Ex versionmax. Mains buffering Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Ex version Non-Ex version
Backplane bus Displays
9-pin Sub-D male connector, contact assignment (IEC 61158/EN 50170, Vol.2) Isolated using S7-backplane bus connector SF (red) BF DP (red) BF PA (red) 24 V DC (red) 24 V DC 250 mA
=20 ms
4-pin screw terminal, short-circuiting link between PE and M24, for earth-free operation the short-circuiting link must be removed (independent of this, the DP interface is always earth-free)
max. max.
0 C to +60 C 25 C to +60 C, horizontal mounting position (vertical mounting position not permissible) 80 =125 =130
Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Design Dimensions (W =H =D) in mm/in Configuration
0 C to +60 C 40 =125 =130 STEP 7 from Version 4.02
Design Dimensions (W =H =D) in mm/in
Ordering data
DP/PA coupler For conversion of the transmission method from RS 485 to IEC 1158-2 Intrinsically safe version (Ex) Non-intrinsically safe version (non-Ex) IM 157 Interface module for DP/PA link Manual for DP/PA coupler/link German English French
Order No.
Order No. Component for hot standby configuration Active bus modules BM IM 157 for 2 modules IM 157, for extended temperature range, for "hot-swappable in normal operation" function BM DP/PA for 1 DP/PA coupler, for extended temperature range, for "hot-swappable in normal operation" function DIN rail for active bus modules for max. 6 active bus modules, for "hot-swappable" function Length 482 mm (19 inch) Length 530 mm Length 620 mm
} } }
6ES7 157-0AD00-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AC80-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AA81-0XA0
6ES7 195-7HE80-0XA0
6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
} } }
6ES7 157-0AA00-8AA0 6ES7 157-0AA00-8BA0 6ES7 157-0AA00-8CA0
} } }
6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
3/51
Optical Networks
Network components
Fiber-optics cable for PROFIBUS
Overview Optical signal transmission No radiation along the cable No interference by external contaminating fields No grounding problems Electrical isolation. Low weight. Simple installation.
62.5
125
250 m
Coating
Sheath
Fiber core
Fig. 3/26 Construction of a fiber cable
Application
A fiber optic cable serves to transmit signals by means of electromagnetic waves in the region of optical frequencies. Light is also guided in the conductor by total reflection at the transition from core to fiber sheath, which exhibits a Fiber-optic cables for PROFIBUS are available with plastic, PCF or glass fibers: Glass FO Duplex cables for Optical PROFIBUS networks for indoor and outdoor applications Plastic fiber-optic cable, Duplex or standard cable for indoor applications with cable lengths of up to 80 m PCF FO Standard cable for applications indoors with cable lengths up to 400 m DESINA Hybrid Cable for DESINA-conform devices.
lower refractive index than that of the core. The fiber optic cable has a protective outer coating. Fiber optic cable is often found in its abbreviated form FOC.
The Optical PROFIBUS network is constructed with fiber cables.
Sheath materials
Material
Polyethylene Polyvinylchloride PE 2Y 40 to +70 yes flammable 17 good moderate to good good good good good moderate to good PVC Y 20 to +70 No
Polyurethane PUR 11Y 50 to +80 No
High polymer (flame-retardant non-corrosive) FRNC Olefin/EVA H 25 to +90 yes FRNC PUR 11Y 40 to +80 yes
Abbreviation Symbol Operating temperature range (C) Free from halogens Behavior in fire Oxygen index LOI (%) Fume gas density Resistance to: UV radiation Oil (ASTM No. oil 2) Water Abrasion resistance Mechanical strength Chemical resistance
selfselfselfselfextinguishing extinguishing extinguishing extinguishing 2132 poor moderate moderate good moderate moderate poor 30 poor moderate to good good moderate very good good moderate 36 good moderate poor good good good moderate 26 moderate moderate to good good good good good moderate
Fig. 3/27 General properties of sheath materials for cables Assessment: very good/good: moderate: poor: suitable suitable depending on application conditions not suitable
3/52
Optical Networks / OLM

Network components
Glass FO cable (duplex cable) for PROFIBUS
Overview
FOC s tandard cable

Outer sheath Kevlar strands Support elements
For use with Optical PROFIBUS Rugged design for industrial indoor and outdoor applications Halogen-free version for use in buildings Trailing cable for special application in forced movement
G_IK10_deP0024s
Wire sheath Glass fiber
High immunity to interference because of insensitivity to electromagnetic fields Available precut/preassembled
Application
Fiber Optic standard cable Fiber optic cable for the following indoor and outdoor applications: For installation above ground For installation in buildings Available in fixed lengths, preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.
INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable Halogen-free, tread-resistant and flame-retardant FO cable for use in buildings (for example, in factory halls and building automation). Available in fixed lengths, preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Flexible Fiber Optic Trailing Cable FIber optic cable for special application in forced movement guidance, e.g. continuously moving machine parts (track chain application) indoors and outdoors. Available in fixed lengths, preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Bugproof since cable does not emit signals
SIENOPYR Shipboard duplex FOC Halogen-free, tread-resistant, flame retardant shipboard approved fiber optic cable for laying onboard ships and offshore installations in rooms and on open deck. Available cut to length.
Simple installation, due to Availability of preassembled cables Absence of grounding problems and Light weight of FO cables
3/53

Network components
Cable type Fiber Optic standard cable INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable
Applications Form supplied Type of cable (standard code) Fiber type
Universal cable for indoor and outdoor use Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors AT-VYY 2G62.5/125 3.1B200+0.8F600 F Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 mm
Tread-resistant, halogen-free, flame-retardant cable for indoor use Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors I-VHH 2G62.5/125 3.2B200+0.9F600 F TB2 OR FRNC Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 mm
Attenuation at < 850 nm Attenuation at 1300 nm Modal bandwidth at < 850 nm Modal bandwidth at 1300 nm Number of fibers Cable construction Core type Materials Basic element Strain relief Outer sheath/cable color Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element Cable dimensions Cable weight Permissible tensile load Bending radius
=3.1 dB/km =0.8 dB/km =200 MHz *km =600 MHz *km
2 Splittable outdoor cable Compact conductor PVC, gray Kevlar fibers and impregnated glass fibers PVC, black (3.5 0.2) mm (6.3 9.8) 0.4 mm Approx. 65 kg/km =500 N (short time)
2 Splittable indoor cable Solid core Copolymer, gray (FRNC) Aramid fibers Copolymer, bright orange (FRNC) (2.9 0.1) mm (3.9 6.6) 0.2 mm Approx. 27 kg/km =800 N (short time)
=100 mm
over flat side only
=50 mm (during laying) =30 mm (in operation)

over flat side only 10,000 N/10 cm (short time)1) 2,000 N/10 cm (continuous)2) 1.5 Nm/20 impacts/12.5 mm
Transverse compressive strength Impact resistance (initial energy/no./hammer wheel ) Perm. ambient conditions Laying and installation temperature Operating temperature Storage temperature Behavior in fire
5 C to +50 C 25 C to +60 C 25 C to +70 C Flame resistant acc. to IEC 332-3 and acc. to DIN VDE 0472 Part 804, Test Type C No
10 C to +50 C 20 C to +60 C 20 C to +70 C Flame resistant acc. to IEC 332-1 and acc. to DIN VDE 0472 Part 804, Test Type B Yes
Free from halogens
1) Max. reversible change of attenuation 0.3 dB 2) Max. reversible change of attenuation 0.1 dB
3/54

Network components
Cable type Flexible Fiber Optic trailing cable SIENOPYR shipboard duplex fiber optic cable
Application
Flexible cable for indoor and outdoor trailing cable applications Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y 2G62.5/125 3.1B200+0.8F600 F Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 mm
Fixed laying onboard ships and offshore installations in all rooms and on open deck; marine engineering approved Cut to length: MI-VHH 2G 62,5/125 3.1B200 + 0,8F600 + 2 x 1CU 300 V Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 mm
Form supplied Type of cable (standard code) Fiber type Attenuation at < 850 nm Attenuation at 1300 nm Modal bandwidth at < 850 nm Modal bandwidth at 1300 nm Number of fibers Cable construction Core type Materials Basic element Strain relief Outer sheath/cable color Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element Cable dimensions Cable weight Permissible tensile load Bending radius Perm. ambient conditions Laying and installation temperature Operating temperature Storage temperature Behavior in fire
2 Splittable outdoor cable Hollow core, filled PUR, black Aramid fibers, also GRP central element PUR, black (3.5 0.2) mm 13.4 0.4 mm (outer diameter) Approx. 135 kg/km =2000 N (short time) =1000 N (continuous) =150 mm min. 100,000 bending cycles 5 C to +50 C 30 C to +60 C 30 C to +70 C
2 Splittable outdoor cable Tight buffered fiber Polyolefin Aramid fibers SHF1 mixture, black (2.9 0.2) mm 13.3 0,5 mm Approx. 220 kg/km =500 N (short time) =250 N (continuous) 133 mm (single) 266 mm (multiple) 10 C to +50 C 40 C to +80 C 1) 40 C to +70 C 2) 40 C to +80 C Flame-retardant to IEC 332-3 and DIN VDE 0472 Part 804, Test Type C yes no
Free from halogens UL-license
no no
1) for unloaded copper conductors 2) for maximum loaded copper conductors (6 A)
3/55

Network components
Ordering data
FIBER OPTIC CABLE standard cable, splittable Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors Preferred lengths1) 1m 2m 3m 5m 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 40 m 50 m 60 m 75 m 100 m 120 m 150 m 200 m 250 m 300 m Order No. FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE trailing cable, splittable Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors 6XV1 820-5BH10 6XV1 820-5BH20 6XV1 820-5BH30 6XV1 820-5BH50 6XV1 820-5BN10 6XV1 820-5BN15 6XV1 820-5BN20 6XV1 820-5BN30 6XV1 820-5BN40 6XV1 820-5BN50 6XV1 820-5BN60 6XV1 820-5BN75 6XV1 820-5BT10 6XV1 820-5BT12 6XV1 820-5BT15 6XV1 820-5BT20 6XV1 820-5BT25 6XV1 820-5BT30 Preferred lengths1) 1m 2m 3m 5m 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 50 m 75 m 100 m BFOC connector set For FIBER OPTIC CABLE, standard, trailing cable, inner conductor and SIENOPYR shipboard duplex fiber optic cable 20 pieces Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English Order No.
} } } } } } } } } } } } } } } } } }
} } } } } } } } } } } }
6XV1 820-6BH10 6XV1 820-6BH20 6XV1 820-6BH30 6XV1 820-6BH50 6XV1 820-6BN10 6XV1 820-6BN15 6XV1 820-6BN20 6XV1 820-6BN30 6XV1 820-6BN50 6XV1 820-6BN75 6XV1 820-6BT10 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0
INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE for indoors, splittable Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors Preferred lengths1) 0,5 m 1m 2m 3m 5m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m 50 m 75 m 100 m SIENOPYR shipboard duplex fiber optic cable FOC for laying onboard ships and offshore installations by the meter max. consignment 1000 m
} } } } } } } } } } } } }
6XV1 820-7BH05 6XV1 820-7BH10 6XV1 820-7BH20 6XV1 820-7BH30 6XV1 820-7BH50 6XV1 820-7BN10 6XV1 820-7BN15 6XV1 820-7BN20 6XV1 820-7BN25 6XV1 820-7BN50 6XV1 820-7BN75 6XV1 820-7BT10 6XV1 830-0NH10
} } } } }
1) Special FO cables, lengths and accessories are available on request Note: Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable range can be ordered from your local contact. For technical support, please contact: J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22 Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65 Fax: +49-911/750 99 91 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@fthw.siemens.de.
3/56

Network components
Plastic and PCF FO cable for PROFIBUS
Overview Electrical isolation of PROFIBUS devices and PROFIBUS segments Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference Cable lengths of up to 80 m with plastic fiber-optic cables and up to 400 m with PCF fiber-optic cables Rugged standard fiber-optic cables designed for industrial applications
Application
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber optic cables are used in conjunction with OLM/P11 and OLM/P12 for assembling Optical PROFIBUS networks or for optical connection of segments in RS 485 technique indoors.
Plastic fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site with 2 2 BFOC plugs. The maximum cable length between two OLM/P11 or OLM/P12 is 80 m. Longer cable lengths of up to 400 m can be implemented using PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are available preassembled with 4 BFOC plugs. Plastic FOC, standard cable Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged polyamide inner casing. For indoor applications with cable lengths of up to 80 m.
They are supplied with an insertion aid fitted to one end which allows the cable to be easily inserted into cable conduits for example.
Design
Different versions of plastic and one PCF FOC are available: Plastic FO cable, duplexcore Flat duplex core with PVC inner casing and without outer casing for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as laboratory installations or in cabinets. Cable lengths up to 50 m. Plastic fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site An insertion tool for PCF-FOC enables easy pulling in of the cables, e.g. in cable conduits
PCF FO cable, 1) standard cable Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements for indoor applications with cable lengths up to 400 m.
1) Polymer Cladded Fiber, also known as HCS fiber-optic cable. HCS is a registered trademark of Spectran Specialty Optics
Time savings during commissioning due to preassembled cables Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference
Secure against unauthorized listening due to lack of radiation from the cable
3/57

Network components
Cable type PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic duplex core PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic standard cable
Core cross-section
Application
Indoor applications with low mechanical loading such as laboratory setups or within cabinets for cable lengths up to 50 m Assembled with 2 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length I-VY2P 980/1000 150A Graded index fiber
Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 80 m Assembled with 2 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A Graded index fiber
Form supplied Type of cable (standard code) Fiber type Attenuation at wavelength Number of fibers Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief Mechanical characteristics Diameter of fiber core Outer diameter of cladding Diameter of inner sheath Cable dimensions Cable weight Maximum permissible tensile load short-time continuous
=230 dB/km
660 nm 2 Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Special fluoridated polymer PVC, gray 980 m 1000 m 2.2 0.01 mm 2.2 4.4 mm =0.01 mm 7.8 kg/km =50 N Not suitable for continuous strain =30 mm =50 mm (over flat side only) =35 N/10 cm
=230 dB/km
660 nm 2 Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Special fluoridated polymer PA, black or orange PVC, violet Kevlar fibers 980 m 1000 m 2.2 0.01 mm 7.8 0.3 mm 65 kg/km =100 N Not suitable for continuous strain =100 mm =150 mm =100 N/10 cm
Bending radius once without tensile load repeatedly with tensile load Transverse compressive strength per 10 cm cable length (briefly) Resistance to mineral oil ASTM No. 2 mineral grease water UV radiation Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature Behavior in fire
Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Not UV resistant
Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant
30 C to +70 C 35 C to +85 C 0 C to +50 C Flame-retardant to flame test VW-1 in accordance with UL 1581
30 C to +70 C 30 C to +70 C 0 C to +50 C Flame-retardant to flame test VW-1 in accordance with UL 1581
3/58

Network components
Cable type PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic standard cable
Core cross-section
Application Form supplied Type of cable (standard code) Fiber type Attenuation at wavelength Number of fibers Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief Mechanical characteristics Diameter of fiber core Outer diameter of cladding Diameter of inner sheath Cable dimensions Cable weight Maximum permissible tensile load short-time continuous
Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 300 m Assembled with 2 2 BFOC-plugs I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20 Graded index fiber
=10 dB/km
660 nm 2 Quartz glass Special fluoridated polymer 1) PVC, violet Kevlar fibers 200 m 230 m 4.7 0.3 mm 22 kg/km =500 N =100 N (only on strain-relief, 50 N on plug or single core) =75 mm =75 mm =750 N/10 cm
Bending radius once without tensile load repeatedly with tensile load Transverse compressive strength per 10 cm cable length (briefly) Resistance to mineral oil ASTM No. 2 mineral grease water UV radiation Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature In short-circuit on conductor Behavior in fire 1) Sold by the meter without inner casing.
Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant 20 C to +70 C 30 C to +70 C 5 C to +50 C Flame-retardant to flame test VW-1 in accordance with UL 1581
3/59

Network components
Ordering data
Order No. PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic standard cable PCF fiber optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer casing, for bridging large distances up to 400 m, assembled with 2 =2 BFOC connectors, each with tag length of 20 cm, with insertion aid fitted to one end, for connecting OLM/P.. Preferred lengths1) 75 m } 100 m } 150 m } 200 m } 250 m } 300 m } 400 m } Manual for PROFIBUS networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English 1) Other lengths available on request Note: Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable range can be ordered from your local contact. For technical support, please contact: J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22 Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65 Fax: +49-911/750 99 91 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@fthw.siemens.de. Order No.
PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, standard cable Rugged round cable with 2 plastic fiberoptic cores, PVC outer casing and PA inner casing, without plugs, for indoor applications } 6XV1 821-0AH10 cut to length 50 m ring } 6XV1 821-0AN50 100 m ring } 6XV1 821-0AT10 PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, standard cable Rugged round cable with 2 plastic fiberoptic cores, PVC outer casing and PA inner casing, for indoor applications, preassembled with 2 = 2 BFOC plugs each with tag length of 20 cm, for connecting to OLM/P.. Preferred lengths1) 1m } 2m } 5m } 10 m } 15 m } 20 m } 25 m } 30 m } 50 m } 65 m } 80 m } PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, duplex core Plastic fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC casing, without plug for use in environments with low mechanical stress 50 m ring PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping Tool Set Tools for stripping the outer casing and core casing of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Connector set BFOC 20 BFOC plugs for the assembly of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for OLM/P.. PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Crimping tool BFOC For assembly of BFOC plugs on PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables
6XV1 821-1BN75 6XV1 821-1BT10 6XV1 821-1BT15 6XV1 821-1BT20 6XV1 821-1BT25 6XV1 821-1BT30 6XV1 821-1BT40
6XV1 821-0BH10 6XV1 821-0BH20 6XV1 821-0BH50 6XV1 821-0BN10 6XV1 821-0BN15 6XV1 821-0BN20 6XV1 821-0BN25 6XV1 821-0BN30 6XV1 821-0BN50 6XV1 821-0BN65 6XV1 821-0BN80
} } } } }
} }
6XV1 821-2AN50 6GK1 905-6PA10
6GK1 905-1PA00
6GK1 905-6PB00
} PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Polishing kit BFOC Polishing kit for grinding and polishing the BFOC plug face for PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables with OLM/P..
6GK1 905-6PS00
3/60

Network components
PROFIBUS Optical Link Module (OLM)
Overview Assembly of Optical PROFIBUS networks (line, star, ring) with glass, PCF and plastics FO cables High availability can be achieved with redundant power supply and redundant ring structure. Function monitoring via signaling contact. All PROFIBUS data transmission rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s and 45.45 Kbit/s for PROFIBUS-PA Inspection of FOC lines with a voltmeter
Application
With the PROFIBUS OLM (Optical Link Modules) Version 3 Optical PROFIBUS networks can be assembled in line, star and hot standby ring topology. The transfer rate of an FOC line depends on the distance and may be up to12 Mbit/s. The OLMs have a compact metal housing. It is suitable for mounting on a standard mounting rail and for fixed mounting. The 24 V supply is provided via a terminal block. Redundant power supply configurations are supported. The signaling contact can be used to relay a digital signal to controllers or HMI systems for evaluation. OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations or whole electrical segments integrated in the Optical PROFIBUS network by an electrical interface.
Applications for OLM are for example: PROFIBUS-based system buses Inter-building networking with glass FO cables Mixed networks with electrical and optical segments The OLMs are available with one or two FO cable interfaces with BFOC connection method for various types of FO cables: Plastic FO cables (980/1000 m) can be used for single line lengths up to 80 m. They can also be pre-assembled on site with BFOC connectors. PCF FO cables (200/230 m) can be used for single line lengths up to 400 m. They are available pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors and an insertion aid.
Large expansion networks (road tunnels, traffic control systems) Networks with high availability requirements (hot standby ring networks)
Design
Glass fiber multimode FO cables (62.5/125 m) like the SIMATIC NET Fiber Optic cables can be used for long distances up to 3000 m. These cables are available preassembled with 4 BFOC plugs. Single mode FO cables (10/125 m fibers) can be used for very long distances up to 15 km. They are available on request.
3/61

Network components
Functions Automatic recognition of all PROFIBUS transfer rates: 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS-PA) Assembly of the following network topologies: line, star, hot standby ring High availability by media redundancy. The distance between two OLMs in the hot standby ring is limited only by the optical sensing range of the modules. High network availability through hot standby optical ring structure. Fast error localization by signal contact, LED and measuring jacks Segmentable, isolated RS 485 interface (Sub-D female connector) Unlimited Multimaster mode: Extended segmenting function for error localization on fiber optic cable and RS 485 segments Fast localization of faults: Indication of module status via floating signalling contact. Inspection of the fiber optic cable quality: Measuring output for optical receivers for logging and validity check of the FO cable line attenuation with a voltmeter High cascading depth: Line and hot standby ring up to 124 OLM (only limited by monitoring times) OLM/G12-EEC for outdoor use up to 20 C
3
Configuration
OLM
Wide range by use of glass fiber optic cables up to a length of 15 km
OLM
OLM
OLM
S7-400
S7-300
Drive
ET 200S
PC with WinCC
Glass FOC Bus cable for PROFIBUS

Fig. 3/28 Example of a system configuration with OLM/S for PROFIBUS
3/62
G_IK10_deP0059s

Network components
Baud rates Signal delay Interfaces Connection for bus segment, station or OLM Connection for power supply and signal contact Connection for FO cable Measuring instrument connection Optical interfaces OLM/P11 and OLM/P12 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS-PA) 6 bit times 9-pin Sub-D female connector 5-pin pluggable terminal block with snap-in lugs 2 or 4 BFOC sockets 3 measuring jacks for test plugs 2 mm diameter Plastic FO cable 980/1000 m 230 dB/km 0 to 80 m PCF FO cable 200/230 m 10 dB/km 0 to 400 m Glass FO cable 50/125 m 3 dB/km 860 nm 15 dBm 28 dBm 10 dB 0 to 3000 m Glass FO cable 10/125 m 0.5 dB/km 1310 Nm 19 dBm 29 dBm 8 dB 0 to 15 km
Ordering data
PROFIBUS OLM/P11 Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485and 1 x plastic fiber optic cable interface (2 BFOC sockets), with signal contact and measuring output without BFOC connector PROFIBUS OLM/P12 Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485and 2 x plastic fiber optic cable interface (4 BFOC sockets), with signal contact and measuring output without BFOC connector PROFIBUS OLM/G11 Optical Link Module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x glass FO cable interface (2 BFOC sockets), for standard distances, with signal contact and measuring output PROFIBUS OLM/G12 Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485and 2 x glass FO cable interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard distances up to 3000 m, with signal contact and measuring output 6GK1 502-2CA00
6GK1 502-3CA00
6GK1 502-2CB00
FO cable line length
Optical interfaces Glass FO cable OLM/G11, OLM/G12 and OLM/G12-EEC 62.5/125 m 3.5 dB/km Wave length 860 nm Transmitter power 13 dBm Receiver sensitivity 28 dBm Permissible FO cable line attenuation 12 dB (system reserve 3 dB) FO cable line length 0 to 3000 m Optical interfaces OLM/G1-1300, and OLM/G12-1300 Wave length Transmitter power Receiver sensitivity Permissible FO cable line attenuation (system reserve 3 dB) FO cable line length Supply voltage Current consumption (at rated voltage) Power consumption Mounting Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature except OLM/G12-EEC OLM/G12-EEC Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Glass FO cable 62.5/125 m 1 dB/km 1310 Nm 17 dBm 29 dBm 10 dB 0 to 10 km
6GK1 502-3CB00
6GK1 502-3CD00 PROFIBUS OLM/G12-EEC Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485and 2 x glass FO cable interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard distances up to 3000 m, for extended temperature range 20 C to +60 C, with signal contact and measuring output PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300 Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485and 1 x glass FO cable interface (2 BFOC sockets), 1300 nm wavelength for long distances up to 15 km, with signal contact and measuring output PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300 Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485and 2 x glass FO cable interface (4 BFOC sockets), 1300 nm wavelength for long distances up to 15 km, with signal contact and measuring output Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English 6GK1 502-2CC00
24 V DC (18 V to 30 V DC) max. 200 mA max. 6 W Standard DIN rail or screwed joint 0 C to +60 C 20 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 39.5 =110 =73.2 500 g IP 40
6GK1 502-3CC00
max.
} } } } }
Note: PCF-LWL (Polymer Cladded Fiber) is also known as HCSFOC. HCS is a registered trademark of Spectran Specialty Optics
3/63
Optical Networks / OBT / int. Interface

Network components
Overview Galvanic isolation of DP devices Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference Cable lengths of up to 50 m with plastic fiber-optic cable and up to 300 m with PCF fiber-optic cable Rugged standard fiber-optic cables designed for industrial applications Hybrid cable for common transmission of data and power supply
Application
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are used for the construction of Optical PROFIBUS-DP networks in indoor applications. Plastic fiber-optic cables are easy to assemble on-site with 2 2 simplex plugs. The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m. Different versions of plastic and one PCF FOC are available: Plastic FO cable, duplex-core Flat duplex core with PVC inner casing and without outer casing for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as laboratory installations or in cabinets. Cable lengths up to 50 m. Plastic FOC, standard cable Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged polyamide inner casing. For indoor applications with cable lengths of up to 50 m. Plastic fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site. Simple plug assembly with plastic FO cables. Pre-assembled PCF FO cable with insertion aid which enables easy pulling in of the cables, e.g. in cable conduits
Longer cable lengths of up to 300 meters can be implemented using PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are available preassembled with 4 simplex plugs. They are supplied with an insertion aid fitted to one end which allows the cable to be easily inserted into cable channels for example. PCF FO cable, 1) standard cable Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements for indoor applications with cable lengths up to 300 m.
The DESINA hybrid cable is particularly suitable for connecting locally installed DESINA components.
Design
PROFIBUS DESINA Hybrid Cable 2) The rugged and trailing type hybrid cable contains two plastic fiber optic cables for the data transfer and four copper conductors (1.5 mm2) for the power supply to DESINA stations.
2) DESINA is the tradename for DEcentral and Standardized INstallAtion technology
Time savings during commissioning due to preassembled cables. Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference
Secure against unauthorized listening due to lack of radiation from the cable. One cable (DESINA hybrid cable) for common transmission of data and power supply
3/64

Network components
Cable type PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic duplex core PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic standard cable
Core cross-section
Application
Indoor applications with low mechanical loading such as laboratory setups or within cabinets for cable lengths up to 50 m Assembled on-site with 2 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length I-VY2P 980/1000 150A Graded index fiber
Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 50 m Assembled on-site with 2 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A Graded index fiber
Form supplied Type of cable (standard code) Fiber type Attenuation at wavelength Number of fibers Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief Copper conductors Rated voltage Current load Rated cross section Casing material/color Mechanical characteristics Diameter of fiber core Outer diameter of cladding Diameter of inner sheath Cable dimensions Cable weight Maximum permissible tensile load short-time continuous
=230 dB/km
660 nm 2 Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Special fluoridated polymer PVC, gray 980 m 1000 m 2.2 0.01 mm 2.2 4.4 mm 0.01 mm 7.8 kg/km =50 N Not suitable for continuous strain
=230 dB/km
660 nm 2 Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Special fluoridated polymer PA, black or orange PVC, violet Kevlar fibers 300 V 10 A 1.5 mm2 PVC, black 980 m 1000 m 2.2 0.01 mm 7.8 0.3 mm 65 kg/km =100 N Not suitable for continuous strain
Bending radius once without tensile load repeatedly with tensile load Transverse compressive strength per 10 cm cable length (briefly) Resistance to mineral oil ASTM No. 2 mineral grease water UV radiation Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature Behavior in fire
=30 mm =50 mm (over flat side only)
=100 mm =150 mm
=35 N/10 cm
=100 N/10 cm
Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Not UV resistant 30 C to +70 C 35 C to +85 C 0 C to +50 C Flame-retardant to flame test VW-1 in accordance with UL 1581
3/65

Network components
Cable type PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic standard cable PROFIBUS DESINA Hybrid Cable
Core cross-section
Application
Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 300 m Assembled on-site with 2 2 BFOC-plugs
DESINA-conform devices, e.g. for ET 200X Cut to length on site pre-assembly with DESINA connectors or pre-assembled with 2 DESINA connectors J-V11Y 4Y2P980/1000 230A10 FFLIY 4 1.5 Graded index fiber
Form supplied
Type of cable (standard code) Fiber type Attenuation at wavelength Number of fibers Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief Copper conductors Rated voltage Current load Rated cross section Casing material/color Mechanical characteristics Diameter of fiber core Outer diameter of cladding Diameter of inner sheath Cable dimensions Cable weight Maximum permissible tensile load short-time continuous
I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20 Graded index fiber
=10 dB/km
660 nm 2 Quartz glass Special fluoridated polymer 1) PVC, violet Kevlar fibers 200 m 230 m 4.7 0.3 mm 22 kg/km =500 N =100 N (only on strain-relief, 50 N on plug or single core) =75 mm =75 mm =750 N/10 cm
260 dB/km
660 nm 2 FO cables, 4 copper Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Special fluoridated polymer PA, black, orange PUR, violet 300 V 10 A 1.5 mm2 PVC, black 980 m 1000 m 2.2 0.01 mm 10.6 mm 135 kg/km =100 N 30 N
Bending radius once without tensile load repeatedly with tensile load Transverse compressive strength per 10 cm cable length (briefly) Resistance to mineral oil ASTM No. 2 mineral grease water UV radiation Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature In short-circuit on conductor Behavior in fire 1) Sold by the meter without inner casing.
=106 mm =100 N/10 cm
Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant No +5 C to +70 C 30 C to +70 C +5 C to +70 C +160 C (max. 5 sec) Flame-retardant to flame test VW-1 in accordance with UL 1581
3/66

Network components
Ordering data
Order No. PROFIBUS DESINA Hybrid Cable Trailing type cable with 2 plastic FO cables and 4 copper conductors, 1.5 mm2 only for use of DESINAconform devices cut to length pre-assembled with 2 DESINA connectors 1.5 m 3m 5m 10 m 15 m DESINA connectors and tools Order No.
PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, standard cable Rugged round cable with 2 plastic fiberoptic cores, PVC outer casing and PA inner casing, without plugs, for indoor applications } 6XV1 821-0AH10 cut to length 50 m ring } 6XV1 821-0AN50 100 m ring } 6XV1 821-0AT10 PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, duplex core Plastic fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC casing, without plug for use in environments with low mechanical stress 50 m ring PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Simplex connector/Polishing kit 100 simplex plugs and 5 polishing kits for assembling PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for the Optical PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping Tool Set Tools for stripping the outer casing and core casing of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables
} } } } } }
6XV1 830-6CH10
6XV1 830-6DH15 6XV1 830-6DH30 6XV1 830-6DH50 6XV1 830-6DN10 6XV1 830-6DN15 Available from: HARTING Vertrieb fr Steckverbinder und Systemtechnik GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 2451 D-32381 Minden Tel.: (+49-571) 88 96-0 Fax: (+49-571) 88 96-0 E-mail: de.sales@HARTING.com Internet: http://www.HARTING.com
} }
6XV1 821-2AN50 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
6GK1 905-6PA10 Plug adapter for mounting plastic simplex connectors in connection with IM 467 FO, CP 342-5 FO, IM 151 FO and IM 153-2 FO, 50 pieces Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian 6XV1 821-1CN50 6XV1 821-1CN75 6XV1 821-1CT10 6XV1 821-1CT15 6XV1 821-1CT20 6XV1 821-1CT25 6XV1 821-1CT30 Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English 1) Other lengths available on request
6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic PCF fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer casing, for bridging large distances up to 300 m, preassembled with 2 2 simplex connectors each with a tag length of 30 cm, with insertion aid fitted to one end, for connecting devices to the Optical PROFIBUS-DP Preferred lengths1) 50 m } 75 m } 100 m } 150 m } 200 m } 250 m } 300 m }
} } } } }
3/67

Network components
Optical Bus Terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS
Overview Connection of a PROFIBUS station without integrated FO cable interface or an RS 485 segment to an optical line Simple, fast installation of plastic fiber-optic cable without the need for a special tool
Application
With the OBT (Optical Bus Terminal) a PROFIBUS station without integrated optical interface is connected to an optical line with PROFIBUS stations with integrated interface and OBT. Existing DP devices therefore have the advantage of optical data transfer.
The PROFIBUS station is connected at an RS 485 interface by a connecting cable terminated at both ends, e.g. connecting cable 830-1T, to the RS 485 interface of the OBT. The OBT is integrated in the optical line by two optical interfaces. The following optical transmission media can be connected to the OBT:
Plastic fiber optic cables can be used on single line lengths up to 50 m. They are particularly easy to preassemble on site with 2 2 simplex connectors. PCF1)-fiber-optic cables can be used for single line lengths up to 300 m. These cables are available preassembled. The OBT supports all typical PROFIBUS data rates up to 12 Mbit/s.
Design
The OBT has a compact plastic housing. Two tapped holes make it suitable for installation on standard DIN rails as well as for wall mounting. The OBT has the following interfaces:
9-pin Sub-D female connector for connecting the PROFIBUS station such as programming device PG, PC, Operator Panel (OP), S7-300 or station without integrated optics, e.g. ET 200S or components from other manufacturers or an RS 485 segment Supports all PROFIBUS transfer rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS-PA Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time Cascading depth up to 126 stations when using userdefined bus parameters.
Two optical interfaces for connecting plastic and PCF fiber optic cables with simplex connectors (connection to CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO or to ET 200 with integrated optics) 24 V DC power supply. Galvanic isolation of the station by fiber optic cable Diagnostics facilitated by LEDs for operating voltage and received data (CH1, CH2 and CH3).
Functions
Connection of a station with RS 485 interface by connecting cable 830-1T or PROFIBUS cable with bus connectors (terminated both ends) or an RS 485 segment Provision of an electrical connection point to an optical line (e.g. programming connector for commissioning and diagnosis)
3/68

Network components
Optical Bus Terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS
Designed for Industry Possibility of connecting existing devices or an RS 485 segment with electrical interface to the Optical PROFIBUS "Socket" for connecting mobile devices (e.g. PG) without interrupting the bus Time saved by simple and fast connector mounting without special tools
Configuration
ET 200S with IM 151 FO ET 200M with IM 153-2 FO DP station without integrated optic
PG/PC/OP with 5613 FO
S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO
3
OBT Connecting cable 830-1T
G_IK10_deP0107s
Optical line individual line lengths: plastic up to 50 m, PCF up to 300 m
Other stations
Fig. 3/29 System configuration Optical PROFIBUS with PROFIBUS OBT
Baud Rates Interfaces Connection for DP stations or an RS 485 segment Connection for power supply Connection for fiber optic cable Optical interfaces: Wave length Transmitter power Receiver sensitivity Permissible FO path attenuation Supply voltage Current consumption (at rated voltage) Power loss Mounting Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS-PA) 9-pin Sub-D female connector 2-pin terminal 2 duplex sockets Plastic FO cable PCF-FOC 980/1000 m 200/230 m 640..660 nm 640..660 nm 5.9 dBm 16 dBm 20 dBm 22 dBm 13 dB 3 dB 24 V DC (18 V DC to 30 V DC) max. 200 mA 6W Standard DIN rail or wall mounting 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 50.5 =138 =78 400 g IP 30
Ordering data
PROFIBUS OBT Optical bus terminal for connecting a PROFIBUS node or an RS 485 segment without integrated optical interface to the Optical PROFIBUS; without simplex plug PROFIBUS connecting cable 830-1T For data terminal connection, completely preassembled with 2 sub-D male conectors, 9-pin 1.5 m 3m Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
Order No.
6GK1 500-3AA00
} }
6XV1 830-1CH15 6XV1 830-1CH30
} } } } }
max.
3/69
Wireless Link
Network components
PROFIBUS Infrared Link Module (ILM)
Overview Wireless PROFIBUS link suitable for all protocols Rugged design to IP 65 degree of protection 15 m range for transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s
Application
Wireless PROFIBUS transmission over short distances (=15 m). Linking individual stations in one segment or linking two segments Communication with mobile stations, e.g. driverless transport systems (DTS) Robust die-cast aluminium housing in degree of protection IP 65 2 2-pole terminal block in housing (with cable connection by heavy duty screwed joint) for connecting PROFIBUS segment
Communication with changing stations, e.g. stations along conveyor lines Fast assembly of systems and temporary configurations, e.g. test setups
Replacement of worn systems, e.g. slip rings, conductors An ILM illuminates a circle of 4 m in diameter from a distance of 11 m.
Design
4-pole terminal block in housing (with cable connection by heavy duty screwed joint) for connecting the power supply (DC 24 V) and signal contact Permanent wiring, i.e. simple and fast replacement of electronics in the case of a fault A diminishment of the transmission quality is indicated by a LED and signal contact before the data transmission is aborted. The infrared link module (ILM) can be used in daylight thanks to an integrated filter which protects against stray lighting. When mounting the Infrared Link Module, make sure that there is an uninterruptible visible connection between the modules
Status display for operating states via LEDs Setting of transfer rate by interior switch Protection from bothersome ambient lighting through integral daylight filter Easy alignment due to area coverage ( 10 solid angle). When using several ILM transmission lines mutual influencing of the lines must be rules out by the constructional design and by observing minimum distances.
Functions
Permits wireless connection to any PROFIBUS station within a range of 15 m. Communication with several slaves at a distance from the master. Transmission interruptions are detected and indicated via LED and signalling contact.
3/70
Wireless Link
Network components
Designed for Industry Mounting without adjusting tools by large radiation angle Replacement of worn systems (slip rings, conductors) possible Fast and easy module replacement in the event of a fault due to permanent wiring
Configuration
Master e.g. PLC Master e.g. PLC Master e.g. PLC
Slave e.g. ET 200
Slave e.g. ET 200
Slave e.g. ET 200
3
ILM ILM
ILM
ILM
ILM
ILM
ILM
FTS
0 1
Slave e.g. ET 200 Slave e.g. ET 200S

G_IK10_deP0028s
Slave z.B. S7-300
Connection to mobile stations

Fig. 3/30 System configuration for ILM
Connection to mobile stations
Connection of two segments
3/71
Wireless Link
Network components
Data transfer rate Interfaces 2 connections for bus segments Connection for power supply and signal contact Supply voltage Power loss Mounting Degree of protection IR wave length Minimum range Maximum range 9.6 Kbit/s to 1.5 Mbit/s 2 2-pole terminal block in housing 4-pole terminal block in housing 24 V DC 7.5 W 2 fixing holes IP 65 880 nm 0.5 m 15 m 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 175 =80 =57 800 g
Ordering data
PROFIBUS ILM Infrared link module for connecting PROFIBUS stations and segments without the need for wires Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, configuration, network components, installation German English French Italian Electronic Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
Order No.
6GK1 503-0AA00
} } } } }
Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W =H =D) Weight
max.
approx.
3/72
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200
Overview Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200 Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200S from page 3/76
Overview ......................................................................................... 3/76 Terminal modules for electronic submodules ................................. 3/82 Interface modules IM 151 and IM 151 FO ...................................... 3/86 Interface modules IM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO ..................... 3/88 Power modules for electronic submodules PM-E ........................... 3/92 Digital electronic submodules (DI/DO) ........................................... 3/94 Analog electronic submodules (AI/AO) .......................................... 3/102 Technology modules SSI module ................................................................................... 3/114 Stepper module 1STEP ................................................................ 3/116 Counter module COUNT 1 ........................................................... 3/118 Interface submodule ET 200S 1SI................................................ 3/123 Motor starters.................................................................................. 3/125 Terminal modules for motor starters ............................................... 3/130 Power modules for motor starters................................................... 3/132 SIGUARD safety technology........................................................... 3/134 Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200X from page 3/137 Overview ......................................................................................... 3/137 Intelligent basic module BM 147/CPU ............................................ 3/139 Basic module BM 141, BM 142 ...................................................... 3/142 Basic module BM 143/DESINA ...................................................... 3/145 Digital expansion modules EM 141, EM 142 .................................. 3/148 Power module PM 148.................................................................... 3/151 Digital expansion module EM 143/DESINA .................................... 3/153 Analog expansion modules EM 144, EM 145 ................................ 3/155 Communications processor CP 142-2 ........................................... 3/159 Pneumatic module EM 148-P ......................................................... 3/161 Pneumatic interface EM 148-P ...................................................... 3/163 Frequency converter EM 148-FC.................................................... 3/165 Motor starters.................................................................................. 3/168 Accessories for motor starters........................................................ 3/171 SITOP power supply 24 V/10 A ...................................................... 3/173 Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200L from page 3/175 Overview ......................................................................................... 3/175 ET 200L block I/O ........................................................................... 3/176 ET 200L-SC modular I/O................................................................. 3/185 Electronic modules SIMATIC Smart Connect ................................. 3/188 Fine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC .............................................. 3/197 Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200M from page 3/202 Overview ......................................................................................... 3/202 Interface module IM 153-1/153-2 .................................................. 3/207 Interface module IM 153-2 FO ....................................................... 3/209 Ex-analog input module with HART ................................................ 3/211 Ex-analog output module with HART .............................................. 3/213 SITOP power supplies .................................................................... 3/215 Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200B from page 3/217 Overview ......................................................................................... 3/217 Electronic submodules ................................................................... 3/219 SITOP power supplies .................................................................... 3/227
3/73
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200S SIMATIC ET 200S is the innovative I/O system. The ET 200S consists of: Interface module to PROFIBUS-DP connection Electronic submodule for digital and analog input / outputs Technology modules (e.g. counters, SSI modules) Motor starters, communication-capable for direct and reversing starters, electromechanical (electronic in preparation) Power module for encoder and load current supply Associated terminal module. Features: Hard-wired Practice-oriented userfriendly construction Transmission rate max. 12 Mbit/s Integrated SIGUARD security technology (optional) Module replacement during operation Degree of protection IP 20 Fine-modular functionoriented station structure Comprehensive system diagnostics functions For further information see from page 3/76. Pneumatic module with integrated 4/2 channel valves Pneumatic interface to accommodate FESTO valve islands AS interface CP with master functionality Adjusted power supply, SITOP power (optional) Connection to PROFIBUSDP with a single station address Degree of protection IP 65/ IP 67, robust plastic casing Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS-DP interface integrated in the basic modules (RS 485 or fiber optic cables via hybrid cable) For further information see from page 3/137.
ET 200S
SIMATIC ET 200X
SIMATIC ET 200X is the ideal module system for machineoriented decentralization without a cabinet.
The ET200X consists of: Basic modules and Various expansion modules which can be selected at will. Features: Basic modules with integrated digital outputs or with programmable controller functionality or DESINAcompliant Expandable up to 7 expansion modules DESINA-compliant module Digital modules Analog modules Motor starter: Direct starter or reversing starter (max. 400 V AC, 5.5 kW); electromechanical or electronic Frequency converter (0.75 kW) The ET 200L consists of: A terminal block and Electronic submodule Features: Various electronic blocks available: digital input and digital output modules and mixed modules, 24 V DC Integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface Degree of protection IP 20 Max. data transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s Isolation between PROFIBUS-DP and internal electronics of the ET 200L
ET 200X
SIMATIC ET 200L/L-SC/ L-SC IM-SC
SIMATIC ET 200L/L-SC/ L-SC IM-SC is a very small, compact to fine-modular I/O device in postcard size and is excellent value for money. It allows flexible expansion with 2-channel I/O modules.
Central and distributed analysis of the diagnostic data There are three versions of the ET 200L available: ET 200L, as non-expandable block I/O. ET 200L-SC, discretely modular terminal block, can be expanded with SIMATIC SMART Connect. ET 200L-SC IM-SC, which is fine modular from the outset. For further information see from page 3/175.
ET 200L (compact)
3/74
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M SIMATIC ET 200M is a modular I/O station in degree of protection IP 20. It is accessible for the whole range of I/Os of the S7-300 for PROFIBUS-DP. The ET 200M consists of: IM 153 interface for the connection to the PROFIBUS-DP field bus Various I/O modules, connected using bus connectors or plugged into active bus modules to exchange modules while the system is running One power supply if required Features: All I/O modules of the S7300 automation units can be used (function and communication modules only for SIMATIC S7/M7 master devices) HART modules Can be expanded with up to 8 I/O modules Max. address area per ET 200M: 128 byte inputs and 128 byte outputs Isolation between PROFIBUS-DP and ET 200M Degree of protection IP 20 Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s Central and distributed analysis of the diagnostic data Two versions of ET 200M can be operated: Bus connectors design: Not possible to change modules during operation Configuration with active bus modules Modules can be changed during operation For further information see from page 3/202. Degree of protection IP 20 Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s Direction connection of the progamming device for setup, testing and diagnostics Isolation between PROFIBUS-DP and internal electronics of the ET 200B Central and distributed analysis of the diagnostic data For further information see from page 3/217.
ET 200M
SIMATIC ET 200B
SIMATIC ET 200B is a small, compact I/O station with low mounting depth. It can also be mounted in confined spaces.
The ET 200B consists of: A terminal block and Electronic submodule Features: Various electronic blocks available: Digital input and digital output modules 24 V DC or 120 to 230 V AC; Digital input / output module, 24 V DC or 120 to 230 V AC; Analog input and analog output modules
ET 200B
3/75
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
General
Overview Discretely modular distributed I/O rack with IP 20 protection Discretely modular design for precise adaptation to the automation task Consists of input/output modules, process-oriented modules and motor starters Can also be used for extremely time-critical tasks Integrated safety technology Electronic submodules can be replaced during operation (hot swapping)
3
Application The SIMATIC ET 200S is a distributed I/O system in degree of protection IP 20. It consists of: Interface module (optional with integrated CPU) Input and output modules Process-oriented modules Motor starters for any threephase induction loads Its extensive module spectrum and system-wide handling of configuring, installing and programming tasks make the ET 200S ideal as a universal I/O system. The discretely modular design allows fast and optimum adaptation to system requirements: No need for keeping spares No superfluous channels Even in the case of frequently changing requirements, the equipment setup times can be significantly reduced by swapping and combining various different I/O modules. Due to a transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s on the PROFIBUS-DP and high performance internal data transport, the ET 200S
Channel precision diagnostics for high availability With integrated CPU as miniature controller for use on the PROFIBUS-DP is also ideal for implementing extremely time-critical applications. The integration of the SIGUARD security technology means that the ET 200S can also be used for security applications. The design of the ET 200S allows it to be used in areas subject to increased mechanical stress. The system characteristics meet high plant availability requirements.
Design
1. Mounting the terminal modules
2. Wiring
3. Mounting the electronic submodules
Fig. 3/31 Mounting the modular ET 200S distributed I/O drop
The ET 200S distributed I/O device comprises: PROFIBUS-DP interface IM 151 (optional with integrated CPU) Digital and analog electronic modules
Technology modules for counting and positiondetection functions for example Motor starters Terminating module (supplied with the IM 151)
An ET-200S station can consist of up to 64 modules with a maximum of 128 bytes each for inputs and outputs. The I/O modules can be combined as needed.
3/76
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
General
Design (continued) The ET 200S is designed with permanent wiring: All modules are plugged into purely mechanical terminal modules. These terminal modules contain all the wiring and can be mounted either on 35 15 mm or 35 7.5 mm DIN rails. This results in the following advantages: Easy implementation of the wiring without electronic components Fast and safe wiring test, even while energized No tools are required to replace the electronic submodules and motor starters, even during operation ("hot swapping"), which increases the availability Automatic coding of the electronic modules for errorproof replacement Accessories The following accessories are available for the ET 200S: Flexible, modular shield supports for low-impedance support of cable shields with short installation times Perforated DIN A4 labelling sheets in various different colors, for labeling I/O modules, can be printed on Color-coded signs to customize coding of the process terminals Slot number plates for identifying the terminal modules Accessories for motor starters (PN blocks, control kit, etc.) The extensive, channel-exact, easy-to-program diagnostics with plaintext messages enable localization and elimination of process faults in the shortest possible time, thus increasing availability considerably.
Operation
Using PROFIBUS-DP in accordance with EN 50 170, a central controller can access the I/O modules in the ET 200S in the same way as central I/O modules.
Communication is handled completely by the master interface module (in the central controller) and the IM 151. Because shielded cables are used, the internal data transport is interferencefree. When configuring the system, care should be taken to ensure that the PROFIBUS-DP master selected has sufficient resources available for the DP network.
Configuration and parameterization
The ET 200S is configured and parameterized via STEP 7 or the COM PROFIBUS.
Technical specifications general

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Vibration resistance IP 20 0 to 60 C 2 g, permanent, 5 g occasional (motor starters max. 2 g) Standards and approvals PROFIBUS IEC 1131 UL EN 50 170, Volume 2 IEC 1131, Part 2 according to Standard UL508, File No. E 116536/E 75310 (AC modules) according to Standard C22.2 No. 142, File No. LR 48323/LR 44226 (AC modules) Standard Class No. 3611, Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D (without motor starters) American Bureau of Shipping Bureau Veritas Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd Lloyds Register of Shipping
System limits Number of modules per IM 151 Line width Parameter length User data length
max. max.
63 1m max. 244 bytes depending on the number and type of modules plugged in max. 128 bytes for inputs and outputs depending on the number and type of modules plugged in
CSA
FM
Ship-building (applied for) Requirements of the master system PROFIBUS-DP master Parameter length according to EN 50170 > 32 bytes, according to the number and type of modules plugged in according to the number and type of modules plugged in 64 bytes
User data length Diagnostics length
3/77
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
General
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
IM 151 35
PM EM EM EM PM EM EM EM
20
20
15
35
15
Fig. 3/32 Minimum distance for mounting, wiring and heat dissipation
3/78
G_IK10_deP0071s
35
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
General
Selection tools
Do you need access to the AUX1 rail (e.g. for PE conductor or additional supply of potential up to max. load voltage of the module) at this terminal module ? Yes
No
Screw-type terminal TM-P15S22-01 6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0 (2 2 terminals) Spring terminal TM-P15C22-01 6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0 (2 2 terminals)
Do you want to interrupt the AUX1 rail and thus open a new AUX1 potential group with this terminal module ?
No
Screw-type terminal TM-P15S23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0 (2 3 terminals) Spring terminal TM-P15C23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0 (2 3 terminals)
Yes
Screw-type terminal TM-P15S23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0 (2 3 terminals) Spring terminal TM-P15C23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0 (2 3 terminals)
Fig. 3/33 Selection of terminal modules for power modules
3/79
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
General
Selection tools
Do you need access to the AUX1 rail (e.g. for PE conductor or use of an additional potential) at this terminal module via terminals ?
Yes1)
Screw-type terminal TM-E15S24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0 (2 4 terminals) Spring terminal TM-E15C24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0 (2 4 terminals)
No
Do you need terminals 4 and 8 for: Functionality of a module (e.g. counting module) Disconnection of unnecessary signal lines with same potential as P1/P2 (e.g. connection of antivalent sensors) ?
Yes
Screw-type terminal TM-E15S24-01 6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0 (2 4 terminals) Spring terminal TM-E15C24-01 6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0 (2 4 terminals) Screw-type terminal TM-E15S23-01 6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0 (2 3 terminals) Spring terminal TM-E15C23-01 6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0 (2 3 terminals)
No
1) Not for 1Count 24 V/100 kHz, 1SSI, 1STEP 5 V/204 kHz and serial interface Fig. 3/34 Selection of terminal modules for electronic submodules Note: Alternatively, the universal terminal module can be used for all 15 mm wide electronic submodules.
3/80
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
General
Selection tools
Electronic submodules Terminal modules for Electronic submodules TM-E Screw-type terminal Order number 6ES7 193... Spring terminal Order number 6ES7 193... PM-E 24 V DC PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V AC Power modules TM-P 15S23-01 4CB00-0AA0 15C23-01 4CB10-0AA0 15S23-A1 4CC20-0AA0 15C23-A1 4CC30-0AA0 15S23-A0 4CD20-0AA0 15C23-A0 4CD30-0AA0 15S22-01 4CE00-0AA0 15C22-01 4CE10-0AA0
( 15S26-A1 ( 4CA40-0AA0 ( 15C26-A1 ( 4CA50-0AA0
15S24-A1 4CA20-0AA0 15C24-A1 4CA30-0AA0
15S24-01 4CB20-0AA0 15C24-01 4CB30-0AA0
2DI 120 V AC 2DI 230 V AC 2DO 24 V DC; 0.5 A 4DI 24 V DC 4DO 24 V DC; 0.5 A 4DO 24 V DC; 2 A Screw-type terminal Order number 6ES7 193... Spring terminal Order number 6ES7 193... 2DO 24 V DC; 2 A 2DO 120/220 V AC; 1 A 2DO Relay 2AI U Standard, 2AI U High Feature, 2AI U High Speed 2AI I 2DMU Standard, 2AI I 2DMU High Speed 2AI I 4DMU Standard, 2AI I 4DMU High Feature, 2AI I 4DMU High Speed 2AI RTD 2AI TC 2AO U Standard, 2AO U High Feature 2AO I Standard, 2AO I High Feature 1Count 24 V/100 kHz 1SSI 1STEP 5 V/204 kHz 1 Serial Interface
( 15S24-01 ( 4CB20-0AA0 ( 15C24-01 ( 4CB30-0AA0
15S24-A1 4CA20-0AA0 15C24-A1 4CA30-0AA0
15S24-01 4CB20-0AA0 15C24-01 4CB30-0AA0
15S23-01 4CB00-0AA0 15C23-01 4CB10-0AA0
Fig. 3/35 Allocation of terminal modules and electronic submodules

2DI 24 V DC
15S23-A1 4CC20-0AA0 15C23-A1 4CC30-0AA0
15S23-A0 4CD20-0AA0 15C23-A0 4CD30-0AA0
15S22-01 4CE00-0AA0 15C22-01 4CE10-0AA0

3/81
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Terminal modules for electronic submodules
Overview Mechanical modules to accommodate electronics components For setting up permanent wiring via self-configuring voltage buses Keyed connection technology to ensure an enhanced vibration resistance of up to 5g Different versions to accommodate power modules and electronic submodules Replaceable terminal box (even within the station network) Automatic coding of the electronic submodules Self-shielding of the backplane bus for high data security Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the slot numbers
3
Application
TM-P for power modules
TM-E for electronic submodules
Terminal modules are purely mechanical components for assembling the ET 200S. They accommodate electronics components. There are integrated extending voltage buses in the terminal modules, which reduces both the wiring and the control cabinet space required. Rugged design and keyed connection technology enable them to be used in a harsh industrial environments (e.g. vibration resistance up to 5 g).
Terminal modules are available in different versions: Terminal modules for power modules TM-P: to supply load/encoder voltage on two extending potential buses. A third potential bus (AUX1, max. 230 V) can be used individually for example for continuous supply of light barriers or PE. TM-P modules include power modules to monitor the voltage. TM-P modules can be used as often as required at any location in the ET 200S.
This means that the size of a potential group can be determined individually. The first module behind the IM 151 is always a TM-P with a connected power module. Terminal modules for electronic submodules (TM-E); TM-E modules accommodate electronic submodules (input / output modules, technology modules). Antivalent primary sensors can also be connected directly to them.
Design
+
Fig. 3/36 Assembly from terminal and electronic modules
=
TM-E Connection via screw-type or spring-loaded terminals With or without terminal access to AUX1 rail Connection in 2, 3 or 4 wire technique
TM-P Connection via screw-type or spring-loaded terminals With or without terminal access to AUX1 rail With or without interruption of the AUX1 rail Light casing color to allow better differentiation
Direct connection of nonequivalent sensors without additional terminal blocks
3/82
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
66,5 Rest DIN rail
132
65,5
3
15 67
66,5 Rest DIN rail
119,5
53
15
67
G_IK10_deP0073s
Fig. 3/37 Dimension drawing of terminal module1) with plugged electronic submodule 1) Note: The dimensions of the terminal modules with plugged power module are identical.
3/83
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Dimension drawings (continued)
Dimensions in mm Bottom edge of terminal module
32
3
Meaning of the coding
15
Fig. 3/38 Dimension drawing of shield connection
TM -P 15 S27 - 01 FS-R 00: 01: A0: A1: B0: B1: C0: C1: AUX terminal not available, AUX1 interrupted to left AUX terminal not available, AUX1 connected to left AUX terminal available, AUX1 interrupted to left AUX terminal available, AUX1 connected to left for PM-DF 1/2, U1/U2 connected to left for PM-DF 1/2, U1/U2 interrupted to left for PM-DF 3/4, U1 connected to left for PM-DF 3/4, U1 interrupted to left It applies for all terminal modules that no terminal for AUX1; AUX1 is connected to the left
Number of lines Number of columns S: C: Screw Cage clamp
Width in mm B: E: DS: RS: P: X: PF: Brake Control Module Electronic submodules Direct Starter SIRIUS 3R Reversing Starter SIRIUS 3R Power modules Terminals for AUX2 / AUX3 and RF+ / RF Power module with safety function
Terminal modules including terminal block
Fig. 3/39 Coding scheme for terminal modules
3/84
G_IK10_deP0074s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Ordering data
Order No. Order No. Terminal modules TM-E for electronic submodules1) TM-E15S26-A1 } 6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0 Consignment 5 pieces 2 =6 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals TM-E15C26-A1 } 6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0 Consignment 5 pieces 2 =6 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals Accessories for shield connection Shield connecting element Consignment 5 pieces can be connected to TM-E and TM-P Shield terminals Consignment 5 pieces for power rail 3 10 mm
Terminal modules TM-P for power modules PM-E
} 6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0 TM-P15S23-A1 Consignment 1 piece 2 3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-P15C23-A1 } 6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0 Consignment 1 piece 2 ==3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals TM-P15S23-A0 } 6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0 Consignment 1 piece 2 ==3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the left, screw-type terminals TM-P15C23-A0 } 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0 Consignment 1 piece 2 ==3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the left, spring-type terminals
6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
} TM-P15S22-01 Consignment 1 piece 2 ==2 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-P15C22-01 } Consignment 1 piece 2 ==2 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals
6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0
} Ground terminal Consignment 1 piece for cable cross sections up to 25 mm2

Power rails 3 10 mm Consignment 5 pieces 10 pieces of 1 m
8WA2 868
8WA2 842
6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0
Labeling accessories Labeling sheet DIN A4, perforated Consignment 1 set 10 sheets of 60 strips each, can be used for electronics and power modules and motor starters +20 strips for IM 151 petrol } red } yellow } light beige } Coding accessories Color coding signs Consignment 1 set for TM-P, TM-E; 200 pieces of each color; light beige, yellow-green, red, brown, blue, turquoise Printed labels Consignment 1 set 200 pieces for slot numbering (1 to 20) 10 200 pieces for slot numbering (1 to 40) 5 200 pieces for slot numbering (1 to 64) 1 , (1 to 68) 2 Inscription plates, unlabelled 200 pieces for slot numbering
Terminal modules TM-E for electronic submodules1) TM-E15S24-A1 } Consignment 1 piece 2 == 4 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals 6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0
TM-E15C24-A1 } 6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0 Consignment 5 pieces 2 ==4 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4LA00-0AA0
} TM-E15S24-01 Consignment 5 pieces 2 ==4 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-E15C24-01 } Consignment 5 pieces 2 ==4 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals
6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
} } }
8WA8 861-0AB
8WA8 861-0AC
} TM-E15S23-01 Consignment 5 pieces 2 ==3 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-E15C23-01 } Consignment 5 pieces 2 ==3 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals
6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0
8WA8 861-0DA
6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0
8WA8 848-2AY
1) Observe the configuring tools for selecting the suitable TM-E and TM-P (see page 3/81)
3/85
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Interface modules IM 151 and IM 151 FO
Overview Interface module for connecting the ET 200S to PROFIBUS-DP Handles all data interchange with the PROFIBUS-DP master 2 variants: IM 151 with RS 485 interface IM 151 FO with fiberoptic interface
Application
The IM 151 interface module enables connection of the ET 200S to PROFIBUS-DP and handles communications between the modules and the higher-level DP master completely independently
The IM 151 is available in two variants: IM 151 with RS 485 interface, connection to PROFIBUS-DP by 9-pin Sub-D male connector IM 151 FO with fiber-optic interface (plastic or PCF). Connection to PROFIBUS-DP by 4 simplex connectors Diagnostics indicators for group faults, bus faults and voltage supply Labeling strips for identification The IM 151 has: 9-pin Sub-D female connector for connecting to PROFIBUS-DP IM 151 FO has: 4 simplex female connectors for connection to PROFIBUS-DP
IM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO are available as intelligent versions.
Design
The interface modules IM 151/ IM 151 FO are snap-mounted directly onto the DIN rail. The IM 151/IM 151 FO are equipped with the following: Screw-type terminals for connection to the 24 V DC power supply DIP switch for setting the PROFIBUS-DP station address (1 to 125)
The scope of supply includes the terminating module that must be plugged into the last I/O module of the ET 200S. Up to 6 reserve fuses (5 x 20 mm) for the PM-E power module 24 V DC to 230 V AC can be accommodated on this module.
3/86
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Interface modules IM 151 and IM 151 FO
Transmission protocol Data transfer rate PROFIBUS-DP in acc. to EN 50 170 9.6/19.2/45.45/93.75/187.5/500/ 1500/12000 kbit/s IM 151 also 3000/6000 kbit/s; self-setting yes, transmitter yes max. 128 bytes for inputs, 128 bytes for outputs 20 ms 500 V
Ordering data
IM 151 interface module for connecting the ET 200S to PROFIBUS-DP; with RS 485 interface IM 151 FO interface module for connecting the ET 200S to PROFIBUS-DP; with FOC interface ET 200S manual German English French SIMATIC Manual Collection Electronic manuals on CD, multilingual: S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
Order No. 6ES7 151-1AA02-0AB0
6ES7 151-1AB00-0AB0
Internode communication support SYNC/FREEZE capability Address volume Backup during power failure Insulation voltage Supply voltage Rated value Perm. range (including ripple) Polarity reversal protection Power consumption at 24 V DC approx. Output current Status and diagnostic LEDs Connection to PROFIBUS-DP IM 151 IM 151 FO (l = 660 nm) Distance between 2 stations max.
6ES7 151-1AA00-8AA0 6ES7 151-1AA00-8BA0 6ES7 151-1AA00-8CA0 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V yes 200 mA 700 mA for backplane bus BF, SF and ON
3
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2 SIMATIC Manual Collection Maintenance service for 1 year Scope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates 100 simplex connectors for plastic FOC incl. 5 polishing kits 50 plug adapters for 2 simplex connectors each
max.
9-pin Sub-D female connector 4 x simplex sockets plastic: 50 m PCF: 300 m 26 bytes lock / release lock / release SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC S5 50 Hz/60 Hz not used/ 2 to 64 not used / 0 / 1 IP 20
Parameters Restart for setpoint not equal to actual config. Module replacement during operation Format for analog values Interference frequency suppression Reference point slots 1 to 8 Reference point inputs 1 to 8 Degree of protection Ambient temperature Operation Storage Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 45 x 119,5 x 75 (when mounted on 7.5 mm DIN rail)
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
66,5
Rest DIN rail
119,5
45
67
Fig. 3/40 IM 151/IM 151 FO interface module
3/87
P_IK10_deP0072s
53
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Interface modules IM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO
Overview Interface module with integrated CPU for SIMATIC ET 200S Enhances the effective system availability of plants and machines Programming via PROFIBUS-DP Features the new SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC) Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS-DP slave interface for Cu or FO conductors Integrated CPU based on the CPU S7-314 (24 kByte working memory) Maintenance-free because no battery
Application
The IM 151/CPU can be used for distributed automation solutions of average program scope. With the integrated PROFIBUS-DP slave interface it can be used for pre-processing on a PROFIBUS-DP network. The IM 151/CPU allows preprocessing of the process data distributed locally and communication as PROFIBUS-DP slaves with the master control.
This results in the following advantages: Clear configuring Simple pre-startup of individual plant segments Offloading of PROFIBUS-DP Smaller, easier to program central controller IM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO can also be used as "standalone" CPUs without a master control.
The fine-modular design of the ET 200S I/O system, together with the IM 151/CPU allows a function-oriented structure of the station with all the advantages of an intelligent slave. The comprehensive range of I/O modules (digital and analog channels, technology modules, motors starters, brake control module, safety engineering) allows the assembly of miniature controllers on PROFIBUS-DP. SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC) makes program backup easy Firmware update via MMC Software clock Diagnostic message frames of the CPU can be provided with date/time stamp Integrated communication functions: PG/OP communication PROFIBUS-DP slave
Design
The IM 151/CPU includes: Microprocessor with a processing time of 300 ns per binary instruction 24 kByte working memory (corresponds to approx. 8 k instructions) Load memory for program and fast working memory for process-relevant program sections. Fine modular expandability for maximum flexibility. Up to 63 I/O modules (power, electronics, technology and motor starter modules) in any mixture
Integrated multipoint interface PG, OP/DP alternatively in RS 485 (Cu, 9-pin Sub-D female connector) or FOC (4 simplex sockets) for DP and RS 485 for PG, OP Mode selector Password concept for protecting the application program against unauthorized access Diagnostic buffer for the 100 preceding fault and interruption events Maintenance-free data backup of retentive data without battery
3/88
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Functions Configurable and parameterizable attributes Type and scope of I/O expansion Startup and cycle behavior Determination of maximum cycle time and load as well as self-test functions Definition of the number of retentive bit memories, counters, timers and data blocks Clock memory Setting the addresses Protection stage Setting access rights to the programs and the data Definition of the handling and scope of diagnostic messages Watchdog interrupts Setting of periodicity Time-of-day interrupts; Setting of start date, time and periodicity Display and information functions Status and error function LEDs indicate e.g. hardware, programming, time or I/O errors and operating status' RUN, STOP, startup etc. Test functions; status signals can be displayed on the programming device while the program is running, process variables can be changed independently of the application program and the contents of stack memories can be output. Information functions; The user can use the programming device to obtain information about memory capacity and the operational mode of the CPU, the current capacity of the working memory and the load memory, current cycle times and the content of diagnosis buffers in plain text.
CPU module (different data are printed in bold) RAM (1 statement corresponds to an average of 3 bytes) Load memory Integrated For plug-in as MMC Retentive data IM 151/CPU 24 Kbytes/ 8 K statements RAM IM 151/CPU FO 24 Kbytes/ 8 K statements RAM
40 Kbytes RAM Up to 4 MByte Flash-EPROM 4 Kbytes flags, counters, times, data 100 diagnosis buffer entries Software clock STEP 7 from V5.1 Linear, structured Organization blocks (OBs) Function blocks (FBs) Functions (FC) Data blocks (DBs) System functions (SFBs, SFCs) max. 128 FC, 128 FB, 127 DB Free cycle (OB 1) Delay alarm (OB 20) Time-driven (OB 35) Real-time controlled (OB 10) Interrupt-driven (OB 40) Restart (OB 100) 8 for each program execution level 8 Binary logic, parenthesis commands, resultassignment, save, count, load, transfer, compare, shift, rotate, generate complement, call up blocks, fixed-point and floatingpointarithmetic functions, jump functions Password
40 Kbytes RAM Up to 4 MByte Flash-EPROM 4 Kbytes flags, counters, times, data 100 diagnosis buffer entries Software clock STEP 7 from V5.1 Linear, structured Organization blocks (OBs) Function blocks (FBs) Functions (FC) Data blocks (DBs) System functions (SFBs, SFCs) 128 FC, 128 FB, 127 DB Free cycle (OB 1) Delay alarm (OB 20) Time-driven (OB 35) Real-time controlled (OB 10) Interrupt-driven (OB 40) Restart (OB 100) 8 for each program execution level 8 Binary logic, parenthesis commands, result assignment, save, count, load, transfer, compare, shift, rotate, generate complement, call up blocks, fixed-point and floatingpoint arithmetic functions, jump functions Password
Clock Programming language Program organization Types of blocks
Number of blocks Program execution
Block nesting depth Nesting levels Operation set
User program protection System functions (SFCs)
Interrupt and error processing, copying data, Interrupt and error processing, copying data, clock functions, diagnostic functions, module parameter- clock functions, diagnostic functions, module parameterization, status transitions ization, status transitions 0.3 to 0.6 s 1 s 12 s 2 s 50 s 0.3 to 0.6 s 1 s 12 s 2 s 50 s
Execution times Bit operations Word instructions approx. Time and counter operations Fixed-point addition Floating-point addition
3/89
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications (continued)
CPU module (different data are printed in bold) Cycle time monitoring Bit memories Of these retentive Counter Of these retentive Counting range Timers Of these retentive Counting range PROFIBUS-DP interface Node address Communication functions IM 151/CPU 150 ms (preset), adjustable from 1 to 6000 ms 2048 0 to 2048 (M0.0 to M255.7, selectable) 64 63, selectable 1 to 999 128 0 to 127, programmable 10 ms to 9990 s 1 to 125, switch-selectable Programming device/OP communication DP slave Send and receive capability for internode communication Up to 9,6; 19,2; 45,45; 93,75; 187,5; 500 kBaud 1,5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s max. 100 m to 1000 m (baud rate-dependent), without repeater Can be connected PROFIBUS interface None 63 64 bytes each for inputs and 64 bytes outputs 5 24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V typ. typ. 0.5 A 3A 2W 60 119.5 75 200 g Without restriction Dependent on required storage space and resulting runtime yes no no yes no Max. 63 I/O modules per station Max. 1 m station width Max. 10 A per load group (power module) IM 151/CPU FO 150 ms (preset), adjustable from 1 to 6000 ms 2048 0 to 2048 (M0.0 to M255.7, selectable) 64 63, selectable 1 to 999 128 0 to 127, programmable 10 ms to 9990 s 1 to 125, switch-selectable Programming device/OP communication DP slave Send and receive capability for internode communication Up to 9,6; 19,2; 45,45; 93,75; 187,5; 500 kBaud 1,5; 12 Mbit/s Plastic: 50 m PCF: 300 m Can be connected via programming device interface None 63 64 bytes each for inputs and 64 bytes outputs 5 24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V 0.5 A 3A 2W 60 119.5 75 200 g Without restriction Dependent on required storage space and resulting runtime yes no no yes no Max. 63 I/O modules per station Max. 1 m station width Max. 10 A per load group (power module)
Transmission speed
Distance between 2 adjacent nodes PUs/OPs with STEP 7 Onboard I/Os No. of modules per system
Address volume on PROFIBUS-DP max. Number of connections PG/OP Supply voltages Rated value Permitted range Current input Inrush current Power loss Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight IM 151 Memory card Suitable modules Suitable software Software controllers Process diagnostics S7-GRAPH S7-HiGraph S7-SCL CFC Configuring rules
3/90
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
FRCE RUN-P STOP
IM 151 CPU
SF BF ON RUN STOP
66,5
MRES
PROFIBUS-DP X 2 3 4
MEM DP ADDRESS OFF ON
64 32 16 18 14 12 11 6ES7 1517AB00-0AB0
Rest DIN rail

119,5
ET 200S
1L+2L+1M 2M
DC24V
PG
G_IK10_deP0072as
53
60
82
Fig. 3/41 Interface module IM 151/CPU (IM 151/CPU FO)
Ordering data
Interface module IM 151/CPU Interface module IM 151/CPU FO MMC 64 KB for program backup MMC 2 MB for program backup and/or firmware update MMC-Adapter for PG memory card slot
Order No.
Order No. 100 simplex connectors for plastic FOC incl. 5 polishing kits 50 plug adapters for 2 simplex connectors each Labeling sheet DIN A4 petrol red yellow light beige ET 200S manual German English French
} } } }
6ES7 151-7AA00-0AB0 6ES7 151-7AB00-0AB0 6ES7 953-8LF00-0AA0 6ES7 953-8LL00-0AA0
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
6ES7 798-0BA00-0AA0
} } } } } } }
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0 6ES7 151-1AA00-8AA0 6ES7 151-1AA00-8BA0 6ES7 151-1AA00-8CA0
} in preparation External Prommer for MMC with USB interface for example
PG with integrated MMC interface
in preparation
3/91
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Power modules for electronic submodules PM-E
Overview For monitoring and, depending on the version, securing load and encoder supply voltage Can be connected to TM-P terminal modules with automatic coding Diagnostic message of voltage and fuse drop (can be switched off by configuration)
Application
PM-E power modules are used for monitoring and, depending on the version, securing load and encoder supply voltage supplied to the extending terminal bus via the TM-P terminal modules.
The failure of the voltage and/or fuse can be reported to the supraordinate master if required. Additional LEDs provide information about the status of the voltage and the fuse on site.
The following versions are available: Power module PM-E 24 V DC; with diagnostics Power module PM-E 24 V DC to 230 V AC; with diagnostics and fusing Up to 6 replacement fuses can be stored on the terminating module (see IM 151).
Design
PM-E power modules are plugged into the TM-P terminal modules provided for this purpose. The first module after the IM 151 must always be a power module.
The version for fusing has a fusible link (5 20 mm).
PM-E 24 V DC with diagnostics Rated load voltage Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection Current carrying capacity up to 30 C up to 60 C Galvanic isolation Isolation tested at Diagnostics indicator Status display Diagnostics message Address space required per module Module width Weight approx. max. max. 24 V DC Yes External (e.g. automatic circuit breaker) Max. 10 A (up to 60 C) Between process and backplane bus 500 V DC Collective error "SF", red LED Rated load voltage "PWR", green LED Load voltage out 15 mm 35 g 3 bytes Disable/enable PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V AC with diagnostics and fuse 24 V DC, 120 V AC, 230 V AC Yes Internal with fuse (5 20 mm), 250 V, 10 A, quick 10 A (24 V DC), 8 A (120/230 V AC) 7 A (24 V DC), 5 A (120/230 V AC) Between process and backplane bus 1500 V AC Collective error "SF", red LED Rated load voltage "PWR", green LED Fuse OK: "FSG", green LED Load voltage out, fuse failure 15 mm 45 g 3 bytes Disable/enable Disable/enable
Parameters (default value underlined) Load voltage out Diagnostics fuse tripped
Dimension drawings
The dimensions of the terminal modules with plugged power module are the same as those with a plugged electronic submodule (see page 3/83).
3/92
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Power modules for electronic submodules PM-E
Connection diagrams
PM-E DC 24V SF PM-E DC 24V AC120/230V SF
Ordering data
Power module PM-E 24 V DC 1) for electronic submodules; with diagnostics Power module PM-E 24 V DC to 230 V AC for electronic submodules; with diagnostics and fuse
Order No.
6ES7 138-4CA00-0AA00
L + /L1 2;6 2;6 L+
6ES7 138-4CB00-0AB00
3;7 4;8
M PE 3;7 4;8 M/N PE
1) For all electronic and technology modules except 2 DI 120 V AC / 2 DI 230 V AC / 2 DD 120/230 V AC
X 2 3 4 PWR PWR PWR
X 3 4 5 FSG
6ES7 138-4CA00-0AA0
6ES7 138-4CB00-0AB0
G_IK10_deP0094s
Fig. 3/42 Power modules PM-E
3/93
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Digital electronic submodules
Overview Digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S Can be connected to TM-E terminal modules with automatic coding High-feature variants for enhanced plant availability, additional functions and comprehensive diagnostics Module replacement during operation and under power (hot swapping)
Application
Digital electronic submodules contain digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S. They are always connected to a TM-E terminal module. High-feature variants enhance plant availability and provide additional functions and diagnostics.
Module replacement under power and during operation makes the plant especially maintenance-friendly. The following modules are available: 2 DI 24 V DC, Standard 2 DI 24 V DC, High Feature 4 DI 24 V DC, Standard 4 DI 24 V DC, High Feature 2 DI 120 V AC 2 DI 230 V AC
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A, Standard 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A, High Feature 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A, Standard 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A, Standard 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A, High Feature 4 DO 24 V DC/2 A, Standard 2 DO 24 V DC, 230 V AC, Relay 5 A 2 DO 120 V AC/230 V, 1 A
3/94
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Digital input modules
Digital input modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of inputs Address space required per module with summary without summary Line length unshielded shielded Rated supply voltage from the power module Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus Permissible potential difference between different power circuits between ground and input Isolation tested at Power loss Current consumption from backplane bus from supply voltage Input voltage rated value for signal "1" for signal "0" Input current with signal "1" Input delay from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0" Input characteristic to IEC 1131 Connection of two-wire BEROs permissible quiescent current Diagnostics indicator Status display Process diagnostics short-circuit after M Parameters (default value underlined) input delay short-circuit after M Module width Weight max. typ. typ. max. max. max. 2 DI 24 V DC, Standard 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC 2 DI 24 V DC, High Feature 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC 4 DI 24 V DC, Standard 4 4 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC
no yes 75 V DC, 60 V AC 500 V DC 0.4 W 10 mA dependent on sensor 24 V DC +11 to +30 V 30 to +5V 7 mA fixed 3 ms 3 ms Type 1 possible 1.5 mA green LED per channel 1 byte 15 mm 35 g
no yes 75 V DC, 60 V AC 500 V DC 0.4 W 10 mA dependent on sensor 24 V DC +11 to +30 V 30 to +5V 8 mA programmable 0.1 to 10 ms 0.1 to 10 ms Type 2 possible 1.5 mA yes yes yes, per module 3 bytes 0.1; 0.5, 3: 15 ms disable/enable 15 mm 35 g
no yes 75 V DC, 60 V AC 500 V DC 0.8 W 10 mA dependent on sensor 24 V DC +11 to +30 V 30 to +5V 7 mA 3 ms 3 ms Type 1 possible 1.5 mA no yes no 1 byte 15 mm 35 g
3/95
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Digital input modules (continued)
Digital input modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of inputs Address space required per module with summary without summary Line length unshielded shielded Rated supply voltage from the power module Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus max. max. 4 DI 24 V DC, High Feature 4 4 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC 2 DI 120 V AC 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 120 V AC 2 DI 230 V AC 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 230 V AC
no yes 75 V DC, 60 V AC 500 V DC
no yes 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 0.2 W 6 mA dependent on sensor 120 V AC 79 to 132 V 0 to 20 V 3.3 to 8.2 mA 15 ms 20 ms Type 1 no no yes no 3 bytes 15 mm 35 g
no yes 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 0.5 W 6 mA dependent on sensor 230 V AC 164 to 264 V 0 to 20 V 4.0 to 16.5 mA 15 ms 20 ms Type 1 no no yes no 3 bytes 15 mm 35 g
Permissible potential difference between different power circuits between ground and input Isolation tested at Power loss Current consumption from backplane bus from supply voltage Input voltage rated value for signal "1" for signal "0" Input current with signal "1" Input delay from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0" Input characteristic to IEC 1131 Connection of two-wire BEROs permissible quiescent current Diagnostics indicator Status display Process diagnostics short-circuit after M Parameters (default value underlined) input delay short-circuit after M Module width Weight max. typ. typ. max.
0.8 W 10 mA dependent on sensor 24 V DC +11 to +30 V 30 to +5V 8 mA 3 ms 3 ms Type 1 possible 1.5 mA no yes no 1 byte 15 mm 35 g
3/96
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Digital output modules
Digital output modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of outputs Address space required per module with summary without summary Line length unshielded shielded Rated load voltage L+ from power module Rated supply voltage from the power module Polarity reversal protection Aggregate current for outputs at 40 C at 50 C at 60 C Current per cable up to 50 C up to 60 C Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus between channels and supply voltage between supply voltage and backplane bus Isolation tested at between channels and backplane bus between channels and supply voltage between supply voltage and backplane bus Power loss Current consumption from backplane bus from supply voltage Output voltage at signal "1" Output current at signal "1" rated value permitted range at signal "0" (residual current) thermal uninterrupted current minimum load current Output delay with resistive load from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0" Load resistance range Switch two outputs in parallel for redundant load control for increasing performance Control a digital input Lamp load max. typ. max. max. max. 2 DO 24 V DC/ 0,5 A, Standard 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC yes 1 A (up to 60 C) 2 DO 24 V DC/0,5 A, High Feature 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC yes 1 A (up to 60 C) 2 DO 24 V DC/ 2 A, Standard 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC yes 4 A (up to 60 C) 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A, High Feature 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC yes 4 A (up to 60 C)
no yes
no yes
no yes
no yes
500 V DC 0.4 W 10 mA 5 mA per channel L+ 1 V 0.5 A 7 to 600 mA 0.3 mA
500 V DC 1.4 W 10 mA 5 mA per channel L+ 1 V 2A 7 to 2400 mA 0.3 mA
min.
100 s 100 s 48 to 3400 yes, for each module no yes 2.5 W
100 s 100 s 12 to 3400 yes, for each module no yes 10 W
3/97
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Digital output modules (continued)
Digital output modules (different data are printed in bold) Switching frequency for resistive load for inductive load for a lamp load Inductive switch planing restricted to Reverse voltage resistance 2 DO 24 V DC/ 0,5 A, Standard 100 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 55 to 60 V yes, when using the same voltage source as the power module yes 1.5 A no yes 2 DO 24 V DC/0,5 A, High Feature 100 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 55 to 60 V yes, when using the same voltage source as the power module yes 1.5 A yes yes 2 DO 24 V DC/ 2 A, Standard 100 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 55 to 60 V yes, when using the same voltage source as the power module yes 4A no yes 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A, High Feature 100 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 55 to 60 V yes, when using the same voltage source as the power module yes 4A yes yes
Short-circuit protection Response threshold Diagnostic display red LED group error "SF" Status display green LED per channel Process diagnostics Short-circuit after M Wire break Parameters (default value underlined) Short-circuit after M Wire break Characteristics during a CPU/master STOP Substitute value, channel-wise Module width Weight
no no 1 byte
yes, by channel yes, by channel 3 bytes disable / enable disable / enable switch substitute value / retain last value 0; 1 15 mm 40 g
no no 1 byte
yes, by channel yes, by channel 3 bytes disable / enable disable / enable switch substitute value / retain last value 0; 1 15 mm 40 g
15 mm 40 g
15 mm 40 g
3/98
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Digital output modules
Digital output modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of outputs Address space required per module with summary without summary Line length unshielded shielded Rated load voltage L+ from power module Rated supply voltage from the power module Polarity reversal protection Aggregate current for outputs at 40 C at 50 C at 60 C Current per cable up to 50 C up to 60 C Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus between channels andsupply voltage between supply voltage and backplane bus Isolation tested at between channels and backplane bus between channels andsupply voltage between supply voltage and backplane bus Power loss Current consumption from backplane bus from supply voltage Output voltage at signal "1" Output current at signal "1" rated value permitted range at signal "0" (residual current) thermal uninterrupted current minimum load current Output delay with resistive load from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0" Load resistance range Switch two outputs in parallel for redundant load control for increasing performance Control a digital input Lamp load max. typ. max. max. max. 4 DO 24 V DC/ 0,5 A, Standard 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC yes 2 A (up to 60 C) 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A, Standard 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC yes 4A 2 DO 120/230 V AC/1 A 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m 24 V DC yes 1A 0.75 A 0.5 A 5A 4A no yes no yes no yes no yes yes yes 2 DO 24 V DC to 230 V AC/5 A, Relay 2 2 bits 1 byte 600 m 1000 m V 24 V DC yes
1500 V AC 4W 18 mA 15 mA per channel L 1.5 V 1A 0.1 to 1100 mA 3 mA
500 V DC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC
0.6 W 10 mA 30 mA 5A 1 mA
min.
15 ms 15 ms yes, for each module no yes 100 W
no no yes
3/99
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Digital output modules (continued)
Digital output modules (different data are printed in bold) Switching frequency for resistive load for inductive load for a lamp load Inductive switch planing restricted to Reverse voltage resistance 4 DO 24 V DC/ 0,5 A, Standard 100 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 55 to 60 V yes, when using the same voltage source as the power module yes 1.5 A no yes 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A, Standard 100 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 55 to 60 V yes, when using the same voltage source as the power module yes 4A yes yes no yes yes yes 2 DO 120/230 V AC/1 A 2 DO 24 V DC to 230 V AC/5 A, Relay 2 Hz 0,5 Hz 2 Hz 55 to 60 V
10 Hz 0,5 Hz 1 Hz 55 to 60 V yes, when using the same voltage source as the power module yes, via fuse in power module
Short-circuit protection Response threshold
external fuse required (max. 6 A, quick)
Diagnostic display red LED group error "SF" Status display green LED per channel Process diagnostics Short-circuit after M Wire break Parameters (default value underlined) Short-circuit after M Wire break Characteristics during a CPU/master STOP Substitute value, channel-wise Module width Weight
no 1 byte
no 1 byte
no 3 bytes Switch substitute value / retain last value 0; 1 15 mm 40 g
no 3 bytes Switch substitute value / retain last value 0; 1 15 mm 40 g
15 mm 40 g
15 mm 40 g
3/100 Siemens IK PI October 2000
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Connection diagrams
2 DI DC 24V SF 2 DI DC 24V SF 4 DI DC 24V SF 4 DI DC 24V SF 2 DI AC 120V 2 DI AC 230V
1;5 3;7 4;8
IN
1;5 3;7 4;8
IN
1;5 2;6 3;7
IN
1;5 2;6 3;7
IN
1;5
IN
1;5
IN
PE 2;6 L+
PE 2;6 L+
4;8 2;6 3;7
X 2 3 4 1 5 1
X 2 3 4 5
L+ A4;A8 A3;A7 AUX1 X 2 3 4 1 2 5 6
4;8
L+ A4;A8 A3;A7 AUX1 X 2 3 4 1 2 5 6
4;8
PE L1 N
4;8 2;6 3;7
PE L1 N
X 2 3 4 1 5 1
X 2 3 4 5
G_IK10_deP0077s
Standard High Feature Standard High Feature 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 131-4BB00-0AA0 131-4BB00-0AB0 131-4BD00-0AA0 131-4BD00-0AB0 131-4EB00-0AB0 131-4FB00-0AB0
3
2 DO AC 120/230V 1.0A SF
2 DO DC 24V/0,5A SF
2 DO DC 24V/0,5A SF
2 DO DC 24V/2A SF
2 DO DC 24V/2A SF
4 DO DC 24V/0.5A SF
4 DO DC 24V/2A SF
1;5 4;8 3;7
OUT PE
1;5 4;8 3;7
OUT PE
1;5 4;8 3;7
OUT PE
1;5 4;8 3;7
OUT PE
1;5 2;6 3;7
OUT
1;5 2;6 3;7
OUT
1;5 4;8 3;7
OUT PE
X 2 3 4 1 5 1
X 2 3 4 5 1
X 2 3 4 5 1
X 2 3 4 5
M A4;A8 A3;A7 AUX1 X 2 3 4 1 2 5 6
4;8
4;8 M A4;A8 A3;A7 AUX1 X 2 3 4 1 2 5 6
X 2 3 4 1 5
Standard High Feature Standard High Feature Standard Standard 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 132-4BB00-0AA0 132-4BB00-0AB0 132-4BB30-0AA0 132-4BB30-0AB0 132-4BD00-0AA0 132-4BD30-0AA0 132-4FB00-0AB0
Fig. 3/43 Digital electronic submodules
Ordering data
Digital input modules Consignment 5 pieces 2 DI 24 V DC Standard 2 DI 24 V DC High Feature 4 DI 24 V DC Standard 4 DI 24 V DC High Feature 2 DI 120 V AC 2 DI 230 V AC
Order No. Digital output modules Consignment 5 pieces 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 2 DO 120/230 V AC/1 A 2 DO 24 V DC to 230 V AC/5 A Relay Labeling sheet DIN A4
Order No.
} } } } } }
6ES7 131-4BB00-0AA0 6ES7 131-4BB00-0AB0 6ES7 131-4BD00-0AA0 6ES7 131-4BD00-0AB0 6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0 6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0
} } } } } } } }
6ES7 132-4BB00-0AA0 6ES7 132-4BB00-0AB0 6ES7 132-4BB30-0AA0 6ES7 132-4BB30-0AB0 6ES7 132-4BD00-0AA0 6ES7 132-4BD30-0AB0 6ES7 132-4FB00-0AB0 6ES7 132-4HB00-0AB0 see Terminal modules, page 3/85
3/101
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Analog electronic submodules
Overview Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S Can be connected to TM-E terminal modules with automatic coding High-feature variants with enhanced accuracy and resolution High-speed variants for high-speed analog value acquisition Module replacement during operation and under power (hot swapping)
Note: For selection of suitable TM-E terminal modules, please observe the configuring tools (see page 3/82).
Application
Analog electronic submodules contain analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S. They are always connected to a TM-E terminal module. High-feature variants allow analog value processing with enhanced accuracy and resolution.
High-speed variants enable high-speed analog value acquisition. Module replacement under power and during operation makes the plant especially maintenance-friendly.
The following modules are available: 2 AI U Standard 2 AI U High Speed 2 AI U High Feature 2 AI I Standard 2-wire 2 AI I High Speed 2-wire 2 AI, I, 4-wire Standard 2 AI I 4-wire High Speed 2 AI I High Feature 2-/4-wire (15 bits + VZ) 2 AI RTD 2 AI TC 2 AO U Standard 2 AO I Standard 2 AO U High Feature (15 bits + VZ) 2 AO I High Feature (15 bits + VZ)
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Analog input modules
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of inputs Address space required per module Cable length, shielded Supply voltage from power module, rated value Galvanic isolation between channels and backplane bus between the channels and load voltage L+ between the channels Permissible potential difference between input and MANA (UCM) between MANA and the central grounding point (UISO) between the channels Power loss Current consumption from load voltage L+ from backplane bus Diagnostic display red LED group error "SF" Diagnostics Group error (parameterization or internal error) Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test 2) Measuring principle Integration time Conversion time per channel Cycle time (both channels) Interference frequency suppression Resolution (incl. overrange) 10 V 5 V 1 to 5 V 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Pt100/Ni100 150 300 /600 (max. 2) typ. max. max. 2 AI, U, Standard 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC 2 AI U, High Speed 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC 4 AI U, High Feature 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC
yes yes no 2 VPP AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 0.6 W 30 mA 10 mA yes
yes yes no 2 VPP AC 75 V DC/60 V AC 0.8 W 35 mA 10 mA yes
yes yes no 100 V AC/140 V DC 0.85 W 53 mA 10 mA yes
yes yes yes 1) integrating 16.67/20 ms 55/65 ms 110/130 ms 60/50 Hz
yes yes no instantaneous value encryption 0.1 ms 1 ms
yes yes no integrating 16.67/20 ms 25/30 ms 58.3/70 ms 60/50 Hz
13 bits + sign 13 bits + sign 13 bits
11 bits +sign
15 bits + sign 15 bits + sign 15 bits
1) Only in measuring range 1 to 5 V 2) Only in measuring ranges of the thermocouples
3/103
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Analog input modules (continued)
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Input range (rated value)/ input resistance Resistance Resistance thermometer Voltage Thermocouple Noise suppression for noise frequency Common mode interference (Vpp) min. Common mode interference (peak value of interference <nominal value of the input range) min. Crosstalk between the inputs min. 2 AI, U, Standard 2 AI U, High Speed 4 AI U, High Feature
90 dB
90 dB
100 dB
70 dB 50 dB 0.6%
70 dB 50 dB -/1
90 db 110 dB 0.1%
Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to the input range) Basic error limit (operating error limit at 25 C, referred to the input range) Temperature error (referred to the input range) Linearity error (referred to the input range) Repeatability (in the steady-state condition at 25 C, referred to input range) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Load for the 2-wire transducer characteristic curve linearization, parameterizable Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range Module width Weight 1) Only in measuring range 1 to 5 V max.
0.4%
0.7%
0.05%
0.01%/K 0.01% 0.05% 35 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 ms
4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable 1) none/weak/average/strong Deactivated/10 V/5 V/1 to 5 V 15 mm 40 g
4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable none/weak/ average/strong deactivated/10 V 15 mm 40 g
4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable none/weak/ average/strong deactivated/10 V/5 V/1 to 5 V 15 mm 40 g
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of inputs Address space required per module Cable length, shielded Supply voltage from power module, rated value Galvanic isolation between channels and backplane bus between the channels and load voltage L+ between the channels Permissible potential difference between input and MANA (UCM) between MANA and the central grounding point (UISO) between the channels Power loss Current consumption from load voltage L+ from backplane bus Diagnostic display red LED group error "SF" Diagnostics Group error (parameterization or internal error) Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test 2) Measuring principle Integration time Conversion time per channel Cycle time (both channels) Interference frequency suppression Resolution (incl. overrange) 10 V 5 V 1 to 5 V 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Pt100/Ni100 150 300 /600 (max. 2) typ. max. max. 2 AI I 2-wire, Standard 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC 2 AI I 2-wire, High Speed 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC 4 AI I 2-wire, High Feature 3) 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC
yes no no 75 V DC/60 V AC 0.6 W 80 mA 10 mA yes
yes no no 100 V AC/140 V DC 0.85 W 53 mA 10 mA yes
yes yes yes 1) instantaneous value encryption 0.1 ms 1 ms
yes yes yes 1) integrating 16.67/20 ms 25/30 ms 58.3/70 ms 60/50 Hz
13 bits
12 bits
15 bits + sign 15 bits
1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA 2) Only in measuring ranges of the thermocouples 3) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire transducers
3/105
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Input range (rated value)/ input resistance Resistance Resistance thermometer Voltage Thermocouple Noise suppression for noise frequency Common mode interference (VPP) min. Common mode interference (peak value of interference <nominal value of the input range) min. Crosstalk between the inputs min. 2 AI I 2-wire, Standard 2 AI I 2-wire, High Speed 4 AI I 2-wire, High Feature 2)
100 dB
70 dB 50 dB 0.6%
70 dB 50 dB -/1
90 db 110 dB 0.1%
Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to the input range) Basic error limit (operating error limit at 25 C, referred to the input range) Temperature error (referred to the input range) Linearity error (referred to the input range) Repeatability (in the steady-state condition at 25 C, referred to input range) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Load for the 2-wire transducer characteristic curve linearization, parameterizable Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range Module width Weight max.
0.4%
0.7%
0.05%
0.005%/K 0.01% 0.05%
0.01%/K 0.01% 0.10%
0.003%/K 0.03% 0.01%
40 mA
35 mA
40 mA
750 4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable 1) none/weak/ average/strong deactivated/4 to 20 mA 15 mm 40 g
750 4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable 1) none/weak/ average/strong deactivated/20 mA/4 to 20 mA 15 mm 40 g
1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA 2) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire transducers
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of inputs Address space required per module Cable length, shielded Supply voltage from power module, rated value Galvanic isolation between channels and backplane bus between the channels and load voltage L+ between the channels Permissible potential difference between input and MANA (UCM) between MANA and the central grounding point (UISO) between the channels Power loss Current consumption from load voltage L+ from backplane bus Diagnostic display red LED group error "SF" Diagnostics Group error (parameterization or internal error) Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test 2) Measuring principle Integration time Conversion time per channel Cycle time (both channels) Interference frequency suppression Resolution (incl. overrange) 10 V 5 V 1 to 5 V 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Pt100/Ni100 150 300 /600 (max. 2) typ. max. max. 2 AI I 4-wire, Standard 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC 2 AI I 4-wire, High Speed 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC 4 AI I 4-wire, High Feature 3) 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC
yes no no 100 V AC/140 V DC 0.85 W 53 mA 10 mA yes
yes yes yes 1) instantaneous value encryption 0.1 ms 1 ms
yes yes yes 1) integrating 16.67/20 ms 25/30 ms 58.3/70 ms 60/50 Hz
12 bits
1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA 2) Only in measuring ranges of the thermocouples 3) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire transducers
3/107
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Input range (rated value)/ input resistance Resistance Resistance thermometer Voltage Thermocouple Noise suppression for noise frequency Common mode interference (VPP) min. Common mode interference (peak value of interference <nominal value of the input range) min. Crosstalk between the inputs min. 2 AI I 4-wire, Standard 2 AI I 4-wire, High Speed 4 AI I 4-wire, High Feature 2)
100 dB
70 dB 50 dB 0.6%
70 dB 50 dB -/1
90 db 110 dB 0.1%
Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to the input range) Basic error limit (operating error limit at 25 C, referred to the input range) Temperature error (referred to the input range) Linearity error (referred to the input range) Repeatability (in the steady-state condition at 25 C, referred to input range) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Load for the 2-wire transducer Characteristic curve linearization, parameterizable Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/ underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range Module width Weight max.
0.4%
0.7%
0.05%
0.005%/K 0.01% 0.05%
0.01%/K 0.01% 0.10%
0.003%/K 0.03% 0.01%
40 mA
35 mA
40 mA
750 4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable 1) none/weak/ average/strong deactivated/20 mA/4 to 20 mA 15 mm 40 g
1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA 2) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire transducers
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of inputs Address space required per module Cable length, shielded Supply voltage from power module, rated value Galvanic isolation between channels and backplane bus between the channels and load voltage L+ between the channels Permissible potential difference between input and MANA (UCM) between MANA and the central grounding point (UISO) between the channels Power loss Current consumption from load voltage L+ from backplane bus Diagnostic display red LED group error "SF" Diagnostics Group error (parameterization or internal error) Overflow/ underflow Wire break Wire break test 2) Measuring principle Integration time Conversion time per channel Cycle time (both channels) Interference frequency suppression Resolution (incl. overrange) 10 V 5 V 1 to 5 V 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Pt100/Ni100 150 300 /600 (max. 2) typ. max. max. 2 AI RTD 2 4 bytes 50 m 24 V DC 2 AI TC 2 4 bytes 50 m 24 V DC
yes yes no 75 V DC/60 V AC 0.6 W 30 mA 10 mA yes
yes yes no 75 V DC/60 V AC 0.6 W 30 mA 10 mA yes
yes yes integrating 16.67/20 ms 55/65 ms 2) 60/50 Hz
15 bits + sign 14 bits 15 bits
15 bits + sign
1) Wire break is only detected on constant current lines 2) An additional 20 ms, if wire break test is activated
3/109
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Analog input modules (different data are printed in bold) Input range (rated value)/ input resistance Resistance 2 AI RTD 2 AI TC
Resistance thermometer Voltage Thermocouple Noise suppression for noise frequency Common mode interference (VPP) min. Common mode interference (peak value of interference <nominal value of the input range) min. Crosstalk between the inputs min. Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to the input range) Basic error limit (operating error limit at 25 C, referred to the input range) Temperature error (referred to the input range) Linearity error (referred to the input range) Repeatability (in the steady-state condition at 25 C, referred to input range) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Load for the 2-wire transducer characteristic curve linearization, parameterizable Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/ underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range max.
150 /min. 100 k 300 /min. 100 k 600 /min. 100 k Pt100/min. 100 k Ni100/min. 100 k 90 dB
80 mV/min. 1 MW Type E, N, J, K, L, S, R, B, T/n.n. 1 M 90 dB
70 dB 50 dB 0.6%
70 dB 50 dB 0.6%
0.4%
0.4%
06%/K 0.01% 0.05%
0.005%/K 0.01% 0.05%
9V
10 V
750 Pt100, Ni100 respectively standard and climatic 4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable none/weak/ average/strong deactivated/ 150 /300 /600 /Pt100 climatic/Pt100 standard/ Ni100 climatic/Ni100 standard
Type E, N, J, K, L, S, R, B, T to IEC 584 4 bytes disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable none/weak/ average/strong none/RTD none/1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 deactivated/ 80 mV/250 mV/500 mV/1 V/ TC-EL type T (Cu-CuNi)/TC-EL type K (NiCr-Ni)/ TC-EL type B (PtRh-PtRh)/TC-EL type N (NiCrSi-NiSi)/ TC-EL type E (NiCr-CuNi)/TC-EL type R (PtRh-Pt)/ TC-EL type S (PtRh-Pt)/TC-EL type J (Fe-Cu-Ni)/ TC-EL type L (Fe-Cu-Ni) 15 mm 40 g
Module width Weight
15 mm 40 g
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Analog output modules
Analog output modules (different data are printed in bold) Number of outputs Address space required per module Cable length, shielded Supply voltage from power module, rated value Polarity reversal protection Galvanic isolation between channels and backplane bus between the channels and load voltage L+ between the channels Permissible potential difference between input and MANA (UCM) between MANA and the central grounding point (UISO) between the channels Power loss Current consumption from load voltage L+ from backplane bus Diagnostic display red LED group error "SF" Diagnostics Group error (parameterization or internal error) Short-circuit after M Wire break Cycle time (both channels) Transient recovery time for resistive load capacitive loads inductive loads Resolution (incl. overrange) 10 V 1 to 5 V 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to the input range) typ. max. max. max. 2 AO U, Standard 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC yes yes yes no 75 V DC/60 V AC 2W 130 mA 10 mA yes 2 AO U, High Feature 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC yes yes yes no 75 V DC/60 V AC 2.5 W 130 mA 10 mA yes 2 AO I, Standard 2 4 bytes 200 m 24 V DC yes yes yes no 75 V DC/60 V AC 2W 150 mA 10 mA yes 75 V DC/60 V AC 3W 150 mA 10 mA yes 2 AO I, High Feature 2 4 bytes 200 m V yes yes yes no
yes yes 1.5 ms 0.1 ms 0.5 ms 0.5 ms
yes yes 2.5 ms 0.25 ms 1.0 ms 0.5 ms
13 bits + sign 12 bits 0.4%
3/111
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications Analog output modules (continued)
Analog output modules (different data are printed in bold) Basic error limit (operating error limit at 25 C, referred to the input range) Temperature error (referred to the input range) Linearity error (referred to the input range) Repeatability (in the steady-state condition at 25 C, referred to input range) Output ripple (referred to output range, bandwidth 0 to 50 kH) 2 AO U, Standard 0.2% 2 AO U, High Feature 0.01% 2 AO I, Standard 0.3% 2 AO I, High Feature 0.01%
0.01%/K 0.02% 0.05%
0.001%/K 0.02% 0.01%
0.01%/K 0.02% 0.05%
0.001%/K 0.02% 0.01%
0.02%
0.02%
0.02%
0.02%
Destruction limit against external voltages and currents Voltages at outputs against MANA Current Load resistor for capacitive load Short-circuit protection Short-circuit current Inductive loads No-load voltage Connection of actuators 2-wire connection max. max.
max. 15 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20) 50 mA DC min. 1 k 1 F yes approx. 25 mA possible, without line resistance compensation yes 7 bytes disable/enable disable/enable switch off output current and voltage/ substitute value/ retain last value 0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range) deactivated/ 10 V/1 to 5 V 15 mm 40 g
max. 15 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20) 50 mA DC min. 1 k 1 F yes approx. 25 mA possible, without line resistance compensation yes 7 bytes disable/enable disable/enable switch off output current and voltage/ substitute value/ retain last value 0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range) deactivated/ 10 V/1 to 5 V 15 mm 40 g
max. 15 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20) 50 mA DC max. 500 1 mH 18 V yes
max. 15 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20) 50 mA DC max. 500 1 mH 18 V yes
4-wire connection Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Diagnostics: short-circuit after M Wire break Performance characteristics for CPU/master STOP
no 7 bytes disable/enable disable/enable Switch off output current and voltage/ substitute value/ retain last value 0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range) deactivated/ 20 mA/4 to 20 mA 15 mm 40 g
no 7 bytes disable/enable disable/enable switch off output current and voltage/ substitute value/ retain last value 0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range) deactivated/ 20 mA/4 to 20 mA 15 mm 40 g
Substitute value
Output type/range Module width Weight
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Connection diagrams
2 AI U SF 2 AI U SF 2 AI U SF 2 AI I 2wire SF 2 AI I 2wire SF 2 AI I 4wire SF 2 AI I 4wire SF
1;5
M+ V
1;5
M+ V
1;5
M+ V
1;5 M+ T M2;6 3;7 M 4;8 PE X 2 3 4 R
1;5 M+ T M2;6 3;7 M 4;8 PE X 2 3 4 R
1;5
M+
1;5
M+
M2;6 3;7 M ana 4;8 PE X 2 3 4
M2;6 3;7 M ana 4;8 PE X 2 3 4
M2;6 3;7 M ana 4;8 PE X 2 3 4
T R M2;6 L+ 3;7 M 4;8 X 2 3 4
T R M2;6 L+ 3;7 M 4;8 X 2 3 4
Standard High Speed 6ES7 6ES7 134-4FB00-0AB0 134-4FB50-0AB0
High Feature 6ES7 134-4LB00-0AB0
Standard 2-wire High Speed 2-wire Standard 4-wire High Speed 4-wire 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 6ES7 134-4GB00-0AB0 134-4GB50-0AB0 134-4GB10-0AB0 134-4GB60-0AB0
2 AI I 2/4wire SF
2 AI RTD SF
2 AI TC SF
2 AO U SF
2 AO U SF
1;5
M+
1;5 M+ IC+ 3;7
1;5 M+
2;6
1;5 QV+ S+
2;6
1;5 QV+ S+
T R M2;6 L+ 3;7 M 4;8 X 2 3 4
4;8 IC2;6 M-
M2;6 3;7 M ana 4;8 PE X 2 3 4
3;7 4;8
M ana S-
3;7 4;8
M ana S-
X 2 3 4
X 2 3 4
X 3 4 5
High Feat. 2-/4-wire 6ES7 6ES7 134-4MB00-0AB0 134-4JB50-0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0
High Feature Standard 6ES7 6ES7 134-4FB00-0AB0 135-4LB00-0AB0
Fig. 3/44 Analog electronic submodules ET 200S
Ordering data
Analog input modules Consignment 1 piece 2 AI U Standard 2 AI U High Speed 2 AI U High Feature 2 AI I Standard 2-wire 2 AI I High Speed 2-wire 2 AI I Standard 4-wire 2 AI I High Speed 4-wire 2 AI I High Feature 2-/4-wire (15 bits + sign) 2 AI RTD 2 AI TC
Order No. Analog output modules Consignment 1 piece 2 AO U Standard 2 AO U High Feature 2 AO I Standard 2 AO I High Feature Labeling sheet DIN A4
Order No.
} } } } } } } } } }
6ES7 134-4FB00-0AB0 6ES7 134-4FB50-0AB0 6ES7 134-4LB00-0AB0 6ES7 134-4GB00-0AB0 6ES7 134-4GB50-0AB0 6ES7 134-4GB10-0AB0 6ES7 134-4GB60-0AB0 6ES7 134-4MB00-0AB0 6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB0 6ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0
} } } }
6ES7 135-4FB00-0AB0 6ES7 135-4LB00-0AB0 6ES7 135-4GB00-0AB0 6ES7 135-4MB00-0AB0 See Terminal modules, page 3/85
3/113
G_IK10_deP0078s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
SSI module
Overview 1-channel module for connecting SSI sensors to the ET 200S For position decoding and simple positioning tasks With two comparison operations with specifiable comparison values (standard mode) With a digital input for latching actual values (standard mode) Can be connected to the TM-E terminal module TM-E1) with automatic coding Fast mode for high-speed acquisition of encoder values (e.g. for drive controls) Module replacement possible during operation and under power (hot swapping) Simple parameterization without additional software
1) Observe the configuring tools for selecting the suitable TM-E
Application
The two possible operating modes are Standard mode with latch and comparison value function Fast mode with time-optimized encoder value transfer The SSI module has the following mechanical characteristics: Compact design: The compact module is only 15 mm wide and contains:
The SSI module makes it possible to detect SSI sensor values for position decoding and simple positioning.
Design
1 red LED for fault display (SF) 2 green LEDs to display the rotation direction of the encoder Forwards: LED UP Backwards: LED DN Latching of actual values (standard): the actual value is latched to the increasing transition of the digital input, and the frozen value is also transmitted to the DP interface to the master Power supply of the sensor (standard+fast): the sensor is supplied by the SSI module
1 green LED for the status indicator of the on-board digital input 1 green LED for the status indicator of comparator no.1
Operation
Actual value acquisition (standard+fast): the module logs the actual values of the SSI sensor (13, 12, 25 bits) and makes them available to the superordinate master Comparison function (standard): the actual value is compared with two reference values stored by the master, the results of the comparison are indicated to the interface to the master Detecting actual values for a SSI sensor (13, 21, and 25 bits) Gray / dual conversion, Rotation direction adjustment, actual value standardization parameterizable Data transmission speed selectable: 125 kHz, 250 kHz, 500 kHz, 1MHz, 2 MHz
Status display and diagnosis (standard+fast): Errors in the position detection and status of the comparison function are indicated by LEDs and sent to the master
Functions
Monoflop time (time interval between the transfer of two actual values from the sensor) is selectable: 16 sec, 32 sec, 48 sec, 64 sec Comparison function: Comparison of actual value with two reference values
Latch function: active on up or down transition of digital input; current logged position encoder value is latched
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
SSI module
Parameterization Parameters are initialized with STEP 7 or with the COM PROFIBUS and with standardized GSD files. The data record is transferred during power up. Separate software is not required. Connection diagrams
1 31 bits SSI sensors 13, 21, 25 bits Gray code, binary code Selectable: 125 kHz, 250 kHz, 500 kHz, 1 MHz, 2 MHz Selectable: 16/32/48/64 s Via the SSI module: L+ 0.8 V, 500 mA, short-circuitproof 320 m at 125 kHz 160 m at 250 kHz 60 m at 500 kHz 20 m at 1 MHz 8 m at 2 MHz 1 typ. 24 V DC, 15% to +20% 30 ... + 5 V DC 11 ... + 30 V DC 9 mA No-load current = 2 mA 300 s According to IEC 1131, Part 2, type 2 32 m 600 m
1 SSI SF
Number of channels Counting range Connectable sensor Baud rate to the sensor
7 IN 2;6 L+ 1 D D 5 SSI 4 C 8 C 3 M
Monoflop time Power supply for encoder
Cable length for encoder
X 2 3 4 UP CMP DN 7
3
G_IK10_deP0075s
Number of digital inputs Input voltage with signal "1" at "0" signal Input current at "1" signal at "0" signal Input delay Input characteristic Line length unshielded shielded
6ES7 138-4DB00-0AB0
Fig. 3/45 SSI module
max.
Ordering data
SSI module for connecting SSI position encoders to ET 200S
Order No.
6ES7 138-4DB00-0AB0
Function/performance specifications Actual value detection Cyclical transmission of the current actual value to the master in a 500 s clock pulse
Comparison function, Comparison of the actual value for example, for simple positioning tasks with up to two comparison values. Comparison value transfer from the master. Indication of the comparison result to the master Freeze functions, e.g. for length measurement, distance measurement Unlatching the actual value in case of: positive edge negative edge positive and negative edge of the digital input. Transfer of the frozen actual value to the master Adaptation of the sensors counting direction and the SSI modules counting direction synchronous counting asynchronous counting Automatic masking out of irrelevant bits Indication of short-circuit of the sensor supply, transmission error, wire break 16 bytes
Direction of rotation adaptation permits the use of economical, non-programmable sensors
Actual value scaling Monitor function
Parameters
3/115
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Stepper module 1STEP
Overview Single channel module for ET 200S for the controlled positioning of a stepper motor Reference point or incremental operating modes Connection of power circuits with pulse/direction interface using 5 V differential signals External stop with/without ramp via digital input
Application
The 1STEP stepper module makes stepper motor axle positioning tasks easy.
In conjunction with FM STEPDRIVE and SIMOSTEP stepper motors, complete stepper motor axles can be fitted out. 1 green LED to indicate status "ready for positioning tasks"; 1 green LED to indicate status "positioning task in progress"; Simple connection: Like all ET 200S modules the stepper module is easy to install/remove. Positioning of the stepper motor: Transmission of direction signal and pulses to a stepper motor power circuit, depending on what is specified by a higher level PLC The direction signal determines the direction of travel The number of output pulses determines travel path length The frequency of the pulses determines the travel speed Start/stop positioning, read back status information to the PROFIBUS-master: Stop: via PROFIBUS master or onboard inputs Parameter alteration User-friendly wiring: The stepper module 1STEP is wired through the front screwed or spring terminals. If the module is exchanged, the wiring remains in place and can be used directly for the new module.
Design
The 1STEP stepper module has the following mechanical characteristics: Compact design; The stepper module is single width (15 mm) and includes: 1 red LED for fault display (SF) 2 green LEDs for digital input status display Basic parameterization: by transfer of a parameter set from a GSD file during power up Interface to the PROFIBUS-master: A distinction is made between parameterization and positioning tasks Parameterizing jobs for setting/changing basic parameters Positioning jobs for defaulting positioning parameters before driving the axle, in the duty types "reference point approach" and "incremental mode" Reference point motion: axle synchronization Incremental motion: movement of the axle by a specified distance Configuration/parameterization takes place using STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS and standardized GSD file.
Operation
Start travel and read back of status information by the PROFIBUS-master using interface bits. Travel can be stopped alternatively by a master PLC or an onboard input Status display and error indication by LEDs: Errors in the positioning and the states of the digital inputs are indicated by LEDs and at the interface to the master
Functions
Configuration
In addition it is possible to change selected parameters from the higher level controller.
For rapid and easy commissioning of the stepper module, the GSD file contained in STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS is ready for use.
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Stepper module 1STEP
Nominal input voltage Number of stepper motor channels Power loss Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. 24 V DC 1 1.5 W 15 81 52 40 g
Ordering data
Stepper module 1STEP For simple positioning tasks with stepper motor axle SIMOSTEP stepper motors Power circuit for stepper motors FM STEPDRIVE Labeling sheet DIN A4 to RS 422
Order No. 6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0
see Catalog ST 70 see Catalog ST 70 see Catalog ST 70
Interface to motor power circuit Differential signals for pulses (PULSE, PULSE) and direction (DIR, DIR)
Shielded cable lengths Number of digital inputs Function REF input DI input Input voltage rated value at "1" signal at "0" signal Input current with signal "1", at "0" signal Input delay "0" to "1" "1" to "0" Repeat frequency Connection of two-wire BEROs Input characteristic Line length unshielded shielded
max.
100 m, twisted pair 2 Reference cam Pulse lock or external stop 24 V DC-15% / + 20% 11 to 30 V DC -30 to +5 V DC
typ.
9 mA No-load current =2 mA 300 s 300 s 1 kHz Yes According to IEC 1131, Part 2, type 2 600 m 1000 m
max. max.
3/117
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Counter module COUNT 1
Overview 1-channel intelligent counter module for universal count tasks and time-based measuring tasks For the direct connection of 24-V incremental sensors or initiators Comparison function with predefinable comparison values Integrated digital output to output the reaction when the comparison value is attained Can be connected to the TM-E terminal module TM-E1) with automatic coding Module replacement possible during operation and under power (hot swapping) Simple parameterization without additional software
1) Observe the configuring tools for selecting the suitable TM-E.
Application
The COUNT 1 counter module is the intelligent 1-channel count module for the ET 200S. This modules relieves the CPU in the higher level programmable controller by: Direct connection of 24 V incremental encoders or initiators The counter module has the following mechanical features: Compact design The module is 15 mm wide and contains: 1 red LED for fault display (SF) 2 green LEDs for indicating the count direction Up counting: LED UP Down counting: LED DN The counter module COUNT 1 detects pulses of 24 V incremental encoders, direction sensing elements, and initiators
Direct connection for gate signals (for example, a photoelectric barrier) via the integrated digital input Comparison function and reaction output via the integrated digital output
The module supplies the 24 V encoders directly.
Design
1 green LED each to indicate the status of the digital input and output
Simple connection: Like all other ET 200S module, the counter module is quick and simple to install and remove.
Operation
in dependence on gate signals that can be connected directly. In this way, the counter module compares the count with the predefinable comparison values in both directions.
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Principle of operation (continued) There are 6 different operating modes available: Operating mode Description Continuous counting After the gate is enabled, endless counting takes place between the lower and upper count limit from the starting value One-shot counting Once the port is released, the counter counts once from the start value to either the upper or the lower limit, depending on the direction of counting. Main counting direction up: from 0 to parameterizable end value Main counting direction down: from parameterizable start value to 0 Periodic counting After the gate is enabled and depending on the main counting direction, there is periodic counting beginning with the start value within the programmed counting range. Main counting direction up: periodic from 0 to the parameterizable end value 1 Main counting direction down: from parameterizable start value to 1 Frequency measurement After the gate is enabled and in a programmed time window, all the pulses received are counted and are used to determine the frequency. Speed measurement After the gate is enabled and in a programmed time window, all the pulses received are counted and are used to determine the speed measurement. Period measurement After enabling the gate, all incoming pulses are counted within a parameterizable time window to derive the duration of the period. There are two possibilities available to output the reaction to the process: Directly via the on-board digital output on the counter module Via the integrated backplane bus: the counter module sends status information to the CPU
The following alternatives are available during a CPU failure: Function Description Abort The outputs are disabled immediately and the count/measuring procedure aborted. Switch to substitute value The module continues counting/measuring in the same way as before. Replacement value Current counting/measuring process is aborted. The module switches the programmed substitute value to the output. Retain last value Current counting/measuring process is aborted. The module output is frozen in the state in which it was just prior to the abort. Functions 1 channel for counting forwards or backwards; 32 bits Counting frequency up to 100 kHz Count range 31 bits Counting procedure continuous, one-shot or periodic 1, 2 or 4 way analysis Incremental encoders that can be connected: 24 V sensors or initiators Gate control through level on the digital input (HW gate) as well as software control (SW-gate) Loading the counter with a defined start value Comparison function with predefinable comparison values Reaction when a reference value is reached or when the range is exceeded Output signal (24 V level), controlled by the reference function: as a permanent signal from the reference point to the counter limit as a permanent signal between comparison value 1 and comparison value 2 Latch function: save the current count by setting the digital input Synchronization: one-off or periodic synchronization with simultaneous loading of the load value into the counter
3/119
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Parameterization Parameters are initialized with STEP 7 or with the COM PROFIBUS and with standardized GSD files. The GSD file is already ready to run to ensure rapid set-up.
Counter Parameter length Rated load voltage L+ Range Polarity reversal protection Galvanic isolation Between bus backplane and counter function Between counter function and load voltage Encoder supply Output voltage Output current, Current consumption From backplane bus From load voltage L+ (without load) Power loss of the electronic submodule 1 16 bytes 24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V yes Digital output Output voltage Rated value 0 signal 1 signal Output current 0 signal (residual current) 1 signal permitted range rated value Switching frequency For resistive load For inductive load For a lamp load Lamp load Output delay (resistive load) Short-circuit protection for the output Response threshold no, only to the shield 24 V DC 30 V to 5 V 11 V to 30 V 2 mA (quiescent current) 9 mA 300 s Inductive deletion Digital input control Cable lengths Unshielded Shielded Status and diagnostics Status indicator digital input DI Status indicator digital output DO Count value change Up 25 s (20 kHz) 25 s (200 kHz) possible according to IEC 1131, Part 2, type 2 1 50 m 100 m Count value change Down Fault indication on the electronic module Diagnostic functions Measuring ranges Max. measuring range Frequency measurement Speed measurement Period measurement Electronic module exchange During IM-DP operation Under process voltage 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz 1 rpm to 25,000 rpm 10 s to 120 s possible possible LED 8 (green) LED 4 (green) LED UP (green) LED DOWN (green) LED SF (red) yes 24 V DC 3V L+ (1 V) 0.5 mA 9 mA 5 mA to 2 A 2 A (40 C); 1 A (50 C); 0.5 A (60 C) 100 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 10 W 100 s yes 2.6 A to 4 A yes; L+ (50 to 60 V) yes 600 m 1000 m
yes no L+ (0.8 V) 500 mA, short-circuit-proof 10 mA 42 mA 1W
max. max. max. typ.
Counting signals and digital input Galvanic isolation Input voltage Rated value 0 signal 1 signal Input current 0 signal 1-signal Input delay Minimum pulse width (max. counting frequency) Filter on Filter off Connection of a two-wire BERO Type 2 Input characteristic Cable length, shielded Filter 200 kHz Filter 20 kHz
typ. max.
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Parameters for counter modes Group diagnostics Characteristics during a CPU/master STOP disable/enable switch off DO1/ continue processing operating mode/ switch on DO1 substitute value/ retain last DO1 value Parameters for measuring modes Group diagnostics Characteristics during a CPU/master STOP disable/enable Switch off DO1/ continue processing operating mode/ switch on DO1 substitute value/ retain last DO1 value
Sensor parameters Signal evaluation A*, B* Sensor and input filter for count input (track A*) for directional input (track B*) for digital input Sensor A*, B*, DI pulse and direction/rotary transducer simple/double/quadruple 2.5 s (200 kHz)/25 s (20 kHz) 2.5 s (200 kHz)/25 s (20 kHz) 2.5 s (200 kHz)/25 s (20 kHz) 24 V-current-sourcing switch, series-mode/ 24-V M switch normal/inverted
Sensor parameters Signal evaluation A*, B* Sensor and input filter for count input (track A*) for directional input (track B*) for digital input Sensor A*, B*, DI pulse and direction/ rotary transducer simple 2.5 s (200 kHz)/25 s (20 kHz) 2.5 s (200 kHz)/25 s (20 kHz) 2.5 s (200 kHz)/25 s (20 kHz) 24 V-current-sourcing switch, series-mode/ 24-V M switch normal/inverted
Directional input B* Output parameters DO1 function
Directional input B* Output parameters
output/ switch on at counter value comparison value/ switch on at counter value comparison value/ pulse on reaching the comparison value/ switch over at the comparison values output/ switch on at counter value comparison value/ switch on at counter value comparison value/ pulse on reaching the comparison value 0/1 off/on 0 to 255 0 to 255
DO1 diagnostics DO1 function
off/on output/outside the limits/ below the lower limit/ above the upper limit 0/1
DO1 substitute value Operating mode Measuring mode
DO2 function
frequency measurement/ speed measurement/ period measurement input/HW gate normal/inverted 0 to fmax -1/tmax-1/Rmax-1 1 to fmax/tmax/Rmax 1 to 10 to 1000/12000 1 to 65535 16 bytes 15 mm approx. 40 g
DI function DI digital input Lower limit Upper limit Integration time (n*10 ms) Sensor pulses per revolution Parameter length Module width
DO1 substitute value DO1 diagnostics DO1, DO2 hysteresis Pulse duration (ms) DO1, DO2 Operating mode Counting operating mode
continuous counting/one-shot counting/ periodic counting abort counting procedure/ interrupt counting procedure normal/inverted input/HW gate/latch and retrigger for a positive edge/ synchronization for a positive edge one-shot/periodic none/up/down 0 to 7FFF FFFF
Weight
Gate function Digital input DI function
Note: Defaults for parameters are underlined.
Synchronization Main counting direction Upper counting limit
3/121
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Connection diagrams
1 Count 24V/100kHz SF
Ordering data
Counter module COUNT 1 for universal counting and measurement functions with ET 200S Labeling sheet DIN A4 perforated
Order No.
6ES7 138-4DA01-0AB0
see Terminal modules, page 3/85
1 B* 5 A* OUT 4 8 IN
3;7 2;6
M L+
X 2 3 4
6ES7 138-4DA00-0AB0
Fig. 3/46 Counter module COUNT 1
G_IK10_deP0076s
UPX 4
DN 8
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Interface submodule 1SI
Overview 1-channel module for serial data exchange via point-topoint connection RS 232C, RS 422, RS 485 Implemented protocols: ASCII and 3964(R) Parameterization via GSD file or STEP 7 (as of V5.1)
Application
Connection of SIMATIC S5 via 3964(R) logs to ET 200S Connection of BDE terminals and operator panels Connection of MOBY identification systems The interface submodule 1SI has the following mechanical characteristics: The interface submodule is single width (15 mm) and contains: 1 red LED for fault display (SF) 1 green LED "TxD" for the status display "Send data" 1 green LED "TxD" for status display "Receive Data" Transferring parameterization data when powering up the 1SI module. During system power-up the parameterization data which determine the exact transmission parameters are transferred from the PROFIBUS-master to the 1SI module. They determine in which format the data are sent by the 1SI module to the serial interface or in what format the data are expected from the 1SI module at the serial interface (selected protocol, baud rate, data flow control, character format, ...)
Connection of drives (e.g. SIMOVERT and SIMOREG_) Interfacing to PCs
Connection of barcode readers/scanners and other data acquisition devices Connection of PLC systems of OEM manufacturers
Design
Like all other ET 200S module, the interface submodule IS1 is quick and simple to install and remove.
The interface submodule 1SI is wired by the terminal module terminals (screwed or spring terminal). If the module is exchanged, the wiring remains in place and can be used directly for the new module of the same type.
Operation
Sending data By calling the P_SEND block, data from a data block of S7 are transferred to the 1SI module for transmission to the partner
Receiving data By calling the P_RCV block, data received by the 1SI module are stored in a data block of S7.
3/123
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Interface submodule 1SI
Functions ASCII protocol For connection to third-party systems with simple transmission protocols, e.g. protocols with start and end characters or protocols with block check characters. Parameterization takes place using STEP 7 (as of V5.1) or standardized GSD file. Connection diagrams
SERIAL INTERFACE SF
The interface handshake signals can be scanned and controlled by the application program.
3964(R) protocol For connection to Siemens devices or third-party components with the standardized and open Siemens 3964(R) protocol.
Parameterization
General specifications Number of interfaces 1 24 V DC
Nominal input voltage
Power consumption from backplane bus 24 V typ. 40 mA 3.3 V max. 10 mA Power loss LEDs Green Red Integrated protocol driver Transfer rates (parameterizable) 3964(R), semi-duplex ASCII, full-duplex Character frame (parameterizable) Bits per character frame Bits per character Number of start/stop bits Parity Number of bytes per PLC program cycle Receiving direction Transmitting direction Memory requirements of the standard blocks P_SEND, P_RCV in S7-CPU RS 232C interface RS 232C signals Galvanic isolation from internal ET 200S power supply Max. cable length (shielded) RS 422/485 interface RS 422 signals RS 485 signals Galvanic isolation from internal ET 200S power supply Max. cable length (shielded) Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature 5: TxD(A), RxD(A), TxD(B), RxD(B), PE 3: R/T(A), R/T(B), PE yes 1200 m 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 8: TxD, RxD, TRS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD, PE yes 15 m typ. 0.85 W TxD (transmitting) RxD (receiving) SF (system fault) ASCII, 3964 (R)
RS232 MODE 1 TXD 2 RTS 3 DTR 4 DCD 5 RXD 6 CTS 7 DSR 8 PE RS422 MODE 1 TXD (B) 2 TXD (A) 5 RXD (B) 6 RXD (A) 8 PE RS485 MODE 1 T/RXD (A) 2 T/RXD (B) 5 PE
X 2 3 4 TX RX
10 or 11 7 or 8 1 or 2 small, odd, even, any
6ES7 138-4DF00-0AB0
Fig. 3/47 ET 200S 1SI
Ordering data
13 bytes 14 bytes Interface submodule 1SI
Order No.
6ES7 138-4DF00-0AB0
2700 bytes
G_IK10_deP0130s
110, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 bits/s 110, 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 bits/s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Motor starter
Overview To switch and protect any three-phase power consumers up to 5.5 kW Alternatively direct or reversing starter With extending 40 A power bus Can communicate to exchange status and diagnostic information Can be connected to terminal modules for motor starter TM-D Expandable with expansion modules: Brake Control Module for controlling electromechanical brakes in three-phase induction motors Optionally also with two locally active inputs (quick stop function)
Application
With motor starters, any threephase current loads, e.g. three-phase induction motors, can be switched and protected with the ET 200S. Fully equipped power cabinets can be assembled much faster and more compact with the pre-wired motor starters of the ET 200S or completely distributed in small junction boxes.
The following motor starters are available: Direct Starter DS1-x Reversing Starter RS1-x Expansion modules can be connected to the new motor starters DS1-x and RS1-x. The following are available at present: Brake Control Module For controlling electromechanical brakes in threephase induction motors; with external 24 V DC supply or a 500 V DC switch for selfsupplied brakes
Alternatively with or without 2 locally active 24 V DC inputs. These inputs are used for example for quick stop in slide controllers. Parallel to this, the signal status' are transferred to the higher level controller. The modules with inputs (xB3, xB4) have their own diagnostic function unlike modules without inputs (xB1, xB2), e.g. for a short-circuit in the brake circuit. The motor starters DS1-x (Direct Starter) and RS1-x (Reversing Starter) are plugged to the terminal modules TM-DS or TM-RS. The new motor starters DS1-x and RS1-x also contain: Interface for expansion modules; the expansion module is assembled to the right of the motor starter. The outputs of the modules are controlled by the integrated device interface directly from the motor starter directly to the left. The modules xB1, xB2 do not occupy their own address space and need not be taken into account in the configuration of the ET 200S station. The modules xB3, xB4 on the other hand occupy address space and must be configured.
1) Note: xxxx = DS45 or RS90.
Design
Motor starters generally contain: Digital outputs to control the motor starter Digital inputs to return operational statuses and errors The voltage is supplied to the three-phase consumers by an extending 40 A power bus. The first (left (terminal) module TM-xxxxS321) is connected once to the energy supply.
All further TM-xxxxS311) only have connection terminals for the outgoing motor starter. If the power bus is loaded with 40 A new feeding takes place via a further TM-xxxxS321). Electromechanical motor starters contain a starter combination consisting of a power switch and contactor(s) from the SIRIUS 3R switchgear range.
3/125
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Motor starter
Technical specifications Direct Starter, Reversing Starter
Connectable motor starters to ET 200S Utilization category max. 20 (incl. power module) Safe isolation between main and auxiliary circuits AC-1, AC-2, AC-3, AC-4 400 V
Mounting dimensions (W H D) in mm Direct starter 45 (265 + 45) (12 + 27); (45: PE/N block; 27: auxiliary switch contactor from F-Kit) Reversing starters 90 (265 + 45) (12 + 27), 45: PE/N block; 27: auxiliary switch contactor from F-Kit Permissible ambient temperature during operation during storage Permissible usage position 0 C to +60 C (from +40 C with derating) 40 C to +70 C vertical, horizontal with derating 1000 g (1100 g m. TM-DS45) 1600 g (1800 g m. TM-RS90) max. 600 V (back-up fuse) squarewave 5 g/11 ms
Positively driven operation auxiliary con- yes tactor (NCC) Trip class Allocation category up to 1.6 A up to 12 A Mechanical durability Circuit breaker Contactors Contactor with safety functionality (F kit) Electrical durability Circuit breaker Contactors Permissible switching frequency at a startup time tA = 0.1 s and relative duty cycle tED = 50% Inductive interference protection 100,000 see catalog NS K < 80 1/h Class 10 2 1 100,000 operating cycles 30 million operating cycles 10 million operating cycles
Weight Direct starter Reversing starters Vibration resistence acc. to IEC 60 068 Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-27 Current consumption from auxiliary circuit L+/M from auxiliary circuit A1/A2 Rated operational current for TM-D terminal modules Ie Rated operational voltage Ue DIN VDE 0106, Part 1014 listed CSA/UL-listed Connection cross section one-wire solid with end ferrule
already installed
approx. 20 mA approx. 100 mA 40 A 400 V yes yes 2 (1 to 2.5); 2 (2.5 to 6) mm2 2 (1 to 2.5); 2 (2.5 to 6) mm2 according to IEC 60947: max. 1 10 2 (14 to 19) AWG IP 20 safe from finger touch (also true for terminal module with motor starter dismounted) 3, IEC 60 664 (IEC 61 131) 2, IEC 60 664 (IEC 61 131) 6 kV 690 V
Switch times (total switch time = opening delay + duration of electric arc) Operating times at 0.85 to 1.1 Ue closing delay time to contact parting Operating times at 1.0 Ue closing delay time to contact parting Duration of electric arc Number of outputs Number of inputs Address space required per module with summary without summary Diagnostic functions System fault "SF" Switching status Process diagnostics Device error Actuator switch off Parameters (default underlined) Length of parameter Group diagnostics Behavior during a CPU master stop Configurable Module width (in mm) DS1-x RS1-x
25 to 100 ms 7 to 10 ms 30 to 50 ms 7 to 9 ms 10 to 15 ms 4 4 4 bits 1 byte red LED red/green/yellow LED yes yes 3 bytes disable/enable switch off/ retain switching status yes 45 90
AWG cables, solid or stranded Degree of protection Shock protection
Pollution degree at 400 V at 500 V Rated surge voltage strength Uimp Rated insulation voltage Ui Rated operational current Ie for motor starters AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 at 60 C at 400 V at 500 V AC-4 at 60 C at 400 V Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Performance of three-phase motors at 500 V
12 A 9A 4.1 A 50 kA at 400 V 5.5 kW
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Motor starter
Technical specifications expansion modules xB1 and xB2 brake control module
Type Dimensions (W H D) in mm (incl. terminal module on 7.5 mm DIN rail) Number of occupied outputs of the DS1-x/RS1-x Rated operational voltage Power supply Rated operational current Polarity reversal protection xB1 15 196.5 125.5 xB3 xB2 15 196.5 125.5 xB4
1 24 V DC externally via terminal module 4A 4.5 A
1 500 V DC (min. 100) from the brake rectifier via terminal module 0.7 A yes; at reverse polarity the brake is released and overload/short-circuit protection inactive yes, electronic 1 2.5 mm2 without wire end ferrule 1 1.5 mm2 with wire end ferrule 0 0 0 0 red LED yellow LED 15 mm 85 g (plus TM-xB15: 125 g) 2 (used internally) 2 2 bits 1 byte
yes; at reverse polarity the brake is released and overload/short-circuit protection inactive yes, electronic 1 2.5 mm2 without wire end ferrule 1 1.5 mm2 with wire end ferrule 0 0 0 0 red LED yellow LED 15 mm 85 g (plus TM-xB15: 125 g) 2 (used internally) 2 2 bits 1 byte
Overload/short-circuit protection Conductor cross section of the terminal module for brake control module Number of outputs Number of inputs Address space required per module with summary without summary Diagnostic functions System fault SF Switching status brake STAT Input 1 Input 5 Parameters (default underlined) Diagnostics brake overload Input delay Module width Weight
green LED green LED disable/enable 0.1/0.5/3/1.5 ms
green LED green LED disable/enable 0.1/0.5/3/1.5 ms
Ordering data
Motor starter
Order No.
Order No. Expansion modules for motor starters DS1-x, RS1-x
< 0.06 kW1); 0.14 to 0.20 A2) < 0.06 kW1); 0.18 to 0.25 A2) < 0.09 kW1); 0.22 to 0.32 A2) < 0.10 kW1); 0.28 to 0.40 A2) < 0.12 kW1); 0.35 to 0.50 A2) < 0.18 kW1); 0.45 to 0.63 A2) < 0.21 kW1); 0.55 to 0.80 A2) < 0.35 kW1); 0.70 to 1.0 A2) < 0.37 kW1); 0.9 to 1.25 A2) < 0.55 kW1); 1.1 to 1.6 A2) < 0.75 kW1); 1.4 to 2.0 A2) < 0.90 kW1); 1.8 to 2.5 A2) < 1.1 kW1); 2.2 to 3.2 A2) < 1.5 kW1); 2.8 to 4.0 A2) < 1.9 kW1); 3.5 to 5.0 A2) < 2.2 kW1); 4.5 to 6.3 A2) < 3.0 kW1); 5.5 to 8.0 A2) < 4.0 kW1); 7.0 to 10 A2) < 5.5 kW1); 9.0 to 12 A2)
Reversing Starter RS1-x with diagnostics; electromechanical, unfused, expandable with brake control module
3RK1 301-

0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 0G 0H 0J 0K 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 1G 1H 1J 1K
Direct Starter DS1-x with diagnostics; electromechanical, unfused, expandable with brake control module
3RK1 301-
B00-0AA2
Brake control module xB1 24 V DC/4 A for motors with mechanical brake Brake control module xB2 500 V DC/0.7 A for motors with mechanical brake
3RK1 903-0CB00
3RK1 903-0CC00
B00-1AA2
Brake control module xB3 3RK1 903-0CE00 24 V DC/4 A 2 DI 24 V DC Local Control with diagnostics; for motors with mechanical brake; with 2 inputs with quick stop functions Brake control module xB4 500 V DC/0.7 A 2 DI 24 V DC Local Control with diagnostics; for motors with mechanical brake; with 2 inputs with quick stop functions Accessories Control Kit for manual operation of contactors for commissioning and service (5 pieces/packet) ET 200S manual German English French 3RK1 903-0CA00 3RK1 903-0CF00
1) Motor rating three-phase induction motor at 400 V 2) Setting range of overcurrent release
3/127
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Motor starter
Dimension drawings
min.35 100 66 266 308
Dimensions in mm
Free space for heat dissipation
3
NSK-1475
93 118
min.35
36,5
44,8
Fig. 3/48 Direct starter DS with terminal module TM-DS 45
min.35
Dimensions in mm
100
66
266
308
NSK-1476
93
min.35
36,5
90
118
Fig. 3/49 Reversing starter RS1-x with terminal module TM-RS90 1) Dimensions also apply for xB2, xB3 and xB4
G_IK10_deP0126s
G_IK10_deP0125s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Motor starter
Dimensions in mm
117,5 15
66
13,5
142,2
194,6
195,6
3
G_IK10_deP0137s
95
Fig. 3/50 Brake control module xB11) with terminal module TM-xB15 1) Dimensions also apply for xB2, xB3 and xB4
100
3/129
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Terminal modules for motor starters
Overview Mechanical modules for mounting the motor starters, expansion and power modules For setting up permanent wiring via self-configuring voltage buses Keyed connections technology to guarantee increased vibration resistance
Application
Terminal modules are purely mechanical components for configuring the ET 200S. They accommodate the power modules, expansion modules and motor starters. There are integrated extending voltage buses in the terminal modules, which reduces both the wiring and the control cabinet space required. In the terminal modules for the TM-DS/RS motor starter there is a 40 A power bus for further savings. The 3-phase P-bus can be expanded with the PE and N wire connections with the PE/N terminal block. Its robust construction and its keyed connections technology mean that it can be used in a rough industrial environment. Terminal modules are available in different versions: Terminal modules for power modules (TM-P): To supply the load and sensor voltage to the extending potential buses. TM-P modules include power modules to monitor the voltage. Power modules are plugged onto TP-M modules for the purpose of voltage monitoring and fusing. TM-P modules can be used as often as required at any location in the ET 200S. A power module must always be plugged before the first motor starter
Terminal modules for motor starters (TM-DS, TM-RS): TM-DS/TM-RS modules accommodate motor starters. A distinction is made between TM-DS modules for direct starters and TM-RS modules for reversing starters. A TM-DS/TM-RS with a supply connection is required to set up a new voltage group. Terminal modules supplied from an existing voltage group require a TMDD/TM-RS with no supply connection. Terminal modules for SIGUARD power module (TM-PF30): To supply load and sensor voltage on the voltages buses of the motor starters and to connect the 2-channel sensor circuit (e.g. emergency stop pushbutton) and a Reset button. Different terminal modules are available to assemble separate safety circuits or cascade safety circuits as well as for applications with time-delayed switch-off.
Terminal module for SIGUARD Connection Module (TM-X): For connecting an external incoming supply contactor (2nd switch off possibility). With terminals for contactor coil and feedback contact. Is always required at the end of a group of safety-related motor starters Terminal modules for expansion modules (TM-xB): To mount the brake control modules xB1, xB2, xB3 and xB4. One terminal module TM-xB must always be assembled to the right of the TM-DS/TM-RS. The following are available additionally for applications with high motor currents or high ambient air temperatures: Distance module (DM-V15): To improve the lateral heat dissipation of direct starters. Follows a TM-DS/TM-RS or TM-xB15 if required.
For information about configuring, see the Manual ET 200S or ask the Technical Support of Siemens NS K (Fax: +49 9131/7-4 28 99).
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Terminal modules for motor starters
Design TM-P Connection using screwtype terminals Light casing color to allow better differentiation Always before the first TM-DS/TM-RS TM-DS, TM-RS Version with supply connection: 2 x 3 x 10 mm2 screw type terminals for power bus and motor outlet Version without supply connection: 1 x 3 x 10 mm2 screw type terminals for motor outlet Optionally connectable terminal block PE/N with 2 PE and 1 N-10 mm2 terminal for TM-DS/-RS with or without supply connection Ordering data
Order No.
In applications with high motor currents (>6.3 A) or high ambient air temperatures: A DM-V15 distance module must be provided between 2 motor starters TM-X Connection using screwtype terminals Light casing color to allow better differentiation In connection with every TM-PF30 one TM-x is required
TM-xB Connection using screwtype terminals Always to the right of the TM-DS/TM-RS DM-V15 Passive module without bus connection and terminals Requires no separate terminal module Follows a TM-DS/TM-RS or TM-xB if required Need not be taken into account in the configuration of the GSD file
3
Order No. Terminal module TM-X15 for SIGUARD connection module TM-X15 S27-01 Terminal module for SIGUARD connection module 3RK1 903-1AB00 Terminal module TM-xB for expansion modules TM-xB15 S24-01 Terminal module for expansion modules xB1/xB2 TM-xB215 S24-01 Terminal module for expansion modules xB3/xB4 Accessories Distance module DM-V15 3RK1 903-0CD00 for direct starter with high temperature or current load; 15 mm wide Terminal block PE/N M45-PEN-F, 45 mm wide; supply block; incl. 2 caps; in combination with TM-DS45-S32 or TM-RS90-S32 M45-PEN-S, 45 mm wide; connection block; in combination with TM-DS45-S31 or TM-RS90-S31 M30-PEN, 30 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 30 mm module M15-PEN, 15 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 15 mm module Terminal block L1/L2/L3 M30-L123, 30 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 30 mm module M15-L123, 15 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 15 mm module 3RK1 903-2AA00 3RK1 903-1AG00
Terminal module TM-P for power module TM-P15-S27-01 Terminal module for power module for motor starters 3RK1 903-0AA00
Terminal modules TM-DS for direct starters TM-DS45-S32 with supply connection for power bus incl. 3 caps for closing the power bus TM-DS45-S31 without supply connection for power bus 3RK1 903-0AB00
3RK1 903-0AB10
3RK1 903-1AG01
Terminal modules TM-RS for reversing starter TM-RS90-S32 with supply connection for power bus incl. 3 caps for closing the power bus TM-RS90-S31 without supply connection for power bus 3RK1 903-0AC00
3RK1 903-0AC10
Terminal modules TM-PF30 for SIGUARD power modules TM-PF30 S47-B1 Terminal module for power modules PM-D F1/2 with incoming supply U1/U2 and sensor connection TM-PF30 S47-B0 Terminal module for power modules PM-D F1/2 with sensor connection TM-PF30 S47-C1 Terminal module for power modules PM-D F3/4 with incoming supply U1/U2 and control input IN+/IN TM-PF30 S47-C0 Terminal module for power modules PM-D F3/4 with incoming supply U2 3RK1 903-1AA00
3RK1 903-2AA10
3RK1 903-0AJ00
3RK1 903-1AA10
3RK1 903-0AH00
3RK1 903-1AC00
3RK1 903-0AF00
3RK1 903-1AC10
3RK1 903-0AE00
3/131
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Power modules for motor starters PM-D
Overview To monitor auxiliary voltages for motor starters Possible to switch off a complete group of motor starters without additional effort (safety category 1 according to EN 954-1) Can be connected to terminal modules TM-P
Application
PM-D power modules are used to monitor the auxiliary voltage of the next group of motor starters to the right. The voltage is supplied via terminal module TM-D on the extending voltage buses. PM-D power modules are connected to TM-P terminal modules.
Voltage failure is reported to the superordinate master. Additional LEDs inform the user locally about the status of the auxiliary voltages.
Splitting the auxiliary voltages for return signals and power section control allows the whole group to be shut down while retaining diagnostics capabilities.
Design
There must be at least one motor starter after a PM-D power module.
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
117,5 8,2 15
100
66
PM-D
7 194,6 TM-P15 100 195,6
101,9
Fig. 3/51 Power module PM-D and terminal module TM-P15
G_IK10_deP0127s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Power modules for motor starters PM-D
Rated control supply voltage Us to 60 C Rated operational current Ie recommended short-circuit protection Fuse Conduit switch Power consumption from backplane bus Supply to Motor starters Motor starters for SIGUARD security technology Electronic submodules Ex(i) modules Interrupts Diagnostic functions System Fault / device errors Monitoring of supply voltage for electronics U1 Monitoring of supply voltage for contactors U2 Diagnostic information selectable Connection cross section flexible with core sleeve rigid Mounting dimensions (W H D) in mm (with terminal module) weight approx. Parameter length Diagnostics Device error Encoder or load voltage failure 20.4 to 28.8 V 10 A 10 A 10 A, trip characteristic B 10 mA
Ordering data
Power module PM-D for 24 V DC with diagnostics
Order No.
3RK1 903-0BA00 6ES7 193-4LA00-0AA0
} Color coding signs 6 200 color coding signs for ET 200S terminal modules in blue, brown, red, white, turquoise and yellow-green; the pack contains 10 strips of 20 color coding signs for each color.
yes no no no none yes red LED SF green LED U1 green LED U2 yes 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 15 195.5 117.5 0.25 kg Value range: block / release Default setting: block Area of action: module
3/133
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
SIGUARD safety technology
Overview For using motor starters in systems of safety category 2 to 4 (EN 954-1 ) Without the expensive wiring required for conventional safety technology Can also be used in connection with external safety relays Modules for stop category 0 and 1 available
Application
With the addition of SIGUARD safety technology, ET200S motor starters can achieve the highest safety category, 4 (in accordance with EN 954-1). This enables them to be used for evaluating
emergency stop circuits or safety door monitoring and also for time-delayed switchoff. The costs previously necessary for the complex
configuration and wiring of the conventional safety engineering are no longer necessary. All messages from the SIGUARD power module are automatically transferred as diagnostic messages on the bus, e.g. for cross-circuit in the emergency stop circuit. SIGUARD ConnectionModule PM-X; for connecting an external incoming supply contactor (second switch-off possibility) in category 3 and 4. The SIGUARD connection module is plugged to the right of the last motor starter in a group. When using external safety relays it is used as an interface to the external safety relay instead of the SIGUARD power module Failsafe Kit; every motor starter in a safety group must be extended with the failsafe kit to monitor the switching function Examples: The versatile application possibilities of the SIGUARD safety engineering are presented in the ET 200S manual with typical application examples.
Design
The SIGUARD system consists of: Power modules SIGUARD PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4; they contain the complete safety relay function in addition to the incoming supply of auxiliary voltages PM-D F1: for evaluating emergency stop circuits with the "monitored start" function PM-D F2: for monitoring safety doors with the "automatic start" function PM-D F3: Expansion to PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed switchoff PM-D F4: for expanding safety circuits with other ET 200S motor starters, e.g. in another line Safety-relevant system messages, e.g. caused by an actuated emergency stop switch or missing auxiliary voltage are generated automatically and reported to the interface module.
The modules PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 can be combined with the modules PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 SIGUARD power modules monitor the auxiliary voltages U1 and U2. Power failure is transferred as a diagnostic message on bus No additional PM-D power module is required when using the SIGUARD power modules SIGUARD terminal modules; for accommodating the SIGUARD power module. Different safety circuits can be functionally separated or cascaded with different terminal modules. Every such group must be terminated with a SIGUARD connection module PM-X.
Operation
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
8,2 30
66
100
7 196
3
7 118
G_IK10_deP0128s
100
90
Fig. 3/52 Power module PM-D F1, F2, F3, F4 and terminal module TM-PF30
Dimensions in mm
8,2 15
66
196
100
100
118
Fig. 3/53 Connection module PM-X and terminal module TM-X15
3/135
G_IK10_deP0129s
90
NSK-1474
NSK-1473
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200S
Technical specifications PM-D F1, F2, F3 and F4
Mechanical durability Electrical durability Usage category Control times Minimum instruction time Recovery time Returning time Control circuit U1 Rated control supply voltage US DC operating range up to 60 C Power consumption Recommended short-circuit protection 24 V DC 0.85 to 1.2 Us to 60 C 2.4 W (gG) gL 2 A 24 V DC/< 50 mA (PTC fuse) 10 106 operating cycles 200,000 operating cycles at Ie DC-13 200 ms <1s 30 ms
Ordering data
SIGUARD power modules PM-D F1 SIGUARD with diagnostics; power module for emergency stop application, monitored start PM-D F2 SIGUARD with diagnostics; power module for safety door monitoring; automatic start PM-D F3 SIGUARD with diagnostics; power modules; expansion to PM-D F1/2 for further voltage groups; time-delayed 0 to 15 seconds PM-D F4 SIGUARD with diagnostics; power module; expansion to PM-D F1/2 for further voltage groups Connection module
Order No.
3RK1 903-1BA00
3RK1 903-1BB00
3RK1 903-1BD00
3RK1 903-1BC00
Output OUT+/OUT for controlling expansion blocks Switched auxiliary circuit U2 Rated control supply voltage US DC operating range Rated operational current Ie DC-13 to 24 V Thermal uninterrupted current Ith Recommended short-circuit protection for enable and signal circuits
24 V DC 0.85 to 1.2 Us to 60 C 4A 5A fuses: NH type 3NA DIAZED type 5SB NEOZED type 5SE duty category (gG) gL 6 A yes no no see Applications manual for SIGUARD and SIMATIC S5-95F safety technology yes yes 1000 m 30 196.5 117.5 550 g
PM-X SIGUARD 3RK1 903-1CB00 with diagnostics; connection module for terminating a safety group and connecting an external supply contactor or an external safety circuit Accessories F-Kit 1 Failsafe kit for direct starter F-Kit 2 Failsafe kit for reversing starter 3RK1 903-1CA00 3RK1 903-1CA01
Supply to Motor starters Electronic submodules Ex(i) modules Certifications
BG certification UL, CSA certification Cable length for EMERGENCY STOP and ON buttons max. Mounting dimensions (W H D) in mm (incl. terminal module) Weight (including TM-PF) approx.
Technical specifications Connection module PM-X

Control circuit U1 Rated control supply voltage US 24 V DC Mounting dimensions (W H D) in mm 15 196.5 117.5 (incl. terminal module) Weight (including TM-X) approx. 250 g
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
General
Overview Distributed I/O station with IP 65/67 protection for use in cabinet-less applications in the machine environment Modular design adapts to the automation task I/O modules, motor starters, pneumatic modules and signal processing modules (CPU), frequency converters Can also be used for extremely time-critical tasks Separate auxiliary voltage supply to make realization of emergency stop systems simple DESINA-compliant modules SIMATIC ET 200X is a distributed I/O device in degree of protection IP 65/IP 67. Due to the high degree of protection and its rugged design, the ET 200X is particularly suitable for implementation in the machine environment. The modular design, the high degree of protection, the consistent use of plug-in connections and the integration of pneumatic functions and drive components permit the rapid and optimum adaptation to the technical functional units of a machine. Even in the case of frequently changing requirements, equipment setup times can be significantly reduced by swapping and combining different basic and expansion modules. Thanks to a data transfer rate of up to 12 Mbit/s on PROFIBUS-DP, the ET 200X is also ideal for implementing extremely time-critical applications. Supply of separate auxiliary voltage (load supply) with the power module means that individual modules or module groups can be switched off selectively. This means that staggered EMERGENCYSTOP routines can be realized simply. DESINA modules The DESINA-compliant modules of the ET 200X arespecially designed for using on machine tools and in flexible production systems among other things. DESINA is the trade name for distributed and standardized installation technology on machine tools. Communication processors CP 142-2 for connection to AS-Interface Pneumatic module with integrated valves Pneumatic interface to accommodate one FESTO CPV valve terminal; max. 6 interfaces per ET 200X station Motor starters (electromechanical or electronic) to control any three-phase loads (max. 5.5 kW at 400 V AC); max. 6 motor starters per ET 200X station This new standard was compiled by the Association of German Machine Tool Manufacturers (VDW), leading machine tool manufacturers, the installation component suppliers and the automobile industry. It comprises a comprehensive specification for all installation-relevant components with regard to functionality and connections. Cost-reducing advantages result from shortened installation and service times as well as reduced stock-keeping and less documentation.
Note: Further information is available from the VDW Corneliusstrae 4 D-60235 Frankfurt/Main or in Internet under
Application
http://www.desina.de
Design
The ET 200X distributed I/O drop comprises: One basic module each digital inputs digital outputs PLC functionality DESINA-compliant with parameterizable inputs and outputs Up to 7 expansion modules. The following expansion modules are available: Digital input/output modules Digital input/output modules, DESINA-compliant Analog input/output modules
Frequency converters (max. 0.75 kW, 380 V AC) Max. 6 motor starters or frequency converters per ET 200X station SITOP power current supply (24 V DC optional) The expansion modules are installed side by side by means of integrated connectors. This means that all the signal leads and auxiliary for the inputs and outputs are connected through. The modules can be replaced for service purposes without the need to disassemble the entire station.
3/137
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
General
Design (continued) Connection to PROFIBUS-DP The ET 200X only occupies one PROFIBUS-DP address on the bus which can be set on the basic module. A separate I/O address can be assigned to each basic and expansion module. The addressing of the inputs and outputs of the ET 200X differs depending on the type of the basic module: Basic module without programmable controller functionality: Access through the user program in the central automation unit as for central inputs and outputs. Basic module with programmable controller functionality: Access through the user program of the basic module. When the device is connected to master assemblies that are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (operation with master assemblies from other manufacturers), a GSD file with fixed assignment can be created with COM PROFIBUS from In the basic module with PLC functionality, the addresses of the expansion modules are already determined by the slot. The ET 200X conforms to EN 50 170 for PROFIBUS-DP and can be operated in conjunction with all standard masters. Thanks to the data transfer rate of 12 Mbit/s, fast machine functions can also be implemented. Bus error (erroneous data transfer) Module fault, 24 V DC load power supply The diagnostic data are analyzed as follows: On a decentralized basis using LEDs on the basic module. Via PG/PC using COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 configuration software. On a centralized basis by the CPU in the automation system
Operation
3
Parameterization
The slave interface in the basic module is entirely responsible for communications via PROFIBUS-DP. There are diagnostics functions to monitor the functionality of the ET 200X. The ET 200X diagnoses: Internal station/configuration fault Short-circuit, wire breakage (for specific modules)
version 3.1. This file is then loaded into the configuring tool of the third-party manufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station.
This allows use of COM PROFIBUSs user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadecimal code inputs in the manufacturers configuring tool.
Plug-in electronic modules AS-lnterface-CP Digital inputs/outputs Analog inputs/outputs Motor starters/Frequency converters M12 round connector with standard pinout or DESINApinout for actuators/sensors HAN Q8 for power supply, forwarding and motor feeder in max. 12 Mbit/s Yes, between PROFIBUS-DP and internal electronics and partly between outputs and internal electronics 24 V DC Environmental conditions Temperature Temperature gradient Relative humidity Atmospheric pressure Mechanical strength from 0 to 55 C from 15 to 95% RH severity level 2 in accordance with IEC 1131-2 from 795 to 1080 hPa Vibration tested in acc. with IEC 68, Part 26 (sine), 10 Hz f 58 Hz (const. amplitude 0.075 mm); 58 Hz f 150 Hz (const. acceleration 5 g, tested with 10 g) motor starters UL, CSA, FM For overall configuration with further looping (several ET 200Xs) up to 40 C max. up to 55 C max.
16 A 12 A
Connection method
Supply voltage for loads for total assembly (several motor starters or frequency converters) for core cross-section of 1.5 mm2 max. 12 A for core cross-section of 2.5 mm2 max. 20 A Degree of protection IP 65 for ET 200X with motor starters, frequency converters or pneumatic modules IP 66/IP 67 for digital and analog modules Thermoplastic (fiber-glass reinforced)
Data transfer rate Galvanic isolation
Material
Supply voltage Supply current (internal electronics and encoder supply) for overall configuration up to 40 C max. up to 55 C max. Current consumption of an ET 200X (internal and sensor supply/nonswitched voltage) up to 40 C max. up to 55 C max. with DESINA up to 40 C up to 55 C max. max.
6A 4A
1 A 0.8 A
10 A 8A
Vibration
Load current for ET 200X per incoming supply (BM, PM, switched voltage) up to 40 C max. up to 55 C max.
10 A 8A
Approvals
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Intelligent basic module BM 147/CPU with programmable controller functionality
t
Overview
Basic module for processing communications between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP With simple programmable controller functionality (Subset S7-300), i.e. distributed intelligence for pre-processing Reduces the load on the central controller Stand-alone operation possible without superordinate master; can continue to work if bus fails
Fast, simple and integrated programming of a system with modular programs via STEP 7 With greatly reduced response times to critical signals locally
Application
Basic modules handle communication between ET 200X and higher-level master via PROFIBUS-DP. The intelligent basic module BM 147/CPU has integrated programmable controller functionality. The functions included are a subset of the S7-300 functions and therefore identical to them.
With these PLC functions the ET 200X can be used for the control of simple technological function units, e.g.: Linear conveyor lines Shunts Lifting platforms Positioning tasks The ET 200X with BM 147/CPU can operate both as a DP slave and completely autonomously in the standalone mode. This means that control tasks that were previously undertaken by the master, are now processed autonomously on site. Integrated CPU RUN/STOP switch LEDs to display system faults, bus monitoring, supply voltage, load voltage monitoring
This has the following advantages: Increasing the system availability through continuous operation in the event of a bus failure Greatly reduced response times to on site signals Reduced load on the central controller Simple programming / maintenance because of the modularization of the user program
Design
The intelligent basic module BM 147/CPU has: 3 connections for PROFIBUS-DP, control and auxiliary voltage, on the left side; 3 connection plugs are required for each basic module. Data is exchanged between central controller (master) and ET 200X (slave) via a freely programmable data interface on the BM 147/CPU.
Operation
Access to the inputs/outputs of the ET 200X is made via the user program of the BM 147/CPU; direct access via the user program of the central controller. The addresses of the expansion modules are determined by the slot and do not need to be set.
The ET 200X with BM 147/CPU can also operate in the standalone mode.
Programming, parameterization
The ET 200X with BM 147/CPU can be programmed, configured and diagnosed from any location in the network, using STEP 7 V4.02 or higher.
3/139
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Dimensions (W H D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Baud Rates Direct data exchange Data consistency Block nesting depth 134 110 55 107 110 55 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500 kbit/s, 1.5/3/6/12 Mbit/s Sender Byte, word, total Bracket levels Operation set 8 for each program execution level 8 Binary logic, parenthesis commands, result assignment, save, count, load, transfer, compare, shift, rotate, generate complement, call up blocks, fixed-point and floating-point arithmetic functions, jump functions Interrupt handling and error processing, copy data, diagnostics functions, module parameterization I 0.0 to I 31.7 Q 0.0 to Q 31.7 IW 256 to 367 QW 256 to 367 max. approx. 32 bytes input and output data Selectable 1 ms per 1000 binary instructions 2048 0 to 2048 (M 0.0 to M 255.7, adjustable) 64 0 to 63, programmable 128 0 to 127, programmable 1 DB, max. 72 bytes Software clock 1 1 Diagnostics interrupt System fault display, bus monitoring, monitoring of supply voltage, monitoring of load voltage
Number of expansion modules that can be connected max. 7 Of which motor starters/ frequency converters max. 6 Of which pneumatic interfaces max. 6 Rated supply voltage for the electronics 1L+ Permissible current Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection Rated load voltage 2L+ Polarity reversal protection Current consumption from supply voltage 1L+ max. Power loss of the module RAM (integrated) (1 statement corresponds to an average of 3 bytes) Load memory Integrated Expandable with memory card Programming language Program organization Types of blocks typ. 24 V DC 1 A to 40 C; 0.8 A to 55 C Yes Yes, electronic 24 V DC No 160 mA 1.6 W 24 Kbytes
System functions (SFCs)
max.
Process image Digital inputs Digital outputs Analog inputs Analog outputs DP address area (interface) Size and consistency Speed Bit memories Of these retentive Counter Of these retentive Timers Of these retentive Retentive data area Clock MPI communication via PROFIBUS-DP Guaranteed PG connections Free connections for PG/OP/programcontrolled communication Interrupts Diagnostics
40 kByte-RAM, 40 kByte-Flash (programmable in the CPU part) No STEP 7 Linear, structured Organization blocks (OB) Function blocks (FB) Functions (FC) Data blocks (DB) System functions (SFB, SFC) max. 128 FCs, 128 FBs, 128 DBs Free cycle (OB 1) Interrupt-driven (OB 40, OB 82) Restart (OB 100)
Number of blocks Program execution Error responses (OB 86, OB 122)
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
28,25
107 120 126,8 134
53,5
90
G_IK10_deP0115s
110
Fig. 3/54 Basic module BM 147/CPU
Ordering data
Basic module BM 147/CPU
Order No.
Order No. Connector for PROFIBUS-DP,
6ES7 147-1AA01-0XB0
6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0
with integrated programmable controller functionality Manual ET 200X distributed I/O device German English French Cover plates for ET 200Xbasic modules
} } } }
Control and auxiliary voltage (incl. 2 PG screwed joints and 1 blanking plug); 3 plugs required per basic module 6ES7 198-8FA01-8AA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8BA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8CA0 6ES7 194-1JB00-0XA0 Cable 5-core, unprepared, for bus signals, power supply: oil-resistant, conditionally weld-proof, trailable, PUR casing 5-core, unprepared, for bus signals, power supply: standard, PVC sheath
6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0-Z Z = length (specify in mm)
Protective covers for bus and voltage supply connections (pack of 10)
3/141
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Basic module BM 141, BM 142
Overview . Basic modules to process communications between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP With additional integrated inputs and outputs
Application
3
Design Technical specifications
BM 141 basic module Dimensions (W H D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Baud Rates Direct data exchange Number of inputs Cable length, unshielded max.
The basic modules BM 141/ 142 undertake communications between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP. The basic modules BM141/ BM 142 have
They also have integrated inputs and outputs, meaning that they can also be used
without having to be expanded into a distributed I/O station.
3 connections for PROFIBUS-DP, control and auxiliary voltage, on the left side; 3 connectors are required for each basic modules.
There are also integrated inputs and outputs: BM 141 with 8 DI, 24 V DC BM 142 with 4 DO, 24 V DC, 2 A
DI 8 x 24 V DC 134 110 55 107 110 55 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500 kbit/s, 1.5/3/6/12 Mbit/s sender 8 30 m
BM 142 basic module Dimensions (W H D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Baud Rates Direct data exchange Number of outputs Cable length, unshielded max.
DO 4 x 24 V DC/2A 134 =110 55 107 110 55 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500 kbit/s, 1.5/3/6/12 Mbit/s sender 4 30 m 7 6 6 24 V DC yes yes, electronic 24 V DC no
Number of expansion modules that can be connected max. 7 Of which motor starters/ frequency converters max. 6 Of which pneumatic interfaces max. 6 Rated supply voltage for the electronics 1L+ Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection Rated load voltage 2L+ Polarity reversal protection Current consumption from supply voltage 1L+ max. Power losses of the module Input voltage Rated value For signal "1" For signal "0" Input delay Input characteristic Connection of two-wire BEROs Permissible quiescent current max. 24 V DC yes yes, electronic 24 V DC no 180 mA typ. 3,5 W 24 V DC 13 to 30 V 3 to 5 volts 1.2 to 4.8 ms in acc. with IEC possible, type 2 possible 1.5 mA
Number of expansion modules that can be connected max. Of which motor starters max. Of which pneumatic interfaces max. Rated supply voltage for the electronics 1L+ Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection Rated load voltage 2L+ Polarity reversal protection Total current for outputs (per group) Up to 20 C Up to 55 C Current consumption from supply voltage 1L+
max. max. max.
6A 4A 180 A 12 A typ. 4 W yes, electronic 2 A at 24 V DC 0.5 mA 100 Hz 0,5 Hz 1Hz
max.
Current consumption from load voltage 2L+ (without load) max. Power losses of the module Short-circuit protection for the output Output current For signal "1" For signal "0" Switching frequency With resistive loading With inductive loading With lamp load
max. max. max. max.
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Connection diagrams
Pin Assignments, female connector X1 Assignments, female connector X2 Assignments, female connector X3 Assignments, female connector X24 View of the socket with pin nos.
Basic module BM 141 DI 8 x =24 V DC 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor power supply L+ Input signal channel 4 Power supply ground Input signal channel 0 PE Input signal channel 5 Input signal channel 1 Input signal channel 6 Input signal channel 2 Input signal channel 7 Input signal channel 3
Basic module BM 142 DO 8 x =24 V DC/2 A 1 2 3 4 5 Output signal channel 11) Load power supply ground Output signal channel 0 PE Output signal channel 11) Output signal channel 31) Output signal channel 2 Output signal channel 31)
1) Please note: Channel 1 and channel 3 must only be used on an X1 or X2 female connector or an X3 or X4 female connector.
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
3
110
134
Fig. 3/55 Basic module BM 141, BM 142
3/143
G_IK10_deP0065s
107
90
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Ordering data
Basic module BM 141 DI 8 24 V DC Basic module BM 142 DO 4 24 V DC/2 A
Order No.
Order No. Connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Angular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Y-connector M12 for dual connection of sensors via single cable, 5-pin Prepared Y cable for actuators/sensors
} }
6ES7 141-1BF01-0XB0 6ES7 142-1BD11-0XB0
3RX1 667
3RX1 668
Manual ET 200X distributed/O device German } English } French } Connector for PROFIBUS-DP Control and auxiliary voltage (incl. 2 PG screwed joints and 1 blanking plug); 3 plugs required per basic module
6ES7 198-8FA01-8AA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8BA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8CA0 6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0
6ES7 194-1KA00-0XA0
Cable 5-core, unprepared, for bus signals, power supply, oil resistant, conditional weld-proof, can be used as trailing cable, PUR casing 5-core, unprepared, for bus signals, power supply: standard, PVC sheath Cover plates for ET 200Xbasic modules Protective covers for bus and voltage supply connections (pack of 10) Connector board for BM 141, BM 142 T functionality for PROFIBUS-DP (spare part)
6ES7 194-1JB00-0XA0 M12 covers for covering unused input or output sockets
Available from: Lumberg GmbH & Co. Postfach 1360 D-58569 Schalksmhle Federal Republic of Germany Automation Catalog 3 Franz Binder GmbH & Co. Postfach 1152 D-74148 Neckarsulm Federal Republic of Germany Plug Connector Catalog Murr Elektronik GmbH Postfach 1165 D-71567 Oppenweiler Federal Republic of Germany Standard Catalog
3RX9 802-0AA00
6ES7 194-1FC00-0XA0
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Basic module BM 143/DESINA
Overview Basic module for processing communications between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP DESINA compliance with regard to connecting method and functionality (DESINA: Distributed and standardized installation technology on machine tools) User-parameterizable inputs/outputs Can be combined with all available expansion modules of the ET 200X
Application
The basic module BM 143/ DESINA handles communication between ET 200X and superordinate master via PROFIBUS-DP.
It has additional user-parameterizable inputs/outputs so that it can also be used as distributed I/O device without the need for an expansion.
The DESINA conformity is particularly relevant for use with machine tools and flexible manufacturing systems designed in accordance with this new standard. Actuators and sensors are connected via commercially available 4/5-pin M12 connectors with DESINAcompliant pin assignments.
Design
The basic module BM 143/DESINA has: 2 connections for PROFIBUS-DP and all power supplies (switched/ non-switched) via hybrid cable (2 x FOC for PROFIBUSDP/2 x 2 Cu for power supply; the connection is made by hybrid field bus connectors, e.g. Han Brid connector
8 channels, freely parameterizable as digital inputs/outputs; one additional NC input per channel Identification connector for setting the node address for PROFIBUS-DP (already included in the scope of supply of the BM 143/DESINA)
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm with screw-type attachment Transfer rates Internode communication support Number of channels 175 x 180 x 110 180 x 174 x 90 9.6/19.2/45.45/93.75/187.5/500/ 1500/12000 Kbit/s Yes, transmitter 8 process channels; parameterized as DI/DO 8 function channels; parameterization as diagnostics/NC input 30 m (for signal cables) max. max. max. 7 6 6 24 V DC Max. permissible power consumption from load circuit 2 (switched voltage) up to 40 C to 55 C Polarity reversal protection Power losses of the module Power consumption from 1L+ (unswitched voltage) Galvanic isolation between the load voltages and all other circuit parts Parameterization of the channel as DI Input voltage rated value for signal "1" for signal "0" Input current with signal "1" Input characteristic Connection of two-wire BEROs acceptable quiescent current 10 A 8A No 24 V DC Input delay typ. 24 V DC 13 to 30 V -3 to +5 V 5 mA Acc. to IEC 1131, type 2 1.5 mA 1.2 to 4.8 ms
10 A 8A No 3,5 W 180 mA No
Cable length unshielded Number of suitable expansion modules, of which motor starters/ frequency converters of which pneumatic interface
Supply voltage for electronics and load circuit 1L+ (non-switched voltage); rated value Max. permissible power consumption from load circuit 1 (unswitched voltage /supply voltage) up to 40 C to 55 C Polarity reversal protection Supply voltage for load circuit 2L+ (switched voltage); rated value
3/145
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Parameterization of the channel as DO Output current at "1" signal rated value permitted range with signal "0" (residual current) Switching frequency for resistive load with inductive load in accordance with IEC 947-5-1, DC13 for a lamp load Short-circuit protection for the output Response threshold 1.2 A 5 mA to 1.3 A 0.5 mA 100 Hz 2 Hz 1 Hz Number of simultaneously settable channels Simultaneity factor of the outputs yes, electronic 1.4 A 8 50%
max.
Connection diagrams
Pin BM 143/DESINA Basic module 1 2 3 4 5
Socket pin assignment X1/X3/X5/X7
Socket pin assignment X0/X2/X4/X6
View of the socket with pin nos.
Sensor power supply L+ Diagnostics/NC channel 0/2/4/6 Ground I/O channel 0/2/4/6 n.c.
Sensor power supply L+ Diagnostics/NC channel 1/3/5/7 Ground I/O channel 1/3/5/7 n.c.
Note: If channels 0/2/4/6 (sockets X1/X3/X5/X7) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied from the switched voltage supply (switched off by emergency stop). If channels 1/3/5/7 (sockets X0/X2/X4/X6) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied by the non-switched voltage supply (voltage supply for logic/sensor).
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
28,25
53,5
178
110
162 148 168,4 174,9
83,8
G_IK10_deP0116s
107,9
Fig. 3/56 Basic module BM 143/DESINA
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Ordering data
BM 143/DESINA Basic module 8 I/O DESINA Manual for ET 200X Distributed I/O Station German English French
Order No. 6ES7 143-1BF00-0XB0
Order No. 6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0 Identification connectors for setting the PROFIBUS node address (already included in the scope of supply of BM 143/DESINA) Circular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Angular circular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Prepared Y cable for actuators/sensors 3RX1 667
6ES7 198-8FA01-8AA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8BA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8CA0
Hybrid field bus connector DESINA-compliant FOC for PROFIBUS-DP, 4 x Cu for switched/non-switched power supply PROFIBUS DESINA Hybrid cable Trailing cable with two plastic FOC and four copper conductors, 1.5 mm2 only for use for DESINAcompliant devices } Cut to length Pre-assembled with 2 DESINA connectors } 1.5 m 3m } 5m } 10 m } 15 m } Cable plug Han Brid optical
3RX1 668
6XV1 830-6CH10
6XV1 830-6DH15 6XV1 830-6DH30 6XV1 830-6DH50 6XV1 830-6DN10 6XV1 830-6DN15 Available from: Fa. Harting KGaA Lindenstr. 3 D-32423 Minden Order designation: 61 04 101 0009 Available from: Fa. Harting KGaA Lindenstr. 3 D-32423 Minden Order designation: 61 04 101 0010 Available from: Fa. Harting KGaA Lindenstr. 3 D-32423 Minden Order designation: 9 99 000 0362 M12 covers for covering unused input or output sockets Cover plates for bus connections Packet of 10
Available from: Lumberg GmbH & Co. Postfach 1360 D-58569 Schalksmhle Federal Republic of Germany Automation Catalog 3 Franz Binder GmbH & Co. Postfach 1152 D-74148 Neckarsulm Federal Republic of Germany Plug Connector Catalog Murr Elektronik GmbH Postfach 1165 D-71567 Oppenweiler Federal Republic of Germany Standard Catalog 3RX9 802-0AA00
6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
Cable socket Han Brid optical
Hand crimping tongs for Han Brid
3/147
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Digital expansion modules EM 141, EM 142
Overview Expansion modules with digital inputs/outputs for connection of actuators/ sensors Optionally with diagnostics functionality Optional additional auxiliary voltage (load supply)
Application
Digital expansion modules permit the connection of additional actuators and sensors to the ET 200X via integrated inputs/outputs.
The following modules are available: 8 DI, 24 V DC 4 DI, 24 V DC 4 DO, 24 V DC; 2 A, with diagnostics
4 DO, 24 V DC; 2 A, without diagnostics 4 DO, 24 V DC/0.5 A without diagnostics 4 DO, 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics and own load supply (power module). For the 4 DO, 24 V DC/2 A power module the supply and further connection option for the auxiliary voltage (load supply) are via a 6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0 connector (connector not included with delivery of the module).
Design
The actuators and sensors are connected via standard 5-pin M12 connectors.
For 8-channel digital input modules two versions are available with respect to connection method and design: 4 M12 round connectors with 2 channels per connector (double assignment) 8 M12 round connectors with 1 channel each per connector (single assignment)
EM 141 expansion module Dimensions (W H D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Number of inputs Cable length, unshielded Power loss of the module Current consump. from backplane bus1L+ Input voltage Rated value For signal "1" For signal "0" Input delay Input characteristic Connection of 2-wire BEROs Permissible quiescent current EM 142 expansion module Dimensions (W H D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Number of outputs Cable length, unshielded max. max. typ. DI 8 x 24 V DC (double assignment) 87 110 55 60 110 55 8 30 m 1.5 W max. 16 mA DI 4 x 24 V DC DI 8 x 24 V DC (single assignment) 87 180 55 60 180 55 8 30 m 1.5 W max. 10 mA
87 110 55 60 110 55 4 30 m 1.5 W max. 16 mA
24 V DC 13 to 30 V 3 to 5 V 1.2 to 4.8 ms in acc. with IEC 1131, Type 2 max. 1.5 mA DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (no diagnostics) 87 110 55 60 110 55 4 30 m
24 V DC 13 to 30 V 3 to 5 V 1.2 to 4.8 ms in acc. with IEC 1131, Type 2 1.5 mA DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (with diagnostics) 87 110 55 60 110 55 4 30 m
24 V DC 13 to 30 V 3 to 5 V 1.2 to 4.8 ms in acc. with IEC 1131, Type 2 2 mA DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A DO 8 x 24 V DC/1.2 A
87 110 55 60 110 55 4 30 m
87 180 55 60 180 55 8 30 m
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
EM 142 expansion module Total current of the outputs (per group) up to 20 C max. up to 55 C max. Power loss of the module Current consumption from backplane bus 1L+ typ. max. DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (no diagnostics) 6A 4A 2.1 W 28.5 mA yes, electronic 2 A at 24 V DC 0.5 mA 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 1 Hz DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (with diagnostics) 6A 4A 2.5 W 40 mA yes, electronic 2 A at 24 V DC 0.5 mA 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 1 Hz yes, by channel yes, by channel DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A DO 8 x 24 V DC/1.2 A
2A 2A 2.1 W 28.5 mA yes, electronic 0.5 A at 24 V DC 0.1 mA 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 1 Hz
6A 4A 2.5 W 28.5 mA yes, electronic 1.2 A at 24 V DC 0.5 mA 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 1 Hz yes, electronically pulsing
Short-circuit protection for the output Output current at "1" signal with signal "0" Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamp load Diagnostics Wire break Short-circuit Rated load voltage 2L+(Power module) Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection
max. max. max. max.
Connection diagrams
Pin Socket pin assignment X1 Socket pin assignment X2 Socket pin assignment X3 Socket pin assignment X24 View of the socket with pin nos.
Expansion module EM 141 DI 8 x 24 V DC 1 2 3 4 5 L+ Input signal channel 4 Power supply ground Input signal channel 0 PE Input signal channel 5 Input signal channel 1 Input signal channel 6 Input signal channel 2 Input signal channel 7 Input signal channel 3
Expansion module EM 142 DI 4 x 24 V DC 1 2 3 4 5 L+ Output signal channel 11) Power supply ground Output signal channel 0 PE Input signal channel 11) Input signal channel 31) Input signal channel 2 Input signal channel 31)
Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (with/without diagnostics), EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/0,5 A 1 2 3 4 5 Output signal channel 11) Load power supply ground Output signal channel 0 PE Output signal channel 11) Output signal channel 31) Output signal channel 2 Output signal channel 31)
1) Please note: Channel 1 and channel 3 must only be used on an X1 or X2 female connector or an X3 or X4 female connector. Pin Socket pin assignment X1/X3/X5/X7 Socket pin assignment X0/X2/X4/X6 View of the socket with pin nos.
EM 141 DI 8 x 24 V DC, single connection 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor power supply L+ Ground Input signal channel 0/2/4/6 PE Sensor power supply L+ Ground Input signal channel 1/3/5/7 PE
EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/1.2 A 1 2 3 4 5 Ground Output signal channel 0/2/4/6 PE Ground Output signal channel 1/3/5/7 PE
3/149
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
110
60
55 87
3
Ordering data
Expansion module EM 141 DI 8 24 V DC, double assignment Expansion module EM 141 DI 4 24 V DC Expansion module EM 141 DI 8 24 V DC, single assignment
Fig. 3/57 Digital expansion modules EM 141, EM 142
Order No.
Order No. M12 connector for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Angular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Y-connector M12 for dual connection of sensors via single cable, 5-pin Pre-assembled Y cable for actuators/sensors
} } }
6ES7 141-1BF30-0XA0 6ES7 141-1BD30-0XA0 6ES7 141-1BF40-0XA0
3RX1 667
3RX1 668
} 6ES7 142-1BD40-0XA0 Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 24 V DC, 2 A without diagnostics

Expansion module EM 142 } DO 4 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 24 V DC; 0.5 A 6ES7 142-1BD40-0XB0 6ES7 142-1BD30-0XA0
6ES7 194-1KA00-0XA0
} 6ES7 142-1BF30-0XA0 Expansion module EM 142 DO 8 24 V DC/1,2 A single assignment

PM 148 power module 6ES7 148-1CA00-0XB0 DO 4 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics and supply for auxiliary voltage (load)
} Connector for PROFIBUS-DP Control and auxiliary voltage (incl. 2 PG screwed joints and 1 blanking plug) one plug required per power module
Manual ET 200X distributed I/O device German English French
6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0
Available from: Lumberg GmbH & Co. Postfach 1360 D-58569 Schalksmhle Federal Republic of Germany Automation Catalog 3 Franz Binder GmbH & Co. Postfach 1152 D-74148 Neckarsulm Federal Republic of Germany Plug Connector Catalog Murr Elektronik GmbH Postfach 1165 D-71567 Oppenweiler Federal Republic of Germany Standard Catalog
} } }
M12 covers for covering unused input or output sockets
3RX9 802-0AA00
G_IK10_deP0066s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Power module PM 148
Overview Expansion module with digital outputs for connecting actuators With diagnostics functionality With additional auxiliary power supply (load supply)
Application
The digital power modules allows additional actuators to be connected to the ET 200X via integrated outputs. It also has its own load supply. The power module has 4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics and its own load supply. The actuators are connected by standard 5-pin M12 connectors. The supply and looping option of the auxiliary voltage (load supply) is provided by a connector 6ES7194-1AA00-0XA0 (connector not included in delivery).
Design
Dimensions W x H x D (in mm) Individual device Hole pitch Number of inputs Cable length, unshielded max. Short-circuit protection for the output 87 x 193 x 67 (inc. plug) 60 x 193 x 67 (inc. plug) 4 30 m 2A 4A 2.5 W 40 mA 60 mA Output current at "1" signal with signal "0" Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamp load Diagnostics Wire break Short-circuit Rated load voltage 2L+ Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection yes, electronic 2 A at 24 V DC 0.5 mA 100 Hz 0,5 Hz 1 Hz yes, by channel yes, by channel 24 V DC no yes
max. max. max. max.
Total current for outputs (per group) up to 20 C max. up to 55 C max. Power loss of the module typ.
Current consumption from backplane bus (1L+), max. Current consumption from load voltage (2L+; without load)
Connection diagrams
Pin Socket pin assignment X1 Socket pin assignment X2 Socket pin assignment X3 Socket pin assignment X24 View of the socket with pin nos.
Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (with/without diagnostics), EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/0,5 A 1 2 3 4 5 Output signal channel 11) Load power supply ground Output signal channel 0 PE Output signal channel 11) Output signal channel 31) Output signal channel 2 Output signal channel 31)
1) Please note: Channel 1 and channel 3 must only be used on an X1 or X2 female connector or an X3 or X4 female connector.
3/151
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Power module PM 148
Dimension drawings
28,25 53,5
Dimensions in mm
165
60 87
67 95
Fig. 3/58 Power module PM 148
Ordering data
PM 148 power module DO 4 x 24 V DC/2A, with diagnostics and supply for auxiliary voltage (load) Connector for PROFIBUS-DP for incoming supply and looping of the auxiliary voltage (load); incl. 2 PG screwed joints and blanking plugs, one connector required for each power module Manual ET 200X distributed I/O device German English French Circular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin
Order No. 6ES7 148-1CA00-0XB0 Angular circular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Prepared Y cable for actuators/sensors
Order No. 3RX1 668
6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0
6ES7 198-8FA01-8AA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8BA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8CA0 3RX1 667
Available from: Lumberg GmbH & Co. Postfach 1360 D-58569 Schalksmhle Federal Republic of Germany Automation Catalog 3 Franz Binder GmbH & Co. Postfach 1152 D-74148 Neckarsulm Federal Republic of Germany Plug Connector Catalog Murr Elektronik GmbH Postfach 1165 D-71567 Oppenweiler Federal Republic of Germany Standard Catalog 3RX9 802-0AA00
M12 covers for covering unused input or output sockets
G_IK10_deP0070s
193
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Digital expansion module EM 143/DESINA
Overview Desina-compliant expansion module with user-parameterizable digital inputs/ outputs for the connection of actuators/sensors Additionally with diagnostics input/NC input per channel Can be connected to BM 143/DESINA
Application
The DESINA-compliant EM 143/DESINA expansion module enables connection of additional actuators or sensors (depending on the parameterization) to a distributed I/O station with BM 143/ DESINA basic module. The EM 143/DESINA expansion module has: 8 channels, freely parameterizable as digital inputs/outputs
DESINA compliance enables use on machine tools and in flexible production systems.
3
The actuators and sensors are connected by standard 4/5 pin M12 connectors.
Design
Additional diagnostics input per channel for component monitoring
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Number of channels Parameterization of the channel as DO 87 x 180 x 55 60 x 180 x 55 8 process channels; parameterized as DI/DO 8 function channels; parameterized as diagnostics/NC input 30 m (for signal cables) BM 143/DESINA 2.5 W max. 40 mA Output current at "1" signal rated value permitted range with signal "0" (residual current)
max.
1.2 A 5 mA to 1.3 A 0.5 mA 100 Hz 2 Hz 1 Hz Yes, electronic 1.4 A 8 50% No
Cable length unshielded Connectable to Power losses of the module Current consumption
Switching frequency for resistive load with inductive load in accordance with IEC 947-5-1, DC13 for a lamp load Short-circuit protection for the output Response threshold Number of simultaneously settable channels
Parameterization of the channel as DI Input voltage rated value for signal "1" for signal "0" Input current with signal "1" Input characteristic Connection of two-wire BEROs acceptable quiescent current Input delay time typ. 24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V -3 to 5 V 5 mA In accordance with IEC 1131 Possible 1.5 mA 1.2 to 4.8 ms
Simultaneity factor of the outputs Galvanic isolation
3/153
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Digital expansion module EM 143/DESINA
Connection diagrams
Pin BM 143/DESINA Basic module 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor power supply L+ Diagnostics/NC channel 0/2/4/6 Ground I/O channel 0/2/4/6 - n.c. Sensor power supply L+ Diagnostics/NC channel 1/3/5/7 Ground I/O channel 1/3/5/7 - n.c. Socket pin assignment X1/X3/X5/X7 Socket pin assignment X0/X2/X4/X6 View of the fem. conn. with pin nos.
Note: If channels 0/2/4/6 (sockets X1/X3/X5/X7) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied from the switched voltage supply (switched off by emergency stop). If channels 1/3/5/7 (sockets X0/X2/X4/X6) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied by the non-switched voltage supply (voltage supply for logic/sensor).
Dimension drawings
53,5
28,25
Dimensions in mm
178
59,6 86,5
53
Fig. 3/59 Digital expansion module EM 143/DESINA
Ordering data
EM 143/DESINA Expansion module 8 I/O DESINA
Order No. 6ES7 143-1BF30-0XA0 Pre-assembled Y cable for actuators/sensors
Order No. Available from: Lumberg GmbH & Co. Postfach 1360 D-58569 Schalksmhle Federal Republic of Germany Automation Catalog 3 Franz Binder GmbH & Co. Postfach 1152 D-74148 Neckarsulm Federal Republic of Germany Plug Connector Catalog Murr Elektronik GmbH Postfach 1165 D-71567 Oppenweiler Federal Republic of Germany Standard Catalog 3RX9 802-0AA00
Manual for ET 200X Distributed I/O Station German English French Circular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin Angular circular connector M12 for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin
6ES7 198-8FA01-8AA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8BA0 6ES7 198-8FA01-8CA0 3RX1 667
3RX1 668 M12 covers for covering unused input or output sockets
G_IK10_deP0117s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Analog expansion modules EM 144, EM 145
Overview . Expansion modules with analog inputs/outputs for connection of actuators/sensors With diagnostics functionality, limit values and substitute values
Application
Analog expansion modules permit the connection of additional actuators and sensors to the ET 200X via integrated inputs/outputs.
The following modules are available: 2 AI, 10 V 2 AI, 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 4 DMU
2 AI, 4 to 20 mA 2 AI, RTD (Pt100) 2 AO, 10 V 2 AO, 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
Design
The actuators and sensors are connected via standard 5-pin M12 connectors.
EM 144 general (analog input modules) Representation of analog values (parameterizable) Dimensions (W H D) in mm Single device Hole pitch Connection of inputs / outputs Weight Interrupts: Process alarms Diagnostics interrupts Number of differential inputs Cable length, shielded Galvanic isolation Measurement and conversion principle Conversion time per channel (parameterizable) Resolution (including overrange) Overrange Operating error limits (over entire temperature range of modules, relative to input range) Diagnostics Limit Diagnostics LED S7 format S5 format 87 110 55 60 110 55 4/5-pin M12 round connectors approx. 250 g yes yes 2 30 m no integrating 20 ms, 16.67 ms 12 bits + sign 17.5%
1.2%
underrun, by channel underrun, by channel lower limit values, by channel upper limit values, by channel yes
3/155
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Technical specifications Expansion modules EM 144, EM 145 (continued)
EM 144 Input range (rated value) Input resistance Characteristic linearization Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input current (destruction limit) Short-circuit protection Short-circuit current Transducer load Measurement current AI 2 x 10 V AI 2 x 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 4 DMU 20 mA, 4...20 mA 25 40 mA yes, load supply AI 2 x 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 25 40 mA yes ca. 45 mA max. 750 AI 2 x RTD (Pt100) Pt100 (standard) 10 M yes 30 V 1.5 mA
=10 V
100 k 30 V yes, load supply possible
Connection of sensor for voltage measurement Connection of sensors for current measurement as a 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer Connection of signal sensors as 2-wire connection as 3-wire connection as 4-wire connection Diagnostics Short-circuit Wire break Power loss Current consumption from backplane bus EM 145 General (analog outputs) Representation of analog values (parameterizable) Dimensions (W H D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Connection of inputs / outputs Weight Interrupts Diagnostics interrupts Number of outputs Cable length, shielded Galvanic isolation Resolution (incl. overrange) Conversion time of the analog loop Transient recovery time for resistive load for capacitive loads Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, relative to output range) Replacement value (last value or power-less) Diagnostics LED typ. max.
0.9 W 40 mA
not possible possible yes, by channel yes, by channel 0.9 W 40 mA
possible possible yes, by channel yes, by channel 1W 80 mA
possible possible possible yes, by channel yes, by channel 0.9 W 40 mA
S7 format/S5 format
87 110 55 60 110 55 4/5 pin M12 round connectors approx. 250 g yes 2 30 m no 11 bit + sign max. 1 ms 0.6 ms 6.0 ms
1%
yes, by channel yes
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Technical specifications expansion modules EM 144, EM 145 (continued)
EM 145 Output range (nominal value) Load resistor for capacitive load for inductive load Short-circuit protection Short-circuit current Current output idle voltage Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Connection of actuators as a 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer Connection of signal sensors 2-wire connection 4-wire connection (measuring lead) Diagnostics Short-circuit Wire break Power loss Current consumption from backplane bus typ. max. AO 2 x 10 V 10 to 10 V AO 2 x 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA 20 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA max. 500 max. 0.1 mH max. 15 V
min. 1.0 k max. 0.1 F yes max. 30 mA 30 V
possible possible yes, by channel yes, by channel 1.5 W 75 mA
not possible possible possible yes, by channel yes, by channel 2.3 W 110 mA
Connection diagrams
Pin Socket pin assignment X1 Socket pin assignment X2 View of the socket with pin nos.
Analog input AI 2 x 10 V 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor power supply L+ Input signal "+" channel 0 Power supply ground Input signal "" channel 0 Input signal "+" channel 1 Input signal "" channel 1
Analog input AI 2 x 20 mA, 4 DMU 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor power supply L+ Input signal "+" channel 0 Power supply ground Input signal "" channel 0 Sensor power supply L1); Input signal "+" channel 0 Input signal "" channel 0 Power supply ground
1)
Input signal "+" channel 1 Input signal "" channel 1
Analog input AI 2 x 4 to 20 mA, 2 DMU 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor power supply L+; Input signal "+" channel 1 Input signal "" channel 1
1)
Analog input AI 2 x 4 to 20 mA, 4 DMU 1 2 3 4 5 Input signal "+" channel 0 Power supply ground/Input signal "-" channel 0 Input signal "+" channel 1 Power supply ground/Input signal "" channel 1
1) The power for the sensor must be supplied from external sources.
3/157
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Connection diagrams (continued)
Analog input AI 2 x RTD (Pt100) 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor power supply output, current (approx. 1 mA) Input signal "+" channel 0 Power supply ground Input signal "" channel 0 Input signal "+" channel 1 Input signal "" channel 1
Analog output AO 2 10 V 1 2 3 4 5 Output signal QV channel 0 Sensor connection S+ channel 0 Power supply ground Sensor cable S channel 0 Output signal QV channel 1 Sensor connection S+ channel 1 Sensor cable S channel 1
Analog output module AO 2 10 V; AO 2 20 mA 1 2 3 4 5 Output signal QI channel 0 Power supply ground Output signal QI channel 1
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
28,25
60 87
53,5
55
G_IK10_deP0118s
Fig. 3/60 Analog expansion modules EM 144, EM 145
Ordering data
EM 144 expansion module with diagnostics / limit values AI 2 10 V AI 2 20 mA, 4DMU AI 2 4 to 20 mA, 2DMUV AI 2 RTD (Pt100)10 V
Order No. Connector M12 5-pin, unshielded
Order No.
3RX1 667 Available from: Franz Binder GmbH & Co. Postfach 1152 D-74148 Neckarsulm Federal Republic of Germany
} } } }
6ES7 144-1FB31-0XB0 6ES7 144-1GB31-0XB0 6ES7 144-1GB41-0XB0 6ES7 144-1JB31-0XB0
Connector M12 } Series 713, 4-/5 pin, can be shielded, can be pre-assembled
Expansion module EM 145 with diagnostics / replacement values AI 2 10 V } AI 2 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA } Manual ET 200X distributed I/O device German English French
6ES7 145-1FB31-0XB0 6ES7 145-1GB31-0XB0
Angular connector M12 5-pin, unshielded
3RX1 668
} } }
110
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Communications processor CP 142-2
Overview
S7-200 S7-300 S5 ET 200
Master connection for the distributed IO system ET 200X at AS-Interface via 12-pin connector Simple operation in the I/O address area of SIMATIC ET 200X No need to configure CP for AS-Interface Addressing of up to 31 AS-Interface slaves according to the AS-Interface specification V2.0
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped cable Considerable increase in the number of inputs/outputs of the ET 200X.
Application
The CP 142-2 enables the connection of the distributed IO system ET 200X to AS-Interface.
This module can be used to activate up to 31 AS-Interface slaves and, if bi-directional slaves are implemented, up to 248 binary components. Display of the connected and activated slaves and their operational readiness by LEDs One pushbutton for switching the operating status, entering the existing configuration and switching the display Standard mode with BM 141/BM 142/BM 147 Up to 124 input bits and output bits of the AS-Interface slaves can be addressed.
Up to 6 CP 142-2 can be operated on the ET 200X.
Design
16 bytes inputs and 16 bytes outputs are used in the address space of the ET 200X Operating status' displayed by LEDs in the frontplate
Connection of the AS-Interface cable to M12 connector Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface cable
Functions
The CP 142-2 can be used in two operating modes:
Extended mode with BM 147 A function call facilitates master calls in accordance with the AS-Interface specification V2.0 (e.g. writing parameters). Calls are described in the manual. The manual also contains program examples.
PROFIBUS
ET 200X with CP 142-2
0 1
AS interface
AS interface shaped cable
G_IK10_deA0013s
Fig. 3/61 System configuration
Parameterization
The CP 142-2 is parameterized using the STEP 7 basic package from V2.1 upwards.
Separate configuration for ASInterface is not necessary.
3/159
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Communications processor CP 142-2
Designed for Industry In connection with the BM 147, the ET 200X enables PLC functionality with IP 65 degree of protection Can also be used in a rugged industrial environment without additional casing due to the high degree of protection IP 67 More flexible and extended application possibilities of the ET 200X by considerable increase in available inputs/outputs Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of a button. Shorter standstill time or service time in the event of a fault due to LED indication of: Status of the AS-Interface network Connected slaves and their operational readiness Monitoring of the AS-Interface voltage level
Order No.
Bus cycle time Configuring AS interface PROFIBUS 5 ms with 31 slaves Via pushbutton on front plate The CP 142-2 occupies 16 bytes inputs and 16 bytes outputs in the PROFIBUS configuration of the ET 200X M0 (I/O transmission) M0/M1 Via M12 connector on front plate 16 input bytes 16 output bytes 24 V DC According to AS-Interface specification V2.0 2W typ. max. 50 mA at 24 V DC 100 mA
Ordering data
Communication processor CP 142-2 For connecting SIMATIC ET 200X to AS-Interface CP 142-2 manual German English French Italian Electronics Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
6GK7 142-2AH00-0XA0
AS-Interface master profile with BM 141/BM 142 with BM 147 and FC, ASI-3422 Connection of the AS-Interface cable Address range Supply voltage via backplane bus via AS-Interface shaped cable Power loss Current consumption via backplane bus via AS-Interface from the AS-Interface shaped cables Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity
} } } } }
6GK7 142-2AH00-8AA0 6GK7 142-2AH00-8BA0 6GK7 142-2AH00-8CA0 6GK7 142-2AH00-8EA0 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
max.
0 C to +55 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C ET 200X design Expansion module 87 110 63 310 g 1 slot IP 66/67
Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. Space required Degree of protection
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Pneumatic module EM 148-P
Overview The module for standard applications in pneumatics For controlling two simple or double-action pneumatic cylinders Electronics and pneumatics on one module Integrated digital inputs to log cylinder positions
Application
The pneumatic module allows the ET 200X to be used for standard pneumatics applications which use a low number of pneumatic cylinders.
The module can be used for controlling two simple or double-action pneumatic cylinders.
The integration of electronics and pneumatics on one module makes it particularly cost effective. A maximum of 7 pneumatic modules can be used with each ET 200X. It contains all necessary pneumatic connections. The hoses are connected using Quickstar connections. Supply and exhaust air are combined for both valves.
Design
The pneumatic module consists of: 2 4/2-way valves with spring return; if a stopper is used, they can also be used as 3/2-way valves
2 integrated digital outputs for controlling the valves (not external) 4 digital inputs for position recording of the cylinders (two 5-pin M12 round connectors) Momentary-contact switch for manual operation of the valves
ET 200X distributed I/Os EM 148-P pneumatic module Dimensions (W H D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch Number of inputs Input voltage Rated value For signal "1" For signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Input delay Input characteristic Connection of two-wire BEROs Permissible quiescent current Cable length, unshielded Number of outputs Valve type Controllable pneumatic cylinder Manual operation typ. 87 175 88 60 173 88 4 24 V DC 11 to 30 V 3 to 5 volts 7 mA 1.2 to 4.8 ms Acc. to IEC 1131, Type 2 Possible max. 1.5 mA max. 30 m 2 (to the valve controller) 2 mono-stable 4/2-way valves with spring reset Double effect cylinders Single effect cylinders Yes, touch Pneumatic connection Supply/exhaust air Switch outputs Medium Quickstar QS 8 Quickstar QS 6 Compressed air filtered (40 mm) lubricated (Oil: VG 32) unlubricated 3 to 8 bar 300 l/min Joint for both valves
Pressure range Rated flow Supply/exhaust air Valve switching time On, over Off Current consumption From backplane bus (L1+) From load voltage (L2+) (inc. valves) Power loss Power consumption per valve typ. max.
20 ms 20 ms 40 mA 130 mA 3W 20 mA
3/161
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Pneumatic module EM 148-P
Connection diagrams
Pneumatic module EM 148-P DI 4 =24 V DC/DO 2 =P 1 2 3 4 5 L+ Input signal channel 1 Power supply ground Input signal channel 0 PE Input signal channel 3 Input signal channel 2
Dimension drawings
28,25 53,5
Dimensions in mm
173
60 87
88
Fig. 3/62 Pneumatic module EM 148-P
Ordering data
Pneumatic module EM 148-P DI 4 x 24 V DC/DO 2 x P with 2 integrated 4/2-way valves Silencer for pneumatic module Sealing plugs for pneumatic module to use the 4/2-way valves as 3/2-way valves, to protect the connections
Order No.
6ES7 148-1DA00-0XA0
} }
6ES7 194-1EA00-0XA0 6ES7 194-1JA00-0XA0
G_IK10_deP0068s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Pneumatic interface EM 148-P
Overview
Fig. 3/63 Pneumatic interface EM 148 P with FESTO CPV valve terminal
Interface to accommodate an original FESTO CPV 10 or CPV 14 Compact Performance Valve terminal Application The pneumatic interface accommodates an original valve terminal produced by FESTO. This means that the ET 200X can also be used for applications which require flexible pneumatics. The pneumatic interface contains: Digital outputs for controlling the valves Location to accept the valve terminal with fixing bracket
For use of the ET 200X for applications with flexible pneumatics
High level of flexibility in pneumatics thanks to the different valve functions and different flow rate volumes The FESTO valve terminals CPV 10 or CPV 14 can be used, both of which can be obtained from FESTO.
A wide variety of valve functions from the FESTO standard range and different flow rates open up a wide range of applications.
Design
Two versions of the pneumatic interface are available: To connect to the CPV 10 valve terminal; valve disc thickness 10 mm, flow rate 400 l/min To connect to the CPV 14 valve terminal; valve disc thickness 14 mm, flow rate 800 l/min
For each valve terminal a maximum of 8 valve disks (up to 16 valve functions) can be used. EM 141 expansion modules can be used to monitor the cylinder positions. Up to 6 pneumatic interfaces can be plugged per ET 200X.
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
109,5
132
53,5
48,25
152
120 147
Fig. 3/64 Pneumatic interface EM 148-P
3/163
G_IK10_deP0069s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Pneumatic interface EM 148-P
General Dimensions (W H D) in mm without valve terminal Individual device Hole pitch Galvanic isolation Number of outputs to valve controls Isolation of the outputs in groups of EM 148-P DO 16 x P/CPV 10 FESTO CPV 10 valve terminal For detailed information, please refer to the documentation provided by FESTO max. CPV-10 standard range 8 valve discs (up to 16 valve functions) Compressed air filtered (40 m) lubricated (Oil: VG 32) unlubricated 3 to 8 bar 400 l/mn max. max. typ. max. 35 mA 370 mA 6W 20 mA
Ordering data
EM 148-P pneumatic interface DO 16 P/CPV 14 for direct mounting of the FESTO valve terminal CPV 10 16 DO P DO 16 P/CPV 10 for direct mounting of the FESTO valve terminal CPV 14 16 DO P FESTO CPV 10 valve terminal FESTO CPV 14 valve terminal
Order No.
6ES7 148-1EH00-0XA0
147 152 53 120 152 53 No 16 Yes, optocouplers 16
6ES7 148-1EH10-0XA0
Available from FESTO Available from FESTO FESTO AG & Co. Ruiterstr. 82 D-73732 Esslingen Federal Republic of Germany Additional addresses can be found on the internet at: http://www.festo.de
Connectable valves Number Medium
Pressure range Rated flow Current consumption from return bus (L1+) from load voltage (L2+) (inc. CPV 10 valve) Power loss Power consumption per valve EM 148-P DO 16 x P/CPV 14 FESTO CPV 14 valve terminal
For detailed information, please refer to the documentation provided by FESTO max. CPV 14 standard spectrum 8 valve discs (up to 16 valve functions) Compressed air filtered (40 m) lubricated (Oil: VG 32) unlubricated 3 to 8 bar 800 l/min max. max. typ. max. 45 mA 520 mA 9W 32 mA
Connectable valves Number Medium
Pressure range Rated flow Current consumption from return bus (L1+) from load voltage (L2+) (inc. CPV 14 valve) Power loss Power consumption per valve
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Frequency converter EM 148-FC
Overview Expansion module with integrated frequency converter for ET 200X For driving 3-phase induction motors 380500 V AC to 0.75 kW Forms an integral part of ECOFAST within the framework of ET 200X-DESINA Degree of protection IP 65 Can be combined with all ET 200X modules without any restrictions Simple configuring and parameterization via PROFIBUS-DP using STEP 7 and configuring tools in compliance with standards
Application
The EM 148-FC expansion module is used for speed control of standard three-phase induction motors up to 0.75 kW, e.g. for implementation of variable belt speeds in material handling. It incorporates the complete functionality of a frequency converter. The EM 148-FC permits the configuration of a powerful distributed control system in harsh industrial environments:
Direct installation on machines; a high degree of protection and rugged housing permit distributed configurations without cabinets Complete solutions for individual machine modules; e.g. by combination with DI and DO modules in one ET 200X station Multi-vendor use in automation; by connecting the ET 200X basic module to the PROFIBUS-DP Integrated relay contact (400 V AC) for mechanical motor brake Energy supply (infeed, motor feeder, loopthrough) via standardized connector assemblies HAN Q8 with assignments to DESINA specification and definition to ECOFAST Motor feeders with shielded cable and shielded HANQ8
The EM 148-FC closes the functional gap in the ET 200X range of motor starters: Direct starters: one speed, one direction of rotation Reversing starters: one speed, two directions EM 148-FC frequency converter: variable speeds, two directions
Design
The EM 148-FC has the following features: Type of construction based on motor starter; with additional heat sink element on the housing Integrated line filter Integrated functions for protection against: Overtemperature of converter Overtemperature of motor Over- and undervoltage Short-circuit and earthfault protection Stalling protection Prevention of no-load operation (interruption) Configuration and parameterization takes place analogous to the ET 200X via STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS (or another configuring tool compliant with standards).
Connection facility for power bus; several frequency converters/motor starters can be connected to a single power supply Connection of a hand-held operator panel via 9-pin sub D female connector that can optionally be covered LEDs for indicating status and faults The EM 148-FC can be combined with any other ET 200X modules. Up to six frequency converters can be connected to every ET 200X station.
Configuration, Parameterization
No additional software is required for parameter assignment. This is done comfortably in the appropriate dialog window in STEP 7.
The parameter set has been reduced to a subset of the micromaster parameters to improve handling.
3/165
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Connection diagrams
Pin -X1: energy supply (connector on starter) -X2: energy branch to consumer (socket on starter) -X3: energy forwarding (socket on starter) Pin settings for connector / socket
Energy connector on EM 300 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Center N Phase L2 Braking voltage +24 V (24 V DC) 1) Braking voltage 0V (24 V DC) 1) Phase L3 Phase L1 PE Phase L1 Notched pin (avoids confusion) Phase L3 Brake (400 V AC) Thermistor Brake (400 V AC) Phase L2 Thermistor PE N Phase L2 Braking voltage +24 V (24 V DC) 1) Braking voltage 0V (24 V DC) 1) Phase L3 Notched pin (avoids confusion) Phase L1 PE
Plugs
Socket
1) Looped through from -X1 to -X3
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
120 181
265
53,5 160,5 270
28,25
147
Fig. 3/65 Frequency converter EM 148-FC
G_IK10_deP0120s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Input voltage range Recommended rated motor power Output current Continuous current: Overload current: Mains frequency Power factor Output frequency Resolution Overload capability Galvanic isolation Protective measures against: max. 380 to 500 V AC 750 W Up to 55C: 3A 5A 47 Hz to 63 Hz > 0.7 0 Hz to 400 Hz 0,01 Hz 150% for 60s, referred to rated current Yes, between logic and power section Overtemperature of converter Overtemperature of motor Over- and undervoltage Short-circuit and earth-fault protection Motor toggle protection Prevention of no-load operation (interruption) 4 quadrants / V/Hz characteristic 400 V AC / 1 A 0 C to 55 C 97% 1,96 kV approx. max. 3 kg 10 m Diagnostics interrupt Yes Up to 40C: 3.5 A 6A
Ordering data
EM 148-FC frequency converter: for driving 3-phase induction motors 380 500 V AC up to 0.75 kW; with integrated mains filter
Order No. 6ES7 148-1FA00-0XB0
6ES7 194-1AB00-0XA0 Connector for motor outlet HAN Q8 shielded, assignment compliant with DESINA specification Connector set HAN Q8 for incoming energy supply 2.5 mm2, 9-pin 4 mm2, 9-pin for power forwarding 2.5 mm2, 9-pin 4 mm2, 9-pin Motor connecting lead pre-assembled, shielded, HAN Q8-open end 1.5 m 3m 5m 10 m Cover for 9-pin energy socket 1 pack. = 10 pcs. Disassembly tool to undo contact pins and contact sockets in 6-pin sets Manual control unit with 0.5 m connecting cable and plug
3RK1 902-0CA00 3RK1 902-0CB00 3RK1 902-0CC00 3RK1 902-0CD00
6ES7 194-1LA00-0AA0 6ES7 194-1LB00-0AA0 6ES7 194-1LC00-0AA0 6ES7 194-1LD00-0AA0 3RK1 902-0CJ00
3RK1 902-0AJ00
Mode / Control Relay output Ambient temperature Converter efficiency Insulation voltage to UL Weight Permissible cable length Interrupts Diagnostics Current consumption from expansion interface from electronics/encoder power supply for logic (without sensors) max. Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm approx.
3RK1 902-0AM00
Description label 6ES7 194-1BA00-0XA0 for designation of the inputs and outputs, as an equipment descriptor 20 frames with 40 labels each 8 x10 mm, petrol colored
50 mA 265 x 120 x 181
3/167
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Motor starter
Overview To switch and protect any three-phase consumers Direct or reversing starter Electromechanical or electronic Power bus connection can be plugged with new HAN Q8 connectors Conductor cross section up to 4 mm2 35 A per segment Option to be supplied with various brake contacts
Application
Motor starters allow any threephase current loads, e.g. three-phase induction motors to be switched and protected using the ET 200X. Motor starters are available in different versions:
Electromechanical motorstarters; for galvanic separation of the consumer from the network Electronic motor starters; can be used when motors are started frequently. Their behavior in the event of an overload can be specifically parameterized, Integrated power conectors for incoming voltage supply and forwarding. This makes it possible to set up a power bus system where several motor starters are connected to one power cable
e.g. emergency operation on overload, remote reset via bus after overload triggered Motor starters can be operated using a handheld operator panel, which makes setting them up easier.
Design
Motor starters generally contain: Digital outputs to control the motor starter Digital inputs to return operational statuses and errors
Electromechanical motor starters contain a starter combination consisting of a power switch and contactor(s) from the SIRIUS 3R switchgear range. Electronic motor starters have a setting facility for overload protection and behavior in the event of an overload.
Technical specifications 1)
Electromechanical motor starters EM 300 DS/RS Rated operational voltage Rated power Electrical service life of power switches at load Ia (AC-3) Trip class Electrical service life of the power switching element at load Ia (AC-3) Short-circuit strength of the starter combination Permissible switching frequency at a startup time tA = 0.10 and a rel. duty cycle tEP = 50% Cross sections of power connectors 9-pin Max. perm. current through power connector tu = 40 C 1) See the catalog NS K for further data 500 V AC in accordance with DIN VDE 0106 Part 1014 600 V AC in accordance with CSA and UL 5.5 kW Type 3RV10 Class 10 See characteristic duration curves for 3RT10 contactors (Catalog NSK) 50 kA (after allocation time "1") 2.2 kW Electronic motor starters EM 300 EDS/ERS
10 million operating cycles

100 kA
80 1/h
600 1/h
4 mm2, AWG (15-11)

25 A (2.5 mm2), 35 A (4 mm2)
4 mm2, AWG (15-11)

25 A (2.5 mm2), 35 A (4 mm2)
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Motor starter
Connection diagrams
Pin -X1: energy supply (connector on starter) -X2: energy branch to consumer (socket on starter) -X3: energy forwarding (socket on starter) Pin settings for connector / socket
Energy connector on EM 300 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Center Phase L2 Brake GND (for brake1)) optional Brake +24 V DC (for brake1)) optional Phase L1 Phase L3 PE Phase L1 Phase L3 Brake energy (optional) Brake energy (optional) Phase L2 PE Phase L2 Brake +24 V DC (for brake1)) optional Brake GND (for brake1)) optional Phase L3 Phase L1 PE
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
197 9 110
190
79
135 126
54
146
270
140
16
265
120
15
34
134
160,5
53,5
28,25
Fig. 3/66 Expansion modules EM 300
3/169
G_IK10_deP0067s

1) Only in EM 300 with 24 V DC brake contact (3R 1300-
- AA1)
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Motor starter
Ordering data
EM 300 DS expansion module Motor starter, direct starter Electromechanical direct starter Three-phase induction motor 4-pole at 400 V AC stand. perform. P kW < 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.10 0.12 0.18 0.21 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 0.90 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5
Order No. EM 300 ERS expansion module Motor starter, reversing starter Electromechanical reversing starter Three-phase induction motor 4-pole at 400 V AC stand. perform. P kW < 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.10 0.12 0.18 0.21 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 0.90 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5
Order No.
Setting range of the over-current release
A 0.14 to 0.20 0.18 to 0.25 0.22 to 0.32 0.28 to 0.40 0.35 to 0.50 0.45 to 0.63 0.55 to 0.80 0.70 to 1.0 0.90 to 1.25 1.1 to 1.6 1.4 to 2.0 1.8 to 2.5 2.2 to 3.2 2.8 to 4.0 3.5 to 5.0 4.5 to 6.3 5.5 to 8.0 7.0 to 10 9.0 to 12
A 0.14 to 0.20 0.18 to 0.25 0.22 to 0.32 0.28 to 0.40 0.35 to 0.50 0.45 to 0.63 0.55 to 0.80 0.70 to 1.0 0.90 to 1.25 1.1 to 1.6 1.4 to 2.0 1.8 to 2.5 2.2 to 3.2 2.8 to 4.0 3.5 to 5.0 4.5 to 6.3 5.5 to 8.0 7.0 to 10 9.0 to 12
Three-phase induction motor 4-pole at 400 V AC stand. perform. P kW 0.18 to 0.8 0.75 to 2.2
A 0.6 to 2.18 2.0 to 5.95
0A 0B 0 1 3 4
Three-phase induction motor 4-pole at 400 V AC stand. perform. P kW 0.18 to 0.8 0.75 to 2.2
A 0.6 to 2.18 2.0 to 5.95
1A 1B 0 1 3 4
Standard version Version with 24 V DC brake contact for brakes with external supply Version with 400 V AC brake contact for brakes with own supply Version with 500 V DC brake contact for brakes with own supply
Standard version Version with 24 V DC brake contact for brakes with external supply Version with 400 V AC brake contact for brakes with own supply Version with 500 V DC brake contact for brakes with own supply
EM 300 EDS expansion module Motor starter Electronic direct starter
3RK1 300-
S10-0AA
EM 300 ERS expansion module Motor starter Electronic reversing starter
3RK1 300-
S10-1AA
3RK1 300-
S01-0AA
3RK1 300-
S01-1AA
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Accessories for motor starters
Overview Handheld operator panel for startup (see Field of application) Connectors and leads Configuration and ordering notes The following accessories are required for every ET 200X configuration: Basic and expansion modules with inputs and outputs: 3 connectors per basic station for PROFIBUS-DP, control and auxiliary voltage per used digital input and output, one 5-pin M12 connector per used analog input and output, one 4-pin shielded M12 connector per unused digital or analog input and output, one M12 cover (Attention: 10 pcs. per packet!) Motor starters EM 300 DS/RS and EM 300 EDS/ERS: For incoming power supply (-X1) per electromechanical or electronic motor starter: 9-pin connector set for incoming power supply 6 4 mm2 or 6 2.5 mm2 For load connection (-X2) per electromechanical or electronic motor starter: 9-pin connector set for load connection (1.5 mm2) or pre-assembled load connecting lead 4 1.5 mm2 or 6 1.5 mm2 with 9-pin power connector In this way local switching actions in the event of failure of the PLC/bus system (emergency mode) and test runs in pre-startup, e.g. for testing the direction of rotation of the motor, can be performed in addition to the desired manual operation on a functioning automation level. For power forwarding (-X3) per electromechanical or electronic motor starter: 9-pin connector set for power forwarding 6 4 mm2 or 6 2.5 mm2 or power connecting lead 4 4 mm2 or 6 4 mm2 with 9-pin power connectors per unused socket: one cover Crimping tongs Disassembly tool for 9-pin connector
Manual control unit
The motor starter can be operated completely independently on site with an available auxiliary supply with the handheld operator panel.
The handheld operator panel can be connected directly to the motor starter socket underneath the transparent cover by a connecting lead.
3/171
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
Motor starter
Ordering data
Connector set for incoming power supply 4 2.5 mm2, 9-pin 4 4 mm2, 9-pin for power forwarding 2.5 mm2, 9-pin 4 mm2, 9-pin for motor connection 1.5 mm2, 9-pin Cover for 9-pin power socket 1 packet = 1 pc. 1 packet = 10 pcs. Energy connection cable 6 4 mm2, 0.12 m, 9-pin 4 4 mm2, 0.12 m, 9-pin Motor connecting lead 4 1.5 mm2, with connector, 9-pin 1,5 m 3m 5m 10 m 6 1.5 mm2, with connector, 9-pin 3m 5m 10 m Connector M12 (5-pin) can be pre-assembled Angular connector M12 (5-pin) can be pre-assembled M12 covers unused M12 sockets in application modules 1 set = 10 pieces Crimping tongs for contact pins and sockets 1.5 to 2.5 mm 1.5 to 4 mm Disassembly tool to undo contact pins and contact sockets in 9-pin sets Handheld operator panel with 0.5 m connecting lead and plug
Order No.
} } } } }
3RK1 902-0CA00 3RK1 902-0CB00 3RK1 902-0CC00 3RK1 902-0CD00 3RK1 902-0CE00
} } } }
3RK1 902-0CJ00 3RK1 902-0CK00 3RK1 902-0CH00 3RK1 902-0CG00
} } } } } } } }
3RK1 902-0CL00 3RK1 902-0CM00 3RK1 902-0CP00 3RK1 902-0CQ00 3RK1 902-0CN00 3RK1 902-0CR00 3RK1 902-0CS00 3RX1 667
3RX1 668
3RX9 802-0AA00
} } }
3RK1 902-0AH00 3RK1 902-0CT00 3RK1 902-0AJ00
3RK1 902-0AM00
Inscription plate } 3RK1 902-1BA00-0XA0 for designation of the inputs and outputs, as an equipment descriptor 20 frames with 40 labels each 8 10 mm, petrol colored
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
SITOP power supply 24 V/10 A
Application Primary clocked power supply for the ET 200X Adapted in terms of design and functionality Can be built in without expensive wiring The separate screw terminals to tap voltage mean that it can also be used for other applications.
Note: For further information about SITOP power supplies see the catalog KT 10.1.
Design
The primary clocked SITOP power 24 V/10 A has been designed entirely with the ET 200X in mind, in terms of both its construction and its functionality. It converts the120/230V AC input voltage into the required operational voltage of 24 V DC, which can also be the supply voltage for the electronics / encoder or as a load voltage.
The power supply can be integrated into the ET 200X without the need for expensive wiring. Simple functions also allow it to be used to supply voltage to units other than the ET 200X: Screw terminals to tap the output voltage
Controllable output voltage to compensate for reduced voltage through long cables IP 65 degree of protection means that it can be used in rough industrial environments. Behavior in the event of an error parameterizable; Restart or shutdown after short circuit in output circuit.
Input data Input voltage Rated value UEN Perm. Range Frequency Main power buffering (at UE = 187 V, IAN) Input current Rated value IEN Inrush current (25 C, UE = 230 V) max. Device protection Output data Output voltage Rated value UAN Overall static tolerance Residual ripple effect Setting range Output current Rated value IAN at 40 C at 55 C Over-power limit approx. max. 24 V DC 3% 150 mVPP 22.8 to 25.2 V 10 A 0 to 10 A 0 to 8 A 1.0 to 1.3 IAN yes min. 120/230 V AC, adjustable 93 to 132/187 to 164 V AC 47 to 63 Hz 20 ms Output data Outputs can be switched in parallel Efficiency (UE = 230 V, IAN) Electromagnetic compatibility Interference suppression (emission) Interference immunity Safety 4.3 A/2.6 A < 65 A internal Protection class Degree of protection General data Ambient temperature Transport/storage temperature Connection method input Connection method output 25 C to +55 C 40 C to +70 C screw-type terminals for L1, N and PE screw-type terminals for L+ and M supply possibility using expansion interface on the backplane bus of the ET 200X wall-mounted any 140 270 126 Primary / secondary isolation yes (SELV in acc. with EN 60950) VDE 0805 I (IEC 536/VDE 0106 T1) IP 65 (EN 60529/VDE 470 T1) EN 50081-2, EN 55011 class A EN 50082-2 approx. yes 88%
Mounting Mounting position Dimensions (W H D) in mm approx.
Outputs safe against open or short circuit
3/173
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200X
SITOP power supply 24 V/10 A
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
197 8,8 110
53,5
126,5 103,5
265 283
133,5
4...10
158,4
10,2
1) Fastening lugs (only available when using the accessory connector seal 6 EP1 971-2CA00)
5,5
145,4
140
5,4
134,6
22,8
160,5 214
Fig. 3/67 SITOP power supply 24 V/10 A
Ordering data
SITOP power supply 24 V/10 A for ET 200X 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, 10 A
Order No. 6EP1 334-2CA00
6EP1 971-2CA00 SITOP power accessories connector seal IP 65 required for the power supply to operate in standalone mode
G_IK10_deP0096s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Overview ET 200L/L-SC/L-SC IM SC
Block I/O - not expandable
ET 200L
Electronics block ET 200L
Terminal block TB 16L 16 channels
Terminal block TB 32L PROFIBUS connection 32 channels
Modular I/O - expandable with SIMATIC Smart Connect
ET 200L-SC
Terminal block TB 16L 16 channels
Electronics block ET 200L-SC
Electronics submodules
3
Terminal block TB 16 SC 16 channels Terminal block TB 16 SC 16 channels
Terminal block TB 32L PROFIBUS connection 32 channels
Fine-modular I/O
ET 200L-SC IM SC
IM SC interface module for PROFIBUS Electronics submodules
Terminal block TB 16IM SC 16 channels
Terminal block TB 16 IM SC PROFIBUS connection 16 channels
Terminal block TB 16 SC 16 channels
Fig. 3/68 ET 200L system overview
The ET 200L is a small, compact I/O station, with degree of protection IP 20. The ET 200L is primarily used in lower-performance applications requiring few digital inputs/outputs as well as in cases where space is restricted. The ET 200L is a passive station (slave) on PROFIBUS-DP with transfer rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s. There are 3 versions available:
Block I/O ET 200L (non-expandable) Modular I/O ET 200L-SC: ET 200L terminal block with special electronic submodule, expandable with one SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) TB 16SC terminal block. This allows an additional finetuned modular expansion with up to 16 digital and analog input/output channels.
Finely graded modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC: Terminal block TB 16IM-SC with PROFIBUS-DP interface module IM-SC and 8 slots for electronic submodules of SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC), expandable with one terminal block TB 16 of SIMATIC SC. This allows discretely modular expansion with up to 32 digital and analog input/output channels.
3/175
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
Application
Fig. 3/69 Block I/O ET 200L (with 16 channels)
The compact ET 200L I/O block consists of a terminal block and an electronic submodule The connection to the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus is made via the interface integrated in the electronic submodule. The ET 200L block I/O is not expandable. Terminal block The terminal block accommodates the electronic submodule. It carries the wiring so that no cables need to be separated when the electronic submodule is replaced. The terminal block can be mounted on a standard rail. In addition to horizontal mounting all other mounting positions are permissible.
A total of 4 terminal blocks are available for the ET 200L: 16 channels with screw-type terminals or spring-type terminals 32 channels with screw-type terminals or spring-type terminals Electronic submodule The electronic submodules contain the digital input and output channels. The following digital electronic submodules are available for 24 V DC: 16DI; with 16 digital inputs 16DO; with 16 digital outputs 0.5 A 32Dl; with 32 digital inputs 32DO; with 32 digital outputs 0.5 A 16DI/16DO; with 16 digital inputs and outputs 0.5 A each. Blocks for AC: 8 DI/8 RO/2 A 16 DI 16 DO/1 A 16 RO/2 A Proper operation of the ET 200L is verified by means of diagnostic functions. The ET 200L diagnoses: Bus errors, i. e. errored data transfer Module faults 24 V DC load voltage supply The diagnostic data are analyzed as follows: At the source via the diagnostic LED on the ET 200L
PROFIBUS-DP station address The address of the compact ET 200L I/O station is set on the electronic submodule by way of a rotary coding switch. Termination of the bus cable: If the ET 200L is used at the end of a bus segment, it requires a bus connector with terminating resistor. Accessories Pre-perforated labeling sheets (DIN A4) suitable for machine printing are available as accessories. The terminal blocks come with 2-wire connection as standard. Optional supplementary terminals enable the use of 3wire or 4-wire connections.
Operation
The inputs and outputs of the compact ET 200L I/O station can be accessed from the user program in the automation system in the same manner as the inputs and outputs of the central controller. The communication across PROFIBUS is handled completely by the master interface module in the central controller and the integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface in the ET 200L.
Centrally with programming devices or PC with the COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 parameterization software Centrally via the CPU in the automation system
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
Technical specifications General
Connection method Screw-type and spring-type method, permanent wiring; Standard: 2-wire method Optional: 3-core and 4-core connections max. 1.5 Mbit/s Sender (for digital output modules and mixed modules ET 200L, not for L-SC or IM-SC) Yes, between PROFIBUS-DP and internal electronics 24 V DC, reverse polarity protection IP 20 Shock Ambient temperature on vertical wall (preferred mounting position) with horizontal installation with other installation Relative humidity
0 C to +60 C 0 C to +40 C 5 to 95% (RH severity level 2 in accordance with IEC 1131-2) 795 to 1080 hPa IEC 68, Parts 26 1057 Hz (const. amplitude 0.075 mm) 57150 Hz (constant acceleration 1 g) IEC 68, Part 227 Half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms
Data transfer rate Direct data exchange
Atmospheric pressure Mechanical strength Vibration
Galvanic isolation Supply voltage Degree of protection
Technical specifications ET 200L terminal blocks for modular I/O

Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight (total) approx. Current carrying capacity max. TB 16L 145 100 40.5 120 g TB 32L 191 100 40.5 350 g TB 16L AC 191 100 40.5 283 g
Technical specifications ET 200L electronic submodules

Electronic submodules (digital input modules) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Terminal block Electronic submodules (digital input modules) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between L1 and PROFIBUS-DB between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Terminal block max. max. typ. max. max. typ. 6ES7 131-1BH00-0XB0 16 no yes 6ES7 131-1BL00-0XB0 32 no yes
24 V DC 30 to +5V +13 to 30 V 5 mA 2 to 4.5 ms 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m TB 16L 6ES7 131-1EH00-0XB0 16 yes yes yes 120 V AC 0 to 20 V 74 to 132 V 9 to 27 mA 2 to 25 ms 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m TB 16L AC
24 V DC 30 to +5V +13 to 30 V 5 mA 2 to 4.5 ms 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m TB 32L
3/177
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
Technical specifications ET 200L electronic submodules (continued)
Electronic submodules (digital output modules) Number of outputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP Output voltage UA rated value with signal "1" Output current for signal "0" for signal "1" Aggregate current per byte Short-circuit protection 6ES7 132-1BH00-0XB0 16 no yes 24 V DC UA 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A 4A electronic max. max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 6ES7 132-1BL00-0XB0 32 no yes 24 V DC UA 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A 4A electronic 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 100 Hz 0,5 Hz 8 Hz TB 32L
min. max. max. max.
Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps Terminal block Electronic submodules (digital output modules) Number of outputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between L1 and PROFIBUS-DB between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP Output voltage UA rated value for signal "1" Output current with signal "0" Load current per output Short-circuit protection Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps Terminal block
max. 100 Hz max. 0,5 Hz max. 8 Hz TB 16L 6ES7 132-1EH00-0XB0 16 yes yes yes 120 V AC UA 1.5 V 2.6 A 1A no max. max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m
max. max. max.
max. 10 Hz max. 0,5 Hz max. 1 Hz TB 16L AC
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
Technical specifications ET 200L electronic submodules (continued)
Electronic submodules (mixed module) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Number of outputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP Output voltage UA rated value with signal "1" Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Aggregate current per group Short-circuit protection Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps Terminal block max. max. max. max. max. max. max. typ. 6ES7 133-1BL00-0XB0 16 no yes 6ES7 133-1EH00-0XB0 8 yes yes 6ES7 132-1JH00-0XB0 8 yes yes yes 16 yes yes yes
24 V DC 30 to +5V +13 to 30 V 5 mA 2 to 4.5 ms 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 16 no yes
120 V AC 74 to 132 V AC 9 to 27 mA 2 to 25 ms 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 8 yes yes
max. max. max. max.
24 V DC UA 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A 4A electronic 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 8 Hz TB 32L
120 V AC UA 1.5 V 2.6 mA 1A 1A no 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 10 Hz 0.5 Hz 1 Hz TB 16L AC
120 V AC UA 1 V 2A 2A no 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 10 Hz 0.5 Hz 1 Hz TB 16L AC
3/179
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
Connection diagrams
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L
DI 16xDC24V A 1 9 2 10 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M 25... 9... 32 16 x1 x10 A SENSOR SUPPLY 1L+ 1M 17... 1 .... 24 8
BF ON
X 2 3 4 131-1BH00-0XB0
6ES7 131-1BH00-0XB0
3
A 1 9 2 10 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M A 1L+ 1M
PROFIBUS-DP DI 32xDC24V SENSOR SUPPLY 33... 1 .... 48 16 B 17 25 18 26 19 27 49... 17... 64 32 20 28 21 29 22 30 23 31 24 32 x10 x1
ET200L
BF ON
X 2 3 4 131-1BL00-0XB0
6ES7 131-1BL00-0XB0
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L
DO 16xDC24V/0.5A A 1 2 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M B 9 10 A LOAD VOLTAGE 1L+ 1M 1 .... 17.... 8 24
BF ON
3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M 9 .... 25.... 16 32 x10 x1 G_IK10_deP0079s X 2 3 4 132-1BH00-0XB0
6ES7 132-1BH00-0XB0
Fig. 3/70 ET 200L electronic submodules
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L
DI16/DO16xDC24V/0.5A A 1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M 49.... 17.... 64 32 A LOAD VOLTAGE 1L+ 1M 1 .... 33.... 16 48 B 17 25 18 26 19 27 20 28 21 29 22 30 23 31 24 32 x10 x1
BF ON
SENSOR SUPPLY
X 2 3 4 133-1BL00-0XB0
6ES7 133-1BL00-0XB0
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L
DI 16xAC120V POWER SUPPLY L1 N 14 30 x10 15 31 x1 16 32
BF ON
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
17 18 19 20
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
21 22 23 24
9 10 11 12
25
13 14 15 16
13 29
10 26 11 27 12 28
X 2 3 4 131-1EH00-0XB0
6ES7 131-1EH00-0XB0
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L
DO 16xAC120V/0,1A 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 20 19 7 8 8 24 12 17 18 6 7 23 11 12 28 16 5 5 6 21 22 10 11 27 15 16 32 9 9 25 13 29 14 30 14 15 31 POWER SUPPLY L1 N x10 x1
BF ON
13
10 26
X 2 3 4 132-1EH00-0XB0
6ES7 132-1EH00-0XB0
PROFIBUS-DP
RO 16xDC24V/AC120V/2,0A 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 20 19 7 8 8 24 12 17 18 6 7 23 11 12 28 16 5 5 6 21 22 10 11 27 15 16 32 9 9 25 13 29 14 30 14 15 31
ET200L
POWER SUPPLY L1 N x10 x1
BF ON
13
10 26
6ES7 132-1JH00-0XB0
3/181
G_IK10_deP0080s
X 2 3 4 132-1JH00-0XB0
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L
DI 8/DO 8xAC120V/1,0A 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 20 8 19 7 8 24 12 18 6 7 23 11 17 5 6 22 10 5 21 9 9 25 13 14 15 16 13 29 14 30 x10 15 31 x1 16 32 POWER SUPPLY L1 N
BF ON
10 26 11 27 12 28
X 2 3 4 133-1EH00-0XB0
6ES7 133-1EH00-0XB0
3
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 20 8 19 7 8 18 6 7 17 5 6 5
ET200L
DI 8AC120V/RO 8DC24V/AC120V/2,0A 21 9 22 10 23 11 24 12 9 25 13 14 15 16 13 29 14 30 POWER SUPPLY L1 N
PROFIBUS-DP BF ON
10 26 11 27 12 28
x10 15 31 x1 16 32 X 2 3 4 133-1JH00-0XB0
6ES7 133-1JH00-0XB0
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm Rest DIN rail
s
DI 16xDC24V
ET200L
SENSOR SUPPLY 1L+ 1M 17... 1... 24
PROFIBUS-DP
BF ON
52,2
A B 1 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2L+ 2M
25... 9...
32 16
x10 x1
X 2 3 4
131-1BH00-0XA0
1L+ 2L+ 3L+ 4L+ 5L+
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
47,5
1M
2M 3M 4M 5M
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
TB16L
X 2 3 4
139-1CH00-0XA0
145
100
61
69*
35,3
* With bus connector: 82 mm
Fig. 3/73 Terminal block TB 16L with plugged electronic submodule
G_IK10_deP0082s
G_IK10_deP0081s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
Dimensions in mm
Rest DIN rail
ET200L-SC
DI 32xDC24V
PROFIBUS-DP
SF BF ON
52,2
A
1 183-1CL00-0XA0 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2L+ 2M 1L+ 1M
SENSOR SUPPLY 33... 1... 48 16
B
17 25 18 26 19 27 20 28 21 29 22 30 23 31 24 32 x10 x1
1L+ 2L+ 3L+ 4L+ 5L+
49... 17...
64 32
1M
2M 3M 4M 5M
SC 3 4
131-1BH10-0XB0 27 28 29 30 31 32
X 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
TB32L
47,5
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
100
61
191
69*
35,3
Fig. 3/74 Terminal block TB 32L with plugged electronic submodule
Dimensions in mm
Rest DIN rail
s
DI 16xAC120V
1 1 17 2 2 18 3 3 19 7 7 23 8 4 20 8 24 12 12 28 6 6 22 11 11 27 16 16 32 5 5 21 10 10 26 15 15 31 9 9 25 14 14 30 13 13 29
ET200L
PROFIBUS-DP
BF ON
POWER SUPPLY
N x10 x1
35
SC 3 4
131-1EH00-0XA0
X 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
L1
L1
TB16LAC
30
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32 X 2 3 4 193-1CH20-0XA0
100
61
L1
191
99,1
40,5
Fig. 3/75 Terminal block TB 16L AC with plugged electronic submodule
3/183
G_IK10_deP0084s
G_IK10_deP0083s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
Ordering data
Electronic submodule for ET 200L with digital inputs/outputs for 24 V DC 16DI 32DI 16DO; 0.5 A 32DO; 0.5 A 16DI/16DO; 0.5 A for 120 V AC 16DI 16DO; 1 A 16DO; 2 A 8DI/8DO; 1 A 8DI/8DO; 2 A
Order No. Supplementary terminal for ET 200L and ET 200L-SC 16 channels; 1 row screw-type terminal } spring-loaded terminals } 16 channels; 2 rows screw-type terminal } spring-loaded terminals } 32 channels; 1 row screw-type terminal } spring-loaded terminals } 32 channels; 2 rows screw-type terminal } spring-loaded terminals } Labeling sheet with strips for 10 electronic submodules for 16 channel electronic submodules incl. additional terminals 16 channel electronic submodules incl. additional terminals Manual Distributed I/O Device ET 200L, ET 200L-SC and ET200L-SC IM-SC German English French Spanish Italian
Order No.
} } } } } } } } } }
6ES7 131-1BH00-0XB0 6ES7 131-1BL00-0XB0 6ES7 132-1BH00-0XB0 6ES7 132-1BL00-0XB0 6ES7 133-1BL00-0XB0 6ES7 131-1EH00-0XB0 6ES7 132-1EH00-0XB0 6ES7 132-1JH00-0XB0 6ES7 133-1EH00-0XB0 6ES7 133-1JH00-0XB0
6ES7 193-1FH20-0XB0 6ES7 193-1FH50-0XB0 6ES7 193-1FH30-0XB0 6ES7 193-1FH60-0XB0 6ES7 193-1FL20-0XB0 6ES7 193-1FL50-0XB0 6ES7 193-1FL30-0XB0 6ES7 193-1FH60-0XB0
Terminal block for ET 200L and ET 200L-SC to accommodate electronic submodules TB 16L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded terminals TB 32L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded terminals TB 16L AC 16 channels, screw-type terminal
} }
6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0 6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0
} } } } }
6ES7 193-1CH00-0XA0 6ES7 193-1CH10-0XA0
6ES7 193-1CL00-0XA0 6ES7 193-1CL10-0XA0 6ES7 193-1CH20-0XA0
} } } } }
6ES7 130-1AA00-8AA0 6ES7 130-1AA00-8BA0 6ES7 130-1AA00-8CA0 6ES7 130-1AA00-8DA0 6ES7 130-1AA00-8EA0
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L-SC modular I/O
Application
Fig. 3/76 Compact ET 200L-SC I/O station (ET 200L with 32 channels)
Design
The design of the ET 200L-SC is the same as that of the ET 200L: it comprises a terminal block and an electronic submodule. In contrast to the ET 200L, it can be expanded with a Smart Connect terminal block (TB 16SC). The connection to the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus is made via the interface integrated in the electronic submodule. SIMATIC SC terminal block (TB 16SC) Via the 8 electronic submodules of the SIMATIC SC which can be plugged onto the TB 16SC, the ET 200L-SC can be freely combined with up to 16 digital and analog input/ output channels. Digital and analog modules can be plugged into the TB 16 SC in a mixed arrangement.
This allows a discretely modular adaptation of the ET 200L-SC to the automation task. The connecting cable between ET 200L-SC and TB 16SC is supplied with the TB 16SC terminal block. Electronic submodule The electronic submodule contains the digital input and output channels. The following digital electronic submodules are available: 16DI; with 16 digital inputs 16DO; with 16 digital outputs 0.5 A 32DI; with 32 digital inputs 16DI/16DO; with 16 digital inputs and outputs 0.5 A each. The connection diagram for wiring is printed on the electronic submodule. As with the ET 200L, communication via the bus system is completely handled by the master interface module in the central controller and the integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface in the ET 200L-SC. This file is then loaded into the configuring tool of the third-party manufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station.
Accessories Pre-perforated labeling sheets (DIN A4) suitable for machine printing are available as accessories. The terminal blocks come with 2-wire connection as standard. Optional snap-on supplementary terminals enable the use of 3-wire or 4-wire connections. As additional accessories for the TB 16 SC, shield connection terminals for termination of the shield for analog signals are available.
Operation and Parameterization
By expanding the ET 200L with the SIMATIC Smart Connect each DP node can be adapted to the actual requirements of the system on a fine modular basis.
Parameterization
When the device is connected to master assemblies that are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (operation with master assemblies from other manufacturers), a GSD file with fixed assignment can be created with COM PROFIBUS from version 3.1.
This allows use of COM PROFIBUSs user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadecimal code inputs in the manufacturers configuring tool.
3/185
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Technical specifications ET 200L-SC electronic submodules
Electronic submodules (digital input modules) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Data transfer rate max. max. typ. 6ES7 131-1BH11-0XB0 16 no yes 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 5 mA 2 to 4.5 ms 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m TB 16L digital and analog with SIMATIC SC 6ES7 132-1BH11-0XB0 16 no yes 6ES7 131-1BL11-0XB0 32 no yes 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 5 mA 2 to 4.5 ms 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m TB 32L digital and analog with SIMATIC SC
Permissible cable length Terminal block Expansion Electronic submodules (digital output modules) Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP Output voltage UA rated value for signal "1" Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Aggregate current per group Short-circuit protection Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps Terminal block Expansion Electronic submodules (mixed module) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Permissible cable length Data transfer rate Number of outputs Galvanic isolation max. max. typ. max. max.
min.
24 V DC UA 3 V
max. 1 mA max. 0.5 A max. 4 A electronic 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m
max. 10 Hz max. 0,5 Hz max. 8 Hz TB 16L digital and analog with SIMATIC SC 6ES7 133-1BL10-0XB0 16 no yes 24 V DC 30 to +5V +13 to 30 V 5 mA 2 to 4.5 ms 1000 m 1.5 Mbit/s 16 no
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Technical specifications ET 200L-SC electronic submodules (continued)
Output voltage UA rated value for signal "1" Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Aggregate current per group Short-circuit protection Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps Terminal block Expansion max. max. max. max. max. 24 V DC UA 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A 4A electronic 1.5 Mbit/s 1000 m 100 Hz 0,5 Hz 8 Hz TB 32L digital and analog with SIMATIC SC
min. max. max. max.
3
TB 32L 191 100 40.5 350 g TB 16SC 115 100 40.5 283 g 6ES7 121-1FA00-0AA0 1 1000 m yes
Technical specifications ET 200L terminal blocks for modular I/O

Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight (total) approx. Current carrying capacity max. TB 16L 145 100 40.5 120 g
Technical specifications SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) electronic submodules

Electronic submodules (digital input modules) Number of inputs Line length shielded max. 6ES7 121-1BB00-0AA0 2 1000 m yes, optocouplers 75 V DC/60 V AC 1500 V AC typ. 0.4 W green LED per channel 24 V DC 13 to 30 V 3 to 5 volts typ. typ. 7 mA 1.2 to 4.8 ms 1.2 to 3.8 ms IEC 1131, Type 1 possible max. 1.5 mA 1 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 approx. 15 g
Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus Permissible potential difference between various electrical circuits between ground and input Isolation tested at Power losses of the module Status display Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" frequency range Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Input delay at "0" to "1" at "1" to "0" input characteristic to Connection of two-wire BEROs Permissible quiescent current Slot requirement on TB 16SC Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight
240 V AC 2500 V DC 0.6 W green LED 120 / 230V AC 74 to 264 V AC 0 to 40 V AC 47 to 63 Hz 3.7 mA 1) 2.2 mA 1) max. 30 ms max 30 ms IEC 1131, Type 11) possible 1.5 mA 1 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 15 g
1) When 2 electronic submodules are switched in parallel, IEC 1131-2/type 2 is achieved for 120 V AC.
3/187
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
ET 200L-SC and SIMATIC Smart Connect electronic submodules
Technical specifications SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) electronic submodules (continued)
Electronic submodules (digital output modules) Number of inputs Line length shielded Rated supply voltage for the L+ relay Polarity reversal protection Rated load voltage L+/L1 Permissible frequency range Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus between the channel and the power supply for the relay max. 6ES7 122-1BB00-0AA0 2 1000 m 24 V DC yes, optocouplers 6ES7 122-1BB10-0AA0 2 1000 m 24 V DC yes, optocouplers 6ES7 122-1FA00-0AA0 1 1000 m 120 / 230 V AC 47 to 63 Hz yes 6ES7 122-1HA01-0AA0 1 1000 m 24 V DC yes yes yes
Permissible potential difference between various electrical circuits between ground and input between ground and supply voltage for the relay between ground and supply voltage for the relay and the output Isolation tested at between ground and supply voltage for the relay between ground and supply voltage for the relay and the output Current consumption from supply voltage L+ Power loss of the module Status display Output voltage with signal "1" Output current with signal "1" Rated value permissible range for 0 C to 40 C for 40 C to 60 C permissible impulse voltage with signal "0" (residual current) Output delay (with resistive loading) at "0" to "1" at "1" to "0" Size of the motor starter Zero crossing Lamp load Thermal uninterrupted current Minimum load current Contact wiring, internal Switching frequency mechanical for resistive load with inductive loading according to IEC 947-5-1, DC 13/15 V AC for a lamp load Short-circuit protection for the output Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. max. min. typ.
75 V DC/60 V AC 1500 V AC 3 mA 0.4 W green LED per channel L+ (0.5 V)
75 V DC/60 V AC 1500 V AC 6 mA 0.9 W green LED per channel L+ (0.5 V)
240 V AC 2500 V DC 0.7 W green LED L (1 V)
75 V DC/60 V AC 240 V AC 1500 V AC 2500 V DC max. 15 mA 0.7 W green LED
max. max.
0.5 A 5 mA to 0.6 A 0.3 mA
2A 5 mA to 2.4 A 5 mA to 1.8 A 0.6 mA
1A 40 mA to 1.1 A 40 mA to 0.6 A 10 A (for 2 half-waves) 3 mA
max. max. max.
200 s 1.3 ms 2.5 W
200 s 1.3 ms 10 W
20 ms 20 ms Size 8 with a zero crossing switch For 230 V AC: 100 W at 120 V AC: 50 W
max. 5 A 1A Varistor, rated voltage 275 V max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 0.1 Hz max. 0.1 Hz TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 30 g
max. 100 Hz max. 2 Hz at 0.3 A max. 0.5 Hz at 0.5 A max. 1 Hz yes, electronic TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 15 g
max. 100 Hz max. 0.2 Hz at 1 A max. 0.51 Hz at 2 A max. 1 Hz yes, electronic TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 15 g
max. 50 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz no TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 15 g
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Electronic submodules (analog input) 6ES7 123-1GB00-0AB0 Number of inputs Line length shielded max. 2 200 m 24 V DC yes yes, optocouplers 1500 V AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC max. 30 mA typ. 0.6 W 6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0 2 200 m 24 V DC yes yes, optocouplers 1500 V AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC max. 30 mA 0.6 W 6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB0 2 200 m 24 V DC yes yes, optocouplers 1500 V AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC max. 30 mA 0.6 W
Rated supply voltage for the L+ relay Polarity reversal protection Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus Isolation tested at Permissible potential difference between inputs and M (UCM) Constant current for resistance type transmitter Current consumption from supply voltage L+ Power loss of the module Noise suppression for common mode noise series-mode interference (peak value of interference <=rated value of the input range) Crosstalk between the inputs at 50 Hz/60 Hz Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to rated input range) Basic error limits (operating error limits at 25 C, referred to rated input range) Temperature error (referred to rated input range) Linearity error (referred to rated input range) Repeatability in settled state at 25 C (referred to rated input range) Measuring principle Integration and conversion time/ resolution per channel programmable integration time ms conversion time ms noise suppression for interference frequency f1 Hz Resolution (incl. overrange/ representation in twos complement) 20 mA 4 to 20 mA S7 representation/S5 representation 10 V 1 to 5 V C/digit 80 mV, Type J/K/R Input ranges (rated values) input resistance
>=90 dB >=70 dB
>=90 dB >=70 dB
>=90 dB >=70 dB
>=50 dB 1.0%
>=50 dB 1.0%
>=50 dB 1.0%
0.8%
0.7%
0.8%
0.01%/K 0.05% 0.1%

integrating
0.01%/K 0.05% 0.1%

integrating
0.01%/K 0.05% 0.1%

integrating
yes 50 55 60
60 65 50
60 65 50
50 55 60
yes 50 55 60
60 65 50
13 bits 12 bits
13 bits 12 bits
14 bits: 0.1 C/digit 13 bits: 1.0 C/digit
20 mA/50
4 to 20 mA/50
10 V/100 k 1 to 5 V/100 k
80 mV/>1 M Type J/1200 C/> 1 M Type K/1372 C/> 1 M Type R/1769 C/> 1 M
max. 20 V permanent; 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio1:20)
Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage for voltage input (destruction limit)
40 mA, continuous
max. 20 V permanent; 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio1:20)
3/189
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Electronic modules (analog input modules) (continued) Permissible input voltage for resistance thermometers and constant current inputs/outputs (destruction limit) Connection of sensors for voltage measurement as a 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer for impedance measurement with a 4-wire connection Characteristic linearization Temperature compensation 6ES7 123-1GB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB0
possible; with external transducer incoming supply possible yes; parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filtering Time constant 1 cycle time 8 cycle time 64 cycle time 128 cycle time 1 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 approx. 20 g
possible
possible
no no yes; parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filtering Time constant 1 cycle time 8 cycle time 64 cycle time 128 cycle time 1 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 20 g
yes; parameterizable Type J, K, R according to IEC 584 yes; parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filtering Time constant 1 cycle time 8 cycle time 64 cycle time 128 cycle time 1 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 20 g
Filtering of the measured values Stage none weak average strong Slot requirement Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight

Electronic submodules (analog input) 6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB0 Number of inputs Line length shielded Supply voltage of the electronics L+ Polarity reversal protection Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus Isolation tested at Permissible potential difference between inputs and M (UCM) Constant current for resistance type transmitter Current consumption from supply voltage L+ Power loss of the module Noise suppression for common mode noise series mode interference (peak value of interference < rated value of the input range) Crosstalk between the inputs at 50 Hz/60 Hz Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to rated input range) Basic error limits (operating error limits at 25 C, referred to rated input range) typ. max. 1 50 m 24 V DC yes 6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0 1 200 m 24 V DC yes
yes, optocouplers 1500 V AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC approx. 1.5 mA max. 30 mA 0.6 W
yes, optocouplers 1500 V AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC max. 30 mA 0.6 W
>=90 dB >=70 dB
>=90 dB >=70 dB
>=50 dB
0 to 600 Pt100 (climatic) Pt100 (standard) Ni100 (standard) 0 to 600 Pt100 (climatic) Pt100 (standard) Ni100 (standard)
>=50 dB 1.0% 4 C 8 C 4 C 0,7% 1 C 4 C 2 C 0.3%
0.1%
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Electronic modules (analog input modules) (continued) Temperature error (referred to rated input range) Linearity error (referred to rated input range) Repeatability in settled state at 25 C (referred to rated input range) Measuring principle Integration and conversion time/ resolution per channel programmable integration time conversion time cycle time 6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0
0.03%/K 0.05% 0.1%

Integrating
0.01%/K 0.05% 0.1%

Integrating
ms ms ms
yes 50 110 110 50 Hz S7 representation 0 to 600 Pt100 climatic Pt100 stand. Ni100 stand. S5-representation 0 to 600 Pt100 climatic Pt100 stand. Ni100 stand.
yes 60 130 130 60 Hz
yes 50 55
60 65
Interference voltage suppression for interference frequency f1 Hz Resolution (incl. overrange/ representation in twos complement) 20 mA 4 to 20 mA S7 representation/S5 representation =10 V 1 to 5 V 80 mV, Type J/K/R C/digit Input ranges (Rated values) input resistance Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage for voltage input (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage for resistance measuring input and constant current inputs/outputs (destruction limit) Connection of sensors for voltage measurement as a 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer for impedance measurement with a 4-wire connection Characteristic linearization Temperature compensation
>90/70 dB (common mode/ series-mode interference)
14 bit 0.1 C/digit 0.1 C/digit 0.1 C/digit 13 bit 0.05 C/digit 0.5 C/digit 0.5 C/digit
13 bits 12 bits 20 mA/50 4 to 20 mA/50
120 to +130 C / >1 M Pt100 /standard; 200 to +850 C / >1 M Ni100 /standard; 60 to +250 C / >1 M max. 10 V permanent; 25 V for max. 1 s
yes; with compensation of the line resistance yes; parameterizable for Pt100 in acc. with DIN IEC 751 for Ni100 in acc. with DIN 43760 yes; parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filtering Time constant 1 cycle time 8 cycle time 64 cycle time 128 cycle time 1 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 approx. 20 g
possible with external transducer feed no no
Filtering of the measured values Stage none weak average strong Slot requirement Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight
yes; parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filtering Time constant 1 cycle time 8 cycle time 64 cycle time 128 cycle time 1 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 20 g
3/191
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Electronic submodules (analog outputs) Number of inputs Line length shielded max. 6ES7 124-1GA00-0AB0 1 200 m 24 V DC yes yes, optocouplers 1500 V AC max. 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC max. 50 mA max. 1W S7 representation: 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 5 ms 0,1 0,5 no >30 dB 6ES7 124-1FA00-0AB0 1 200 m 24 V DC yes yes, optocouplers 1500 V AC max. 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC max. 50 mA 1W S7 representation: 10 V 1 to 5 V 5 ms 0,1 3,3 no >30 dB
Rated supply voltage for the L+ relay Polarity reversal protection Galvanic isolation between output channel and SC-Bus Isolation tested at Permissible potential difference between the reference point for the load and QV-(UCM) between S- and QV-(UCM) Current consumption from supply voltage L+ Power losses of the module Resolution (incl. overrange) Conversion time Transient recovery time for resistive load for inductive load for capacitive load
S5 representation: 12 bits 12 bits
S5 representation: 12 bits 11 bits
max. ms ms ms
Assignment values connectable Common mode interference UCM < VPP AC (50 Hz) Operating error limits (over entire temperature range) 1) Basic error limits (Operating error limits at 25 C) 1) Temperature fault 1) Linearity error 1) Repeatability in settled state at 25 C 1) Output ranges (rated values) Load impedance (within rated range of output) with common-mode voltage 2 V max. common-mode voltage 0 V max. stable at no-load no-load voltage approx. inductive load max.
1.0% 0.7% 0.01%/K 0.06% 0.1%

0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
0.9% 0.6% 0.01%/K 0.06% 0.1% 10 V, 1 to 5 V
500 600 yes 16 V 1 mH
Load impedance (in the rated range for the output) Short-circuit protection Short-circuit current approx. Capacitive load max. Destruction limit against externally applied voltages / currents Voltage at the outputs to M; QVCurrent max. Connection of actuators 2-wire connection 4-wire connection (measuring lead) Slot requirement Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight 1) Referred to rated page. approx.
yes 30 mA 1 F
max. 15 V constant; 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20) 50 mA DC Possible 2 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 15 g
max. 15 V constant; 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20) 50 mA DC Possible Possible 2 of 8 TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 15 g
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Connection diagrams
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L-SC
DI 16xDC24V A 1 9 2 10 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M 25... 9... 32 16 A SENSOR SUPPLY 1L+ 1M 17... 1 .... 24 8
SF BF ON
x10 x1 X 2 3 4 131-1BH11-0XB0 SC
6ES7 131-1BH11-0XB0
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L-SC
DI 32xDC24V A 1 9 2 10 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M 49... 17... 64 32 A 1L+ 1M SENSOR SUPPLY 33... 1 .... 48 16 B 17 25 18 26 19 27 20 28 21 29 22 30 23 31 24 32 x10 x1
SF BF ON
X 2 3 4 131-1BL11-0XB0
SC
6ES7 131-1BL11-0XB0
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L-SC
DO 16xDC24V/0.5A A 1 2 POWER SUPPLY 4L+ 4M B 9 10 A LOAD VOLTAGE 1L+ 1M 1 .... 17.... 8 24
SF BF ON
3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M 9 .... 25.... 16 32 x10 x1 X 2 3 4 132-1BH11-0XB0 SC
6ES7 132-1BH11-0XB0
PROFIBUS-DP
ET200L-SC
DI16/DO16xDC24V/0.5A A 1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16 B 2L+ 2M 49.... 17.... 64 32 A LOAD VOLTAGE 1L+ 1M 1 .... 33.... 16 48 B 17 25 18 26 19 27 20 28 21 29 22 30 23 31 24 32 x10 x1
SF BF ON
SENSOR SUPPLY
X 2 3 4 133-1BL10-0XB0 G_IK10_deP0085s
SC
6ES7 133-1BL10-0XB0
Fig. 3/77 ET 200L-SC electronic submodules
3/193
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
2 DC DI 24 V 1 AC DI 120 V 230 V 2 DC DO 24 V 0,5 A 2 DC DO 24 V 2A 1 AC DO 120 V 230 V 1 AC DO Rel. 230 V
N 2,1 I 2I 2,1 Q 2,1 Q 2,1 Q 2 3,4 L+ M PE 4 L 3,4 3,4 3,4 4 M L Q
6ES7 121-1BB00-0AA0
1 AO I
6ES7 121-1FA00-0AA0
2 AI U
6ES7 122-1BB00-0AA0
2 AI TC
6ES7 122-1BB10-0AA0
1 AI RTD
6ES7 122-1FA00-0AA0
2 H1 AI I
6ES7 122-1HA01-0AA0
QI+ 2,1
M+ V
2,1 3,4
M+ M-
2 1
IC+ M+
1;2
M+ A
QI-
3,4
M-
3 4
MIC-
3;4
M-
6ES7 124-1GA00-0AB0
6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0
6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB0
6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB0
6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0
Fig. 3/78 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules
G_IK10_deP0095s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
112
s
TB 16 SC
69*
52,2
DC D AC TA
DC D AC
1L+ 2L+ A1 A2
B1
B2
C1
C2 D1 D2
E1
E2
F1
F2
G1
G2 H1
H2
47,5
1M 2M
A3
A4
B3
B4
C3
C4 D3
D4
E3
E4
F3
F4
G3 G4 H3
H4
115
100

G_IK10_deP0086s
Fig. 3/79 Terminal block TB 16SC
3/195
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Ordering data
Electronic submodule for ET 200L-SC (digital and analog expendability), with digital inputs/outputs 16DI } 32DI } 16DO } 16DI/16DO } Terminal block for ET 200L and ET 200L-SC to accommodate electronic submodules TB 16L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded terminals TB 32L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded terminals Order No. SIMATIC SC electronic submodules for terminal block TB 16SC 2DI with 2 inputs (Qty. 8)1 } 2DO with 2 outputs. 0.5 A (Qty. 8)1) } 2DO with 2 outputs. 2 A (Qty. 2)1) } 1DI with 1 input AC 115/230 C1) } 1DO with 1 output } 115/230 V AC 1 A1) 1DO with output relay } 5 A DC/AC 1) 2AI with 2 inputs 10 V ,} 1 to 5 V1) 1) 1AI with RTD } 2AI with 2 inputs } (4...20 mA, 20 mA)1) 1) 2AI TC } 1AO with 1 output 10 V2) } 1AO with 1 output 420 mA2) } 2AIHA with 2 inputs 420 mA, } 20 mA2) Terminal block for SIMATIC SC to expand an ET 200L-SC to accommodate up to 8 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules incl. connecting cable to ET 200L-SC or TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC 8 SC slots, screw-type terminal 8 SC slots, spring-loaded terminals Order No.
6ES7 131-1BH11-0XB0 6ES7 131-1BL11-0XB0 6ES7 132-1BH11-0XB0 6ES7 133-1BL10-0XB0
6ES7 121-1BB00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1BB00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1BB10-0AA0 6ES7 121-1FA00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1FA00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1HA01-0AA0 6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB00-0XA0 6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB0 6ES7 124-1FA00-0AB0 6ES7 124-1GA00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0
} } } }
6ES7 193-1CH00-0XA0 6ES7 193-1CH10-0XA0 6ES7 193-1CL00-0XA0 6ES7 193-1CL10-0XA0
Supplementary terminal for ET 200L and ET 200L-SC 16 channels; 1 row Screw-type terminal } Spring-loaded terminals } 16 channels; 2 rows Screw-type terminal } Spring-loaded terminals } 32 channels; 1 row Screw-type terminal } Spring-loaded terminals } 32 channels; 2 rows Screw-type terminal } Spring-loaded terminals }
6ES7 193-1FH20-0XA0 6ES7 193-1FH50-0XA0 6ES7 193-1FH30-0XA0 6ES7 193-1FH60-0XA0 6ES7 193-1FL20-0XA0 6ES7 193-1FL50-0XA0 6ES7 193-1FL30-0XA0 6ES7 193-1FL60-0XA0
} }
6ES7 120-0AH01-0AA0 6ES7 120-0BH01-0AA0
Supplementary terminal for TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC of the SIMATIC SC 1 row Screw-type terminal } Spring-loaded terminals } 2 rows Screw-type terminal } Spring-loaded terminals } Label sheet for electronic submodules of the SIMATIC SC, DIN A4; per sheet: 72 single-width strips and 12 double-width strips with 0, 1 and 2 LED windows as well as 6 sets of different strips for supplementary terminals Terminal element for SIMATIC SC for cable connection to the shield connection element (8 of each); shield diameter 4 to 6 mm Bus connector RS 485 Manual on distributed I/O ET 200L, ET 200L-SC and ET 200L IM-SC German English French Spanish Italian 1) Occupies 1 slot in TB 16SC 2) Occupies 2 slots in TB 16SC
6ES7 120-1AH00-0AA0 6ES7 120-1BH00-0AA0 6ES7 120-2AH00-0AA0 6ES7 120-2BH00-0AA0 6ES7 192-2XX00-0AA0
6ES7 192-0AA00-0AA0
6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0
} } } } }
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Fine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC
Design
Fig. 3/80 Fine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC with SIMATIC Smart Connect
The ET 200L-SC IM-SC fine modular I/O consists of a special terminal block TB 16IMSC to which the IM-SC interface module and up to 8 SC electronic submodules can be connected. If necessary, the I/O can be expanded with an additional TB 16SC terminal module. The IM SC is a PROFIBUS-DP interface module. As for the ET 200L family, the maximum data transfer rate is 1.5 Mbit/s. A special DP connector with screw terminals is used for connection to PROFIBUS-DP. The connector is supplied with the IM-SC. Operation The IM SC provides a facility for the use of fast analog modules. For this purpose, data transfer between the analog SC electronic submodule and the IM SC has been enhanced. The user has a choice of 3 analog modules of the SIMATIC Smart Connect with 2 ms conversion time per channel, which permits applications in the field of flow and pressure measurement.
Terminal block (TB 16IM-SC) The TB 16IM-SC terminal block provides 8 slots for Smart Connect electronic submodules and can be extended by one TB 16SC terminal block. This makes up to 32 channels available for connection to the PROFIBUS-DP. The same auxiliary terminals can be latched onto the TB 16IM-SC as onto the TB 16SC. Actuators and sensors with the three or four-wire connection system can thus be connected. The TB 16IM-SC is supplied with both screw and spring terminals. The IM SC permits the costeffective implementation of mixed module configurations with a small number of channels per station. The whole range of SIMATIC Smart Connect electronic submodules are available.
Note: For information on parameterization, see ET200L-SC
Electronic submodules All Smart Connect modules of the ET 200L-SC can be used. For the IM-SC, the modules described in the following can also be used: 2 AI 4 to 20 mA, 2 ms (4-wire transducer) 2 AI 4 to 20 mA, 2 ms (2-wire transducer) 2 AI 10 V, 2 ms 1 24 V DC counter
Technical specifications Terminal blocks for fine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC
Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight (total) approx. Current carrying capacity max. TB 16IM-SC 160 100 35.3 260 g 28A TB 16SC 115 100 40.5 230 g 8A
3/197
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Technical specifications SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) electronic submodules
Electronic submodules (analog input) 6ES7 123-1FB50-0AB01) Number of inputs Line length shielded Rated supply voltage for the L+ relay Polarity reversal protection Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus Permissible potential difference between inputs and M (UCM) Constant current for resistance type transmitter max. 2 200 m 24 V DC yes yes 2 V DC/2 VPP AC max. 30 mA typ. 0.6 W 6ES7 123-1GB60-0AB01) 2 200 m 24 V DC yes yes 2 V DC/2 VPP AC max. 30 mA 0.6 W 6ES7 123-1GB50-0AB01) 2 200 m 24 V DC yes yes 2 V DC/2 VPP AC max. 30 mA 0.6 W
Current consumption from supply voltage L+ Power losses of the module Noise suppression for common mode noise series-mode interference (peak value of interference < rated value of the input range) Crosstalk between the inputs at 50 Hz/60 Hz Operating error limits (over entire temperature range, referred to rated input range) Basic error limits (operating error limits at 25 C, referred to rated input range) Temperature error (referred to rated input range) Linearity error (referred to rated input range) Repeatability in settled state at 25 C (referred to rated input range) Measuring principle Integration and conversion time/ resolution per channel programmable integration time ms conversion time ms cycle time ms interference voltage suppression for interference frequency f1 Hz resolution (incl. overrange/representation in twos complement) 20 mA 4 to 20 mA S7 representation/S5 representation 10 V 1 to 5 V C/digit 80 mV, Type J/K/R Input ranges (rated values) input resistance Permissible input voltage (destruction limit) Permissible input voltage for voltage input (destruction limit)
>=50 dB >=70 dB
>=50 dB >=70 dB
>=50 dB >=70 dB
>=50 dB 1.0%
>=50 dB 1.0%
>=50 dB 1.0%
0.7%
0.7%
0.7%
0.01%/K 0.05% 0.1%

instantaneous value encryption
0.01%/K 0.05% 0.1%

0.01%/K 0.05% 0.1%

no 1
no 1
no 1 50 60
12 bit incl. sign
12 bit incl. sign 11 bit
12 bits 4 to 20 mA/50 35 mA; 150 mA for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20)
10 VC/100 k
max. 20 V; 75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20)
20 mA/50
4 to 20 mA/50 k 35 mA; 150 mA for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20)
1) Can only be used with ET 200L-SC IM-SC. Naturally, all other SC electronic submodules can be used in conjunction with the ET 200L-SC IM-SC.
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Electronic modules (analog input modules) (continued) Permissible input voltage for resistance thermometers and constant current inputs/outputs (destruction limit) Connection of sensors for voltage measurement as a 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer for impedance measurement with a 4-wire connection Characteristic linearization Temperature compensation Filtering of the measured values Stage none weak average strong Slot requirement Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. 6ES7 123-1FB50-0AB01) 6ES7 123-1GB60-0AB01) 6ES7 123-1GB50-0AB01)
possible yes; parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filtering Time constant 1 cycle time 8 cycle time 64 cycle time 128 cycle time 1 of 8 TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 20 g
1) Can only be used with ET 200L-SC IM-SC. Naturally, all other SC electronic submodules can be used in conjunction with the ET 200L-SC IM-SC.
Technical specifications SIMATIC Smart Connect 1Count40 kHz electronic submodules

Number of counters Line length shielded Rated load voltage L+ Polarity reversal protection Galvanic isolation between the inputs and the SC bus between the inputs Permissible potential difference between various electrical circuits Current consumption from load voltage L+ Power losses of the module Input signal 24 V DC rated value for signal "1" for signal "0" Input current for signal "0" Minimum impulse width/ max. input frequency Input characteristic to Connection of two-wire BEROs Permissible quiescent current max. typ. approx. max. max. 1 100 m Slot requirement yes no no 75 V DC/60 V AC 20 mA 0.5 W 24 V DC 11 to 30 V 3 to +5 V 6 mA Terminal block Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight Parameters Lower counting limit Upper counting limit Operating mode Counting mode Comparison value enable Activate digital output for approx. Status display one green LED each for counting up counting down 1 of 8 TB 16IM-SC 10 64 51 15 g
12.5 s/40 kHz

IEC 1131, Type 1 possible 1.5 mA Logic digital output Digital output Impulse duration Hysteresis
0 to 65535 0 to 65535 endless; one-off; periodical forwards; forwards/backwards block; release block; reference value to overrun; reference value to underrun; reach reference value forwards for impulse duration; reach reference value backwards for impulse duration; reach reference value forwards or backwards for impulse duration; not inverted, inverted no pulse/100 to 3000 ms in 100 ms steps 0 to 255 count pulses
3/199
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Connection diagrams
2 AI I 2 HS AI I 2 HS AI I 2 HS AI U 1 AO U 2 HS AI U
2,1 A 3,4
M+
1;2
M+ T R
1;2
M+ A
1;2
M+ V
2 1
S+ QV+ 1 2 3 4 A L+ B M
M-
3;4
M-
3;4
M-
3;4
M-
QV4 S-
3
Dimension drawings
6ES7 123-1GB00-0AB0
6ES7 123-1GB50-0AB0
6ES7 123-1GB60-0AB0
6ES7 123-1FB50-0AB0
6ES7 124-1FA00-0AB0
6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0
Fig. 3/81 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules
Dimensions in mm Rest DIN rail

s
IM-SC
SF BF ON Busterminator ON OFF
TB16 SC
52,2
SIMATIC ET 200L-SC
47,5
160 69*
100
35,3
Fig. 3/82 TB 16 IM-SC terminal block
G_IK10_deP0088s
G_IK10_deP0087s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200L
Ordering data
IM-SC PROFIBUS-DP connection for TB 16IM-SC incl. screw terminal connector for DP connection and power supply
Order No.
Order No. Terminal block for SIMATIC SC to expand an ET 200L-SC to accommodate up to 8 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules incl. connecting cable to ET 200L-SC or TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC 8 SC slots, screw-type terminal 8 SC slots, spring-loaded terminals
6ES7 138-1XL00-0XB0
Terminal block TB 16IM-SC for ET 200L IM-SC to accommodate IM-SC and 8 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules, expandable with 1 TB 16SC of SIMATIC SC with screw-type terminals } with spring-loaded terminals } SIMATIC SC electronic submodules for terminal block TB 16SC 2DI with 2 inputs (Qty. 8)1) 2DO with 2 outputs. 0.5 A (Qty. 8)1) 2DO with 2 outputs. 2 A (Qty. 2)1) 1DI with 1 input AC 115/230 C1) 1DO with 1 output 115/230 V AC, 1 A1) 1DO with output relay DC/AC 5 A1) 2AI with 2 inputs 10 V, 1 to 5 V1) 1AI with RTD1) 2AI with 2 inputs (4...20 mA, 20 mA)1) 2AI TC1) 1AO with 1 output 10 V2) 1AO with 1 output 4...20 mA2) 2AI 10 V, 2 ms1)3) 2AI 4...20 mA, 2 ms (4-wire transducer)1)3) 2AI 4...20 mA, 2 ms (2-wire transducer)1)3) 1 counter 24 V DC1)3) 2 AI HA with 2 inputs 4 to 20 mA, 20 mA
} }
6ES7 120-0AH01-0AA0 6ES7 120-0BH01-0AA0
6ES7 120-0AH50-0AA0 6ES7 120-0BH50-0AA0
} } } } } } } } } } } } } } } } }
6ES7 121-1BB00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1BB00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1BB10-0AA0 6ES7 121-1FA00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1FA00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1HA01-0AA0 6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB0 6ES7 124-1FA00-0AB0 6ES7 124-1GA00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1FB50-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB60-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB50-0AB0 6ES7 123-1BE00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0
Supplementary terminal for TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC of the SIMATIC SC 1 row screw-type terminal } spring-loaded terminals } 2 rows screw-type terminal } spring-loaded terminals } Label sheet } for electronic submodules of the SIMATIC SC, DIN A4; per sheet: 72 single-width strips and 12 double-width strips with 0, 1 and 2 LED windows as well as 6 sets of different strips for supplementary terminals Terminal element for SIMATIC SC for cable connection to the shield connection element (8 of each); shield diameter 4 to 6 mm RS 485 bus connector Manual Distributed I/O Device ET 200L, ET 200L-SC and ET 200L-SC IM-SC German English French Spanish Italian
6ES7 120-1AH00-0AA0 6ES7 120-1BH00-0AA0 6ES7 120-2AH00-0AA0 6ES7 120-2BH00-0AA0 6ES7 192-2XX00-0AA0
6ES7 192-0AA00-0AA0
6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0
} } } } }
1) Occupies 1 slot in TB 16SC 2) Occupies 2 slots in TB 16SC 3) For ET 200L IM-SC only
3/201
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
General
Application
Fig. 3/83 ET 200M modular I/O station
The ET 200M is a modular I/O station for high-density configurations with degree of protection IP 20. It can be expanded with the signal and function modules of the S7-300 programmable controller.
Thanks to the wide range of modules, the ET 200M is especially suitable for individual and complex automation tasks. The Ex-analog HART input and output modules mean that the ET 200M is ideal for use in process engineering. Also suitable in conjunction with redundant systems (e.g. S7-400H). The ET 200M is a passive node (slave) of the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus. The ET 200M is connected to the PROFIBUS-DP via the IM 153 interface. Fiber-optic connection to PROFIBUS-DP is possible via integrated interfaces on the IM 153-2 FO or via an additional OLM (Optical Link Module) or OBT (Optical Bus Terminal).
The maximum data transfer rate is 12 Mbit/s. The ET 200M can also be configured with active bus modules. This allows changing of S7-300 I/O modules during operation under power. Operation of the remaining module continues.
Design
The ET 200M modular I/O station consists of: IM 153 interface module, up to 8 I/O modules of the S7-300 automation system and one power supply if required. No specific slots are assigned to the I/O modules. Any combination of modules is possible.
Various types of I/O modules can be plugged in depending on the master module and the version of the IM 153-3 chosen. The full address area of the ET 200M can only be used with a suitable master.
IM 153-1 in ET 200M S7 master module Function PROFIBUS-DP standard slave with expanded S7 functionality
IM 153-2/IM 153-2 FO in ET 200M
PROFIBUS-DP standard slave with full S7 functionality for FM/CP Redundancy by 2 x IM 153-2 Time stamp functions and time synchronization (not in the redundant system) Transfer parameterization data to intelligent field devices SM/FM/CP
Usable modules Other master modules Function Usable modules
all S7-300 signal modules
PROFIBUS-DP standard slave all digital and analog S7-300 signal modules
PROFIBUS-DP standard slave all digital and analog S7-300 signal modules
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
ET 200M modular I/O station
Design (continued) Configuration with bus connectors
DIN rail
Module Bus connector
Module rack
DIN rail
(optional) PS
Fig. 3/84 Configuration with bus connector
IM
SM
SM
SM
SM
SM
SM
The SIMATIC S7-300s simple construction using bus connectors makes the ET 200M flexible and service friendly:
Module assembly; Simply hang the modules onto the DIN rail, swing them down and tighten the screws.
Integrated backplane bus; the backplane bus is integrated into the modules. Interfacing with the modules is via bus connectors which are inserted into the rear of the housing.
Configuration with active bus modules
DIN rail for active bus modules
Backplane bus connector
Bus module cover (is supplied with BM PS/IM) Bus unit BM PS/IM Fig. 3/85 Active bus modules Bus unit BM 2x40 Bus unit BM 2x40 Bus unit BM 2x40 Bus unit BM 1x80
The active bus modules permit changing of modules during operation:
Time-saving module replacement; it is not necessary to interrupt operation for changing modules. Operation simply continues with the remaining modules. When the new module is plugged in, it is automatically started up.
With an S7-400 as master, removing/plugging in of a distributed module is treated like removing/plugging in of a centrally configured module. A corresponding interrupt is generated in the CPU. With all other DP standard masters, a signal is transmitted to the master via DP diagnostics. Hot swapping is not supported with a S7-300 as a master.
3/203
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
ET 200 modular I/O station
Design (continued) Configuration with active bus modules There are various bus modules available for configuring the ET 200M. These are mounted on special rails: BM PS/IM bus module for power supply and IM 153 For redundant mode two IM 153-2/FOs can be mounted on the BM IM153/IM153 bus module. BM 2 40 bus module for 2 I/O modules with 40-mm width BM 1 bus module 80 for 1 I/O module with 80 mm width. To obtain the required thread length, an Ex divider panel is available as an accessory that can be inserted between each bus module. Simple assembly; The bus modules are swung onto the DIN rail, butted side to side and secured with lateral plug-in connectors. The modules can then be swung onto the bus modules and screwed into position establishing contact with the bus module connector. Connectors of unused slots must be protected with backplane bus covers and a bus module cover is inserted in the side of the last bus module. The diagnostic data are analyzed as follows: At the source through diagnostic LEDs on the ET 200M Centrally via the CPU in the programmable controller.
Operation
The inputs/outputs of the modular ET 200M station can be accessed from the user program in the automation system in the programmable controller in the same manner as the inputs and outputs of the central controller. Communication via the bus system is handled completely by the master interface module in the central controller and the IM 153 interface module.
Proper operation of the ET 200M is verified by way of diagnostic functions. The ET 200M diagnoses: Module faults Short circuits (outputs) Bus errors, i. e. errored data transfer 24 V DC load voltage supply Plugging and removal of I/O modules
Configuration and parameterizing
Configuration frame
15 bytes + 5 bytes per S7-300 I/O module
Parameter assignment frame

10 bytes + 20 bytes per parameterizable S7-300 I/O module
Fig. 3/86 Calculation of the required frame length for configuring and parameter assignment frame
The DP master must provide the required quantity of configuration and parameterization data. A few masters have a restricted configuration and parameter assignment frame length. Forexample the maximum length of the configuration and parameter assignment frame in the S5-95U/DP is 32 bytes per frame. This means that in this example up to 3 modules, one of which may be parameterizable, can be plugged into the ET 200M. Power supply Single phase 2 A, 5 A and 10 A power supplies are available as special versions for the ET 200M.
When the station is connected to master modules which are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (operation on third-party master modules), a fixed preassigned GSD file can be created with COM PROFIBUS from Version 3.1. This file is then loaded into the configuring tool of the third-party manufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station.
This allows use of COM PROFIBUSs user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadecimal code inputs in the manufacturers configuring tool. To be able to use the entire address area of the IM 153, a suitable master is required.
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
ET 200M modular I/O station
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
40 40 40 40 40 40 120
125
For other dimensions, see SIMATIC S7-300 (Catalog ST 70)
Fig. 3/87 ET 200M
Connection method Screw-type and spring-loaded method, permanent wiring IP 20
Ordering data
I/O modules, DIN rail, Accessories 1) RS 485 bus connector for PROFIBUS Manual for ET 200M Distributed I/O Station with description of the S7-300 signal modules German English French DIN rail for active bus modules for up to 5 active bus modules Length 19 Length 530 mm Active bus modules BM PS/IM for power supply and IM 153, incl. 1 bus module cover BM IM 153/IM 153 bus module for 2= IM 153-2/FO redundant BM 2==40 for 2 modules with 40 mm width BM 1==80 for 1 module with 80 mm width
Order No. see Catalog ST 70 See page 3/30
Degree of protection Ambient temperature on vertical wall (preferred mounting direction) with horizontal installation with other installation Relative humidity
0 C to +60 C 0 C to +40 C 5 to 95% (RH severity level 2 in accordance with IEC 1131-2) 795 to 1080 hPa IEC 68, Parts 26 1057 Hz (const. amplitude 0,075 mm) 57150 Hz (constant acceleration 1 g) IEC 68, Part 227 Half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms
} } }
} } } } } }
6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0 6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0
Shock
6ES7 195-7HD00-0XA0 6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0 6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
} Covers Pack of 4 backplane bus covers and 1 bus module cover

Ex-barrier
6ES7 195-1KA00-0XA0
1) See ET 200M configuration guide for compatible modules.
3/205
G_IK10_deP0089s
3
Price
Accessories (see below) Slot requirement Slot number 1 1 10001) 25 10 25 55 16 29 80 90 70 184 40 100 40 100 40 55 60 60 60 60 55 80 70 70 60 120 80 160 180 100 5 5 1 5 5 5 80 5 Total current from backplane bus max. 1000 mA Total price 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6, 9 5, 6, 9 5, 6, 9 5, 6, 9 5, 6, 9 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 St. mA SmA Single Total
Current consumption from backplane bus
Modules K-bus stations
Designation 6ES7 153-1AA02-0XB0 6ES7 321-1BH01-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH00-0A0 6ES7 321-1EH01-0AA0 6ES7 321-1FF01-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0 6ES7 322-1EH01-0AA 6ES7 322-1BF01-0AA0 6ES7 322-1FF01-0AA0 6ES7 322-1HF01-0AA0 6ES7 322-1HH00-0AA0 6ES7 323-1BH00-0AA0 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 331-7KF01-0AB0 6ES7 331-7KB01-0AB0 6ES7 332 5HD01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0 6ES7 334-0CE00-0AA0 6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0 6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0 6ES7 322-5RD00-0AB0 6ES7 331-7RD00-0AB0 6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0 6ES7 350-1AH01-0AE0 6ES7 352-1AH01-0AE0 6ES7 352-1AH01-0AE0 6ES7 374-2XH01-0AA0 6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0 6ES7 307-1KA00-0AA0
Order No.
153-13)/IM 153-23) interfacemodule
Digital input
16 DC 24 V
16 DC 24 V, m-reading
32 DC 24 V
16 DC 24 V
16 AC 120 V
8 AC 120/230 V
3/206 Siemens IK PI October 2000 Selection aids
Digital output
16 DC 24 V; 0,5 A
32 DC 24 V; 0,5 A
8 DC 24 V; 0,5 A
16 AC 120 V; 0,5 A
8 DC 24 V; 2 A
8 AC 120/230 V; 1 A
8 output relay
16 output relay
SIMATIC ET 200M
Distributed I/Os
Digital input/output
8 DI, 8 DO, DC 24 V; 0,5 A
16 DI, 8 DO, DC 24 V; 0,5 A
Analog input
8 9 to 14 bits + sign
Analog output
4 1 bits + sign
2 1 bits + sign
Analog input/output
4 inputs, 2 outputs
Ex digital input
4 DC 24 V
Ex digital output
4 DC 24 V; 10 mA
4 DC 15 V; 20 mA
Ex analog input
8/4 for thermocouples, Pt100
Ex analog output
4 15 Bit
Function blocks
Counter module FM 350-12)
Positioning module FM 3512)
El. Cam control FM 3522)
Simulator module
Space holder module
Load currnt supply
PS 307; 2 A
PS 307; 5 A
PS 307; 10 A
1) Incoming supply to backplanebus 2) only in S7 masters 3) Other modules on request
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface module IM 153-1/153-2
Overview For connection of ET 200M as slave to PROFIBUS-DP IM 153-2 can also be used in redundant PROFIBUS-DP systems with the S7-400H, software redundancy and the S5-155H With time stamp functionality and time synchronization (not on redundant systems)
Application
An IM 153 -2 interface module is required for connection of the modular ET 200M I/O station to the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus
With the IM 153-2, the ET 200M can also be used in redundant systems in conjunction with the S7-400H, software redundancy or the S5-155H. The interface module and the required I/O modules are mounted on a DIN rail for S7&HyphenNB;300. For this purpose, bus connectors are used to connect the I/O modules to each other and to the IM 153 interface module. For redundant mode two IM 153-2s are mounted on the bus module BM IM 153/ IM 153. Various types of I/O modules can be plugged in depending on the quantity framework of the master module. The full address area of the IM 153 can only be used with a suitable master.
Design
The IM 153-1/IM 153-2 interface module is used as a header module of the ET 200M. Up to 8 I/O modules from the S7-300 programmable controller's module range can be connected to the interface.
Properties of the IM 153-2 (6ES7 153-2AA02-...) RS 485 interface Fiber-optic interface Module replacement during operation SYNC, FREZZE (with S7 masters only) Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (without S7 functionality) Transfer parameterization data from PG/PC (with S7 functionality; only with S7 masters) Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (with S7 functionality) Time-of-day synchronization on PROFIBUS, time stamping of input signals Redundancy Direct data exchange Extended diagnostics Extended ambient conditions (outdoor) yes no yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no
Operation
The IM 153 interface module completely takes over the communication between the modular ET 200M I/O station and the higher-level master connected to the PROFIBUSDP. The inputs and outputs are assigned to the respective master during configuring.
The IM 153-2 interface module enables assembly of redundant PROFIBUS-DP systems. If the active branch fails, the passive IM 153-2 assumes control of the relevant functions bumplessly.
Signals can be monitored for change with a time stamp. Modules approved for time stamping must be used for this purpose (e.g. SM 321-7BH...).
3/207
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface module IM 153-1/153-2
Transmission protocol Data transfer rate max. PROFIBUS-DP in acc. to EN 50 170 12 Mbit/s automatically recognizes the bus system transfer rate Yes, transmitter max. max. 128 bytes for inputs 128 bytes for outputs 8 500 V 9-pin Sub-D female connector max. 90 mA (for PROFIBUS-DP interface) 24 V DC 20.4 to 28.8 V 5 ms 625 mA 5 V DC max. 1 A (for backplane bus) IP 20 0 C to 60 C, outdoor: 25 C to 60 C 40 125 120 approx. 0.35 kg
Ordering data
Order No.
} 6ES7 153-1AA03-0XB0 IM 153-1 interface module Slave interface module for connection of an ET 200M to PROFIBUS-DP
Modules which can be used for extended temperature range
6ES7 153-1AA82-0XB0
Internode communication support Address space Number of modules Interfaces Insulation voltage Connection to PROFIBUS Output current,
IM 153-2 interface module } 6ES7 153-2AA02-0XB0 Slave interface module for connection of an ET 200M to the PROFIBUS-DP; also for use in redundant systems
} 6ES7 195-7HD00-0XA0 Active bus module IM 153/IM 153 for 2 IM 153-2 for assembling redundant systems
IM 153 redundancy bundle consisting of 2 IM 153-2 and one IM 153/IM 153 bus module RS 485 bus connector for PROFIBUS Manual for ET 200M Distributed I/O Station with description of the S7-300 signal modules German English French
6ES7 153-2AR00-0XA0
Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range (including ripple) Backup during power failure Current consumption 24 V DC Output voltage Output current (at 5 V DC) Degree of protection Ambient temperature Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight
See page 3/30
S7-Manual Collection Electronic manuals on CD, multilingual: S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
} } } }
6ES7 153-1AA00-8AA0 6ES7 153-1AA00-8BA0 6ES7 153-1AA00-8CA0 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
} S7-Manual Collection Maintenance service for 1 year Scope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface module IM 153-2 FO
Overview For connecting the ET 200M as a slave to the optical PROFIBUS Optical expansion to IM 153-2 (RS 485) Integral fiber-optic interface for plastic and PCF cables Redundancy capability With time stamping functionality and time synchronization (not on redundant systems)
Application
The IM 153-2 FO is an expansion to the IM 153-2 with RS 485 interface. It is always used when the benefits of fiber optic technology are to be utilized. The IM 153-2 FO has essentially the same technical specifications as the IM 153-2 module. Construction as for S7-300
In place of the RS 485 connection, however, this module has an integrated optical connection consisting of two sender/receiver pairs. This allows an optical line to be set up. With a wavelength of 660 nm the module is suitable for use with plastic fiber optic cables (POF) and PCF fibers. Fiber optic interface for connection to PROFIBUS-DP (2 x Duplex sockets) Can be operated without fans
This results in distances of max. 50 m if POF cables are used and max. 300 m in the case of PCF (each between two stations). This significantly increases the maximum achievable segment length.
Design
Max. 8 S7-300 standard I/O modules can be driven per IM 153-2 FO. There are no slot rules.
Properties of the IM 153-2 FO (6ES7 153-2AB01-...) RS 485 interface Fiber-optic interface Module replacement during operation SYNC, FREZZE (with S7 masters only) Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (without S7 functionality) Transfer parameterization data from PG/PC (with S7 functionality; only with S7 masters) Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (with S7 functionality) Time-of-day synchronization on PROFIBUS, time stamping of input signals Redundancy Direct data exchange Extended diagnostics no yes yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
Configuration Parameterization
STEP 7; The components with integrated optics are configured in the same way as the corresponding components with RS 485 interface. Then the number of components in the network is entered in the field "Number of OLM/OBT".
From STEP 7 V5 with service package 2 and higher, configuration is through the input of the product order (MLFB) number. COM PROFIBUS From Version 5.0 configuration is by entering the MLFB number.
Third-party tools; To connect third-party masters and configure them using third-party tools, the GSD file is used.
3/209
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface module IM 153-2 FO
Data transfer rate Transfer method Internode communication support Interfaces Connection to optical PROFIBUS Supply voltage Permissible range (including ripple) Current input from 24 V DC Output voltage Output current (at 5 V DC) max. 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s (not 3 and 6 Mbit/s) FO; wavelength = 660 nm Yes, transmitter (from 6ES7 153-2AB01-0XB0) 2 x duplex sockets 24 V DC via screw terminals 20.4 to 28.8 V typ. 625 mA 5 V DC 1 A (for backplane bus) 128 bytes 128 bytes STEP 7/COM PROFIBUS/thirdparty tools using GSD file IP 20 0 C to 60 C max. 3000 m above mean sea level 40 x 125 x 120 approx. 350 g
Ordering data
Order No.
6ES7 153-2AB01-0XB0 IM 153-2 FO interface module Slave interface module for connecting an ET 200M to the optical PROFIBUS-DP; also for use on redundant systems PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic connector / polishing kit 100 simplex plugs, 5 polishing kits, for assembling PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic Cables for the optical PROFIBUS; for 25 modules PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic Stripping Tool Set To remove the external or core sleeve of plastic fiber optic cables 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
6GK1 905-6PA10
Address capacity Max. input data Max. output data Configuring software Degree of protection Ambient temperature Operational height Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Weight
6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0 Connection adapters Packet of 50 for using the simplex-plugs in the integrated FO interfaces; for 25 modules S7-Manual Collection Electronic manuals on CD, multilingual: S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC-DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication) 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2 S7-Manual Collection-Maintenance service for 1 year Scope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Ex-analog input module with HART
Overview Enables the utilization of HART (Highway Addressable Remote Transducer) in the ET 200M (with the IM 153-2 interface module) in the SIMATIC S5/S7 and PCS 7 automation systems for using HART devices in the Ex area. Can be connected to all measurement transducers and HART actuators which have been certified for digital communication using the HART protocol. In addition, conventional measurement transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology can also be connected without the HART protocol.
Application
HART is a serial transfer protocol which is used to transfer additional parameter data, such as measurement range, isolation etc. to connected measuring transducers and actuators via a 4 to 20 mA power loop. Use of the HART module allows the use of the HART protocol.
The module can be connected to all measuring transducers and actuators which have been certified for digital communication using the HART protocol. In addition, conventional measuring transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology can also be connected without the HART protocol. All of the modules channels can be operated by several clients simultaneously and independently of one another 2 analog channels per module
Due to KEMA certification of the module, it is suited for the deployment of HART devices in hazardous areas. The module itself and the ET 200M system are located in non-hazardous areas.
Design
Interface compatibility with conventional analog modules Additional communication option via the current loop Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol
Channels are electrically isolated from one another Power signal can be selected for each channel; 0 to 20 mA (without HART function); 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function) Thus a far greater number of options are available than with a hand-held operator panel or a configuring system which must be connected locally. It is also possible to parameterize the HART modules with a handheld unit.
Operation
The module allows the use of the HART protocol. The HART jobs can be initiated remotely via PROFIBUS-DP for each channel. Remote parameterization options for the module: Conversion time Resolution Limit Interrupts
Generally speaking this is handled from a central configuring station (e.g. PDM), which can be connected to PROFIBUS-DP if desired. Remote parameterization of HART transducers and actuators using PDM via PROFIBUS-DP.
Parameterization
3/211
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Ex-analog input module with HART
Dimension drawings
SF F0 H0 1 L+ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
+ -
F1 H1
+ -
2-wire measuring transducer 4-wire measuring transducer
3
Input range (rated value) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation Input resistance Connection type of the sensors Digital representation of input signal Measuring principle Integration time (adjustable for optimum noise suppression) Permissible voltage between inputs Permissible input current (destruction limit) Fault indication Fault message in case of overrange open circuit in signal sensor cable, 4 to 20 mA short-circuit of the sensor line Noise suppression Common mode interference Series-mode interference (peak value of interference < rated value of range) min. min. max. max.
6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0
Fig. 3/88 Front plates of the Ex-analog input modules with HART
Ex analog input modules 6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA 2 yes 50 2-wire, 4-wire 10 to 15 bits + sign SIGMA-DELTA 2.5; 162/3; 20; 100 ms 30 V DC, 60 V AC 40 mA message, red LED message, red LED red LED, message red LED, message 10; 50; 60;400 Hz 130 dB 60 dB Basic error limits at 25 C Operating error limits (0 C to 60 C) Type of protection KEMA No. FM Input circuit maximum values U0 I0 P0 permissible ext. inductance La max. permissible ext. capacitance La max. Ambient air temperature Cable length (shielded) Supply voltage from module (for 2-wire transducer) no-load voltage rated value Current consumption internal (backplane bus) external (SC 24 V) Power loss Weight max. max. typ. approx. max. perm. max.
0.1% 0.45%
[EEx ib] IIC KEMA 97; ATEX3039 in preparation 29.6 V 99 mA 553 mW 3 mH 62 nF 60 C 400 m
29.6 V DC 15 V at 22 mA 100 mA 180 mA 4.5 W 260 g
Ordering data
Order No. Label cover (10 pieces, spare part) for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM Labeling strips (10 pieces, spare part) for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM
Order No.
} 6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0 HART analog input module SM 331 2 inputs, 0/4 20 mA, HART for ET 200M with IM 153-2 interface module
Front connector1) (1 pc.) 20-pin, with screw contacts Cable chamber LK 393 absolutely necessary for use in hazardous areas
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
} }
6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0 6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Reference manual for Ex-I/O station S7-300U, M7-300, ET 200M German } English } French }
1) When using the cable chamber, connectors with spring terminals cannot be used. 6ES7 398-8RA00-8AA0 6ES7 398-8RA00-8BA0 6ES7 398-8RA00-8CA0
G_IK10_deP0064s
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Ex-analog output module with HART
Overview Allows the use of HART (Highway Addressable Remote Transducer) in the ET 200M (with interface module IM 153-2) in the automation systems SIMATIC S5/S7 and PCS 7 for the utilization of HART devices in the Ex-area. All transducers or HART actuators which are certified for digital communication using the HART protocol can be connected. In addition conventional transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology without HART protocol can also be connected
Application
HART is a serial transmission procedure with which parameter data such as measuring ranges, attenuation, etc. can be additionally transmitted to the connected transducer via a 4 to 20 mA current loop. Use of the HART module allows the use of the HART protocol.
All transducers which have been certified for digital communication using the HART protocol can be connected to the module. In addition, conventional measuring transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology without the HART protocol can also be connected. All of the modules channels can be operated by several clients simultaneously and independently of one another 2 analog channels per module
Due to KEMA certification of the module, it is suited for the deployment of HART devices in hazardous areas. The module itself and the ET 200M system are located in non-hazardous areas.
Design
Interface compatibility with conventional analog modules Additional communication option via the current loop Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol
Channels are electrically isolated from one another Power signal can be selected for each channel; 0 to 20 mA (without HART function); 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function) Thus a far greater number of options are available than with a hand-held operator panel or a configuring system which must be connected locally. It is also possible to parameterize the HART modules with a handheld unit.
Operation
The module allows the use of the HART protocol. The HART jobs can be initiated remotely via PROFIBUS-DP for each channel. Remote parameterization options for the module: Conversion time Resolution Limit Interrupts
Generally speaking this is handled from a central configuring station (e.g. PDM), which can be connected to PROFIBUS-DP if desired. Remote parameterization of HART transducers and actuators using PDM via PROFIBUS-DP.
Configuration Parameterization
3/213
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Ex-analog output module with HART
Dimension drawings
SF F0 H0 1 L+ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
F1 H1
3
Output range (nominal value) Number of outputs Galvanic isolation Load resistance (in the rated range of the output) Connection type of the sensors Digital representation of the output signal Fault message in case of Cycle time Short-circuit protection Open circuit voltage Permissible voltage between the outputs outputs against earth current Basic error limits, at 25 C Operating error limits (0 C to 60 C) Cable length (shielded) Fault indication Fault message in case of Wirebreak on the actuator line Overflow Group error display HART communication Type of protection KEMA No. FMs Input circuit maximum values U0 max. I0 P0 permissible ext. inductance L0 max. permissible ext. capacitance C0 max. Ambient air temperature Current consumption internal (backplane bus) external (24 V DC) Power loss Weight max. perm. max. max. typ. approx. max. max.
6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0
Fig. 3/89 Ex-analog input modules with HART
Ordering data
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA 2 yes 650 two-wire connection 12 bits HART analog output module SM 332 HART analog output, 2 outputs, 0/4 20 mA, HART for ET 200M, with IM 153-2 Front connector 20-pin, with screw contacts Cable chamber LK 393 absolutely necessary for use in hazardous areas Reference manual Ex I/O station S7-300, M7-300, ET 200M German English French Label cover (10 pieces, spare part) for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM Labeling strips (10 pieces, spare part) for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM
Order No.
6ES7 332-5TB00-0AA0
} }
6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0 6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0
approx.
0.5 ms yes 19 V
}
6ES7 398-8RA00-8AA0 6ES7 398-8RA00-8BA0 6ES7 398-8RA00-8CA0
max. DC 60 V; 30 V AC max. DC 60 V; 30 V AC 0.15% 0.55% 400 m group signal, additionally per channel yes yes message, red LED active, green LED [EEx ib] IIC 98; ATEX 2359 X in preparation 19 V 66 mA DC 506 mW 7.5 mH 230 nF 60 C 100 mA 150 mA 3.5 W 280 g
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
S7-Manual Collection } Electronic manuals on CD, multilingual: S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
} 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2 S7-Manual Collection Maintenance service for 1 year Scope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates
G_IK10_deP0063s
SF: system fault (red) F0, F1: channel-specific fault indications (red) H0, H1: channel-specific HART-active display (green)
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
SITOP power supplies
Overview The primary clocked SITOP power basic line power supplies have been designed for industrial applications. They are used as load power supplies and for supplying electronic submodules with a narrow input voltage range. The single-phase power supplies with 2 A, 5 A, 10 A are also available as a special version for ET 200M.
For further information about SITOP power supplies see the catalog KT 10.1.
PS 307-1B
PS 307-1E
PS 307-1K
2A Input voltage UE Rated value UEN Range Power failure backup at IAN Frequency Rated value Range Input current IE Rated value IEN (with 120 V/230 V) Inrush current (+25 C) I2t Built-in input fuse Recommended power switch (main supply conductor) Output voltage UA Rated value UAN Static tolerance Residual ripple Switching peaks Setting range Output current IA Rated value IAN Range Efficiency at UEN and IAN Can be connected in parallel Electronic short-circuit protection Protection class (IEC 536) Galvanic isolation (SELV according to EN 60950) Degree of noise suppression (EN 55011) Connections (solid or fine stranded) Connections input Connections output L+ Connections output M Degree of protection (VDE 0407 T1) Ambient air temperature transport/storage temperature Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. 5A 10 A
120/230 V AC (selector switch on the device) 93 to 132 V/187 to 264 V AC > 20 ms (at 93/187 V) 50/60 Hz 47 to 63 Hz 0.88 A/0.5 A < 20 A, < 3 ms < 1.0 A2s slow blow 1.5 A/250 V (inaccessible) 6 A characteristic C or 3 A characteristic D 24 V DC 3% < 150 mVPP < 240 mVPP 2A 0 to 2 A > 83% no yes, automatic restart Class I yes Class A 5A 0 to 5 A > 88% 10 A 0 to 10 A > 87% 1.0 A/2.0 A < 45 A, < 3 ms < 1.2 A2s F 4 A/250 V (inaccessible) 10 A characteristic C or 6 A characteristic D 3.5 A/1.7 A < 55 A, < 3 ms < 8.9 A2s slow blow 5 A/250 V (inaccessible) 16 A characteristic C or 8 A characteristic D
0.5 to 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 IP 20 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +85 C 50 125 135 0.5 kg
0.5 to 2.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
0.5 to 2.5 mm2 4 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 4 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
80 125 135 0.7 kg
200 125 135 1.2 kg
3/215
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200M
Ordering data
Order No. 2A SITOP power supply for ET 200M Type PS 307-1B Type PS 307-1E Type PS 307-1K 5A 10 A
}
6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0 6ES7 307-1KA00-0AA0
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
General
Application
3
Fig. 3/90 Compact I/O device ET 200B
The ET 200B is a small, compact I/O device with small mounting depth and degree of protection IP 20. Numerous analog and digital input/output modules are available. Design The compact ET 200B consists of: a terminal block and an electronic submodule The interface module to PROFIBUS-DP is already integrated in the electronic submodule. Terminal block The terminal block accommodates the electronic submodule. It carries the wiring so that no cables need to be separated when the electronic submodule is replaced. The terminal block can be mounted on flat surfaces or on a standard rail. The unit can be mounted horizontally or vertically.
The ET 200B is used primarily in areas that require few inputs/outputs or where only a shallow mounting depth is available.
The ET 200B is a passive station (slave) on the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus. The maximum data transfer rate is 12 Mbit/s.
The following terminal blocks are available: Terminal blocks for 24 V DC; with screw-type terminals: TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC Terminal blocks for 24 V DC; with spring-type terminals: TB3/DC, TB4/DC TB3-4/DC, TB4-4/DC Terminal blocks for 120/230 V AC; with screw-type terminals: TB6/AC Terminal blocks for analog electronic submodules; with spring-type terminals: TB8 Terminal blocks are available for 3-wire and 4-wire connection. In the case of 3-wire connection, the input/output signals are assigned to one terminal strip. The 24 V supply voltage (24 V DC, ground) is applied to the 2nd and 3rd terminal strips. Terminal blocks with 4-tier terminals also have a channel-by-channel PE connection in the 4th terminal strip.
Electronic submodule The electronic submodules contain the digital and analog input and output channels. The following digital electronic submodules are available for 24 V DC: 16DI; with 16 inputs 32DI; with 32 inputs, input delay 3 ms or 0.2 ms 16DO; with 16 outputs 2 A/0.5 A or 2 A 32DO; with 32 outputs 0.5 A 24DI/8DO; with 24 inputs and 8 outputs 0.5 A, input delay 3 ms or 0.2 ms 16DI/16DO; with 16 inputs and 16 outputs 0.5 A 8RO; 24 V DC to 60 V with 8 relay contacts 8DI/8DO; with 8 inputs and 8 outputs 0.5 A 8DI/8DO; with integrated hardware disable.
3/217
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
General
Design (continued) The following digital electronic submodules are available for 120/230 V AC: 16DI; with 16 inputs 16DO; with 16 outputs 0.5A 16RO; with 16 relay outputs 8DI/8RO; with 8 inputs and 8 relay outputs The following analog electronic submodules are available: 4/8AI; with 4/8 inputs 80 mV; 250 mV; 500 mV; 1000 mV; Pt100, Ni100, thermocouples 4Al; with 4 inputs; 1.25 V; 2.5 V; 10 V; 0 (4) to 20 mA 4AO; with 4 outputs; 10 V; 10 V; 20 mA; 0 (4) to 20 mA Bus errors, i. e. errored data transfer 24 V DC load voltage supply The diagnostic data are analyzed as follows: Remotely via a diagnostic LED on the ET 200B With direct connection of a programming device or PC with parameterization software COM PROFIBUS at ET 200B Remotely with direct connection of ET 200 handheld to ET 200B Centrally via the CPU in the programmable controller using the STEP 5 and STEP 7 application program This file is then loaded into the configuring tool of the third-party manufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station. A compensation box is also required to connect thermocouples to analog electronic submodules. Addressing The address of the compact ET 200B I/O station is set on the terminal block by means of two decimal switches.
Operation
The inputs and outputs of the compact ET 200B I/O block can be accessed from the user program in the programmable controller in the same manner as the inputs and outputs of the centralcontroller. The communication across bus system is handled completely by the master interface module in the central controller and the integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface in the ET 200B. Proper operation of the ET 200B is verified by way of diagnostic functions. The ET 200B diagnoses: Short circuits (outputs) When the device is connected to master assemblies that are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (operation with master assemblies from other manufacturers), a GSD file with fixed assignment can be created with COM PROFIBUS from version 3.1. 5-A and 10-A power supplies in the flat design of the ET 200B are available for the 24-V supply (see page 3/131).
ET 200B with hardware disable With one version of the 8DI/8DO digital input/output module, the outputs can also be disabled directly as a result of the signal level at one input of the module for precise positioning. This allows a fast and repeatable response to time-critical events.
Parameterization
This allows the use if the userfriendly plain-text parameterization feature of COM PROFIBUS; there is no need for hexadecimal code inputs in the third-party configuring tool.
Power supplies
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Electronic submodules
Electronic submodules (digital input modules) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Encoder supply Voltage Current Terminal block Electronic submodules (digital output modules) Number of outputs Galvanic isolation Output voltage UA rated value with signal "0" with signal "1" Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Aggregate current per group Short-circuit protection Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps Terminal block Electronic submodules (mixed modules) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Number of outputs Galvanic isolation max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max. 6ES7 131-0BH00-0XB0 16 No 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 4 mA 2 to 3.5 ms 12 Mbit/s 100 m 18.5 to 30 V 0.5 A TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB3/DC, TB3-4/DC 6ES7 132-0BH01-0XB0 16 No 24 V DC 2 V (idle) UE 3 V 1 mA 2 2 A and 6 0.5 A 4A Electronic 12 Mbit/s 100 m 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 8 Hz TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB3/DC, TB3-4/DC 6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB0 24 No 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 4 mA 3 ms 12 Mbit/s 100 m 8 Yes 6ES7 131-0BL00-0XB0 32 No 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 4 mA 3 ms 12 Mbit/s 100 m 18.5 to 30 V 1A TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC, TB4-4/DC 6ES7 132-0BH11-0XB0 16 Yes 24 V DC 2 V (idle) UE 3 V 1 mA 2 A; in groups of 4 4A Electronic 12 Mbit/s 100 m 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 8 Hz TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC, TB4-4/DC 6ES7 133-0BN11-0XB0 24 No 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 4 mA 0.2 ms 12 Mbit/s 100 m 8 Yes 6ES7 131-0BL10-0XB0 32 No 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 4 mA 0.2 ms 12 Mbit/s 100 m 18.5 to 30 V 1A TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC, TB4-4/DC 6ES7 132-0BL01-0XB0 32 Yes 24 V DC 2 V (idle) UE 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A; in groups of 8 2A Electronic 12 Mbit/s 100 m 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 8 Hz TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC, TB4-4/DC 6ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0 8 No 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 4 mA 2 to 3.5 ms 12 Mbit/s 100 m 8 No 6ES7 131-0HF00-0XB0 16 Yes 120/230 V AC 0 to 40 V +85 to 264 V 3 to 16 mA 0 to 25 ms 12 Mbit/s 600 m TB6/AC 6ES7 132-0HF01-0XB0 16 Yes 120/230 V AC 1.3 mA 0.5 A; in groups of 4 Electronic 12 Mbit/s 600 m 10 Hz 0.5 Hz 1 Hz TB6/AC 6ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0 8 Yes 120/230 V AC 0 to 40 V +13 to 30 V 3 to 16 mA 0 to 25 ms 12 Mbit/s 600 m 8 (relays; 2 high-current and 6 low-current) Yes
max. min. max. min. max.
3/219
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Electronic submodules (mixed modules) (continued) Output voltage UA Rated value with signal "0" with signal "1" Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Aggregate current per group Total switched current Short-circuit protection max. min. max. min. max. max. 6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BN11-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0
24 V DC 2 V (idle) UE 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A; in one group 2A Electronic max. 100 Hz max. 0.5 Hz max. 8 Hz max. 100 m TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB2/DC, TB4-4/DC 6ES7 133-0BL00-0XB0 16 No 24 V DC 30 to +5 V +13 to 30 V 4 mA 3 ms max. max. max. 100 m 12 Mbit/s 100 m 16 Yes 24 V DC max. min. max. max. 1 mA 0.5 A; in groups of 8 per group 8 0.5 A 2A Electronic
24 V DC 2 V (idle) UE 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A; in groups 2A Electronic 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 8 Hz 100 m TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC, TB4-4/DC
24 V DC 2 V (idle) UE 3 V 1 mA 0.5 A; in groups 2A Electronic 100 Hz 0.5 Hz 8 Hz 100 m TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB3/DC, TB3-4/DC
120/230 V AC 24 to 150 V DC 4 A (2 connections) 2 A (6 connections) 2A Electronic 10 Hz 2 Hz 100 m TB6/AC
Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps Permissible cable length Terminal block Electronic submodules (mixed module) Number of inputs Galvanic isolation Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" Input voltage with signal "1" Delay of the inputs Permissible cable length Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Number of outputs Galvanic isolation Output voltage UA Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Aggregate current per group Short-circuit protection Switching frequency with resistive loading with inductive loading with lamps. Permissible cable length Terminal block Electronic submodules (relay modules) Number of outputs Galvanic isolation
max. 100 Hz max. 0.5 Hz max. 8 Hz max. 100 m TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC, TB4-4/DC 6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0 8 (relay) yes; in groups of 1 6ES7 132-0HH01-0XB0 8 (relay; 4 highand 12 low current) yes; in groups of 1
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Electronic submodules (relay modules) (continued) Output voltage UA Rated value Output current with signal "0" with signal "1" Short-circuit protection Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Switching frequency resistive inductive Terminal block Electronic submodules (analog input/output modules) Number of inputs max. max. max. max. 6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0 6ES7 132-0HH01-0XB0
24 V to 60 V DC
120/230 V AC 61 to 150 V DC 4 A (2 connections) 2 A (12 connections) No 12 Mbit/s 100 m 10 Hz 2 Hz TB6/AC 6ES7 134-0HF01-0XB0 4 6ES7 135-0HF01-0XB0
max. min.
2 A at 24 V DC No 12 Mbit/s 100 m 10 Hz 2 Hz TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB3/DC, TB3-4/DC 6ES7 134-0KH01-0XB0 8 (voltage/thermocouples) or 4 (Pt100, Ni100) 80 mV; 250 mV; 500 mV; 1000 mV; Ni100, Pt100, thermocouples type J, K, L, E, N, T, U, R measurement No
Input ranges
1.25 V; 2.5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 20 mA
No 100 k 125 11 bit amt. + sign 12 bit twos compl. successive approximation max. 0.1 ms/channel 12 Mbit/s 100 m 2-wire connection TB8 0 (4) to 20 mA;
Galvanic isolation Input resistance Voltage measurement Current measurement Resolution Measuring and conversion mode Encoding time Overrange Data transfer rate Permissible cable length Number of outputs Output ranges Galvanic isolation Load resistance Resolution Conversion time Overrange Short-circuit protection Type of connection Terminal block max. max. max. min.
10 MW 11 bit amt. + sign 12 bit twos compl. integrating voltage/time conversion 2.5/16.7/20/100 ms parameterizable 17.5% 12 Mbit/s 100 m 2-wire and 4-wire connection TB8
12 Mbit/s 100 m 4 10V; +10V; 20 mA; 0 (4) to 20 mA No 300 11 bits twos complement 1 ms/channel 17.5% Electronic 2-wire and 4-wire connection TB8
3/221
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Terminal block and electronic submodule Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range (including ripple) Connection method TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB3/DC, TB3-4/DC 24 V DC 18.5 to 30 V TB1: screw-type terminals TB3: spring-loaded terminals Yes TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB3/DC, TB3-4/DC 24 V DC 18.5 to 30 V TB2: screw-type terminals TB4: spring-loaded terminals Yes TB6/AC TB8
120/230 V AC 85 to 264 V Screw-type-terminals
24 V DC 18.5 to 30 V Spring-loaded terminals
Isolation between electronic submodule and PROFIBUS-DP Current consumption 24 V DC internal (logic) Ambient temperature approx.
Yes
Yes
100 to 170 mA 0 to 60 C IP 20 160 130 59
100 to 200 mA 0 to 60 C IP 20 235 130 59 0.8 kg
60 to 210 mA 0 to 60 C IP 20 235 130 59 0.8 kg
70 to 100 mA 0 to 60 C IP 20 160 130 59 0.6 kg
Degree of protection Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight (total) approx.
0.6 kg
Technical specifications General

Data transfer rate Plug-in electronic modules max. 12 Mbit/s Digital inputs Digital outputs Digital inputs/outputs Analog inputs Analog outputs Screw-type and spring-loaded method, permanent wiring; 3 and 4 wire technology Yes, between PROFIBUS-DP and internal electronics 24 V DC 120/230 V AC IP 20 Shock Ambient temperature on vertical wall (preferred installation position) with horizontal installation with other installation Relative humidity
0 C to +60 C 0 C to +40 C 15 to 95% (RH severity level 2 according to IEC 1131-2) 795 to 1080 hPa
Connection method
Galvanic isolation Supply voltage Degree of protection
IEC 68, Parts 26 1057 Hz (const. amplitude 0.075 mm) 57150 Hz (const. acceleration 1g) IEC 68, Part 227 Half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms
Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
160 (TB1, TB1-4, TB3, TB8) 235 (TB2, TB2-4, TB4, TB6)
Run BF
51,5
1 0
1 1
0 0 RUN STOP
G_IK10_deP0090s
130
11,2
Fig. 3/91 ET 200B
67,4
ET 200B
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Connection diagrams
I 0 : DC24V
I 1 : DC24V
.0
1 1 17
.1
2 18
.2
3 19
.3
4 20
.4
5 21
.5
6 22
.6
7 23
.7
8 24
.0
9 25
.1
10 26
.2
11 27
.3
12 28
.4
13 29
.5
14 30
.6
15 31
.7
16 M3 32 33-45 L3+ X2 34 131-0BH00-0XB0
6ES7 131-0BH00-0XB0
I 0 : DC24V I 1 : DC24V I 2 : DC24V I 3 : DC24V
.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 M3 08-09 L3+ X2 34 131-0BL00-0XB0 und 131-0BL10-0XB0
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
6ES7 131-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 131-0BL10-0XB0
I1 : AC120/230V
.0 .1 .2 .3
1 6 2 3 4 1N 65-71 2N 74-80
I1 : AC120/230V
.4 .5 .6 .7
13 14 15 16
.0 .1 .2 .3
17 18 19 20 3N 81-87 4N 90-96
.4 .5 .6 .7
L1 29 30 31 32 N X2 34 131-0HF00-0XB0
33 34 35 36
1L1
37-39
2L1
42-44
45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52
3L1
53-55
4L1
59-60
61 62 63 64
6ES7 131-0HF00-0XB0
O0 : DC24V 0,5 / 2A O1 : DC24V 0,5 / 2A
.0
L1+ 1 M1 1 33
.1
2 34
.2 .3
3 35 4 36
.4
5 37
.5
6 38
.6
7 39
.7
8 40
.0
9 41
.1
10 42
.2
11 43
.3
12 44
.4
13 45
.5
14 46
.6 .7
15 47 16 48 L2+ M2 L3+ M3 X2 34 132-0BH01-0XB0
6ES7 132-0BH01-0XB0
O0 : DC24V 2A
O1 : DC24V 2A
.0 .1 .2 .3
1 1 65 3 67 5 68 7 71 L1+ 33-40 M1
.4 .5 .6 .7
8 73 11 75 13 77 16 79 L2+ 41-48 M2
.0 .1 .2 .3
17 81 18 83 21 85 23 L3+ 87 48-58 M3
.4 .5 .6 .7
25 89 27 91 28 93 31 L4+ 95 57-64 M4 X2 34 132-0BH11-0XB0
6ES7 132-0BH11-0XB0
O0 : DC24V.5A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
L1+ 33-40
O1 : DC24V.5A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
41-48 L2+
O2 : DC24V.5A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
L3+ 45-56
O3 : DC24V.5A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
L4+ 57-64 M4
1 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
89 90 91 92 93 94
95 96
M1
M2
M3
X2 34 132-0BL01-0XB0
6ES7 132-0BL01-0XB0
O0 : AC120/230V 0.5A .0 .1 .2 .3
1 1 2 3 4 1L1 1N 37-39 69-71 2L1 2N 42-48 74-76
O1 : AC120/230V 0.5A
.4 .5 .6 .7
13 14 15 16 77 78 79 80
.0 .1 .2 .3
17 18 19 20 3L1 3N 49-55 85-87 4L1 4N 50-64 90-92
.4 .5 .6 .7
29 30 31 32 93 94 95 96 L1 N
65 66 67 68
81 82 83 84
132-0HF00-0XB0
6ES7 132-0HF00-0XB0
Fig. 3/92 Digital electronic submodules ET 200B
3/223
G_IK10_deP0091s
X2 34
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Q0 : DC24V.5A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
1 L1+ 1 33-40 M1 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I 0 : DC24V .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
I 1 : DC24V .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
I 2 : DC24V .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 M5 73-95 L5+ X2 34
133-0BN01-0XB0 und 133-0BN11-0XB0
6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB0 and 6ES7 133-0BN11-0XB0

Q : DC24V 0,5/2A I : DC24V
.0 .1
L1+ 1 M1 1 33 2 34
.2 .3 .4
3 35 4 36 5 37
.5 .6 .7
6 38 7 39 8 40 9 25
.0 .1
10 26
.2
11 27
.3
12 28
.4
13 29
.5
14 30
.6 .7
15 31 16 32 M3 L3+ X2 34
133-0BH01-0XB0 und 133-0BH10-0XB0
6ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0 and 6ES7 133-0BH10-0XB0
I 0 : AC120/230V
.0 .1 .2 .3
1 6 2 3 4 1N 65-71 2N 74-80
AC 120/230V Q0 : RELAY DC 24...150V .4 .5 .6 .7

13 14 15 45 46 47 16 48 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 49-55 32 56-64
.0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
L1
33 34 35 36
1L1
37-39 2L1
42-44
X2 34 133-0HH00-0XB0
6ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0
Q0 : RELAY DC 24V...60V 2...1A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

L3+ 1 M3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
X2 34 132-0GF00-0XB0
6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0
AC 120/230V Q0 : RELAY DC 24...150V .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0
AC 120/230V Q1 : RELAY DC 24...150V .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

L1
1 33-39
10 11 12 13 14 15
16 42-48
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 49-55
32 56-64
X2 34 132-0HH00-0XB0
6ES7 132-0HH01-0XB0
Q0 : DC24V.5A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 33-40 8 L1+ M1
Q0 : DC24V.5A .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
9 41-48 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 L2+ M2
I 0 : DC24V .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
I 1 : DC24V .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 M5 L5+
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
133-0BL00-0XB0
6ES7 133-0BL00-0XB0 Fig. 3/93 Digital electronic submodules ET 200B
G_IK10_deP0092s
F1
X2 34
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
A
K+
3
B M A
X.3 X.1
A
X.2 X.4
D M A
X.3 X.1
B
X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1 V
A
X.2 X.4 V
B M A
L3+ M3
K-
X2 34
134-0KH01-0XB0
6ES7 134-0KH01-0XB0
A
X.3 X.1
3
D
X.2 X.4
B
X.3 X.1 mA X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1
C
X.2 X.4 mA
L+ M X2 34 134-0HF01-0XB0
6ES7 134-0HF01-0XB0
3
G_IK10_deP0093s
A
X.3 X.1
3
B
X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4
L+ M
X2 34 135-0HF01-0XB0
6ES7 135-0HF01-0XB0
Fig. 3/94 Analog electronic submodules ET 200B
Ordering data
Terminal block TB1/DC with 3-tier screw-type terminals1) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 160 mm (e.g. 16DI) TB1-4/DC with 4-tier screw-type terminals 2) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 160 mm (e.g. 16DI) TB2/DC with 3-tier screw-type terminals1) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI) TB2-4/DC with 4-tier screw-type terminals 2) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI) TB3/DC with 3-tier spring loaded terminals1) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 160 mm (e.g. 16DI)
Order No. Terminal block TB3-4/DC with 4-tier spring loaded terminals 2) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 160 mm (e.g. 16DI) TB4/DC with 3-tier spring loaded terminals1) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI) TB4-4/DC with 4-tier spring loaded terminals 2) for digital DC 24-Velectronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI) TB4-M/DC with 3-wire spring loaded terminal for digital electronic submodules with additional ground terminals with a width of 235 mm TB6/AC with 3-tier screw-type terminals for digital 120/230 V AC electronic blocks with a width of 235 mm TB8 with spring-loaded terminals for electronic submodules with analog inputs/outputs (analog terminal block)
Order No.
6ES7 193-0CA10-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CA40-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CA20-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CB30-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CB10-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CB40-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CB20-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CE30-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CA30-0XA0
6ES7 193-0CC10-0XA0
1) Input/output signals; 24 V DC, ground 2) Input/output signals; 24 V DC, ground; PE
6ES7 193-0CD40-0XA0
3/225
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Ordering data
PROFIBUS bus connector Max data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s in IP 20 degree of protection; vertical outgoing cable without PG socket with PG socket Mini fuse for terminal blocks (10 of each) TR5-T; 1.6 A/125 V for TB1/DC, TBl-4/DC, TB3/DC,TB8 TR5-T; 2.5 A/250 V for TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC TR5-T; 1.0 A/250 V for TB6/AC Shield connection Auxiliary part for terminal block TB8; allows large-area shield connection with analog signals Order No. Electronic submodule with digital inputs/outputs for 120/230 V AC, width 235 mm 16DI; with 16 inputs 16DO; with 16 outputs 16RO; with 16 relay outputs 8DI/8RO; with 8 inputs and 8 relay outputs Order No.
} }
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
} } } }
6ES7 131-0HF00-0XB0 6ES7 132-0HF00-0XB0 6ES7 132-0HH01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0
} } } }
6ES7 193-0DA00-0XA0 6ES7 193-0DB00-0XA0 6ES7 193-0DC00-0XA0 6ES7 193-0CD40-7XA0
Terminal elements for cable connection to the shield connection element (2 of each); Shield diameter: 2 2 to 6 mm } 1 3 to 8 mm } 1 4 to 13 mm } Electronic submodule with digital inputs/outputs for DC 24-V 16DI; 16 inputs, width 160 mm } 32DI; 32 inputs, width 235 mm Input delay 3 ms } Input delay 0.2 ms } 32DO; 32 outputs, } width 235 mm 16DO; with 16 outputs Output current 0.5 A/2 A, } width 160 mm Output current 2 A, } width 235 mm 24DI/8DO; with 24 outputs and 8 outputs, width 235 mm Input delay 3 ms } Input delay 0.2 ms } 8DI/8DO; with 8 inputs and } 8 outputs, width 160 mm 8DI/8DO; with 8 inputs and } 8 outputs as well as integrated hardware output switch-off, width 160 mm } 16DI/16DO; with16 inputs and 16 outputs, width 235 mm 8RO; with 8 relay outputs } DC 24 to 60 V, width 160 mm
Electronic submodule with analog inputs/outputs, width 160 mm 4/8AI; with 4/8 inputs } 80 mV; 250 mV; 500 mV; 1000 mV Pt100, Ni100, thermocouples Type J, K, L, E, N, T, V } 4AI; with 4 inputs 1.25 V; 2.5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 0 (4) to 20 mA } 4AO; with 4 outputs 10 V; +10 V; 20 mA; 0 (4) to 20 mA Labeling strips (DIN A4) for electronic submodules 8DI/8DO, 16DI and 16DO (10 pieces) for electronic submodules 32DI, 24DI/8DO, 32DO and 16DI/16DO (7 pieces) for electronic submodules 8RO (10 pieces) for electronic submodules 16DO/2A (7 pieces) for electronic submodules 120/230 V AC (7 pieces) (7 pieces) for analog electronic submodules (10 pieces) Manual for the ET 200B distributed I/O station German English French Power supply 24 V SITOP power, flat design 120/230 V AC, width 160 mm, 24 V, 5 A 120/230 V AC, width 220 mm, 24 V, 10 A
6ES7 134-0KH01-0XB0
6ES7 134-0HF01-0XB0
6ES7 135-0HF01-0XB0
6ES7 390-5AB00-0AA0 6ES7 390-5BA00-0AA0 6ES7 390-5CA00-0AA0
} } } } } }
6ES7 193-0BB00-0XA0 6ES7 193-0BD00-0XB0
6ES7 193-0BA00-0XB0 6ES7 193-0BC00-0XB0 6ES7 193-0BF00-0XB0
6ES7 131-0BH00-0XB0 6ES7 131-0BL00-0XB0 6ES7 131-0BL10-0XB0 6ES7 132-0BL01-0XB0
6ES7 193-0BE00-0XA0
6ES7 132-0BH01-0XB0 6ES7 132-0BH11-0XB1
} } }
6ES5 998-4ET11 6ES5 998-4ET21 6ES5 998-4ET31
6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BN11-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BH10-0XB0
} }
6EP1 333-1AL11 6EP1 334-1AL11
6ES7 133-0BL00-0XB0 6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Overview The flat metal housing in special design 24V/5A and 10 A for industrial applications allows installation everywhere where only shallow installation depths are available (e.g. utilization with distributed I/O station SIMATIC ET 200B).
For further information about SITOP power supplies see the catalog KT 10.1. 5A
10 A
5A Input voltage UE Rated value UEN Range Power failure backup at IAN Frequency Rated value Range Input current IE Rated value IEN (with 120 V/230 V) Inrush current (+25 C) I2t Built-in input fuse Recommended power switch (main supply conductor) Output voltage UA Rated value UAN Static tolerance Residual ripple Switching peaks Setting range Output current IA Rated value IAN Range Efficiency at UEN and IAN Can be connected in parallel Electronic short-circuit protection Protection class (IEC 536) Galvanic isolation (SELV according to EN 60950) Degree of noise suppression (EN 55011) Connections (solid or fine stranded) Connections input Connections output L+ Connections output M Degree of protection (VDE 0407 T1) Ambient air temperature transport/storage temperature Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight, approximately 120/230 V AC (selector switch on the device) 93 to 132 V/187 to 264 V AC > 20 ms (at 93/187 V) 50/60 Hz 47 to 63 Hz 2.0 A/1.0 A < 51 A, < 3 ms < 4.7 A2s F 4 A/250 V (inaccessible) 10 A characteristic C or 6 A characteristic D 3.5 A/1.7 A < 55 A, < 3 ms < 8.9 A2s T 5 A/250 V (inaccessible) 16 A characteristic C or 8 A characteristic D 10 A
24 V DC 3% < 150 mVpp < 240 mVpp 5A 0 to 5 A approx. 87% no yes, automatic restart Class I yes Class A 10 A 0 to 10 A
0.5 to 2.5 mm2 3 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 3 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 IP 20 0 C to +60 C 25 C to +85 C 160 130 60 0.7 kg 220 130 60 1.2 kg
3/227
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC ET 200B
Ordering data
Order No. 5A SITOP power supply for ET 200B 10 A 6EP1 334-1AL11
6EP1 333-1AL11
Distributed I/Os
SIMATIC Machine Vision
SIMATIC VS 710 vision sensor
Overview SIMATIC VS 710 vision sensor: The compact standalone image processing system for automatic inspection, production monitoring and component recognition The following can be used, e.g. in automatic assembly machines, filling plants, packaging machines, conveyors and hoists With PROFIBUS-DP for easy integration into automation systems Compact design for operation even in a cramped environment. Simple operation and configuration using the ProVision programming environment
Application
The SIMATIC VS 710 vision sensor is a complete image processing system for automatic inspection, production monitoring and parts identification in manufacturing. Its compact design, networking capability via PROFIBUSDP, performance and economy make the VS 710 suitable for areas previously reserved for other technologies for reasons of cost.
Examples of applications are: Assembly technology for vehicle component suppliers and electrotechnics; position recognition for component inlet, completeness check (presence, position, dimensions, shape, contours, surface) Bottle filling in drinks, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals industry; label checking, lid checking, recognition of fill level, sorting bottles, inspection of empties. Fast CPU for image evaluation; with memory for resident storing of several test programs (4 50, depending on size) External interfaces; DI/DO, SVGA e.g. for external monitor, RS 232, PROFIBUS-DP (Slave)
Packaging machines for cardboard boxes and blister packs; checking shape (contours), checking seals and completeness Conveying and lifting technology; identification and position recognition for containers, identification of components, automatic position control for cranes, etc.
Design
The SIMATIC VS 710 combines all components of the image processing system in one housing. A digital camera for grayscale evaluation; with high-resolution sensor technology, quadratic pixels, stable digitalization, image refresh rate of about 50 half frames/s or 25 full frames/s, integral flash control, full frame shutter. Direct evaluation of the images by the fast CPU according to the memoryresident inspection program. Communication via integrated interfaces; e.g. resolution of the evaluation and feedback of the measured results
Only the following are additionally required: 24 V DC power supply. Lens Lighting.
Operation
Alternating buffer mode (storage of a new image before completion of processing of the current image); for inspecting all parts even at high clock rates or with irregular parts presentation
Bootable; when the external supply voltage is applied, image processing can be immediately activated because the inspection program is resident.
3/229
Distributed I/Os
Camera functions Restart/reset Shutter times can be varied online via integral interfaces Precisely focused images, even with fast-moving parts Half frame/full frame Very rapid image sequences even in the restart mode without delay between trigger signal and shooting the picture SIMATIC VS 710 is an open image evaluation system and is therefore suitable for running arbitrary image processing applications. Different software packages are available for programming the various tasks: ProVision; for generating image evaluation programs for a large number of the tasks to be solved ProVision C; for maintenance of existing test programs Development Kit; driver with examples for linking image evaluation programs generated under C/C++ Software package OCR/OCV; for using the VS710 for character reading and verification Sampling is pixel-identical whilst D/A and A/D conversion is free from interference Interrupt-driven shooting of pictures Output of live or stored images via SVGA monitor, can also be overlaid with graphics 2D Data Matrix Code ECC 200 detection for dark and bright codes up to 10 codes bright/dark codes with up to 30% damage OCR/OCV character recognition and verification up to 30 characters/s 2 character strings with up to 20 characters/string Patterns, calibration data and other variables can be taught (also remotely). Values can be imported via the RS 232 interface or PROFIBUS-DP. Positions, references and edges are automatically determined or defined. In addition, ProVision has a function for decoding Data Matrix Code ECC200 with dark or bright dots in ProVision. The data or decisions obtained using the test programs can be made available to the process by VS 710 either via PROFIBUS-DP, RS 232 or the digital I/O.
Programming
ProVision Using the ProVision configuring environment, test programs are generated, tested and loaded onto VS 710 on a programming device or PC under Windows 95, 98 or NT in offline mode. Here, several such test programs can be stored and called selectively via the interfaces. Parameters can be optimized and patterns learned in online mode. Several VS 710s can be configured from one PG/PC via PROFIBUS-DP. ProVision provides a large number of off-the-shelf test and recognition functions for attendance recording position control Measuring of dimensions, distances and angles which can be incorporated in the test programs. The inspection regions in the display can be preset graphically: Windows Lines Circles Rings
Distributed I/Os
Programming (continued) ProVision C ProVision C enables maintenance of existing test programs on VS 710. Parameters can thus be modified, but no new test programs generated. Development Kit An image evaluation program generated under C, C++ can be stored and run on SIMATIC VS 710 OEM. A Development Kit provides the developer of such programs with the necessary drivers supported by examples. Software for character reading and verification (OCR/OCV) For character reading and verification (OCR/OCV) a special software package can be installed on SIMATIC VS 710 OEM with which up to 30 characters can be read per second. The characters can be written in dark or bright mode in two lines each consisting of maximum 20 digits or special characters. Teach-in of the digits 0 to 9 and three special characters together with definition of the characters to be read takes place interactively with the help of a SVGA monitor and PC or OCR/OCV operator terminal. Access is protected via pin.
Fig. 3/95 ProVision 20
3/231
Distributed I/Os
Camera Image acquisition CCD chip, high resolution, 768 580 quadratic pixels; full frame shutter with 1/50 to 1/10,000 s shutter speed, half frame and full frame image mode C-mount standard Progressive scan, integral flash control 80486 (AMD), 100 MHz, with direct image memory access (VL bus, 33 MHz) 16 MByte DRAM module 16 MByte IDE-Flashdisk 256 KByte Flash-EPROM as BIOS memory 2 Mbytes 380 280 to 768 512, freely parameterizable MS-DOS with 32-bit DOS extender 1 RS 232 (9-pin Sub-D, male) 1 PROFIBUS-DP (9-pin Sub-D, female) 2; 1 with interrupt logic (12 pin round connector for input/output) 4; 0.5 A 1 with flash control (12-pin round connector for input/output) 1 SVGA (15-pin Sub-D, female, 3-row) 24 V DC 20 to 30 V DC 450 mA IP 40 according to DIN 40 050 7 g (11 to 200 Hz) 70 g 0 C to +50 C 65 80 150
Ordering data
Vision sensor SIMATIC VS 710 Image processing system with PROFIBUS interface; configurable with ProVision ProVision programming environment For programming the VS 710; runs on PG/PC under Windows 95/98/NT
Order No.
6GF1 710-3AA
6GF8 007-1AA02
Lens connection Auxiliary features CPU Image processor
Program memory
Vision sensor SIMATIC VS 710 OEM } 6GF1 710-2AA OEM version with MS-DOS operating system, not configurable with ProVision; with PROFIBUS interface OEM Development Kit for VS 710 Driver for hardware functions and interfaces, with programming examples
6GF8 007-0AA01
Image memory Format Operating system Interfaces Integral interfaces
} SIMATIC VS 710 Software package OCR/OCV Digit recognition for reading or verifying 14 teachable patterns of bright or dark font; arranged in a maximum two lines, diskette and hardware dongle, Documentation German/English } SIMATIC VS 710, operator panel For digit recognition OCR/OCV, in desktop housing with key block, RS 232 connecting cable, length 3 m; dimensions approx. 220 116 70 mm
Power cable 1 end open, 10 m Digital input / output cable 1 end open, 10 m Connecting cable for HMI adapter and PC/TS adapter 5m
6GF8 007-2AA01
Digital inputs for 24 V DC Digital outputs for 24 V DC
6GF9 002-1CD
Monitor connection Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range Current consumption Degree of protection Mechanical strength Vibration Shock Operating temperature Dimensions (W H D) in mm
} } }
6GF9 002-1CA 6GF9 002-1CB 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
Distributed I/Os
Lens system
Overview Lens for VS 710 For various image fields and working distances Can be screwed on directly using C-Mount or CS-Mount
Application
To obtain a suitable image of a scene on the camera chip, it is necessary to select the appropriate lens system. In general, lens systems with C-Mount or CS-Mount can be screwed on mechanically.
With regard to optical characteristics, apart from focal distance and lighting strength, additional indicators such as chip size, possible working distances and image field size must be taken into account.
In order to simplify lens system selection for the SIMATIC VS 710, the lens type with respect to image field size and working distance can be read from the following tables.
Lens system image field/working distance in mm for Visionsensor VS 710 Working distance in image field 75 50 mm 125 185 245 640 290 645 270 435 1000 Working distance in image field 100 75 mm 200 280 370 600 850 180 375 595 1300 Working distance in image field 150 100 mm 180 275 395 510 900 Working distance in image field 200 135 mm 250 385 540 700 1200 240 510 880 2000 Working distance in image field 300 200 mm 380 570 800 1100 1800 360 750 1200 2600 Working distance in image field 400 260 mm 770 1100 1400 2400 1100 1800 4000 Lens type Working distance in image field 600 400 mm 1200 1600 2200 3600 1500 2400 5200 Cinegon 1.4/8 mm Cinegon 1.4/12mm Xenoplan 1.4/17mm Xenoplan 1.4/23mm Xenoplan 1.4/35mm Componon 2.8/50mm Mini- 1.3/8 mm Mini- 1.6/16 mm Mini- 1.6/25 mm Compact 2.8/50mm Order code
6GF9001-1AE 6GF9001-1AJ 6GF9001-1AK 6GF9001-1AL 6GF9001-1AF 6GF9001-1AN 6GF9001-1BE 6GF9001-1BF 6GF9001-1BG 6GF9001-1AH
Ordering data
Lens system CINEGON 1.4/8 mm Cinegon 1.4/12mm Xenoplan 1.4/17mm Xenoplan 1.4/23mm XENOPLAN 1.9/35 mm Componon 2.8/50mm Compact lens 2.8/50 mm Mini lens, 8 mm, 1:1,3 Mini lens, 16 mm, 1:1,6 Mini lens, 25 mm, 1:1.6
Order No.
6GF9 001-1AE 6GF9 001-1AJ 6GF9 001-1AK 6GF9 001-1AL 6GF9 001-1AF 6GF9 001-1AN 6GF9 001-1AH 6GF9 001-1BE 6GF9 001-1BF 6GF9 001-1BG
3/233
Distributed I/Os
Lighting apparatus
Overview Systems for the constant and homogenous lighting of an image field For achieving reproducible image analysis results The following can be used: e.g.: florescent lamps, LEDs, halogen radiators, fiber-optic lighting systems Florescent lamps Filament lamps Fiber-optic cables LED lights
Application
To obtain reproducible image analysis results, a constant and homogenous lighting of the image field must be guaranteed.
To achieve this, a system-specific lighting system must be installed and light from external sources must be screened off as far as possible. In general, all types of lighting may be used:
Florescent lamps Florescent lamps are particularly suited to the lighting of large areas. High frequency ignition at 30 kHz prevents flickering and variations and also increases life span. With the aid of diffuser plates a virtually uniform illumination is achieved.
The following modules can be used:

OSRAM lamps available from i-center Elektrogrohandel GmbH & Co Order No. SILUZET lamps, IP 50 with plain white diffuser and EVG LUMILUX BRIK EL IP 54 external lamps 13 W DULUX BRIK EL IP 54 external lamps 11 W 5LJ2247-. . . 5PG5345-2G OSR 74125
For smaller subjects:

Specially shaped lamps Order No. HF ring lamp with white illuminant Inspection lamp for image fields up to approx. 100 70 mm 6GF9004-1AU 6GF9004-1AX
Filament lamps Filament lamps are particularly suited to the intensive lighting of small areas. They produce a directional light, whose focus can be amplified even further through the use of reflectors and lens systems. However, the casting of shadows by prominent elements and total reflection on smooth surfaces must be taken account of.

Filament lamps Order No. 20 W Halogen spotlight, rotatable and inclinable, with mounting foot 100 W projection lamp for working distances of between 500 and 1000 mm 6GF9004-1AM 6GF9004-1AP
Distributed I/Os
Lighting apparatus
Application (continued) Fiber-optic cables Fiber optic cables allow the even illumination usually of small areas with high intensity and varied alignments. Coldlight sources are used, the halogen light from which is carried and dispersed through fiber optic bundles. With very short camera lighting times, high light intensity is required to achieve full saturation. In such cases flash illumination using an industrial roboscope as a light source is a good solution. The time at which the flash occurs is triggered and synchronized by the image analysis system, and flash intensity can be adjusted using a potentiometer. Actual illumination takes place again via light guides. LED lighting systems LED lighting systems have very limited light intensity and, fitted with reflectors, are used for directional lighting or as illumination fields in transparent lighting. The emitted light spectrums maximum lies in the red or near-infra-red region. LED lighting systems exist in various forms.

Fiber optics Order No. Full ring light for illuminating a circular area with incident light Swan-neck for punctiform incident light illumination Sectional converter for linear incident light illumination Light plate for transparent lighting Cold light sources 150 W cold light source, DC regulated Industrial roboscope Industrial roboscope for max. 60 flashes/s 6GF9004-1AR 6GF9004-1AS 6GF9004-1AE 6GF9004-1AF 6GF9004-1AG 6GF9004-1AQ

LED lights Order No. Illumination field 24 x 38 mm, red 660 nm Illumination field 46 x 56 mm, red 660 nm Flash module for illumination fields 6GF9004-1AJ 6GF9004-1AN 6GF9004-1AT
3/235
Distributed I/Os
Lighting apparatus
Ordering data
OSRAM lamps available from i-center Elektrogrohandel GmbH & Co SILUZET lamps IP 50, with plain white diffuser LUMILUX BRIK EL IP 54, external lamp 13 W DULUX BRIK EL IP 54 external lamp 11 W Specially shaped lamps HF ring lamp with white illuminant Inspection lamp for image field up to approx. 100 70 mm 6GF9 004-1AU 6GF9 004-1AX 5LJ2 247... 5PG5 345-2G OSR 74125
Order No. Fiber optics Full circular lamp for illuminating a circular area with incident light Swan neck for punctiform incident light illumination Sectional converter for linear incident light illumination Light plate for transparent lighting Cold light source 150 W, DC regulated Industrial roboscope for max. 60 flashes/s 6GF9 004-1AM LED lights Illumination field 24 x 38 mm, red 660 nm 6GF9 004-1AP Illumination field 46 x 56 mm red 660 nm Flash module for illumination fields
Order No.
6GF9 004-1AE
6GF9 004-1AF 6GF9 004-1AG 6GF9 004-1AQ 6GF9 004-1AS 6GF9 004-1AR
Filament lamps Halogen spotlight 20 W twistable and inclinable with mounting foot Projection lamp 100 W for working distances between 500 and 1000 mm
6GF9 004-1AJ 6GF9 004-1AN 6GF9 004-1AT
Connection possibilities for

SIMATIC S5/S7
Overview
Overview
S5-135U/S5-155U S-115U S7-300
S7-400
CP 443-5 Basic/CP 443-5 Extended CP 5431 FMS/DP CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO CP 343-5 IM 308 C IM 467/IM 467 FO
For the protocols } DP } PG/OP communication } S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) } FMS
For the protocols DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) } FMS
} } } }
Multiprotocol: all protocols of a CP can be used simultaneously Several CPs can be used in one S5
Multiprotocol: all protocols of a CP can be used simultaneously Several CPs can be used in one S7-300
For the protocols DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) } FMS } Time-of-day synchronization Multiprotocol: all protocols of a CP can be used simultaneously Several CPs can be used in one S7-400
} } } }
Fig. 3/96
System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7
3/237

SIMATIC S5
CP 5431 FMS/DP communication processor
Overview
DP-M DP-S PG/OP S7 C
Enables the SIMATIC S5115U to -155U to be connected to PROFIBUS Combimaster according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 for DP interface PG/OP communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) FMS interface
Interface for simple and optimized homogeneous communication (e.g. PLC/PLC, global I/O) Remote programming via network possible.
S5 C
FMS
Application
With this interface module, the programmable controller acts as master. The maximum data transfer rate is 1.5 Mbit/s.
Remote programming and remote configuration via the network is possible. Two application interfaces can be operated simultaneously. 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS via RS 485 bus terminal or bus connector in RS 485 transmission technology connection to OLM by the 830-1T connecting cable. Duplex socket for direct connection to the bus cable of an optical bus segment using a plastic fiber.
Design
The CP 5431 FMS/DP is plugged directly into the SIMATIC and occupies a single-width slot. Double-height Eurocard format 15-pin Sub-D socket for connecting a SIMATIC S5 programming unit for local and remote programming via the network The CP 5431 FMS/DP is capable of operating the FMS and DP protocol profiles in parallel (combination master capability). This allows communication with field devices over the same cable in addition to other programmable controllers. PROFIBUS-DP I/O communication from SIMATIC S5 PLCs to PROFIBUS-DP stations.
Functions
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Process data communication via pre-configured PLCPLC links by means of data handling blocks HTB (SEND, RECEIVE); Process data communication via user-configurable links with direct access to FDL services by means of data handling blocks HTB (SEND, RECEIVE)
PROFIBUS-FMS ALI (Application Layer Interface): Communication with the FMS READ, WRITE and INFORMATION REPORT services. CI (cyclic interface): (Cyclic interface): Cyclic I/O communication between S5 PLCs and slaves with the cyclic interface method. Other interfaces/ services Global I/O interface: I/O communication between S5 PLCs with the global I/O method.

SIMATIC S5
Functions (continued) PG/OP communication Remote programming of SIMATIC S5 via the PROFIBUS network. Real-time functions Network-wide real-time synchronization, e.g. to provide messages with a real-time stamp. A selected CP 5431 FMS/DP assumes the tasks of the real-time master.
Notes: Owing to the CPs combimaster feature, it does not have the same response characteristics as a monomaster (e.g. IM 308-C) as far as DP services are concerned. Services mapped to I/Os (distributed I/O, global I/O, cyclic interface) may only be used alternatively.
Configuration
Network-specific parameters, connections and assignments for the cyclic interface and the global I/O as well as for the
DP interface are configured on the programming unit with the COM 5431 FMS/DP system software.
The application range of the COM 5431 FMS/DP is rounded off by comprehensive documentation, test and network management functions. Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution by implementing several CPs Universal applications due to the use of different communications services in parallel on the same CP.
Easy integration of SIMATIC S5 in a vendor-independent automation network using PROFIBUS-FMS.
The user requires little knowledge of the PROFIBUS-FMS specification due to autonomous data conversion on the CP A system-wide time synchronization
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS (electrical) Connection to PROFIBUS (optical) PG/diagnostics Supply voltage Current consumption from 5 V DC from 24 V DC 9.6 ... 1500 Kbit/s configurable 9-pin Sub-D socket1) Duplex socket (plastic fiber)1) 15-pin Sub-D socket 5 V DC 5% 24 V DC +25%/15% 450 mA 70 mA with RS 485 (typ. 100 mA when both power supplies of the PG interface are used) 4.65 W 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C Double-height Eurocard 60 70 43 0.38 kg (0.1 kg) 1 slot Possible in AG S5-115U; Adapter cable required COM 5431 FMS/DP (for startup) Data handling blocks (for data transfer) Further details can be found in the manuals. Notes: Only one of the global I/O, ZI and DP interfaces can be used at a time. Communication with existing CP 5430 TF is possible with the CP 5431 FMS/DP if no TF services are operated. Quantity framework/performance data (extract) FMS: Number of ALI connections Number of ZI connections Length of a variable max. The total number of ALI and CI connections max.
32 32 233 bytes 48
DP: Number of connectable DP slaves max. 32 Number of inputs (total) max. 256 bytes Number of outputs (total) max. 256 bytes (no influence on global I/O connections) FDL: Number of PLC/PLC connections max. Number of FDL connections max. Total number of connections (FMS-ALI, PLC/PLC, FDL) max. Useful data length PLC/PLC Useful data length FDL GP: Number of global I/O stations Number of global I/O objects (in the entire network) Number of inputs (per global I/O station) Number of outputs (per global I/O station) max. max. max. max. max. max. 32 32 (55 without PLC/PLC and ALI) 55 128 bytes/job 242 bytes/job 32 2048 bytes 256 bytes 64 bytes
Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight (memory submodule) Space required Operation without fans Configuration software
max.
1) Simultaneous use of both connections is not permitted
3/239

SIMATIC S5
Electrical Interfaces
CP 5431 FMS DP
8
Connecting cable 725-0
Memory module
Connecting cable 734-2 (SIMATIC S5 PG+ COM 5431 FMS/DP)

G_IK10_deP0030s G_IK10_deP0031s
Connecting cable 830-1T Bus terminal RS 485 Bus connector Duplex wire BFOC/duplex
Fig. 3/97 Electrical interfaces CP 5431 FMS/DP
Optical Interfaces
OLM/P11 or OLM/P12: Attention! Line monitor must be off.
8
CP 5431 FMS/DP
Other PROFIBUS segments
OLM
Connection possibilities for other PROFIBUS masters via FOC or other OLMs
Duplex wire BFOC/duplex
Fig. 3/98
Optical interfaces CP 5431 FMS/DP
Ordering data
Communication processor CP 5431 FMS/DP For connecting SIMATIC S5-115U/H, 135U, 155U/H to PROFIBUS COM 5431 FMS/DP Configuration software For CP 5431 FMS/DP on 3 diskette with "CP/COM 5431 FMS/DP" manual German English French Italian "CP/COM 5431 FMS/DP" manual German English French Italian
Order No.
Order No.
16 KByte 32 KByte 64 KByte Memory module 377 (RAM) 16 KByte 32 KByte 64 KByte
} } }
6ES5 377-0AA
} } } }
6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0 6GK1 745-1AD01-0EA0 6GK1 745-1AD02-0EA0 6GK1 745-1AD04-0EA0
CUPOFLEX Duplex core PVC UL 2.2 mm BFOC/Duplex With 2 BFOC and 1 Duplex connector, preassembled, 25 m
} } } }
6XV1 821-2BN25
Firmware upgrade kit For upgrading a CP 5430 TF or CP 5431 FMS to CP 5431 FMS/DP Adapter casing for AG 115U
} } } } }
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA0 6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA1 6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA2 6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA4 6GK1 760-5FA00-2GA0
725-0 connecting cable For point-to-point connection between CP 5431 FMS/DP and CPU (remote programming) } 0.9 m 2.5 m } 734-2 connecting cable For direct connection of a PG to CP 5431 FMS/DP 5m other lengths up to max. 1000 m
6ES5 725-0AK00 6ES5 725-0BC50
6ES5 491-0LB11
6ES5 734-2BF00 see Catalog ST 50

1 2 3
6GK1 543-1AA01
Memory module 376 (EPROM)
6ES5 376-1AA 1
11 21 32

SIMATIC S5
Slots for CP 5431 FMS/DP
Rack/unit Required accessories Slots for CP 5431 FMS/DP
S5-115U/H PLC
CR 700-0LB CR 700-2 CR 700-3 CR 701-3 CR 701-3LH1) Rack/unit Adapter casing Adapter casing Adapter casing Adapter casing Adapter casing
0
2)
2)
2)
2)

3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
S5-135U PLC
CC 135U/155U EG 185U Rack/unit

3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
S5-155U PLC
CC 135U/155U EG 185U Rack/unit

3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
S5-155H PLC
CC 155U EG 185U 1) Only with the S5-115H. 2) Operation without fan is only possible on the left.
Slot not used
Slot occupied
3/241

SIMATIC S5
IM 308-C interface module
Overview
PROFIBUS-DP master and/or slave module for SIMATIC S5-115U/H to S5-155U/H Communications services PROFIBUS-DP
S5 C
FMS
Application
Up to 122 passive devices, e.g. ET 200 distributed I/O stations or field devices with PROFIBUS-DP interfaces can be connected to one IM 308-C interface module.
By using the IM 308-C adapter kit, the SIMATIC-S5 module IM 308-C a PROFIBUS-DP interface module can be used in the SINUMERIK System 840C.
The adapter module also makes it possible to use the IM 308-C in central units 1, 2 and 3 of the SINUMERIK 840C. The adapter assembly comprises the PCB with the electronics required for converting the SINUMERIK 840C bus signals to those required by the SIMATIC S5 bus system as well as the mechanical components for assembly and installation of the adapter and IM 308-C. an RS 485 bus connector or an RS 485 bus terminal.
Design
The IM 308-C interface module is directly plugged into the SIMATIC S5-115U/H to S5155U/H in the slot provided. As master, the IM 308-C interface module coordinates channel access and data communication via PROFIBUS-DP. It can also function as a PROFIBUS-DP slave and thus permits data exchange with other PROFIBUS-DP masters.
The module occupies one single-width slot. Connection to the PROFIBUS system is via Master and slave functionality may be combined, i. e. in its capacity as slave, an IM 308-C receives data from another PLC and at the same time acts as master of, e.g., ET 200 I/O components.
Functions
Global Control: sync, freeze of I/O stations. Addressing size: 13 kByte data can be addressed by the CPU per IM 308-C Shared Inputs: the inputs of a slave can be read by several IM 308-C interface modules.
Configuration
The IM 308-C is configured using the COM PROFIBUS configuration software (see page 3/367)

SIMATIC S5
IM 308-C interface module
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Supply voltage Current consumption Address capacity Number of connectable I/O stations Data volume Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H) in mm Weight Space required 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket +5 V DC via backplane bus Approx. 30 mA 13 Kbytes for inputs, outputs and diagnostics Max. 122 ET 200 U/B, S5-95U/DP and/or other field devices 244 bytes for inputs and outputs per slave 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C Double-height Eurocard 160 233.4/6.24 x 9.1 500 g 1 slot
Ordering data
IM 308-C SIMATIC interface For connecting the SIMATIC S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-155U/H to PROFIBUS-DP with memory card Memory Card1) EPROM 256 KByte EPROM 1 MByte IM 308-C adapter assembly kit For IM 308C for installation in SINUMERIK 840C central unit
Order No.
6ES5 308-3UC11
} } }
6ES5 374-1KH21 6ES5 374-1KK21 6FC5 147-0AA25-0AA0
max.
V5.0 With Windows NT or Windows 95/98, on CD-ROM, includingCOM PROFIBUS manual in German, English, French, Spanish and Italian
6ES5 895-6SE03
1) The modules 6ES5 374-1FH21 and 6ES5 374-1FJ21 can still be used.
Adapter assembly kit for SINUMERIK 840C

Overview The IM 308-C adapter assembly kit is used to enable the SIMATIC S5 module IM 308-C to be used in the SINUMERIK system 840C. The adapter assembly kit comprises the PCB with the electronics required for converting the SINUMERIK 840C bus signals to those required by the SIMATIC S5 bus system as well as the mechanical components for installation and deinstallation of the adapter and IM 308-C. The size of the adapter means that the IM 308-C module protrudes above the rack by 117.5 mm (without a connector). The complete functional scope of the IM 308-C can be used by the master (as in the SIMATIC S5 environment).
Design
The IM 308-C is mounted in conjunction with the adapter and encapsulation and is plugged into the rack of the SINUMERIK 840C. The permitted PLC slots are for central unit 1: B3; central unit 2 and 3: C2 or C3.
Order No.
Depending on the type of bus connector, at least 140 mm space is therefore necessary in front of the rack.
Ordering data
IM 308-C adapter Adapter assembly for IM 308-C for installation of IM 308-C in SINUMERIK 840C central unit For further information see Catalog NC 60.1.
6FC5 147-0AA25-0AA0
COM PROFIBUS parameterization software For programming the IM 308-C and other DP master modules, executable on PG 720, PG 740 and PG 760 or AT-compatible PC V3.3 With Windows 3.1 or Windows 95, on 3 diskettes, "ET 200 distributed I/O system manual. } Single license
3
6ES5 895-6SE 3
3/243

SIMATIC S7
CP 342-5 communication processor
Overview
PROFIBUS-DP master or slave with electrical interface to connect the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 Kbit/s) Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
Simple configuration and programming using PROFIBUS PG/OP communication between networks through S7 routing. Module changeover without PG.
S5 C
FMS
Application
The communication processor CP 342-5 is the cost-optimized communication module of the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 for the PROFIBUS-DP bus system. The CP 342-5 offloads communication tasks from the CPU.
S7-300 communication options using communication modules: As a DP master or slave for PROFIBUS-DP according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 Communication with programming units, operator interface systems Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs. 9-pin Sub-D socket for connecting to PROFIBUS-DP. 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC Easy assembly; the CP 342-5 is mounted on the sectional rail of the S7300 and connected to the adjacent modules by the bus connectors. There are no restrictions as to the slots used. PROFIBUS-DP master The CP 342-5 operates as a DP master according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170, Volume 2 and handles data transfer completely independently. It supports the utilities of master class 1 and 2. The data areas of the distributed I/O are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. This pertains both to the use of the CP as DP master and as DP slave.
The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the performance range of the CPU and the communication services used.
Further details can be found in the Internet.
http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/ik-info ID No. 394550
Design
The CP 342-5 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: Compact design; single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-300 If the adjacent modules do not join correctly when predecessor modules are exchanged, a space holder module must be installed.
In conjunction with the IM 360/ 361, the CP 342-5 can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER). User-friendly wiring: Sub-D socket and terminal are easily accessible The CP 342-5 can be operated without a fan. A backup battery or memory module is not required
Functions
The CP 342-5 provides the user with various communications services for the PROFIBUS bus system: PROFIBUS-DP (according to IEC 61158/ EN 50 170, master or slave) PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE).
As DP master it facilitates interfacing to the S7-300, such as the CP 342-5 as the DP slave, or DP slaves of the ET 200 distributed I/O system. Additionally, the CP 342-5 offers the functions: SYNC, FREEZE, shared input/output as well as the activating/ deactivating of DP slaves.

SIMATIC S7
Functions (continued) PROFIBUS-DP slave The CP 342-5 as a DP slave enables data transfer between the S7-300 and other PROFIBUS masters. This allows a mixed assembly of SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices in accordance with PROFIBUSDP. For DP communications, function calls (FCs) are necessary. These function calls (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) must be linked in the STEP 7 application program. PG/OP communication With the help of PG/OP communication, all the S7 stations connected to the network can be remotely programmed. S7 routing With S7 routing, PG/OP communication can be used across the whole network. S7 communication S7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 automation systems (S7-300: only servers). to human-machine interface devices (OPs). to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/CP 5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software is used. No additional configuration is required for communications with programming devices and operator panels. The central controller can also be programmed and configured in distributed configurations by way of the CP 342-5. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 342-5 offers a simple, optimum interface for process or fieldcommunication. Using this interface, systemwide and high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC links), SEND/RECEIVE also offers the SDN service (broadcast, multicast). From STEP 7/NCM S7 version 5, the CP's configuration data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a programming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the CP. Here, the memory size of the S7 CPU must be observed. Coupling partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7 with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS PCs with CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614 as well as systems of other manufacturers which have FDL interface. Function calls must be used with SEND/RECEIVE (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 user program.
Configuration
STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are necessary for configuring the CP 342-5 NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment. NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a separate product and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards.
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible. The function blocks for PROFIBUS-DP are contained by the standard STEP 7 library. The function blocks for use of S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library after installation of NCM S7.
3/245

SIMATIC S7
Designed for Industry Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several PROFIBUS-DP interfaces Flexible utilization of the process I/O by dynamic activation of DP slaves Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution by implementing several CPs Integration of SIMATIC S7-300 in existing installations due to S5-compatible communication. Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel on one CP. Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and FREEZE.
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Supply voltage 9.6 to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 4-pole terminal block 24 V DC 150 mA 250 mA 6.75 W 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 2000 m above mean sea level Compact assembly 40 125 120 300 g
Ordering data
Order No. 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
} CP 342-5 Communication processor for electrical connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s
Configuration software NCM S7 for PROFIBUS Configuration software for PROFIBUS-CPs for SIMATIC S7 V5.x, runs under STEP 7 V5.x; with electronic manual on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian "NCM S7 for PROFIBUS" manual Hardcopy for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x) German English French Spanish Italian PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technique, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20 For connection to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS without PG interface with PG interface
Supply voltage Current consumption from backplane bus from 24 V DC Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Operating altitude
Delivered with STEP 7 V5 Version 5
max.
Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. Performance data S7 communication Number of usable connections S5-compatible interface (SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable connections Useful data/connections Multi-protocol operation Number of usable connections Size of DP diagnostics data per connected slave DP master function Number of DP slaves Total size of DP data ranges DP input range DP output range Size of the DP data ranges per connected slave DP input range DP output range DP slave function Size of DP data ranges DP input range DP output range 1) Depending on the CPU used
} } } } }
6GK7 080-5AA04-8AA0 6GK7 080-5AA04-8BA0 6GK7 080-5AA04-8CA0 6GK7 080-5AA04-8DA0 6GK7 080-5AA04-8EA0
max.
161)
} }
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
max. max.
16 240 bytes (SEND and RECEIVE)
32 (without DP); max. 28 (with DP) max. 240 bytes 124 2160 bytes 2160 bytes
PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connecting PROFIBUS stations up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable SIMATIC S7-300 DM 370 Space holder module; used for module replacement 1) "Communication with SIMATIC" manual German English French Spanish Italian
} } }
6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0 6GK1 500-0AA10
6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
244 bytes 244 bytes
240 bytes 240 bytes
} } } } }
6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0 6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0 6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
1) necessary for previous version CP 342-5 (6GK7 342-5DA01-0XE0)

SIMATIC S7
CP 342-5 FO communication processor
Overview
PROFIBUS-DP master or slave with optical interface for connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 Kbit/s) Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS network via integrated fiber optic cable interface for plastic and PCF fiber optics Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
Simple configuration and programming using PROFIBUS PG/OP communication between networks through S7 routing. Module changeover without PG.
S5 C
FMS
Application
The CP 342-5 FO communication processor is the cost-optimized communication processor of the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 for the optical bus system PROFIBUS-DP. The CP 342-5 FO has an FOC interface which allows connections insusceptible to interference even in environments with a strong EMC interference. It offloads communication tasks from the CPU. The CP 342-5 FO offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: Compact design; single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-300 Integrated FOC interface; 2 Duplex sockets for direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS by 2 2 simplex plugs and 2 plug adapters The CP 342-5 FO provides the user with various communications services for the PROFIBUS bus system: PROFIBUS-DP (according to IEC 61158/EN 50170, master or slave) PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE).
Communication of SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 with: the distributed ET200 I/O system with integrated optical interface S7-300 with SIMATIC S7-400 with IM 467 FO and CP 342-5 FO PC with CP 5613 FO/5614 FO other PROFIBUS nodes via the Optical Bus Terminal (OBT)
Design
4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC Easy assembly; the CP 342-5 FO is mounted on the sectional rail of the S7-300 and connected to the adjacent modules by the bus connectors. There are no restrictions as to the slots used.
In conjunction with the IM 360/ 361, the CP 342-5 FO can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER). User-friendly wiring: FOC socket and terminal are easily accessible The CP 342-5 FO can be operated without a fan. A backup battery or memory module is not required
Functions
PROFIBUS-DP master The CP 342-5 FO operates as a DP master according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 and handles data transfer completely independently. It supports the services of master class 1 and 2. The data areas of the distributed I/O are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. This pertains both to the use of the CP as DP master and as DP slave.
As a DP master it allows connections to the distributed ET 200 I/O system with integrated optical interface SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO as a slave PC with CP 5614 FO as a slave and the other DP slaves via the Optical Bus Terminal (OBT). Additionally the CP 342-5 FO offers the functions SYNC, FREEZE, Shared Input/Output and activate/deactivate DP slaves.
3/247

SIMATIC S7
Functions (continued) PROFIBUS-DP slave The CP 342-5 FO as a slave enables data exchange between the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400 via the IM 467 FO and with the other DP masters via the OBT. This allows a mixed assembly of SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices in accordance with PROFIBUS-DP. Function calls are required for DP communication both as a master and as a slave. These (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) are supplied with STEP 7 and must be integrated in the application program. PG/OP communication With the help of PG/OP communication, all the S7 stations connected to the network can be remote programmed. S7 routing: Using S7 routing, PG/OP communication can be used between networks. S7 communication S7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 programmable controllers (S7-300 server only), to operator interface systems (operator panels). to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/CP 5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software is used. No additional configuration is required for communications with programming devices and operator panels. The central controller can also be programmed and configured in distributed configurations by way of the CP 342-5 FO. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/ EN 50170) the CP 342-5 FO offers a simple and optimized interface for process or field communication. Using this interface, systemwide and high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC links), SEND/RECEIVE also offers the SDN service (broadcast, multicast). Coupling partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7 with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS PCs with CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO as well as systems of other manufacturers which have FDL interface. Function calls (PLC-SEND/ PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 application program, must be used with SEND/RECEIVE.
PG/PC with CP 5613 FO
S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO
ET 200M with IM 153-2 FO
DP station without integrated optic
OBT
Connecting cable 830-1T
Other stations S7-400 with IM 467 FO Optical line individual line lengths: plastic up to 50 m, PCF up to 300 m DESINA cable ET 200S with IM 151 FO ET 200X with integrated optic
Fig. 3/99
System configuration Optical PROFIBUS with CP 342-5 FO
G_IK10_deP0138s

SIMATIC S7
Designed for Industry The fiber optic technology is used when the environment is subjected to strong EMC interference, strong potential differences exist and high transfer rates are required. The CP 342-5 FO is connected directly to the optical PROFIBUS and is therefore specially suited to the harsh industrial environment Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several PROFIBUS-DP interfaces Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution by implementing several CPs Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and FREEZE
Order No.
Baud Rates Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Supply voltage Supply voltage Current consumption from backplane bus from 24 V DC Power loss Maximum distance between 2 adjacent network stations Plastic FOC max. PCF FOC max. Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Operating altitude 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s (exception: 3 and 6 Mbit/s) 2 Duplex socket 4-pole terminal block 24 V DC 150 mA 250 mA 6.75 W
Ordering data
CP 342-5 FO Communication processor for optical connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s
6GK7 342-5DF00-0XE0
Configuration software } NCM S7 for PROFIBUS Configuration software for PROFIBUSCPs for SIMATIC S7 V5.x, runs under STEP 7 V5.0; including Service Pack 3; with electronic manual on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian "NCM S7 for PROFIBUS" manual Hardcopy for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x) German English French Spanish Italian Manual for PROFIBUS-networks Network architecture, components (OLM (V3), OBT, ILM), configuration and assembly German English French Italian
Delivered with STEP 7 Version 5
50 m 300 m 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 2000 m above mean sea level Compact assembly 40 125 120 300 g
max.
} } } } }
Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. Performance data S7 communication No. of usable connections S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) No. of usable connections Useful data/connection Multi-protocol operation No. of usable connections Size of the DP diagnostic data per connected slave DP master function Number of DP slaves Size of the DP data ranges in total DP input range DP output range Size of the DP data ranges per connected slave DP input range DP output range DP slave function Size of the DP data ranges DP input range DP output range 1) Depending on the CPU used
max. 161)
max.16 max. 240 bytes (transmit and receive) 32 (without DP); max. 28 (with DP) max. 240 bytes
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Simplex plug/Polishing kit 100 simplex plugs and 5 polishing kits for assembling PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for the optical PROFIBUS-DP
} } } } }
6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA2 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA4 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
} PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping Tool Set Tools for stripping the outer casing and core casing of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables
Plug adapter } For installation of the plastic simplex plug in connection with CP 342-5 FO, IM 467 FO, IM 153-2 FO and IM 151 FO 50 pieces
6GK1 905-6PA10
124 2160 bytes 2160 bytes
6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
244 bytes 244 bytes
240 bytes 240 bytes
3/249

SIMATIC S7
Overview
Master connection of the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS Communication services: PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS Simple to configure and program using PROFIBUS
Easily integrated into the S7-300 system PG/OP communication between networks due to S7 routing. Module changeover without PG.
S5 C
FMS
Application
The CP 343-5 communication processor is the module required for SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 for the PROFIBUS bus system. It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.
S7-300 communication options using communication modules: FMS communication with PROFIBUS-FMS stations via PROFIBUS Communication with programming units, operator interface systems Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers The module is twice the standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 signal modules Easy assembly; the CP 343-5 is mounted on the S7-300 sectional rail and connected to the adjacent modules via bus connectors. There are no slot rules
Design
The CP 343-5 communications module offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300 design features: Compact design; 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS 4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC
In conjunction with the IM 360/361, the CP 343-5 can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER) User-friendly wiring; Sub-D sockets and terminal block are easily accessible and easy to operate The CP 343-5 can be operated without a fan. Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are required. S7 communication S7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 automation systems (S7-300: only servers) to operator interface systems (operator panels) to SIMATIC 505 and to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/CP 5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software is used. No additional configuration is required for communications with programming devices and operator panels. Furthermore via the CP 343-5, the central controller can also be remotely programmed and configured.
Functions
The CP 343-5 provides the user with various communications services for the PROFIBUS bus system: PG/OP communication S7 communications (PUs, operator panels, S7 PLCs) S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS (according to IEC 61158/EN50 170).
PG/OP communication With PG/OP communication, all S7 stations connected to the network can be programmed remotely. S7 routing Using S7 routing, PG/OP communication can be used between networks.

SIMATIC S7
Functions (continued) S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/ EN 50170) the CP 343-5 FO offers a simple and optimized interface for process or field communication. Using this interface, systemwide and high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC links), SEND/RECEIVE also offers the SDN service (broadcast, multicast). Coupling partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7 with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS PCs with CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614 as well as systems of other manufacturers which have FDL interface. STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are necessary for configuring the CP 343-5 NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment. The CP cannot be used until NCM S7 for PROFIBUS has been installed in the hardware catalog of STEP 7. NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a separate product and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards. Function calls must be used with SEND/RECEIVE (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 application program. PROFIBUS-FMS PROFIBUS-FMS, according to PROFIBUS IEC 61158/ EN 50 170, enables message transmission via various FMS services: READ, WRITE; for reading or writing access to variables of the communications partner from the application program (via variable index or variable name); for transmitting local variable values to the communications partner. Partial access to variable values is supported. Communication is handled via acyclic connections (master/master, master/slave), acyclic connections with slave initiative as well as cyclic connections. INFORMATION REPORT (Report) enables an FMSServer unconfirmed transmission of variables. This task start is used particularly for transmission on broadcast FMS connections. IDENTIFY; for requesting the identification features of the communications partner STATUS; for requesting the partner status
Configuration
From STEP 7/NCM S7 version 5, the CP's configuration data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a programming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the CP. Here, the memory size of the S7 CPU must be observed.
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible. The function blocks for utilization of S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library following installation of NCM S7.
3/251

SIMATIC S7
Designed for Industry Easy integration of SIMATIC S7 in a vendor-independent automation network using PROFIBUS-FMS. The user requires little knowledge of the PROFIBUSFMS specification due to simple configuration and autonomous data conversion on the CP. Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution by implementing several CPs Integration of SIMATIC S7-300 in existing installations due to S5-compatible communication. Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel on one CP.
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Supply voltage 9.6 to 1500 Kbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 4-pole terminal block 24 V DC 70 mA 250 mA 6.35 W 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C 2000 m above mean sea level Compact assembly 80 125 120 600 g
Ordering data
Order No. 6GK7 343-5FA00-0XE0
Supply voltage Current consumption from backplane bus from 24 V DC Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Operating altitude
} CP 343-5 communication processor Communication processor for connecting S7-300 to PROFIBUS, FMS, S5-compatible communciation, PG/OP and S7 communication
Configuration software NCM S7 for PROFIBUS Configuration software for PROFIBUS-CPs for SIMATIC S7 V5.x, runs under STEP 7 V5.x; with electronic manual on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian "NCM S7 for PROFIBUS" manual Hardcopy for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x) German English French Spanish Italian PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technique, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20 For connection to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS without PG interface with PG interface
Delivered with STEP 7 Version 5
max.
Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. S7 communication performance data Number of usable connections S5-compatible interface performance data (SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable connections Useful data/connections
} } } } }
max.
161)
max. max.
} }
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
Performance data FMS function Number of usable connections max. Variable length for READ Variable length for WRITE and REPORT No. of configurable server variables No. of variables which can be loaded from partner Multi-protocol operation Number of usable connections
16 237 bytes 233 bytes 256 256
PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connecting PROFIBUS stations up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable "Communication with SIMATIC" manual German English French Spanish Italian
} } }
max.
48
} } } } }
1) Depending on CPU type

SIMATIC S7
CP 443-5 Basic communication processor
Overview
Master connection of the S7-400 to PROFIBUS Communication services: PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS Time-of-day synchronization Simple programming and configuration via PROFIBUS
PG/OP communication between networks due to S7 routing. Easy to integrate into the SIMATIC S7-400 system Module changeover without PG. Operation in the SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communication
S5 C
FMS
Application
The CP 443-5 Basic communication processor is the module required for SIMATIC S7400 for the PROFIBUS bus system. It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.
Communications options of the S7-400 via communications modules: FMS communication with PROFIBUS stations via PROFIBUS Communication with programming devices, human machine interface devices Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs.
Design
The CP 443-5 communications module offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-400 design features: Compact design; 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS Simple wide module Simple installation; the CP 443-5 Basic is plugged to the subrack of the S7-400 and is connected The CP 443-5 Basic makes available a number of different communication services with the PROFIBUS bus system: PG/OP communication S7 communication (S7 controllers). S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS (according to IEC 61158/EN 50170) Time synchronization.
to the other modules of the S7-400 by the backplane bus. There are no restrictions as to the slots used. User-friendly wiring; sub-D socket is easily accessible and easy to use
The CP 443-5 Basic can be operated without a fan. Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are required. When the SEND/RECEIVE interface is used, the number of operable modules depends on the S7-400 CPU in use. Details can be found in the Internet.
Functions
PG/OP communication With the help of PG/OP communication, all the S7 stations connected to the network can be remotely programmed. S7 routing Using S7 routing, PG/OP communication can be used between networks.
S7 communication S7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 automation systems (S7-300: only servers). to programming devices (PG/OP communication). to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613/5614 and S7-5614 software CP 5511/5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software as well as to operator interface systems (OP). The CP 443-5 Basic can be implemented in the SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communication.
3/253

SIMATIC S7
Functions (continued) S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 offers a simple, optimum interface for data communication. Using this interface, systemwide, high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC. It provides the SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (broadcast / Multicast) services. Coupling partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7 with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5115U/H, S5-135U, S5155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS PCs with CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614 as well as systems of other manufacturers which have FDL interface. STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are necessary for configuring the CP 443-5 Basic. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment. The CP cannot be used until NCM S7 for PROFIBUS has been installed in the hardware catalog of STEP 7. NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a separate product and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards. Function calls (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 application program, must be used with SEND/RECEIVE. PROFIBUS-FMS PROFIBUS-FMS, according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170, enables message transmission via various FMS-services: READ, WRITE; for reading or writing access to variables of the communications partner from the user program (via variable index or variable name); for transmitting local variable values to the communications partner. Partial access to variable values is supported. Communication is handled via acyclic connections (master/master, master/slave), acyclic connections with slave initiative as well as cyclic connections (master/slave). INFORMATION REPORT (Report) enables an FMSServer unconfirmed transmission of variables. This task start is used particularly for transmission on broadcast FMS connections. IDENTIFY; for requesting the identification features of the communications partner STATUS; for requesting the partner status Time-of-day synchronization The CP 443-5 Basic communication processor is able to transmit the time from the S7-400 CPU to PROFIBUS. Inversely, the CP 443-5 Basic can provide the S7-400-CPU with an existing time on the PROFIBUS.
Configuration
From STEP 7/NCM S7 version 5, the CP's configuration data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a programming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the CP.
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible. The function blocks for use of S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library after installation of NCM S7.

SIMATIC S7
Designed for Industry Easy integration of SIMATIC S7 in a vendor-independent automation network using PROFIBUS-FMS. Suitable for use in high availability systems due to redundant S7 communication. The user requires little knowledge of the PROFIBUSFMS specification due to simple configuration and autonomous data conversion on the CP. A system-wide time synchronization Integration of SIMATIC S7-400 into existing installations using S5-compatible communication. Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel on one CP.
Data transfer rate Interfaces Transfer method Connections Supply voltage Power consumption from 5 V Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Operational height Relative humidity 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s RS 485 9-pin Sub-D socket 5 V DC 5% 1.2 A 6.5 W 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 3000 m above mean sea level 95% at 25 C 25 290 210 700 g
Ordering data
CP 443-5 Basic communication processor For connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS Basic version for PROFIBUS-FMS
Order No.
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0 Delivered with STEP 7 Version 5
max. max.
Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. S7 communication performance data Number of usable connections
Configuration software } NCM S7 for PROFIBUS Configuration software for PROFIBUSCPs for SIMATIC S7 V5.x,v runs under STEP 7 V5.x; with electronic manual, on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian "NCM S7 for PROFIBUS" manual Hardcopy for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x) German English French Spanish Italian PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technique, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20 For connection to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS without PG interface with PG interface
approx.
481)
S5-compatible communication performance data (SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable connections Useful data/connections
} } } } }
max. max.
FMS function performance data Number of usable connections max. READ variable length max. WRITE variable length max. No. of configurable server variables No. of variables which can be loaded from partner Multi-protocol operation Number of usable connections (2 of which are reserved for PG/OP communication)
} }
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
48 237 bytes 233 bytes 512 2640
} } }
max.
59
} } } } }
1) Depending on CPU type
3/255

SIMATIC S7
CP 443-5 Extended communication processor
Overview
DP master connection of S7-400 to PROFIBUS For configuring additional PROFIBUS-DP lines. Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Time-of-day synchronization Simple programming and configuration via PROFIBUS
PG/OP communication between networks through S7 routing. Easy to integrate into the SIMATIC S7-400 system Module replacement without the need for a programming device. Operation in the SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communication or DP master communication Data record routing (PROFIBUS-DP)
S5 C
FMS
Application
The CP 443-5 Extended communication processor is the module required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus system. It offloads the CPU of communications tasks and enables further additional connections.
Communications options of the S7-400 via communications modules: as a master for PROFIBUSDP according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 Communication with programming devices, human machine interface devices Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers The CP 443-5 Extended can be operated without a fan. Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are required. Up to 16 CPs can be operated. If the CP 443-5 Extended is implemented as a DP master, at least 4 and up to 10 additional PROFIBUS-DP lines can be configured. The number of permissible PROFIBUS-DP lines is dependent on the SIMATIC S7-400 CPU used.
Further details are available in the Internet.
Design
The CP 443-5 communications module offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7400 design features: Compact design; 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS-DP Simple wide module Easy installation; the CP 443-5 Extended is plugged into the S7-400 rack and is connected to the other modules of the S7-400 via the backplane bus. User-friendly wiring; sub-D socket is easily accessible and easy to use The CP 443-5 Extended makes available a number of different communication services with the PROFIBUS bus system:
There are no slot rules when S7 communication is used. The number of S7 connections which can be operated is dependent on the S7-400 CPU. When SEND/RECEIVE is used, the number of modules which can be operated is dependent on the S7-400 CPU.
Functions
PROFIBUS-DP (according to IEC 61158/EN 50170) PG/OP communication S7 communication (S7 controllers). S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Time synchronization.

SIMATIC S7
Functions (continued) Master for PROFIBUS-DP The CP 443-5 Extended operates as a DP master. It performs the data transfer completely independently and allows the connection of slaves such as e.g. CP 342-5 as a DP slave, DP slaves of the distributed I/O system ET 200, etc. The CP 443-5 Extended is therefore able to connect the S7-400 station to PROFIBUS-DP or represent the ideal extension to the integral DP master interfaces of the S7-400 CPUs for building up further PROFIBUS-DP chains. The CP 443-5 Extended as a redundant DP master can also be implemented in the SIMATIC S7 H system. In addition, the CP 443-5 Extended also supports the functions SYNC and FREEZE, equidistance, slave-to-slave direct traffic and data record routing. The distributed I/O is handled in the same way as the centralized I/O from the users point of view. This means that there is no difference between CP 443-5 Extended and the DP master interface of the S7-400 CPU as far as configuration and parameterization is concerned. Regardless of the size of the system, the CP 443-5 can achieve minimum response times. PG/OP communication With the help of PG/OP communication, all the S7 stations connected to the network can be remotely programmed. S7 routing Using S7 routing, PG/OP communication can be used between networks. S7 communication S7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 automation systems (S7-300: only servers). to programming devices (PG/OP communication). to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software as well as to operator interface systems (OP). For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-5 Extended can also be used in SIMATIC-H systems. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 offers a simple, optimum interface for process or field communication. Using this interface, systemwide, high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC. It provides the SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (broadcast / Multicast) services. Coupling partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7 with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS PCs with CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614 as well as systems of other manufacturers which have FDL interface. Function calls must be used with SEND/RECEIVE (PLCSEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 application program. Time-of-day synchronization The CP 443-5 Extended communication processor is able to transmit the time from the S7-400 CPU on PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP is able to provide the S7-400 CPU with the current time on PROFIBUS. Data record routing The CP 443-5 Extended supports the data record routing function. By selecting this option, you can use the CP as a data record router for records routed to field devices (DP slaves). A tool which generates such data records for parameterization and diagnostics of field devices is the SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager). Application This enables e.g. a PA field device to be parameterized and diagnosed with SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) via Industrial Ethernet, S7-400 (CP 443-1, CP 443-5 Extended) and DP/PAcoupler/link.
3/257

SIMATIC S7
Configuration STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are necessary for configuring the CP 443-5 Extended. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment. DP configuration and programming is performed for the CP 443-5 Extended in the same manner as for the integrated DP master interfaces of SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7. NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a separate product and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards. From STEP 7/NCM S7 version 5, the CP's configuration data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a programming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the CP. Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution by implementing several CPs A system-wide time synchronization Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible. The function blocks for use of S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library after installation of NCM S7.
Increase the system availability by redundant connection of the process I/Os (e.g. ET 200 M) in the SIMATIC S7-400 H system Particularly suitable for controlling tasks by SYNC/ FREEZE and equidistant bus cycle
Integration of SIMATIC S7-400 into existing installations using S5-compatible communication. Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel.

SIMATIC S7
Data transfer rate Interfaces Transfer method Connections Supply voltage Power consumption from 5 V Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Operational height Relative humidity 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s RS 485 9-pin Sub-D socket 5 V DC 5% 24 V DC 5% 1.3 A 6.5 W 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 3000 m above mean sea level 95% at 25 C 25 290 210 700 g 10
Ordering data
CP 443-5 Extended communication processor For connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS Extended version for PROFIBUS-DP
Order No.
6GK7 443-5DX02-0XE0 Delivered with STEP 7 Version 5
max. max.
Configuration software } NCM S7 for PROFIBUS Configuration software for PROFIBUSCPs for SIMATIC S7 V5.x,v runs under STEP 7 V5.x; with electronic manual, on CD-ROM, German, English, French, Spanish, Italian "NCM S7 for PROFIBUS" manual Hardcopy for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x) German English French Spanish Italian PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technique, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20 for connection to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS without PG interface with PG interface
Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. Number of external DP chains in a central rack DP master function performance data Number of operable DP slaves Total size of DP data areas DP input range DP output range Size of DP data areas per connected DP slave DP input range DP output range S7 communication performance data Number of usable connections
max.
125
} v} } } }
max. max.
4 Kbytes 4 Kbytes
max. max.
244 bytes 244 bytes
} }
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
approx.
481)
S5-compatible communication performance data (SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable connections Useful data/connections
max. max.
} } }
Multi-protocol operation Number of usable connections (2 of which are reserved for PG/OP communication) without DP max. with DP max. 1) Depending on CPU type
59 55
} } } } v}
3/259

SIMATIC S7
IM 467 and IM 467 FO interface module
Overview
For the master connections of the S7-400 to PROFIBUS-DP For configuring additional PROFIBUS-DP chains.
Simple programming and configuration via PROFIBUS Equipped with either RS 485 interface or integrated fiberoptic interface.
S5 C
FMS
Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP PG/OP communication
Application
The IM 467 is the low cost communications module of SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS-DP bus system. It offloads the CPU of communications tasks and enables further additional connections.
Communications options of the S7-400 via communications modules: As a master for the ET 200 distributed I/O in accordance with EN 50170 Communication with programming devices, human machine interface devices User-friendly wiring; the Sub-D socket/integrated FOC interface is well accessible and easy to operate. The IM 467 does not require fans. Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are required.
The IM 467 FO is always used when the advantages of fiber optic cables (plastic and PCF) are to be exploited.
Design
The IM 467 interface module offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 system design: Compact design; 9-pin Sub-D socket or FOC interface for connection to PROFIBUS-DP Simple wide module Easy installation; the IM 467 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and linked to neighboring S7-400 modules via the backplane bus. The IM 467 offers the following communications services of the PROFIBUS bus system: PROFIBUS-DP (according to IEC 61158/EN 50170) PG/OP communication
If the IM 467 is implemented as a DP master, up to 10 additional PROFIBUS-DP lines can be installed. The number of possible PROFIBUS-DP chains depends on the SIMATIC S7-400-CPU used. No slot rules apply.
Functions
PROFIBUS-DP master The IM 467 operates as a DP master according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170, Volume 2. It performs the data transfer completely independently and allows the connection of slaves such as CP 342-5 as a DP slave, DP slaves of the distributed I/O system ET 200, etc. This puts the IM 467 in a position to connect the S7-400 station to PROFIBUS-DP or represent the ideal extension to the integral DP master interfaces of the S7-400 CPUs for building up further PROFIBUS-DP chains. The IM 467 also supports the functions SYNC and FREEZE, equidistance and direct slaveto-slave traffic.
The distributed I/O is handled in the same way as the centralized I/O from the users point of view. This means that there are no differences in configuration and parameterization between the IM 467 and the integrated DP master interface of the S7-400 CPU. Regardless of the size of the system, the IM 467 can achieve minimum response times. PG/OP communication With the help of PG/OP communication, all the S7 stations connected to the network can be remotely programmed. S7 routing Using S7 routing, PG/OP communication can be used between networks.

SIMATIC S7
IM 467 and IM 467 FO interface module
Configuration For configuring the IM 467, STEP 7 is necessary. DP configuration/programming is performed for the IM 467 in the same manner as DP configuration/programming of the integrated DP master interfaces of the SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7 from Version 4.0 upwards and from Version 5.0 upwards for the IM 467 FO. Increased plant availability through redundant connection of the process I/Os (e.g. ET 200M) Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution through the use of several IMs The configuration data of the IM are stored on the CPU and are retained even following a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a programming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the IM. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible.
Up to 14 additional DP bus lines can be connected to the S7-400. Integration of the fiber-optic interface.
3
Order No.
Data transfer rate Interfaces Transfer method Connection to PROFIBUS-DP Supply voltage Power consumption from 5 V Number of modules operable in SIMATIC S7-400 Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Operational height Relative humidity max. 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbps1) IM 467 RS 485 9-pin Sub-D socket 5 V DC 5% 24 V DC 5% 1.3 A via backplane bus 10 in the CR 2) IM 467 FO FOC/l = 660 nm 2 Duplex socket
Ordering data
Interface module For connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS-DP IM 467 (RS 485) IM 467 FO PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technique, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface "Communication with S7-300/400" manual German English French Spanish Italian "Automation system for S7-300/400" manual Paper version German English French Spanish Italian
} }
6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0 6ES7 467-5FJ00-0AB0
} }
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
max. max.
0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 3000 m above mean sea level 95% at 25 C 25 290 210 700 g
Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight approx. PG/OP communication performance data Number of usable connections DP master function performance data Number of operable DP slaves Total size of DP data areas DP input range DP output range Size of DP data areas per connected DP slave DP input range DP output range
} } } } v}
approx.
322)
max.
96
max. max.
4 Kbytes 4 Kbytes
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Plug/Polishing kit 100 simplex plugs and 5 polishing kits, for assembling PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for the optical PROFIBUS-DP
} } } } v} }
6ES7 498-8AA03-8AA0 6ES7 498-8AA03-8BA0 6ES7 498-8AA03-8CA0 6ES7 498-8AA03-8DA0 6ES7 498-8AA03-8EA0 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
max. max.
244 bytes 244 bytes
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, } 6GK1 905-6PA10 Stripping Tool To remove the outer casing and core casing of plastic fiber optic connections
} Plug adapter Pack of 50, for using the simplex connector with the IM 467 FO and the IM 153-2 FO
1) Except 3 and 6 Mbit/s in the case of IM 467 FO 2) Depending on CPU type
6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
3/261

SIMATIC C7
Overview
Overview
} Cost-effective,
control systems for all applications that require highspeed PLC performance and basic HMI functionality.
Integrated PROFIBUS DP interface Integrated digital and analog I/Os
} The control systems with

the performance range of the C7-633 and additional higher level HMI functions.
} The control system for complex applications requiring extensive programming and powerful HMI functions.
Fig. 3/100 Connection possibilities SIMATIC C7

SIMATIC C7
C7-633 DP
Overview
Value for money control system For all applications which require fast PLC performance and easy to use HMI functionality With increased user memory for extensive user programs
With the additional simple operation functions of the SIMATIC Operator Panel OP7 With integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface Other communication possibilities via CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO, or CP 343-5 with IM 361 in expansion rack of SIMATIC C7
S5 C
FMS
Application
The SIMATIC C7-633 is the value for money control system for all applications requiring rapid programmable controller performance, extensive program memory and simple control and monitoring functions. The SIMATIC C7-633 DP consists of: SIMATIC CPU 315-2 DP, the CPU with the integrated PROFIBUS-DP connection SIMATIC Operator Panel OP7 Interface for expansion (integral IM 360) Interface for MPI connection Interface for printer connection
The C7-633 DP has the comfortable operator functions of the SIMATIC OP7.
3
Compact expansion for C7-633; with the C7 input/output module (16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4UI) the C7-633 DP can be fitted with I/Os while retaining the compact module form.
Note: Technical specifications see catalog ST 70.
Design
Properties of the C7-633 CPU mode selection via keys directly on the C7 front panel (protected by authorization input) Flexible expansion using up to 24 S7-300 modules through integrated IM 360
3/263

SIMATIC C7
C7-633 DP
Ordering data
Control system SIMATIC C7-633 DP 64 Kbytes RAM (PLC); with PROFIBUS-DP interface; without integrated inputs / outputs; 128 Kbytes FEPROM for HMI data, backlit LCD display (4 lines, 20 characters / line, 8 mm character height); with mounting accessories, plug 24 V DC and backup battery Documentation package C7-633, C7-634 comprising: Manual for C7-633, C7-634 Manual for S7-300 Device manual for OP7, OP17 Order No. Order No. Analog output module SM 432 8 outputs, isolated, 13 Bit; for 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V, 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA Memory Card FEPROM Accessories SIMATIC C7 Simulators for all SIMATIC C7 with integrated 16 DI and 16 DO; with switches and LEDs to simulate 16 DI and 16 DO Spare parts Backup battery 3.6 V, 1.5 Ah for all C7 from C7-623 Labelling strips 5 pages for C7-623 up to C7-626 DP Service pack Seal, 4 holders for C7-623 to C7-626 DP Connector set for I/Os and power supply for all C7 with integrated inputs / outputs
6ES7 633-2BF01-0AE3
6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
see Catalog ST 70
6ES7 620-0AA00-4AA0
6ES7 633-1AF00-1AF01
} } } }
6ES7 623-1AE00-5AA0
Manual S7-300, electronic incl. STEP 7, M7-300, C7-620, DP German "Communications for S7/M7" manual German English French Spanish Italian Brochure "From SIMATIC S5 to SIMATIC S7" German English French Spanish Italian
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
6ES7 623-1AE00-1AA0
6ES7 623-1AE00-3AA0
} } } } }
6ES7 623-1AE00-4AA0
} } } } }
6ES7 398-8AA01-8AB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8BB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8CB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8DB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8EB0

SIMATIC C7
C7-634 DP
Overview SIMATIC C7-634 is the control system for all applications requiring fast programmable controller performance, extensive program memory and comprehensive HMI functionality With increased application memory for extensive user programs, high-performance HMI unit and integrated DP interface The control section has the performance range of the C7-633 C7-634 also has the userfriendly operating functions of the SIMATIC OP17
Design
The C7-634 DP consists of: SIMATIC CPU 315-2 DP, the CPU with integral PROFIBUS connection SIMATIC OP17 Operator Panel Expansion interface with S7-300 modules (integrated IM 360) Interface for MPI connection Interface for printer connection Compartment for back-up battery
Properties of the C7-634: Selection of CPU operational mode using buttons directly on the C7 front (security by means of authorization) Compartment for back-up battery Flexible expansion using up to 24 S7-300 modules through integrated IM 360
Compact expansion for C7-634; with the C7 input/output module (16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4UI) the C7-634 DP can be fitted with I/Os while retaining the compact module form.
3/265

SIMATIC C7
C7-634 DP
Ordering data
Control system SIMATIC C7-634 DP 64 Kbytes RAM (PLC); with PROFIBUS-DP interface; without integrated inputs / outputs; 128 Kbytes FEPROM for HMI data, backlit LC display (4 lines, 20 characters / line, 6 mm character height); with mounting accessories, 24 V DC plug and backup battery Documentation package C7-633, C7-634 comprising: C7-633, C7-634 manual Manual for S7-300 Device manual for OP7, OP17 Manual S7-300, electronic incl. STEP 7, M7-300, C7-620, DP German Order No. Order No. Analog output module SM 432 8 outputs, isolated, 13 Bit; for 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V, 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA Memory Card FEPROM Accessories SIMATIC C7 Simulators } for all SIMATIC C7 with integrated 16 DI and 16 DO; with switches and LEDs to simulate 16 DI and 16 DO Spare parts Backup battery 3,6 V, 1.5 Ah for all C7 from C7-623 Labelling strips 5 pages for C7-623 to C7-626 DP Service pack Seal, 4 holders for C7-623 to C7-626 DP Connector set for I/O and power supply for all C7 with integrated inputs / outputs 6ES7 620-0AA00-4AA0
6ES7 634-2BF01-0AE3
6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
see Catalog ST 70
6ES7 633-1AF00-1AF01
} } } }
6ES7 623-1AE00-5AA0 6ES7 623-1AE00-1AA0 6ES7 623-1AE00-3AA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
"Communications for S7/M7" manual German } English } French } Spanish } Italian } Brochure "From SIMATIC S5 to SIMATIC S7" German English French Spanish Italian
6ES7 623-1AE00-4AA0
} } } } }
6ES7 398-8AA01-8AB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8BB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8CB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8DB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8EB0

SIMATIC C7
C7-626 DP
Overview The SIMATIC C7 -626 DP: the control system for complex applications requiring additional distributed structures. With large program memory and powerful HMI functions. Graphical visualization and operator support make it particularly convenient to use.
Design
The C7-626 DP consists of: SIMATIC CPU 315-2 DP with 128 Kbytes user memory SIMATIC OP25 Expansion interface with S7-300 modules (integrated IM 360) Interface for MPI connection Interface for printer connection 16 digital inputs 16 digital outputs 4 analog inputs 1 analog output 4 universal outputs
Features of the C7-626: Selection of CPU modes guided by on-screen user menus Compartment for back-up battery Flexible expansion using up to 24 S7-300 modules through integrated IM 360
Compact expansion for C7-626/A and C7-626/P; with the appropriate C7 input/output module, the integrated I/Os can be doubled, while maintaining the compact construction
3/267

SIMATIC C7
C7-626 DP
Ordering data
Control system SIMATIC C7-626/P DP successor to C7-626 DP Order No.
6ES7 626-2DG02-0AE3
128 KByte working memory (PLC); with PROFIBUS-DP connection; 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI; 1-MByte-FEPROM for HMI data; CCFL illuminated LC-Display (320 240 pixels); with installation accessories, connector set, backup battery and 1 set of labelling strips
German English French Spanish Italian Manual S7-300, electronic incl. STEP 7, M7-300, C7-620, DP German "Communications S7/M7" manual German English French Spanish Italian Brochure "From SIMATIC S5 to SIMATIC S7" German English French Spanish Italian Analog output module SM 432 8 outputs, isolated, 13 Bit; for 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V, 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA Memory Card FEPROM
} } } } } }
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
} } } } }
} } } } } }
6ES7 398-8AA01-8AB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8BB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8CB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8DB0 6ES7 398-8AA01-8EB0 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
see Catalog ST 70
C7-626, C7-626 DP Manual
6ES7 626-1AG00-8 A0 A B C D E

SIMATIC C7
SIMATIC C7 input/output module
Overview To expand on the integrated I/O unit directly onto the SIMATIC C7 control system 2 variants: 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI and 4 AO; 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI
Application
The SIMATIC C7 input/output module is used to extend the integrated I/O directly on the device.
The C7 input/output module is available in two versions: with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, to be used with C7-623/A and C7-626/A
with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI, for use with C7-633, -634, -623/P, -624/P, -626/P, -626/P DP This minimizes the space requirements for the overall solution.
Design
Compact design; the metal casing contains the I/Os and the connection to C7 Easy installation; the module is mounted on the back of a C7 unit and connected to the C7 unit with a bus connection cable.
Fig. 3/101 C7-626/A with input/output module
Version with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO see C7-623/A Version with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI, see C7-633/P see Catalog ST 70 see Catalog ST 70
Ordering data
Order No. 6ES7 N630-0DA00-0AB0
} C7 input/output module with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI, for use with C7-633, -634, -623/P, -624/P, -626/P, -626/P DP, incl. bus connection cables and plug set
3/269

SIMATIC 505
CP 5434-FMS communication processor
Overview
Master connection of SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS-FMS according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 with CPU 545, 555, 565, 575 Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS
Peerlink services (505 communication).
S5 C
FMS
Application
PROFIBUS-FMS master module for SIMATIC 505, flexible data exchange with thirdparty devices HMI, drives, other PLCs, PCs Supports protocols for connection to SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 controllers.1)
1) S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
Peerlink service high speed peer-to-peer communication between SIMATIC 505 controllers with up to 100 V memory words per PLC scan Supports up to 32 links per module between any 12 slaves in a network.
Supports up to 48 preprogrammed SEND/RECEIVE operations activated by the PLC.
Design
The FMS master module is directly plugged into the local or remote basic unit of the SIMATIC 505 which supports special modules.
9-pin Sub-D male connector (RS 232) for connection to PC with configuration software (for network and data transfer configuration) 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) for connection to PROFIBUS PROFIBUS-DP S7 communication (READ/ WRITE, only servers). Configured via direct serial link or via PROFIBUS.
The module can be connected by a PROFIBUS RS 485 bus terminal or an RS 485 bus connector to PROFIBUS.
Functions
Communication with the following services:
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS
Configuration
Win95/Win NT configuration tool is supplied.

SIMATIC 505
CP 5434-FMS communication processor
Designed for Industry Easy integration of SIMATIC 505 in a vendor-independent automation network via PROFIBUS-FMS. User requires little knowledge of PROFIBUS-FMS specification due to simple configuration and automatic data conversion on the CP Easy expansion of existing 505 installations with SIMATIC 7 systems using S7 communication.
Data transfer rate Interfaces Coupling with PROFIBUS-FMS Coupling with PC/PG Supply voltage Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D male connector (RS 232) 5 V DC via backplane 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C Double-height Eurocard 20 266 170
Ordering data
SIMATIC 505-FMS CP 5434-FMS communication processor For connection of the SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS-FMS, with manual SIMATIC 505-FMS Manual, English
Order No.
PPX:505-CP5434-FMS
PPX:505-CDMANUAL-1
max.
3/271

SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 FIM (field interface module)
Overview
DP master connection for SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158/ EN 50 170 Connectable systems SIMATIC 505 with CPU 545, 555 or 575
Setting of remote I/O base address using rotary switch on the front of the module
S5 C
FMS
Application
PROFIBUS-DP master module for SIMATIC 505.
Fast data exchange with distributed field devices (I/O, drives, etc.). 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) for connecting to PROFIBUS or for drive applications The module is connected to the PROFIBUS bus cable by RS 485 bus terminal RS 485 bus connector DP interface I/O communication between SIMATIC 505 (DP master) and PROFIBUS-DP field devices (slaves) by means of the PROFIBUSDP protocol. SPI) is selected by a switch on the front of the module. Setting the remote I/O base address and the protocol by miniature rotary switches on the front panel.
Design
9-pin Sub-D male connector for connection of a SIMATIC PG or a PC (for loading protocols) 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to the CPU via the remote I/O cable As master module, the field interface module coordinates bus access and data transmission via PROFIBUS. Communication with following services:
Functions
Up to 16 slave stations can be connected and can each exchange up to 164 input/output bytes.
Configuration
The communication protocol for the respective application (DP master, USS, SAMMS, Use of SIMATIC 505 with distributed field devices (I/O, drives, etc.) by PROFIBUS
Additional configuration software is not necessary.
Autonomous processing of the communications services relieves the PLC user program.

SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 FIM (field interface module)
Data transfer rate PROFIBUS-DP Simple/USS protocol interfaces Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Connection to 505 CPU (same as remote I/O) Connection PC/PG Supply voltage Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight Space required Number of static connections to be established simultaneously max. 9.6 Kbit/s to 1.5 Mbit/s 4.8 to 38.4 Kbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin SUb-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 232) +5 V DC via backplane bus 5 W at +5 V DC 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C Double-height Eurocard 20 266 170 300 g 1 slot 16
Ordering data
Order No. PPX:505-7202
} SIMATIC 505 FIM (Field Interface Module) For connecting SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS; including manual and configuration tool
"SIMATIC 505 FIM" manual German English French Italian
} } } }
PPX:505-8124-2D PPX:505-8124-5 PPX:505-8124-2F PPX:505-8124-2I
max.
3/273

SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP (remote base controller)
Overview
Slave connection for SIMATIC 505 and SIMATIC 500 I/O modules to PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 Any digital or analog I/O module for the SIMATIC 505 may be connected (with the exception of SF modules).
Setting of PROFIBUS address using DIP switch on the front of the module
S5 C
FMS
Application
The Remote Base Controller SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP RBC enables connection of a SIMATIC 505 expansion device as a PROFIBUS slave with data transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s. The RBC is plugged directly into the SIMATIC 505 subrack, and requires one single-width slot. The RBC enables connection of a SIMATIC 505 expansion device as a PROFIBUS slave with data transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s. The PROFIBUS address is set with a DIP switch at the front of the module. Use of existing 505 I/O modules as distributed I/O via PROFIBUS
The programmable controller operates as a PROFIBUS slave with this interface.
All digital and analog I/O modules for SIMATIC 505 can be connected.
Design
9-pin Sub-D male connector for connecting a SIMATIC PG or a PC (for loading protocols). Exchange of up to 244 input bytes/output bytes with the higher-level DP master.
9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) for connecting to PROFIBUS. LED for status display.
Functions
Up to 16 I/O modules can be used per RBC.
Configuration
Additional configuration software is not necessary.

SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP (remote base controller)
Baud Rates PROFIBUS-DP Serial interface Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Connection PC/PG Supply voltage Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight Space required 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 0.300 to 38.4 Kbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D male connector +5 V DC via backplane bus 5 W at +5 V DC 0 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C Double-height Eurocard 40 266 170 400 g 1 CPU slot
Ordering data
SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP RBC remote base controller For connecting the I/O modules of SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS For connecting the I/O modules of SIMATIC 500 to PROFIBUS
Order No.
} }
PPX:505-6870 PPX:500-6870 PPX:2601094-8001
} Connecting cable For connecting a PG/PC with the RBC
max.
3/275

PG/PC
Overview
Overview
3
CP 5613 (PCI) CP 5613 FO (PCI)
CP 5614 (PCI)
PC card with its own microprocessor Recommended solution for: } PC-based control systems (Soft Control, PLC, Numeric Control, Robot Control) } Process control systems } Human Machine Interface (HMI) } PROFIBUS systems with a large quantity framework (more than 8 stations) } Multi-protocol operation } Use of several CPs in one computer } Versions with Fiber Optic interface (FO)
You will find software for the PC products under Windows on the SIMATIC NET/Windows-CD including the appropriate manuals in pdf format and other detailed information about SIMATIC NET products and communication. The necessary configuration tools are contained in all software packages
CP 5614 FO (PCI)
CP 5511 (PCMCIA)
CP 5611 (PCI)
PC card without its own microprocessor Recommended solution for: } Configuration tools (e.g. STEP 7) } PROFIBUS-DP diagnostics station (e.g. with COM PROFIBUS or as a DP master class 2) } PROFIBUS-DP slave connection } PROFIBUS systems with up to 8 stations } Monoprotocol mode
Fig. 3/102 System interfacing for PG/PC

PG/PC
Performance data overview
Performance of the PROFIBUS-CP The maximum data throughput indicates how many digital input/output files can be read or written to or from the PROFIBUS application in 1 ms via the applicable PROFIBUS-CP (regardless of the physical characteristics of the bus).
Performance
G_IK10_deP0035s
CP 5613 1) with DP-RAM access
CP 5613 1) with CP 5412 (A2) with DP-5613/Win NT DP-5412/Win NT
CP 5X11 with SOFTNET-DP
1) The CP 5613 is the successor type to CP 5412 (A2)
Fig. 3/103 Performance in the case of almost equal CPU loading
CPU loading and access time
A comparison of event access (via Interrupt) and polling access shows that the CPU loading in CP 5613 can be reduced considerably using the event/filter mechanism; at the same data throughput.
CPU load
CP 5613 with events via DP-RAM access
Other CPs with polling

G_IK10_deP0036s
CPU load at same data thruput to get current data of a slave

Fig. 3/104 Comparison of CPU loading for event/polling access
Performance data of the PROFIBUS-CP

CP 5613/CP 5613 FO Number of connectable DP slaves No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed No. of PG/OP and S7 connections No. of FMS connections max. max. max. max. 122 120 501) 402) CP 5614/CP 5614 FO 122 120 501) 402) CP 5412 (A2) 64 118 29 32 CP 5611 60 100 8 CP 5511 60 32 8
Note: The CP 5613 is the successor type to CP 5412 (A2) 1) for credit = 1; PDU size 480 bytes 2) for credit = 1
3/277

PG/PC
OPC server
Overview OPC servers are supplied with the communication software Standard, open, manufacturer-independent interface Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to S7 communication and S5compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE). Builds upon software programming interfaces. Efficient data exchange for Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Pro
PC/Windows NT SIMATIC NET OPC Manager WinCC OPC Client Office 97 OPC Client
FMS OPC Server
DP OPC Server
S7 OPC Server
S7 OPC Server
FMS protocol
DP protocol
S7 communic.
S5 comp. comm. (SEND/RECEIVE)
OPC-Scout with Browser function as OPC-Client and OCX-Data-Control (only S7-OPC server)
FMS-PC SIMATIC S7
0 1
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S5 (SEND/RECEIVE only)
ET 200X
G_IK10_deP0040s
SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
S7-PC
Fig. 3/105 System integration with OPC server
Application
Under Windows NT, OPC (OLE for Process Control) can be used as an extension to the communications interfaces COM (Component Object Model) and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user software. The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications can communicate with the OPC server through a standard / open and thus manufacturer-independent interface. Connection to OPC-compatible Windows applications already on the market (Office 97 or HMI systems) is possible.
The following OPC servers are available: PROFIBUS: DP-OPC server for PROFIBUS-DP FMS-OPC server for PROFIBUS-FMS S7-OPC servers for S7 communication, alarms and events as well as S5compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) The OPC servers have: Standardized access to SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC S5 for OPC-compatible applications under Windows NT Consistency between automation products from different manufacturers Efficient data exchange from a process component to a further processing application Simultaneous use of several servers by one client application
The same simple-to-use user interface for different components. Accessibility from every computer in the LAN/WAN High-performance data access via the Custom Interface (C++) Easy to use via the "Automation Interface (VB) or OCX Data Control (S7 and FMS-OPC server only), which is supplied. Grouping of variables (items), whereby a large number of data can be processed in a short time
Functions
Open standardization of addressing using logical names for objects of an automation component or system. Support of symbols from STEP 7
Several clients can run on one OPC server at the same time Server-specific configuration support

PG/PC
OPC server
Functions (continued) Interfaces "Custom Interface for high-performance C++ applications "Automation Interface for easy-to-create Visual Basic or similar applications OCX Data Control for embedding directly in COM/ DCOM compatible Windows applications (S7-OPC server and FMS-OPC server only)
Application X
Application Y
WinCC OPC Client
Application X OPC Client
3
Fig. 3/106 Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
G_IK10_deP0041s
Server A
Server B
Server C
FMS-OPC Server
S7-OPC Server
XY-OPC Server
DP-OPC Server
Configuration
The communications parameters can be completely configured using the tools in the software which is already installed.
The following demo programs are supplied as standard: For custom interface in C++ For "Automation Interface with Visual Basic Easy integration in the system environment and office applications via C++ and Visual Basic interface Short programming times for applications. Easy to handle and costeffective because the OPC servers are supplied with the communication software
Simple use of different networks and protocols through standard interface. Reduced training and learning requirements.
3/279

PG/PC
OPC server
Technical specifications OPC server
Programming Open and standardized Can be used with different manufacturers systems Variable (item) groups One set of variables, enabling processing of large data volumes in a short time Custom Interface (C++); OPC is therefore powerful Automation Interface (VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, etc.); therefore easy to use Graphics with OCX; allowing configuration instead of programming DP protocol S7 communication FMS protocol S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Professional is automatically available for all applications after installation
Product versions
Product DP-5613 S7-5613 FMS-5613 SOFTNET-S7 for PROFIBUS SOFTNET-DP SOFTNET-DP slave CP 5613/5614 and CP 5613 FO/5614 FO with DP-Base software contains OPC servers for: PROFIBUS-DP S7 communication FMS communication S7 communication PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP slave S5 compatible communication (FDL) PROFIBUS-DP (master) (in preparation) Access to DP slave of the CP 5614 (in preparation)
Access to
Interfaces
Protocols
Availability

PG/PC
CP 5613 communication processor
Overview
PCI card with microprocessor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC programming devices/PC to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP master according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7. S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDL interface PROFIBUS-FMS according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 The CP 5613 enables connection to PROFIBUS for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional. Short PCI card 9-pin Sub-D socket for connecting to PROFIBUS Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of max. 4 CPs 1) The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).
1) FMS-5613 supports a maximum 2 CP 5613/5614.
Extensive diagnostic facilities for installation, commissioning and operation of the module High performance via direct Dual Port-RAM-access Event and filter mechanism for relieving the host CPU. OPC servers are supplied with the communication software
S5 C
FMS
OPC
3
It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT by: bus cable with 2 bus connectors or 830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS-DP. Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface by CP 5613 FO.
Application
The CP 5613 provides high performance support for control tasks on the PC (e.g. PCbased control, numeric control, robot control). It is connected to the electrical PROFIBUS by bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or bus terminal (e.g. 12M bus terminal) and PROFIBUS bus cable. It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS by: bus cable with 2 bus connectors or 830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable to an OLM. Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher load on host CPU) Signalling by new kind of event/filter mode in the event of changes in the input data of a slave (minimum load on host CPU) Both alternatives can be combined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question.
Design
Functions
PROFIBUS-DP Access to process data with DP-Base The CP 5613 is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master module which holds the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the Dual PortRAM (memory area on the CP). The high-performance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is handled independently by the CP 5613 hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM. The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.
The new event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for Signalling by Interrupt for diagnostic messages from slaves In equidistant mode signalling by interrupt: Start DP cycle End of cyclic data exchange with the DP slaves (from hardware version 3, in preparation) Equidistant mode settable as of STEP 7 V5.1
3/281

PG/PC
Functions (continued) FastLogic (rapid shutdown) FastLogic means that the CP 5613 can react automatically to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and independence of the host application is achieved here, for example, for rapid equipment shutdown. DP programming interface The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5613 has the following functions: DP master class 1 including acyclic DP extensions. DP master class 2 (in preparation) incl. acyclic expansions Access to the process data is directly through the Dual PortRAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master but also a basis for portability to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS). Via a library (DP_BASE.DLL), administrative functional calls (initialization and management services) are offered. Development Kit DK-5613 The Development Kit DK5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions With the software development kit DK-5613 the communication processors CP 5613 and CP 5614 can be integrated in any operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet. Access to process data with DP-5613 The user interface is compatible with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1 The CP 5613 operates as a DP master class 1 according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 and handles data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely independently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be performed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic transmitted data (e.g. parameterization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible. DP master class 2 In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5613 also offers DP master class 2 services in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used for commissioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Read inputs/outputs of a slave Reading configuration data and Changing the slave address. The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelligent HMI devices. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Configuration of PROFIBUSDP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition. Software for PG/OP communication This software enables programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 5613 is already available after installing the CP 5613 (DP-Base). No additional software package is needed. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available after installation of the CP 5613 (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diagnostics and management. No additional software package is needed.

PG/PC
Functions (continued) Software for S7 communication (S7-5613) The user interface is compatible with software S7-5412. SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming interface enables PG/PC application programs access to SIMATIC S7 system components. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace. Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 Kbytes per task). Software for PROFIBUS-FMS interface (FMS-5613) The user interface is compatible with software FMS-5412. With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMScapable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication. The following services are available via the FMS interface: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server. Variable services for clients and server (read, write, information report). Server functionality VFD (virtual field device) services for clients and server. Bus access information services (live list). Trace and mini database User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server contained in the respective software package can be used as a standard programming interface for the protocols PROFIBUSDP, S7 communication and PROFIBUS-FMS to connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems etc.). Programming interface via C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) partner solutions of AIXO are available. For solutions for other operating systems, see the Development Kit DK-5613.
The DK-5613 can be found in the Internet.
http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/dk5613
Configuration
For all packages mentioned above, the configuration tools are included in the scope of supply.
The complete configuration of the S7 communication is performed using STEP 7 V5.0 SP3 and higher. The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs. Therefore a PROFIBUS network can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5613.
Configuration of PROFIBUSDP and FMS takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, commissioning and operation) for the module itself and for the PROFIBUS network.
3/283

PG/PC
Designed for Industry Fastest possible access to process data via Dual Port-RAM Short response time with FastLogic Process-consistent data from a DP cycle Higher computing performance in the PC by relieving the host CPU. Fast commissioning by Plug&Play and diagnostic tools Easy portability to other operating systems by a Dual Port-RAM interface Can also be used in a high temperature industrial environment.
Baud Rates Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 5 V DC 5% 1.3 A 6.5 W
Ordering data
DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for DP protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and DP-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for S7 communication on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English Manual CP 5613/CP 5614 and SOFTNET for PROFIBUS Including: Description of the interfaces (FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server, configuration tools German English PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet
Order No.
6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0
Supply voltage (from PCI) Power consumption from 5 V Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature without fan with fan (air current 0.5 m/s) Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H) in mm Weight Space required Performance data Single protocol mode Number of connectable DP slaves No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed No. of PG/OP and S7 connections No. of FMS connections
6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0
max.
+5 C to +40 C +5 C to +60 C 40 C to +70 C 95% at +25 C PCI card 107 168 250 g 1 PCI slot
6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0
approx.
max. max. max. max.
122 120 50 1) 402)
1) for credit = 1; PDU size 480 bytes 2) for credit = 1
} } }
6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA0 6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1 6GK1 500-0FC00
Ordering data
Order No.
6GK1 561-3AA00
PCI card for connection to PROFIBUS incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM interface for DP master incl. PG and FDL, configuration software; with electronic manual; on CD-ROM Development Kit DK-5613 Software Development Kit for CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO for integration in any operating system environments on systems with PCI slot Download from Internet under: http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/dk5613
} PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connecting PROFIBUS stations up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable
SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server, including manuals, on CD-ROM, German/English Electronics manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
6GK1 500-0AA10
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

PG/PC
CP 5613 FO communication processor
Overview
PCI card with microprocessor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC PUs/PC to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface up to 12 Mbit/s Integrated FOC interface for direct FO connection Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP master according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7. S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDL interface PROFIBUS-FMS according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170
Extensive diagnostic facilities for installation, commissioning and operation of the module High performance via direct Dual Port-RAM access Event and filter mechanism for relieving the host CPU. Multiple protocol operation and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs OPC servers are supplied with the communication software
S5 C
FMS
OPC
Application
The CP 5613 FO enables connection to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional. Short PCI card 2 Duplex sockets for connection of plastic and PCF FOCs with 2 simplex plugs each to the optical PROFIBUS Connection for external power supply. This means data transmission on the optical line is not interrupted when the PC is switched off. PROFIBUS-DP Access to process data with DP-Base The CP 5613 FO is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master module which holds the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the Dual Port-RAM (memory area on the CP). The high-performance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is handled independently by the CP 5613 FO hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM. The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.
The CP 5613 FO provides high performance support for control tasks on the PC (e.g. PC-based control, numeric control, robot control).
Design
Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of up to 4 CPs. The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).
It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface by: Plastic and PCF FOCs with simplex plugs. It is connected to the electrical PROFIBUS by Plastic and PCF-FOC with simplex plugs to an OBT.
Functions
Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher load on host CPU) Signalling by new kind of event/filter mode in the event of changes in the input data of a slave (minimum load on host CPU) Both alternatives can be combined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question.
The new event/filter mechanism can also be used for: Signalling by Interrupt for diagnostic messages from slaves In equidistant mode signalling by interrupt: Start DP cycle End of cyclic data exchange with the DP slaves (from hardware version 3, in preparation) Equidistant mode settable as of STEP 7 V5.1
3/285

PG/PC
Functions (continued) FastLogic (rapid shutdown) FastLogic means that the CP 5613 FO can react automatically to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and independence of the host application is achieved here, for example, for rapid equipment shutdown. DP programming interface The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5613 FO has the following functions: DP master class 1 including acyclic DP extensions. DP master class 2 (in preparation) incl. acyclic expansions Access to the process data is directly through the Dual PortRAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master but also a basis for portability to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS). Via a library (DP_BASE.DLL), administrative functional calls (initialization and management services) are offered. Development Kit DK-5613 The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions With the software development kit DK-5613 the communication processors CP 5613, CP 5614 and CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO can be integrated in any operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet Access to process data with DP-5613 The user interface is compatible with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1 The CP 5613 FO operates as a DP master class 1 and handles data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely independently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be performed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic transmitted data (e.g. parameterization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible. DP master class 2 In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5613 FO also offers DP master class 2 services in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used for commissioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Read inputs/outputs of a slave Reading configuration data and Changing the slave address. The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelligent HMI devices. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Configuration of PROFIBUSDP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition. Software for PG/OP communication This software enables programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 5613 FO is already available after installing the CP 5613 FO (DP-Base). No additional software package is needed. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available after installation of the CP 5613 FO (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diagnostics and management. No additional software package is needed.

PG/PC
Functions (continued) Software for S7 communication (S7-5613) The user interface is compatible with software S7-5412. SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming interface enables PG/PC application programs access to SIMATIC S7 system components. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace. Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 Kbytes per task). Software for PROFIBUS-FMS interface (FMS-5613) The user interface is compatible with software FMS-5412. With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMScapable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication. The following services are available via the FMS interface: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server. Variable services for clients and server (read, write, information report). Server functionality VFD (virtual field device) services for clients and server. Bus access information services (live list). Trace and mini database User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server contained in the respective software package can be used as a standard programming interface for the protocols PROFIBUSDP, S7 communication and PROFIBUS-FMS to connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems etc.). Programming interface via C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) partner solutions of AIXO are available. For solutions for other operating systems, see the Development Kit DK-5613.
The DK-5613 can be found in Internet.
Configuration
For all packages mentioned above, the configuration tools are included in the scope of supply. The complete configuration of the S7 communication is performed using STEP 7 V5.1 and higher. Extensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, commissioning and operation) for the module itself and for the PROFIBUS network. Fastest possible access to process data via Dual Port-RAM Short response time with FastLogic Process-consistent data from a DP cycle
The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs.
Configuration of PROFIBUSDP and FMS takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.
Diagnostics
Therefore a PROFIBUS network can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5613 FO.
Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS by integrated FOC interface Higher computing performance in the PC by relieving the host CPU. Fast commissioning by Plug&Play and diagnostic tools
Easy portability to other operating systems by a Dual Port-RAM interface Can also be used in a high temperature industrial environment.
3/287

PG/PC
Baud Rates Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS External power supply (optical) via standard external power supply Supply voltage from PCI Current consumption from 5 V DC from 12 V DC Power loss Supply voltage (optional) external power supply Current consumption Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature without fan with fan (air current 0.5 m/s) Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H) in mm Weight Space required Performance data Single protocol mode Number of connectable DP slaves No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed No. of PG/OP and S7 connections No. of FMS connections 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 2 Duplex socket (FO) Low voltage socket 3.5 mm/1.3 mm + 5 V DC 5% 12 V DC 5% 1.4 A 0.3 A 7W 9 12 V DC 0.4 A 3.6 4.8 W
Ordering data
Order No.
6GK1 561-3FA00
PCI card for connection to PROFIBUS incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM interface for DP master incl. PG and FDL, configuration software; with electronic manual; on CD-ROM Development Kit 1) DK-5613 Software Development Kit for CP 5613/CP 5614 for integration in any operating system environments on systems with PCI slot DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for DP protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and DP-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for S7 communication on CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English Manual CP 5613/CP 5614 and SOFTNET for PROFIBUS Including: Description of the interfaces (FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server, configuration tools German English SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server, including manuals, on CD-ROM, German/English Electronic manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English 1) Download from Internet under:
6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0
max.
6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0
approx.
max. max. max. max.
122 120 50 1) 40 2)
6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0
} } }
6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA0 6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1 6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

PG/PC
Overview
PCI card with microprocessor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC programming devices/IPC to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP master interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card PROFIBUS-DP slave interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7. S7 communication
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDL interface PROFIBUS-FMS according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 High performance via direct Dual Port RAM access Event and filter mechanism for relieving the host CPU. OPC servers are supplied with the communication software
S5 C
FMS
OPC
Application
The CP 5614 enables connection to PROFIBUS for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional. It can be either a DP master or a DP slave independently of each other. Short PCI card 2 9-pin Sub-D sockets for connecting to PROFIBUS Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of up to 4 CPs. The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).
This means that two different PROFIBUS networks can be connected to a PC in a hierarchic structure using one PROFIBUS card and data can be exchanged between the networks.
The CP 5614 provides high performance support for control tasks on the PC (e.g. PC based control, numeric control, robot control).
Design
It is connected to the electrical PROFIBUS by bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or bus terminal (e.g. 12M bus terminal) and PROFIBUS bus cable. It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS by bus cable with 2 bus connectors or 830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable to an OLM. Parallel operation of DP 5613 (DP master) and DP-Base (DP master, DP slave) is not possible. Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher load on host CPU) Signalling by new kind of event/filter mode in the event of changes in the input data of a slave (minimum load on host CPU)
It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT by: bus cable with 2 bus connectors or 830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS. Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface by CP 5614 FO.
Functions
PROFIBUS-DP Access to process data The CP 5614 is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master and DP slave module which holds the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the Dual Port-RAM. The high-performance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is handled independently by the CP 5614 FO hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM. The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle.
Both alternatives can be combined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question. The new event/filter mechanism can also be used for: Signalling by Interrupt for diagnostic messages from slaves In equidistant mode signalling by interrupt: Start DP cycle End of cyclic data exchange with the DP slaves (from hardware version 3, in preparation) Equidistant mode settable as of STEP 7 V5.1
3/289

PG/PC
Functions (continued) FastLogic (rapid shutdown) FastLogic means that the CP 5614 can react automatically to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and independence of the host application is achieved here e.g. fast switch off of devices. DP programming interface The DP programming interfaces of the CP 5613 and CP 5614 are identical. The DP programming interface of the CP 5614 has the following functional scope: DP slave DP master class 1 Including acyclic DP extensions. DP master class 2 (in preparation) incl. non-cyclic DP expansions Access to the process data is directly through the Dual PortRAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master/slave but also a basis for portability to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS). A DP master and a DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL) offer administrative function calls (initialization and management services as well as diagnostic functions). A transfer mechanism (application in the PC) can be set by software as a link for data exchange between the master and slave interface. In this manner, defined I/O data can be transferred between the master interface and the slave interface. The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated with different PROFIBUS bus parameters due to their mutual independence. Development Kit DK-5613 The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions With the software development kit DK-5613 the communication processors CP 5613 and CP 5614 can be integrated in any operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet Access to process data with DP-5613 The user interface is compatible with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1 The CP 5614 operates as a DP master class 1 according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 and handles data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely independently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be performed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic transmitted data (e.g. parameterization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible. DP master class 2 In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5614 also offers DP master class 2 services in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used for commissioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnostics) The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Read inputs/outputs of a slave Reading configuration data and Changing the slave address. The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave has to be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Configuration of PROFIBUSDP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.

PG/PC
Functions (continued) Software for PG/OP communication This software enables programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 5614 is already available after installing the CP 5614 (DP-Base). No additional software package is needed. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available after installation of the CP 5614 (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diagnostics and management. No additional software package is needed. Software for S7 communication (S7-5613) The user interface is compatible with S7-5412. SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming interface enables PG/PC application programs access to SIMATIC S7 system components. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace. Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 Kbytes per task). Software for PROFIBUS-FMS interface (FMS-5613) The user interface is compatible with software FMS-5412. With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMScapable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication. The following services are available via the FMS interface: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server. Variable services for clients and server (read, write, information report). Server functionality VFD (virtual field device) services for clients and server. Bus access information services (live list). Trace and mini database User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server contained in the respective software package can be used as a standard programming interface for the protocols PROFIBUSDP, S7 communication and PROFIBUS-FMS to connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems etc.). Programming interface via C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) partner solutions of AIXO are available. For solutions for other operating systems, see the Development Kit DK-5613.
3/291

PG/PC
Configuration For all packages mentioned above, the configuration tools are included in the scope of supply. The complete configuration of the S7 communication is performed using STEP 7 V5.0 SP3 and higher. The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs. Therefore a PROFIBUS network can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5614. Configuration of PROFIBUSDP and FMS takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, commissioning and operation) for the module itself and for the PROFIBUS network. Only 1 slot is required for a master and slave. Fastest possible access to process data via Dual PortRAM Short response time with FastLogic
Process-consistent data from a DP cycle Higher computing performance in the PC by relieving the host CPU. Fast commissioning by Plug&Play and diagnostic tools
Easy portability to other operating systems by a Dual Port-RAM interface Can also be used in a high temperature industrial environment.
Programming device with CP 5613
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 (DP master)
PROFIBUS
Transfer mechanism DP slave RS 485 DP master CP 5614 Distributed I/O
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC ET 200M
SIMATIC ET 200S
Fig. 3/107 Configuration example with CP 5614
G_IK10_deP0110s

PG/PC
Baud Rates Interfaces, connection PROFIBUS-DP master PROFIBUS-DP slave Supply voltage (from PCI) Current consumption from 5 V DC Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature without fan with fan (air current 0.5 m/s) Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H) in mm Weight Space required Performance data Single protocol mode Number of connectable DP slaves Data area of slave interface: input data, output data, diagnostics data No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed No. of PG/OP and S7 connections No. of FMS connections 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 5 V DC, 5% approx. approx. 1.6 A 8.0 W
Ordering data
DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for DP protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and DP-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for S7 communication on CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English Manual CP 5613/CP 5614 and SOFTNET for PROFIBUS Including: Description of the interfaces (FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server, configuration tools German English PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet Order No. 6GK1 561-4AA00
Order No.
6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0
6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0
max.
6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0
approx.
max.
122
244 bytes each
max. max. max.
120 50 1) 402)
} } }
6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA0 6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1 6GK1 500-0FC00
Ordering data
} Communication processor CP 5614 PCI card with master and slave connection to PROFIBUS, incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM Interface for DP master and slave, PG and FDL, configuration software with electronic manual on CD-ROM
Development Kit 1) DK-5613 Software Development Kit for CP 5613/CP 5614 for integration in any operating system environments on systems with PCI slot 1) Download from Internet under:
SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server Including manuals, on CD-ROM, German/English Electronic manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
6GK1 500-0AA10
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
3/293

PG/PC
Overview
PCI card with microprocessor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC PUs/PC to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface up to 12 Mbit/s Integrated FOC interface for direct FO connection Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP master interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card PROFIBUS-DP slave interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7.
S5 C
FMS
OPC
S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDL interface PROFIBUS-FMS according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 High performance via direct Dual Port RAM access Event and filter mechanism for relieving the host CPU. Multiple protocol operation and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs OPC servers are supplied with the communication software The CP 5614 FO provides high performance support for control tasks on the PC (e.g. PC-based control, numeric control, robot control).
3
Application The CP 5614 FO enables connection to PROFIBUS-DP for SIMATIC PG/PC and AT-compatible PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional. Design Short PCI card 2 Duplex sockets for connection of plastic and PCF FOCs with 2 simplex plugs each to the optical PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D socket for connecting to PROFIBUS Connection for external power supply. This means data transmission on the optical line is not interrupted when the PC is switched off. PROFIBUS-DP Access to process data The CP 5614 is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master and slave module which holds the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the Dual Port-RAM. The high-performance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is handled independently by the CP 5614 FO hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM. The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of DP 5613 (DP master) and DP-Base (DP master, DP slave) is not possible.
It can be either a DP master or a DP slave independently of each other. In this way two different PROFIBUS networks can be connected in a hierarchical structure to one PC with a PROFIBUS card and can exchange data. Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of up to 4 CPs. The software can switch assignment of master and slave to the optical and electrical interface. The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).
It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT by: Plastic and PCF FOCs with simplex plugs. It is connected to the electrical PROFIBUS by Plastic and PCF-FOC with simplex plugs to an OBT.
Functions
Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher load on host CPU) Signalling by new kind of event/filter mode in the event of changes in the input data of a slave (minimum load on host CPU) Both alternatives can be combined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question. The new event/filter mechanism can also be used for:
Signalling by Interrupt for diagnostic messages from slaves In equidistant mode signalling by interrupt: Start DP cycle End of cyclic data exchange with the DP slaves (from hardware version 3, in preparation) Equidistant mode settable as of STEP 7 V5.1 FastLogic (rapid shutdown) FastLogic means that the CP5614 FO can react automatically to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and independence of the host application is achieved here e.g. fast switch off of devices.

PG/PC
Functions (continued) DP programming interface The DP programming interfaces of the CP 5613 and CP 5614 FO are identical. The DP programming interface of the CP 5614 FO has the following functions: DP slave DP master class 1 including acyclic DP extensions. DP master class 2 (in preparation) incl. non-cyclic expansions Access to the process data is directly through the Dual PortRAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master/slave but also a basis for portability to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS). A DP master and a DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL) offer administrative function calls (initialization and management services as well as diagnostic functions). A transfer mechanism (application in the PC) can be set by software as a link for data exchange between the master and slave interface. In this manner, defined I/O data can be transferred between the master interface and the slave interface. The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated with different PROFIBUS bus parameters due to their mutual independence. Development Kit DK-5613 The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions. With the software development kit DK-5613 the communication processors CP 5613 and CP 5614 can be integrated in any operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet. Access to process data with DP-5613 The user interface is compatible with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1 The CP 5614 FO operates as a DP master class 1 according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 and handles data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely independently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be performed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic transmitted data (e.g. parameterization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible. DP master class 2 In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5614 FO also offers DP master class 2 services in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used for commissioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Read inputs/outputs of a slave Reading configuration data and Changing the slave address. The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelligent HMI devices. This type of slave has to be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). Configuration of PROFIBUSDP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.
3/295

PG/PC
Functions (continued) Software for PG/OP communication This software enables programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 5614 FO is already available after installing the CP 5614 FO (DP-Base). No additional software package is needed. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available after installation of the CP 5614 FO (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diagnostics and management. No additional software package is needed. Software for S7 communication (S7-5613) The user interface is compatible with S7-5412. SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming interface enables PG/PC application programs access to SIMATIC S7 system components. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace. Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 Kbytes per task). Software for PROFIBUS-FMS interface (FMS-5613) The user interface is compatible with software FMS-5412. With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMScapable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication. The following services are available via the FMS interface: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server. Variable services for clients and server (read, write, information report). Server functionality VFD (virtual field device) services for clients and server. Bus access information services (live list). Trace and mini database User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server contained in the respective software package can be used as a standard programming interface for the protocols PROFIBUSDP, S7 communication and PROFIBUS-FMS to connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems etc.). Programming interface via C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0 For Borland programming interfaces (e.B. DELPHI) partner solutions of the AIXO Co. are offered. For solutions for other operating systems, see the Development Kit DK-5613.

PG/PC
Configuration For all packages mentioned above, the configuration tools are included in the scope of supply. The complete configuration of the S7 communication is performed using STEP 7 V5.1 and higher. The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs. Therefore a PROFIBUS network can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5614 FO. Configuration of PROFIBUSDP and FMS takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, commissioning and operation) for the module itself and for the PROFIBUS network. Only 1 slot is required for a master and slave. Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS by integrated FOC interface Fastest possible access to process data via Dual PortRAM Short response time with FastLogic
Process-consistent data from a DP cycle Higher computing performance in the PC by relieving the host CPU Easy portability to other operating systems by a Dual Port-RAM interface
Can also be used in a high temperature industrial environment Flexible application by switchable assignment of optical and electrical interface to master and slave
Programming device with CP 5613 FO
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO
optical PROFIBUS
Transfer mechanism DP slave DP master CP 5614 FO Distributed I/O FO RS 485 Switchable
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC ET 200M
SIMATIC ET 200S
Fig. 3/108 Configuration example with CP 5614 FO
3/297
G_IK10_deP0109s

PG/PC
Baud Rates Basic interface setting PROFIBUS master PROFIBUS slave Interfaces switchable by software call PROFIBUS master PROFIBUS slave External power supply (optional) via standard external power supply Supply voltage (from PCI) Current consumption from 5 V DC from 12 V DC Power loss Supply voltage (optional) external power supply Current consumption Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature without fan with fan (air current 0.5 m/s) Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (W H) in mm Weight Space required Performance data Single protocol mode Number of connectable DP slaves Data area of slave interface: input data, output data, diagnostics data No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed No. of PG/OP and S7 connections No. of FMS connections 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 2 Duplex socket (FO) 9-pin Sub-D socket
Ordering data
Development Kit 1) DK-5613 Software Development Kit for CP 5613/CP 5614 for integration in any operating system environments on systems with PCI slot DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for DP protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and DP-OPC server, with electronic manual; on CD-ROM, German/English S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for S7 communication on CP 5613/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM, German/English FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP 5613 FO/ CP 5614/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM, German/English PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector Plug 180 PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, simplex plug / polishing set PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, stripping tool set Connection adapters 50 pieces Manual CP 5613/CP 5614 and SOFTNET for PROFIBUS Including: Description of the interfaces (FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server, configuration tools German English SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server Including manuals, on CD-ROM, German/English Electronic manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English 1) Download from Internet under:
Order No.
6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0
9-pin Sub-D socket 2 Duplex socket (FO) Low voltage socket 3.5 mm/1.3 mm + 5 V DC 5% 12 V DC 5% 1.6 A 0.3 A 8W 9 12 V DC 0.4 A 3.6 4.8 W
6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0
6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0
max.
} } } } }
6GK1 500-0FC00
approx.
6GK1 500-0AA10 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0 6GK1 905-6PA10 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
max.
122
244 bytes each
max. max. max.
120 50 1) 40 2)
} } }
Ordering data
Order No. 6GK1 561-4FA00
} CP 5614 FO communication processor PCI card with master and slave connection to PROFIBUS, incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM interface for DP master and slave, configuration software with electronic manual on CD-ROM
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

PG/PC
Overview
For connecting PG/PCs and notebooks with PCMCIA slot to PROFIBUS and MPI of the SIMATIC S7 Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP master class 1 with SOFTNET-DP. PROFIBUS-DP master class 2 including acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-DP. PROFIBUS-DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave. PG/OP communication S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7. The CP 5511 enables connection of programming devices and AT-compatible PCs to PROFIBUS and to the multipoint interface (MPI) of SIMATIC S7: PCMCIA card type II Adapter with 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS The CP 5511 is operated under different software packages and allows the user to execute programming device functions and PC functions via PROFIBUS and the multipoint interface (MPI). Only one CP can be operated for each PG/PC/notebook. Similarly only one protocol (PROFIBUS-DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used for each CP. The following software packages support the CP 5511: STEP 7 as of V3.2 Drivers for the CP 5511 are supplied with STEP 7 SOFTNET-S7 The S7 programming interface can be used with this package SOFTNET-DP With this the CP 5511 can be used as a PROFIBUS-DP master class 1 or 2 SOFTNET-DP slave for using the CP 5511 as a PROFIBUS-DP slave for connecting PCMCIA slot and notebooks
PCMCIA card type II; for PG/PCs with PCMCIA slot and notebooks Used with: STEP 7, ProTool, Micro/Win, ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication) COM PROFIBUS SOFTNET-S7 (for S7 communication). SOFTNET-DP (for DP). OPC servers are supplied with the communication software
S5 C
FMS
OPC
Application
Design
Functions
COM PROFIBUS as of V3.3 With this package the CP 5511 can be used for commissioning or diagnostics (DP online functions) for PROFIBUS-DP systems STEP 7-Micro/Win as of V2.1 Hardware base for the programming software of the SIMATIC S7-200 programmable controller ProTool, ProTool/PRO The CP 5511 can be used as the hardware basis for the configuration tool for SIMATIC operator panels, touch panels and text displays.
3/299

PG/PC
Designed for Industry Connection for notebooks or other portable PCs to PROFIBUS (e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning) Easy installation and commissioning
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Connection to PG/PC 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket PCMCIA slot type II +5 V DC 5% typ. 270 mA, max. 360 mA 1.8 W +5 C to +40 C 20 C to +60 C 95% at +25 C PCMCIA type II 54 85 5 30 g 130 g 1 PCMCIA slot type II
Ordering data
Communication processor CP 5511 PCMCIA card for connecting a PG or PC to PROFIBUS or MPI SOFTNET-S7/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V5.3 for S7 communication incl. FDL and S7-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM SOFTNET-DP/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V5.3 for DP protocol incl. FDL and DP-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM SOFTNET-DP slave/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V1.2 for DP slave, incl. OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet Manual CP 5613/CP 5614 and SOFTNET for PROFIBUS Including: Description of the interfaces (FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server, configuration tools German English SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server, including manuals, on CD-ROM, German/English Electronics Manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
Order No.
6GK1 551-1AA00
Supply voltage Current consumption Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity
6GK1 704-5CW53-3AA0
6GK1 704-5DW53-3AA0
max.
Design Module format Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight without adapter approx. with adapter approx. Space required
6GK1 704-5SW12-3AA0
6GK1 500-0FC00
} } }
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

PG/PC
Overview
For connecting PG/PC to PROFIBUS and MPI of the SIMATIC S7 Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP master class 1 with SOFTNET-DP. PROFIBUS-DP master class 2 including acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-DP. PROFIBUS-DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave. PG/OP communication S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7. S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE on the basis of the FDL interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7 The CP 5611 enables the connection of programming devices and PCs to PROFIBUS and multipointcapable MPI interface of the SIMATIC S7. Short PCI card 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS The CP 5611 is operated under different software packages and allows the user to execute programming device functions and PC functions via PROFIBUS and the multipoint interface (MPI). Only one CP can be operated for each programming device/PC. Similarly only one protocol (PROFIBUS-DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used for each CP. The following software packages support the CP 5611: STEP 7 V3.2 upwards under Windows 95 and NT 4.0; Windows 98 from V4.02 and K4.02.5. Drivers for the CP 5611 are included in the scope of supply of STEP 7. SOFTNET-S7 The S7 programming interface can be used with this package SOFTNET-DP With this the CP 5611 can be used as a PROFIBUS-DP master class 1 or 2 SOFTNET-DP slave For using the CP 5611 as a PROFIBUS-DP slave For PUs/PCs with PCI slot.
Short PCI card for programming device / PC with PCI slot. Used with: STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, ProTool, ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication) COM PROFIBUS SOFTNET-S7 (for S7 communication). SOFTNET-DP (for DP). OPC servers are supplied with the communication software
S5 C
FMS
OPC
Application
Design
Functions
COM PROFIBUS as of V3.3 The CP 5611 can be used with this package for commissioning or diagnostics (DP online functions) for PROFIBUS-DP systems STEP 7-Micro/Win as of V2.1 Hardware base for the programming software of the SIMATIC S7-200 programmable controller ProTool, ProTool/PRO The CP 5611 can be used as the hardware basis for the configuration tool for SIMATIC operator panels, touch panels and text displays.
3/301

PG/PC
Designed for Industry Connection for portable PCs to PROFIBUS (e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning) Easy installation and commissioning
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket +5 V DC 5% 0.5 A 2.0 W +5 C to +40 C 20 C to +60 C 95% at +25 C PCI card 102 130 100 g 1 PCI slot
Ordering data
CP 5611 communication processor PCI card for connecting a PG or PC to PROFIBUS CP 5611 MPI Consists of PCI card CP 5611 and MPI cable, 5 m SOFTNET-S7/Windows 98, NT4.0, 2000 Pro Software V5.3 for S7 communication incl. FDL and S7-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM SOFTNET-DP/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V5.3 for DP protocol incl. FDL and DP-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM SOFTNET-DP slave/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V1.2 for DP slave interface, with electronic manual on CD-ROM PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet
Order No.
6GK1 561-1AA00
Supply voltage Current consumption Power loss Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Module format Dimensions (H x D) in mm Weight Space required
6GK1 561-1AM00
6GK1 704-5CW53-3AA0
max.
6GK1 704-5DW53-3AA0
approx.
6GK1 704-5SW12-3AA0
6GK1 500-0FC00
Manual CP 5613/CP 5614 and SOFTNET for PROFIBUS Including: Description of the interfaces (FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server, configuration tools German English SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server, including manuals, on CD-ROM, German/English Electronic manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
6GK1 500-0AA10
} } }
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

PG/PC
SOFTNET for PROFIBUS
Overview
CP 5611
CP 5511
PG/PC
S5 C
FMS
OPC
Can be used in conjunction with CP 5511 (PCMCIA), CP 5611 (PCI) and integrated PROFIBUS interface of the SIMATIC PG/PC/PC Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP master class 1 PROFIBUS-DP master class 2 with non-cyclic expansions PROFIBUS-DP slave PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface)
PROFIBUS
S5-115U bis S5-155U with CP 5431 FMS/DP
S7-300 with CP 342-5 or CP 343-5
S7-400 with CP 443-5
G_IK10_deP0039s
Software for linking programmable controllers/PCs and notebooks to automation systems.
Fig. 3/109 System configuration: SOFTNET for PROFIBUS
OPC servers are supplied with the communication software
Application
SOFTNET for PROFIBUS can be used to connect PCs to automation systems, e.g. SIMATIC S7, via PROFIBUS. The following are available as user interfaces:
DP protocol PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7 S7 communication S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) This architecture means that, unlike CP 5613 or CP 5614 products the performance capability of the SOFTNET Devices of this type (programming devices, configuration devices or operating devices) are used on startup, on configuring the DP system or for operating the system during normal operation (e.g. diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics, slave diagnostics, reading the inputs and outputs of a slave, reading configuration data and changing the slave address. The extended DP functions also include noncyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelligent HMI devices. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).
SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces: CP 5511 (PCMCIA card) CP 5611 (PCI card) Integrated PROFIBUS interfaces of SIMATIC programming devices/PCs. packages depends on the construction and / or the workload of the PCs used.
Principle of operation
SOFTNET processes the complete protocol stack in the PC.
Functions
Software for DP protocol (SOFTNET-DP) DP master class 1 SOFTNET-DP offers DP master class 1 functions in conjunction with the CP 5511 or CP 5611. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deactivation of slaves. DP master class 2 In addition to DP master class 1 services, SOFTNETDP also offers DP master class 2 services.
DP slave (SOFTNET-DP slave) A DP slave is an I/O device that reads input information and supplies output information to the I/O. The quantity of input and output information depends on the type of device and can be up to 244 bytes. The slave applications can be implemented on the PC using the functions SET_INPUT and SET_OUTPUT of the slave programming interface. Configuration of PROFIBUSDP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition. For the slave interface, an example GSD file is provided which can be adapted to the relevant application.
3/303

PG/PC
Functions (continued) Software for PG/OP communication No special programming packages are required for the CP 5511 and CP 5611 because the drivers are contained in the scope of supply of STEP 7. Programming with STEP 5 is not possible with the CP 5511/CP 5611. Software for S7 communication (SOFTNET-S7) SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming interface enables PG/PC application programs access to SIMATIC S7 system components. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace. Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 Kbytes per task). The complete configuration of the S7 communication is performed using STEP 7 V5.0 SP3 and higher. The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs. Software for S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) This layer 2 based interface is used for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC S5 PG/PC and SIMATIC S7 PG/PC and PG/PC . SEND/RECEIVE offers the following services: Management services Connection establishment services Data transfer services This interface is contained in SOFTNET-DP and SOFTNETS7. Configuration is not necessary. User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server contained in the respective software package can be used as a standard programming interface for the protocols PROFIBUSDP, S7 communication and PROFIBUS-FMS to connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems etc.). Programming interface via C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ Version 6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic Version 6.0 For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) partner solutions of AIXO are available.

PG/PC
Configuration The necessary configuration tools are supplied with the appropriate packages. The complete configuration of the S7 communication is performed using STEP 7 V5.0 ServicePack 3 and higher. Low-cost integration as PROFIBUS-DP master of class 1 or master of class 2 with SOFTNET-DP. as a PROFIBUS-DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs. Configuration of PROFIBUSDP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.
to S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7
Performance data: Single protocol operation

CP 5511 Number of connectable DP slaves max. No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed max. No. of PG/OP and S7 connections max. 60 32 8 CP 5611 60 100 8
Ordering data
DP interface
Order No.
} SOFTNET-DP/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V5.3 for DP protocol incl. FDL protocol and DP-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM
S7 communication SOFTNET-S7/Windows 98, } NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V5.3 for S7 communication incl. FDL protocol and S7-OPC server, with electronic manual on CD-ROM SOFTNET-DP slave/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V1.2 for DP slave interface, with electronic manual on CD-ROM Manual CP 5613/CP 5614 and SOFTNET for PROFIBUS Including: Description of the interfaces (FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server, configuration tools German English SIMATIC NET Software Update Service For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server, including manuals, on CD-ROM, German/English Electronic manuals Communication systems, protocols, products on CD-ROM German/English
6GK1 704-5DW53-3AA0
6GK1 704-5CW53-3AA0
6GK1 704-5SW12-3AA0
} } }
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
3/305

SICOMP SMP16
PROFIBUS-DP SMP-COM201 interface module
Overview With the SMP16-COM201 communications card SMP systems SMP16 systems AMS systems are connected to PROFIBUS-DP. Transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s can be achieved The microcomputer system can operate as a PROFIBUS-DP master or DP slave with this interface module
Design
9-pin sub-D socket for PROFIBUS-DP SMP16-Bus ASIC for connecting to the SMP16 bus Function units: ASIC ASPC 2 (PROFIBUS-Controller); 256 KByte dual-port RAM Watchdog monitor ASBIC SMP16 bus interface with I2C-EEPROM for module configuration by software
System bus: SMP16 bus interface Interrupt signals Front plate: Metal front plate to ensure EMC Interface Sub-D socket, 9-pin Green LED to indicate PROFIBUS activity
The communication module is connected to the PROFIBUS network via an RS 485 bus terminal for PROFIBUS via the 9-pin sub D male connector. The connection to the SMP16 bus is via the SMP16-Bus ASIC ASBIC.
Configuration
Special software is available for operation of the module and autoconfiguration.

Order No.
Ordering data
PROFIBUS-DP interface SMP16-COM201
6AR1 303-0ED00-0AA0
For further information and ordering data see the Catalog KT 51.

SICOMP compact computer
IMC01 compact computer
Overview Integrated PROFIBUS-DP slave connection Modular expandability Customer-specific modifications (e.g. foil layout or I/O card) possible
Design
9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS-DP (RS 485) Digital and analog I/O interfaces Easy operation by keyboard and soft keys Easy to program in "C" or "STEP"
I/O interfaces modularly expandable by expansion card
Extended temperature range
Functions
High computing performance for complicated applications
Scope of delivery Compact computer IMC01 RMOS runtime license SoftPLC runtime license
Ordering data
Compact computer IMC01 without expansion card with expansion card
Order No.
} }
6AR1 025-1AA00-0AA0 6AR1 025-1AD00-0AA0
3/307

SICOMP compact computer
IMC05 compact computer
Overview The compact computer SICOMP IMC05 offers three automation functions in a compact unit: Open-loop control Axis control and Human machine interface Control functions can be programmed using the IMC05-PLC in STEP 5 Graphic display and membrane keyboard provide a clear programming picture at all times With the new version of the IMC05 with PROFIBUS distributed I/O can be coupled via PROFIBUS-DP (master/ slave)
Design
Digital and analog inputs and outputs Measuring circuit inputs for incremental and SSI absolute value sensors The real-time operating system RMOS 3 implements very fast response times in connection with the 80368EX microprocessor both in the regulating functions and in the axis functions which can be configured with the IMC05POS as in WF technology.
Order No.
Counter inputs and serial interfaces
Functions
Using IMC05-CAV the user interface can be created simply and comfortably. You can create your own applications in C programming language.
Software The operating system for the IMC05 is RMOS 3.20. The runtime license for RMOS is supplied with the device.
Ordering data
IMC05 compact computer basic unit without manual with coprocessor without coprocessor IMC05 compact computer expanded basic unit without manual with coprocessor without coprocessor IMC05 compact computer with PROFIBUS-DP without manual with coprocessor without coprocessor IMC05 compact computer with coprocessor and COM3 without manual without PROFIBUS-DP with PROFIBUS-DP
} }
6AR1 500-0EA00-0AA0 6AR1 500-0EA01-0AA0
} }
6AR1 025-0AA10-0AA0 6AR1 025-0AA00-0AA0
} }
6AR1 025-0AB10-0AA0 6AR1 025-0AB00-0AA0
} }
6AR1 025-0AC10-0AA0 6AR1 025-0AE00-0AA0

SIMATIC HMI
Overview
Overview
PP7
PP17-I / PP17-II
Communication with SIMATIC S7 } Connection via integrated interface of SIMATIC S7CPU or CP 342-5, CP 443-5 and IM 467 } Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP (slave)1) PG/OP communication
1) Push button panels only
TD17
Communication with SIMATIC S5 } Connection via CP 5431 FMS/DP and IM 308C } Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP (slave)
OP27 / OP37
OP7 / OP17
Communication with SIMATIC 505 } Connection via CP 5434 } Communication services: PROFIBUS-FMS
TP27/TP37
http://www.siemens.com/panels
For further information, technical specifications and ordering data about these SIMATIC HMI devices, see the Catalog ST 80. Fig. 3/110 System interfacing to SIMATIC HMI
3/309

SIMATIC HMI
Overview
Overview
OP 170B
3
TP170A TP170B
Communication with SIMATIC S7 } Connection via integrated interface of SIMATIC S7-CPU or CP 342-5, CP 443-5 and IM 467 } Communication services: PG/OP communication
Communication with SIMATIC S5 } Connection via CP 5431 FMS/DP, IM 308C } Communication services: PROFIBUS-DP (slave) PG/OP communication
MP270
Communication with SIMATIC 505 } Connection via CP 5434 } Communication services: PROFIBUS-FMS
MP370
ProTool/Pro
http://www.siemens.com/panels
For further information, technical specifications and ordering data about these SIMATIC HMI devices, see the Catalog ST 80. Fig. 3/111 System interfacing to SIMATIC HMI

SIMATIC HMI
Overview
Communication Communication with SIMATIC S5 Communication between PP/OP/TD/TP (DP/slave) and SIMATIC S5 (DP/master) takes place with PROFIBUSDP frames according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 with superposed profile which is handled in the programmable controller by the appropriate standard function block. With respect to the SIMATIC panels the PROFIBUS connection is always a logic point-to-point connection, i.e. a SIMATIC panel is always permanently assigned to a programmable controller. Communication with SIMATIC S7 The communication with SIMATIC S7 is a client-server communication. The SIMATIC panels are S7/Clients, whilst the S7/M7-CPU is S7/Server. The panels are therefore active PROFIBUS nodes. Connection is via PG/OP communication via the multipointcapable communication interfaces of the SIMATIC panels and SIMATIC S7/M7. A standard FB such as in SIMATIC S5 is not necessary. Communication with SIMATIC 505 (only possible in Windowsbased systems) Communication between OP/TP/MP (DP/slave) and SIMATIC 505 (DP/master) takes place via PROFIBUSDP frames according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 with superposed profile. With respect to the SIMATIC panel the PROFIBUS the connection is always a logical point-to-point connection, i.e. a SIMATIC panel is always permanently assigned to a programmable controller.
For further information and ordering data see the Catalog ST 80.
3/311

SIMATIC HMI
System interfacing SIMATIC panels
System interfacing via PROFIBUS
Logic control Destination hardware (PROTOCOL) (plugs/physical components) SIMATIC S7 (MPI as a master) SIMATIC HMI PP7 I PP17 II
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS-DP standard slave)
System interfacing possible
1) S7-200 only per MPI (CPU 212 not possible) 2) S7-CPU 215-DP also possible at PROFIBUS-DP interface by means of MPI protocol.
Logic control Destination hardware (PROTOCOL) (plugs/physical components)
SIMATIC HMI TD17 /PP OP7 OP17 with versions /DP /DP-12 OP27 OP37 TP27 TP37
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS-DP + Profile)
SIMATIC S7/M7 (MPI)
1) max. 1.5 Mbit/s 2) max. 12 Mbit/s 3) in OP37 and TP37 up to 8 connections possible dependent on the configuration scope (communication)
via PROFIBUS network (PG/OP communication) at max. 4 S7/M7 -300, -400, WinAC
2)
1)
2)
via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 S5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 5431 FMS/DP except CPU 922 < release number 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release number 5
via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 S5-115U, -135U, -155U with IM 308C except CPU 922 < release number 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release number 5
via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 S5-95U/L2-DP/master [6ES5 095-8ME02]
via PROFIBUS-DP to S5-95U/PROFIBUS-DP master (6ES5 095-8ME02) S5-115U, -135U, -155U with IM 308C, S5-115U, -135U,-155U with CP 5431 FMS/DP

3)

via PROFIBUS at max. 1 S7-200 CPU 215-DP by means of MPI protocol S7-300, -400 with intergr. PROFIBUS interface S7-300 with CP 342-5 S7-400 with CP 443-5
S7-200, -300, -400 via MPI interface 1) 2) (9-pin Sub-D socket)

SIMATIC HMI
System interfacing of Windows-based systems
System interfacing via PROFIBUS
Logic control Destination hardware (PROTOCOL) (plugs/physical components) SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS-DP + Profile) SIMATIC HMI TP170A TP170B OP170B MP270 MP370 ProTool/ Pro-Runtime
SIMATIC S7/M7 (PPI/MPI)
SIMATIC S7/M7 (PPI/MPI)
1) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 should be used in a standard PC 2) max. 187.5 Kbit/s; only 1 x S7-300, -400 possible 3) up to 8 connections possible depending on the scope of configuration (communication) in MP270, MP370; up to 8 connections possible ProTool/ProRuntime
via PROFIBUS-DP, FMS (PG/OP communication) at max. 4 S7/M7 -300, -400, WinAC
2)
3)
via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 PLC 545, 555 with CP 5434
via PROFIBUS-DP at S5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 5431 FMS/DP except CPU 922 < release number 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release number 5

via PROFIBUS-DP at S5-115U, -135U, -155U with IM 308C except CPU 922 < release number 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release number 5
via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 S5-95U/L2-DP/master [6ES5 095-8ME02]
1)
1)
1)
1)
1) 3)
3/313

SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Overview PC-based HMI solution at machine level which runs under Windows 95/98 and Windows NT/2000 As a branch and technology neutral HMI software ProTool/Pro can be used universally SIMATIC ProTool/Pro consists of: Runtime software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime (RT) Configuration software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) ProTool/Pro includes the proven functions of ProTool for configuring all SIMATIC Panels, but also enables implementation of simple visualization tasks with PCbased systems Via PROFIBUS-DP, ProTool/Pro Runtime enables connection not only to S5/S7 programmable controllers but also to controllers of other manufacturers.
3
Functions SIMATIC ProTool/Pro allows universal application in all automation applications in the form of a single station solution. The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the world of SIMATIC S7 provides triple conformity in communication, data management and configuration/programming. SIMATIC ProTool/Pro has the following distinguishing features: Process visualization by Windows-compliant, freely configurable user interface with pre-defined image objects suchas Numerical display Text display, bar graphics, curve graphics with scroll and zoom function Signal-dependent text and graphic lists Switches, buttons, selection lists as an example for the process operation control Editing boxes for process values (signals) Analog display, slide controllers as an example for further image object alarms and messages System messages, event messages, fault messages Alarm S Archiving of messages and process values Different archive types Online evaluation of process value archives by curve graphics External evaluation by MS standard tools Logging with log editor for time and event-controlled project documentation with free layout Recipes Creation of data records with a configurable image object or distributed within the project by process images Transfer of data records from or to the controller Import/Export Flexibility due to Visual Basic Script and OLE-Automation Library for pre-defined or self-created diagram elements Simulation of process data and messages OPC interface

SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Application examples
Higher level visualization system
OPC client
Local visualization
OPC server
OPC server
ProTool/Pro
ProTool/Pro
OPC client OPC server
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400
Controllers from other manufacturers
Fig. 3/112 Application example SIMATIC ProTool/Pro For further details, see Catalog ST80. Further details are available in the Internet.
http://www.siemens.com/protool
3/315

SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC WinCC
Overview PC-based HMI system with many possibilities for implementing automation solutions: Client-Server structures with simple installation Safety in process operation and data integrity through redundancy Unlimited expansion of functions through linking of ActiveX elements Open communication through OPC (OLE for Process Control) Simple and fast configuration through integration with SIMATIC STEP7 SIMATIC WinCC can be used as a single-user system or can be extended to a multi-user system in networked clientserver configurations. The operator stations in the multi-user system are automatically coordinated during operation, e.g. for alarm acknowledgment. The operating system basis for SIMATIC WinCC is Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 4/2000 1) from Microsoft. Users are given access to third-party control systems with PROFIBUS interfaces through the FMS interface. WinCC communication via PROFIBUS is performed by: DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 Pro 1) FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 Pro. 1) The S7 communication is effected with S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 Pro 1).
1) Windows 2000 as of WinCC V5.0 and Service Pack 2
With its open communication functions, SIMATIC WinCC offers the possibility of communicating with a number of other devices of other manufacturers in addition to the SIMATIC S5/S7 programmable controllers, e.g. via PROFIBUS.
Design
Hardware requirements: Pentium processor, 266 MHz with 64 MB RAM Hard disk capacity approx. 85 MB to 210 MB.
You can find further information about WinCC in the Internet.
http://www.siemens.com/wincc

SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC WinCC
Standard PC with WinCC full license
WinCC
PROFIBUS (S7 communication) - CP 5613 1) 6GK1 561-3AA00 - S7 5613 (communication software) 6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-400
1) Optionally available as a fiber optic version
SIMATIC S7-300
- IM 467 (DP/M, S7) 6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0 - CP 443-5 Extended (DP/M, S7, S/R) 6GK7 443-5DX02-0XE0
- CP 342-51) (DP, S7, S/R) 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0 - CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 343-5FA00-0XE0
SIMATIC NET
3
G_IK10_deP0113s
NCM S7
- Manual NCM S7 PROFIBUS 6GK7 080-5AA04-8AA0
Fig. 3/113 WinCC single-user station system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication
Standard PC with WinCC full license +FMS channel-DLL 6AV6 371-1CD05-0XC0
NCM S7
- CP 443-5 Basic (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0
- Manual NCM S7 PROFIBUS 6GK7 080-5AA04-8AA0
WinCC
PROFIBUS-FMS - CP 5613 6GK1 561-3AA00 - FMS-5613 (communication software) 6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0

1)
PROFIBUS-FMS
1) Optionally available as a fiber optic version
SIMATIC S5-115/135/155U SIMATIC S7-300 - CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 343-5FA00-0XE0 SIMATIC S7-400 - CP 443-5 (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0 - CP 5431 FMS/DP 6GK1 543-1AA01
G_IK10_deP0114s
SIMATIC NET
- COM 5431 FMS/DP 6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0
Fig. 3/114 WinCC single-user station system: PROFIBUS-FMS
3/317

SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication components for PG/PC for the SIMATIC (as of WinCC V5.01))
PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUSFDL SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite PROFIBUSDP PROFIBUSFMS Order No.
WinCC channel DLL
1) From WinCC V5.0 + SP1. 2) In addition to S5-PCM, the following software products are required: PMC/LS-B signal function 6ES5 848-7WL01 PMC/LS-B status, 6ES5 848-7UL01 Standard images from V4.3 PMC PRO configuration software from V2.2 German 6ES5 886-4WF11 English 6ES5 886-4WF21 3) Windows 2000 as of WinCC V5.0 and Service Pack 2
FMS-5613 Communications software for PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro 3)
DP-5613 Communications software for DP master + FDL for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro 3)
S7-5613 Communications software for S7 functions + FDL for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro 3)
CP 5613 FO PCI card for connecting PC to PROFIBUS (order communications software separately)
CP 5613 PCI card for connecting PC to optical PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered separately)
PC-Adapter RS 232, 9-pin, male with RS 232/MPI converter max. 19.2 Kbit/s
CP 5511 PCMCA card for connecting PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software contained in the WinCC basic pack)
Communication components to supplement OS/OP CP 5611 PCI card for connecting PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software contained in the WinCC basic pack)
PROFIBUS-FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS-DP
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel-DLL for S7 functions
SIMATIC S5 PMCPROFIBUS2) Channel DLL for S5-PMC

SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL Channel DLL for S5-FDL
contained in the basic pack 6AV6 371-1CD050NX0 contained in the basic pack contained in the basic pack 6AV6 371-1CD050CX0
6GK1 561-1AA00
6GK1 551-1AA00
6ES7 972-0CA230XA0
6GK1 561-3AA00
6GK1 561-3FA00
6GK1 713-5CB213AA0
6GK1 713-5DB213AA0
6GK1 713-5FB213AA0

SINUMERIK
Overview
Overview
SINUMERIK 840C } The modular system especially for workshops and automated manufacturing. } Linking to PROFIBUS by IM 308C and the appropriate adapters
Sinumerik 840D1) } The digital system to meet the highest requirements is used in mold and tool manufacture, complex large batch production and JOBSHOP manufacturing. } Interfacing with PROFIBUS via: Optional integrated PROFIBUS-DP-interface of the S7-300 CPU (master or slave) or CP 342-5 (PROFIBUS-DP) CP 342-5 FO (opt. PROFIBUS-DP) CP 343-5 (PROFIBUS-FMS)
Connection S5-115U-155U
SINUMERIK 810D 1) } The expandible digital compact system is the low-price start in the future-oriented digital CNC and drive environment. } Interfacing to PROFIBUS via integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface of the S7-300 CPU (master or slave) with CCU2 or CP 342-5, CP 342-5 FO (PROFIBUS-DP) CP 343-5 (PROFIBUS-FMS)
1) Note: Connection to the AS-Interface via CP 342-2 Connection to Industrial Ethernet via CP 343-1
Fig. 3/115 System connection for SINUMERIK/SIMODRIVE
Connection S7-300 Standard I/O
3/319

SINUMERIK
Overview
Overview
Connection of distributed I/O ET 200
SINUMERIK 840Di } Fully PC-integrated numerical control } Interfacing to PROFIBUS-DP via: Industrial PC with its own PROFIBUS interface board (MCI-Board), operating system Windows NT, COM and OPC application interface, NC control software Connection of the distributed I/O ET 200 } PROFIBUS-DP with Motion Control functionality (common fieldbus for drive and I/O); allows distributed structure of drives and I/O modules Sinumerik FM-NC
} Large-scale integrated
Risc-CNC unit for 4 bearingcontrolled axles. Expansion to a 5th NC positioning axis is possible with FM 354. The SIMODRIVE 611 analog/ universal converter system or a stepper motor power drive with clock and direction signals can be connected to the module } Connecting to PROFIBUS-DP via S7-300 standard I/O or CP 342-5 (PROFIBUS-DP) CP 342-5 FO (opt. PROFIBUS-DP) CP 343-5 (PROFIBUS-FMS) SIMODRIVE 611 MCU } The MCU 172 (Motion Control Unit) is a single-axis positioning control for the SIMODRIVE 611 digital conversion system } Connecting to PROFIBUS-DP via S7-300 standard I/O or CP 342-5 (PROFIBUS-DP) CP 342-5 FO (opt. PROFIBUS-DP) CP 343-5 (PROFIBUS-FMS)
For further information, see catalog NC 60.
Fig. 3/116 System connection for SINUMERIK/SIMODRIVE
Connection S7-300 Standard I/O

SINUMERIK
Sinumerik 840D
Example configuration
PC/PG OP 12 with PCU 50 OP 12 with PCU 50
PROFIBUS-DP
SINUMERIK 840D Master
CP 342-5
SINUMERIK 840D
CP 342-5
IM 361
IM 361
PROFIBUS-DP slaves
PROFIBUS-DP slaves
ET 200L ET 200S ET 200X
ET 200M ET 200S ET 200X
ET 200L
ET 200M
G_IK10_deP0131s
Fig. 3/117 Configuration example transfer lines with SINUMERIK 840D
3/321

SIMODRIVE
Overview
SIMODRIVE 611 Universal SIMODRIVE 611 Universal Controller units with analog speed set point interface and optional PROFlBUS-DP interface and with or without position functionality for: Synchronous motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1 Asynchronous motors 1PH2, 1PH4, 1PH7, 1LA5, 1LA6 with/without encoder Linear motors 1FN
SIMODRIVE 611 Universal
SIMODRIVE POSMO A
SIMODRIVE POSMO A is an intelligent positioning motor with a power section and complete movement guiding in the motor and an interface via a communications and energy bus. Typical applications are as follows Adjusting formats or limit stops Setting process variables (e.g. using motor valves)
SIMODRIVE POSMO A

SIMODRIVE
SIMODRIVE 611 universal
Overview Controller units with analog speed set point interface and optional PROFlBUS-DP interface and with or without position functionality for: Servo motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FN Asynchronous motors 1PH2, 1PH4, 1PH7, 1FE1 Standard asynchronous motors LA5, 1 LA6 with/without encoder
Application
The universal controller unit not only has applications in machine tools, but also in other sectors, suchas The following measurement systems can be analyzed using the sensor on the universal controller unit: Resolvers (number of pole pairs 1, 3, 4) Sensors with sin/cos signals 1 VPP Optical absolute value detector with EnDat interface Analog speed setpoint interface
packaging, textile and glass machines and in the fields of handling and transport.
3
1 axis or 2 axes version Resolver / optic sensor Closed loop position control/positioning, speed control PROFIBUS-DP slave (optional) Terminals 8 inputs/8 outputs (optional) 4 digital inputs and outputs each, freely configurable RS 232/RS 485 interface for connection to a PC for a comfortable IBS via the Windows-Tool SimoCom U.
Design
The drive can be set up either using a 7 segment display and keyboard on the front side of the module or using the IBS tool SimoCom U for PC (Windows 95/NT)
Functions (selection)
Angle increment sensor interface. If configured as an output, it serves to pass on the actual position in the form of a pulse direction signal to a superordinate controller.
S5-115U S7-300
DP master, e.g. SIMATIC S5, S7
Mains supply Options module module
Parameterization and commissioning tool Options module PROFIBUS-DP or options module terminals Control module SIMODRIVE 611 universal PG/PC with CP 5611 CP 5613 CP 5511
G_IK10_deP0132s
Device bus
Intermediate circuit
Motor and encoder, e.g. 1FK6 with resolver
Fig. 3/118 Configuration example with SIMODRIVE 611 universal
3/323

SIMODRIVE
SIMODRIVE 611 universal
Ordering data .
SIMODRIVE 611 universal Optional unit for terminal expansion, DI 24 V, 8DO 24 V/500 mA (max.) galvanic isolation Order No. Order No.
6SN1 114-0NA00-0AA0
} SIMODRIVE 611 universal Optional guide frame PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS guide frame, DP standard slave for cyclic and non-cyclic data exchange up to 12 Mbit/s
SIMODRIVE 611 universal Motion Control with PROFIBUS-DP, clock-synchronous standard slave for 2 axles cyclic and non-cyclic data exchange (DP V1 services) for transfer rates up to 12 MBaud
6SN1 114-0NB00-0AA1
} SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit, 2-axles, connection opt. sensor positioning or position setpoint pp for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared
SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit 1-axle, connection, resolver, positioning or position setpoint pp, for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared
6SN1 118-1NH00-0AA1
6SN1 118-1NJ00-0AA1
6SN1 114-0NB01-0AA0
} SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital control unit 2 axles, opt. sensor speed controller, analog setpoint interface for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, Optional unit prepared } SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit, 1-axle, resolver, analog setpoint value interface, speed controller for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared } SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit, 2 axles, resolver, analog set point interface, speed controller for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared
6SN1 118-0NH00-0AA1
} SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit 2-axles, connection, resolver, positioning or position setpoint pp, for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1 FN, 1PH2/4/6/7, standard motors, optional unit prepared } SIMODRIVE 611 universal SimoCom U/611 universal-TOOLBOX Parameterization, commissioning and test tool in Ger., Engl., Ital. language, switchable incl. 611 universal firmware version, function block for S7-300 and example masks for OP17 on CD-ROM
SIMODRIVE 611 universal Short description, hardcopy German English French Italian Spanish
6SN1 118-1NK00-0AA1
6SN1 153-1NX20-0AG0
6SN1 118-1NJ00-0AA1
6SN1 118-0NK00-0AA1
A B D C E
6SN1 197-0AB40-0 P2

SIMODRIVE
SIMODRIVE POSMO A
Overview Intelligent positioning motor as a distributed station for PROFlBUS-DP with the following features: Power section and complete movement guides in the motor Interface through communications and power bus
Application
Typical applications are as follows: Adjusting formats or limit stops Adjustment of process variables (e.g. using motor valves) Areas of application include machine tools and transfer lines, in production machines in the fields of packaging, wood, glass, printing and plastics and even in medical diagnostics, e.g. in articulated beds or x-ray apparatus. Compact construction of power terminal, converter power section, motor controller, positioning control, communication and bus connection to the motor. The motor can by equipped as a gear box with staggered planetary gearing (or worm gear on request). 1 axis adjustment drive: The drive is powered by a supply voltage of 24 V DC, which is conventional in mechanical engineering. PROFIBUS-DP transfers the whole range of process options, e.as Move to end position at a certain speed and with controllable acceleration
Additional features: The interface via the communications and power bus simplifies the machine infrastructure Simple communications interface to allow connection in any PROFIBUS-DP environment. Only uses the simple PROFIBUS-DP services.
Two configurable terminals (inputs or outputs) for external monitoring or control of drive signals, e.g. clamping and limit switch Extensive example program simplifies configuration using STEP 7 in the SIMATIC environment Simple to set up, simply by adjusting the parameters set as factory defaults.
Design
The removable connection cover with built-in PROFIBUS-DP address switch and terminating resistor allows one motor to be removed without interrupting communication.
All connections use standard cables On site diagnostics with an LED (error / ready for operation), and two diagnostics sockets (configurable analog outputs)
Move around a route, in a direction at a certain speed and with controllable acceleration Move at a certain speed
PROFIBUS-DP allows fast cyclic data exchange between slave and higherlevel PROFIBUS-DP master, e.g. between a SIMATIC S7 CPU, a communication processor with master capability, such as CP 5613, or a communications module, such as CP 342-5, but also with thirdparty standard masters.
3/325

SIMODRIVE
SIMODRIVE POSMO A
Motor Permanent magnet excited brushless servo motor (brushless DC: BLDC) IP 54 Natural cooling +45 C (up to +65 C with power reduction 5%/K) I2t limiting in the converter No paintwork Incremental 1 24 V DC 3300 min1 0.18 Nm 62 W 4.5 A 24 V DC 20% Terminals for bus connection (2-wire line), I/O signals and power up to 4 mm2 0.35 mm2 up to 0.75 mm2 without wire end ferrule PROFIBUS-DP up to 12 Mbit/s (DP standard slave with profile for positioning drives), 2 I/O terminals (parameterizable) Built-in positioning functionality programmable motions Total of 27 movement sets, can be used as individual sets or programs. Of which two are freely programmable inching sets for inching . approx. 3.7 kg
Ordering data
SIMODRIVE POSMO A Programmable, brushless positioningmotor 24 V, 62 W, 3000 min-1 PROFIBUS-DP standard slave, incremental displacement sensor, terminal connection Gear type/no. of steps/transmission no gear } Planetary gear PLG 52.0, } 1-step, i = 4.50 Planetary gear PLG 52.0, } 2-step, i = 20.25 Planetary gear PLG 52.0, } 2-step, i = 36.0 Planetary gear PLG 52.0, } 2-step, i = 50.0 Planetary gear PLG 52.0, } 3-step, i = 126.56 Planetary gear PLG 52.0, } 3-step, i = 162.0 Planetary gear PLG 52.0, } 1-step, i = 8 Worm gear, } i=5 Worm gear, } i = 24 Worm gear, } i = 75
Order No.
Degree of protection according to DIN EN 60529 (IEC 60529) Cooling Ambient temperature
Overload monitoring Paint Built-in displacement sensor Poitioning accuracy related to motor shaft
Motor rated voltage Motor rated speed Motor rated torque Motor rated power Motor rated current Connection voltage Connection method
6SN2 132-1BF11-1BA0 6SN2 132-5KD11-1BA0 6SN2 132-5KM11-1BA0 6SN2 132-5KW11-1BA0 9AL2 137-1AA00-1AA0
Connection terminals Load-PS PROFIBUS Electronics-SV, I/O signals Communication
} Power Management Modules PMMs must be used for avoiding overvoltages on stabilized power supplies (SITOP) during braking
Functional description German, English, French Italian, Spanish
Functionality Program / sets
6SN2 197-0AA00-0YP1
Weight with gears

1DE
6SN2 132-
1 1-1BA0
0AA 1BC 1CK 1CR 1CU
1DH

SIMODRIVE detector
Absolute value encoders
Overview SIMODRIVE sensors are opto-electronic built-on encoders for measuring displacements, angles and speeds in machines The absolute value encoders with PROFIBUS-DP connection can be used in conjunction with numeric controllers, programmable controllers, drives and position displays
Application
Absolute encoders measure machine movements during power OFF and display the current position after power ON. Reference point approach is not necessary. All encoders are available in a synchronous flange and a clamping flange version. The SIMODRIVE DP sensors support transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s. A major advantage is the bus interface integrated in the encoder with address setting and selectable bus
Encoders with synchro-flange can be fixed to the machine with 3 clamps. Installation with axial screws is also possible. The encoder is driven via a push-on or spring disk coupling. Alternatively, belt disks can also be used.
The PROFIBUS absolute encoders are used as slaves. Data transmission between the encoder and controller is either via the synchronous serial interface (SSI) or via PROFIBUS-DP in absolute value sensors.
terminator for direct connection to PROFIBUS-DP. A high degree of protection IP 65 is then achieved and further external components for the bus interface are not necessary.
The PROFIBUS absolute value sensors can be parameterized. Resolution, zero shift, speed signal and counting direction can be set via PROFIBUS-DP.
Fig. 3/119 SIMODRIVE sensor dimensions
3/327

SIMODRIVE detector
Absolute value sensors
Operating voltage Current consumption Clock pulse input Data output Short-circuit protection Data transfer rate Stepping frequency LSB Speed mech. Resolution max. 10 V to 30 V DC Approx. 300 mA to 100 mA (3.5 W) Via optocouplers Line driver acc. to. RS 422/RS 485 Short-time 12 Mbit/s with PROFIBUS controller Max. 120 MHz valid code value 6000 rev/min with multiturn 12000 rev/min with singleturn 12 bits singleturn (4096 steps) 24 bits multiturn (4096 4096 steps) 30 C ... +70 C (non-condensing) IP 65 max. 100 m to 12 Mbit/s 200 m to 1.5 Mbit/s 1200 m to 93.75 Kbit/s max. 99 Terminal block/PG 9 radial Any 1...4096 Any 1...4096 Yes Yes Yes 2 pieces
Ordering data
PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 12 bits singleturn with synchronous flange PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 24 bits multiturn with synchronous flange PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 12 bits singleturn with clamping flange PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 24 bits multiturn with clamping flange Installation accessories Clamping claw (three required) for encoder with synchronous flange and double track encoder Spring disk coupling 6 mm/6 mm 6 mm/5 mm Plug-in coupling 6 mm/6 mm 10 mm/10 mm Documentation User guide for commissioning and parameterization of the PROFIBUS encoder Bilingual version German/English See Catalog NC Z for further information.
Order No.
6FX2 001-5FP12
6FX2 001-5FP24
6FX2 001-5QP12
6FX2 001-5QP24
6FX2 001-7KP01
Operating temperature Degree of protection Cable length to electronic circuitry No. of stations Connection to PROFIBUS Parameterizable Resolution per revolution Total resolution Preset Counting direction Speed signal Position switch
} } } } }
6FX2 001-7KF10 6FX2 001-7KF06 6FX2 001-7KS06 6FX2 001-7KS10
6SN1 197-0AB10-0YP1

Drive systems
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES/SIMOVIS
Overview The SIMOVERT AC frequency converters are required for variable-speed AC motors SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES are available as converters and AC converters They provide the appropriate solution for all voltages from 200 V to 690 V, 50/60 Hz They can be used for singlemotor and multi-motor drives from 2.2 to 6000 KW (in parallel circuit) The communication module CBP 2 enables the connection of MASTERDRIVES to PROFIBUS-DP They can be integrated easily as standard options in the MASTERDRIVES devices
Application, Design
Variable-speed three-phase drives consist of a frequency converter and a three-phase motor. The speed is adjusted by changing the frequency of the motor when the voltage is adjusted to the setpoint accordingly.
Modular design Available as compact plus, compact, built-in and switchgear units Two optional control versions depending on the application: MASTERDRIVES Vector control (VC) MASTERDRIVES Motion control (MC) MASTERDRIVES can be linked to all programmable logic controllers but particularly easily and comfortably in SIMATIC systems, because a library of finished standard blocks can be accessed here with DriveES SIMATIC. The data exchange between the drives and the automation takes place according to the definitions in the "PROFIBUS profile variable speed drives, PROFIDRIVE". The communications module CBP 2 supports both the mechanisms of the cyclic and non-cyclic data exchange with the PROFIBUS-DP master.
The CBP 2 is plugged into the mounting rack of the MASTERDRIVES. The interface to PROFIBUS is designed in RS 485 and galvanically isolated.
The MASTERDRIVES AC frequency converters permit exact control of motor speeds. The modular design allows it to be customized to any application. For parameterization of the MASTERDRIVES the engineering tools DriveES Basic or SIMOVIS are available. As an option to the DriveES Basic the engineering tool DriveES Graphic can be used for user-friendly online and offline configuration of the drive functions with SIMATIC CFC.
The process data (control/ status words and nominal/actual values) are always transferred cyclically, whilst the parameter data can be transferred either cyclically together with the process data or non-cyclically and therefore independently of the process data. Through a non-cyclic communications channel a SIMATIC OP for a user friendly HMI can be connected directly to the drive. The CBP 2 also enables applications for Motion Control with PROFIBUS-DP with the functions direct data exchange and equidistance. The devices of the controller series MASTERDRIVES Motion Control (MC) can be operated with the CBP 2 clock-synchronously on the equidistant PROFIBUS-DP.
For further information on the subject of SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES can be found in the catalogs DA 65.10 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control (E86060-K5165-A101-A1) and DA 65.11 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control (E86060-K5165-A111-A1).
3/329

Drive systems
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES/SIMOVIS
Data transfer rate CBP 2 Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS-DP CBP 2 Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (H D) in mm CBP 2 max. 12 Mbit/s
Ordering data
CBP 2 communication module CBP 2 communication module Upgrade set with plug and brief instructions Documentation Compendium SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Order No.
} }
6SE7 090-0XX84-0FF5 6SX7 010-0FF05
9-pin Sub-D PROFIBUS connector 0 C to +70 C 25 C to +70 C 95%
} }
6SE7 080-0QX60 6SE7 080-0QX50
max.
90 83

MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER Vector/COMBIMASTER
Overview
Standard converter for industrial and building engineering MICROMASTER and MIDIMASTER Vector are frequency converters in the 120 W to 75 kW range of performance. Their compact construction means they can be used in confined spaces. The sensor-free vector controller means that it can be used for medium performance applications, even for demanding applications. COMBIMASTER is a standard asynchronous motor from Siemens with integrated frequency converter. MICROMASTER Integrated is a frequency converter (IP 65), which is applied directly to DS-low voltage motors of different manufacturers. The series MICROMASTER/ MIDIMASTER Eco are frequency converters specially designed for the requirements of heating, ventilation and air conditioning industries.
MICROMASTER/ MICROMASTER Vector
MICRO MASTER makes of a three-phase motor between 0.12 kW and 7.5 kW a variable-speed drive. Extremely compact Quiet and inexpensive Two function classes U/f control and sensor-free control.
MICRO MASTER can be controlled via PROFIBUS-DP with the CB15 PROFIBUS module.
For further information, see Catalog DA 64.
MICROMASTER Vector
MIDIMASTER Vector
MIDI MASTER Vector units are frequency converters for up to 75 kW. Fully digitized User programmable Serial RS 485 interface An adjustable DC brake for fast stopping Sensor-free vector control.
MICRO MASTER can be controlled via PROFIBUS-DP with CB 15 PROFIBUS module.

For further information,
see Catalog DA 64.
MIDIMASTER Vector
COMBIMASTER/ MICROMASTER Integrated
The COMBIMASTER is a standard asynchronous motor with integrated frequency converter of the MICROMASTER series. The MICROMASTER Integrated is the converter part of the COMBIMASTER (i.e. without motor). Degree of protection: COMBIMASTER IP 55 (MICROMASTER Integrated IP 65) Rated output power: 0.12 kW 7.50 kW
COMBIMASTER/ MICROMASTER Integrated
The CB155 PROFIBUS module can control COMBIMASTER/MICROMASTER Integrated via PROFIBUS-DP.
3/331

MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER Vector
PROFIBUS module CB15
Overview The PROFIBUS module CB15 can be used to control a converter via PROFIBUS-DP. The CB15 can be used in conjunction with other PROFIBUS-DP I/O stations on the PROFIBUS. The CB15 PROFIBUS module is a common module for MICRO MASTER and MIDI MASTER.
Design
Problem-free connection: The CB15 is plugged to the operator control panel.
9-pin Sub-D socket for connecting to PROFIBUS The pin assignments are as follows: Pin 3 PROFIBUS connection P; Pin 8 PROFIBUS connection N. Guideline 3689 "PROFIBUS profile for variable-speed drives". Process data, i.e. control words and setpoints or status information, actual values and parameters can be read or written in each message frame. The diskette contains a device master file or with corresponding configuration software for the PROFIBUS-DP master a type description file. Ordering data
A separate power supply is not required. The CB15 has a built-in bus terminating resistor.
The CB15 permits fast, cyclic communication via PROFIBUS-DP. It can control up to 125 converters by means of the PROFIBUS-DP protocol. Data exchange with the CB15 is according to the VDI/VDE
Parameterization and control can be optionally set separately by remote control or locally on the device. The structure of the user data is designated as parameter process data objects (PPO). The CB15 supports the PPO types 1 and 3.
Note: The CB15 can be integrated in a SIMATIC S7 controller using software package DVA-S7.
Parameterization
The CB15 is configured using keys on the MICRO-/MIDIMASTER. A diskette is supplied with the CB15 to enable configuration of the PROFIBUS-DP system.
Data transfer rate Interface Connection to PROFIBUS-DP Degree of protection Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm max. 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket IP 21 0 C to +55 C 40 C to +70 C 95% 102 115 30
Order No.
PROFIBUS module CB15 for connection of MICRO-/MIDI MASTER Vector to PROFIBUS-DP Software package DVA-S7 for linking of SIMATIC S7 to PROFIBUS-DP
6SE3 290-0XX87-8PB0
6SX7 005-0CB00
max.

MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER Integrated
PROFIBUS module CB155
Overview With the PROFIBUS module CB155 a COMBIMASTER/ MICROMASTER Integrated can be controlled via the PROFIBUS-DP. The CB155 can be used in connection with other PROFIBUS-DP I/O stations on PROFIBUS. The PROFIBUS module CB155 is a common module for COMBIMASTER and MICROMASTER Integrated.
Design
Problem-free connection: The CB155 is mounted externally on the COMBIMASTER/MICROMASTER Integrated housing with two screws. A drop cable with round connectors enables the communications connection. The CB155 permits fast cyclic communication via PROFIBUS-DP. It can control up to 125 converters by means of the PROFIBUS-DP protocol. Data exchange with the CB155 is according to the VDI/VDE The CB155 is configured using the OPm2 plaintext operator control panel (optional). A diskette is supplied with the CB155 to enable configuration of the PROFIBUS-DP system.
It is connected to PROFIBUS by two terminals (PG screwed joint for degree of protection IP 65).
No additional power supply is required. The CB155 has a built-in bus terminator.
Guideline 3689 "PROFIBUS profile for variable-speed drives". Process data, i.e. control words and setpoints or status information, actual values and parameters can be read or written in each message frame. The diskette contains a device master file or with corresponding configuration software for the PROFIBUS-DP master a type description file.
Parameterization and control can be optionally set separately by remote control or locally on the device. The structure of the user data is designated as parameter process data objects (PPO). The CB155 supports the PPO types 1 and 3.
Note: The CB155 can be integrated in a SIMATIC S7 controller using software package DVA-S7.
Parameterization
Data transfer rate Interface Connection to PROFIBUS-DP Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Degree of protection max. 12 Mbit/s Terminal connection (PG screwed joint) 10 C to +40 C 40 C to +70 C 99% IP 65
Ordering data
PROFIBUS module CB155 for connection of COMBIMASTER/ MICROMASTER Integrated to PROFIBUS-DP
Order No.
6SE9 996-0XA17
max.
3/333

SIPART DR
Overview
Siemens offers for your process automation a series of intelligent field devices which can be integrated optimally in the environment of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. All field devices on this page are available as device versions with a PROFIBUS-PA interface and for communication via the HART protocol.
For further information, technical specifications and ordering data about these field devices, see Catalog FI 01.
SITRANS P transducer for measuring pressure The SITRANS P transducer is suitable for measuring pressure, absolute pressure, differential pressure, flow and filling level of non-aggressive and aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. Different measuring cells are used for different measuring jobs, this enables optimum accuracy for the respective measuring job. The SITRANS P measuring cell is fully welded to ensure full vacuum tightness, high overload strength and optimum service life of the transducer. The measuring spans covered range from 1 mbar to 400 bar.
SITRANS P
3
SITRANS F
SITRANS F transducer for flow rate The SITRANS F ultrasound flow rate measuring unit is used to measure the flow rate of electrically conductive and non-conductive liquids. The helix shaped sound guide means that the measurement is independent of the flow profile. Changes in the liquids temperature, density, viscosity or conductivity have no effect on the resulting measurement. The free flow cross section avoids additional pressure loss and wear. SITRANS F PA is suitable for use in potentially explosive areas.
SITRANS LR measuring unit for filling level The SITRANS LR radar filling level measuring unit is used to measure the filling level of liquids and bulk products. The measuring method is largely independent of temperature and pressure. After entering a tank characteristic the measuring unit calculates the filling volume. If the measuring media density is entered additionally, the mass can also be output. Special features are for example Wide range of applications due to media independent filling level measurement. Minimum maintenance and wear due to non-contact measuring method High long-term stability by means of high-stable, internal reference. High measuring accuracy and reproducibility by 24-GHz technology. Self-monitoring and -diagnostics of all device functions.
SITRANS LR
SITRANS T transducer for temperature The SITRANS T transducer is used for measuring temperature in connection with a sensor. All common temperature sensors and DC voltages sources can be connected due to its universal input stage, e.g. resistance thermometers Pt 100, thermocouples, resistance-type transmitters/ potentiometers of 24 to 6000 span and DC voltage sources of 17 mV to 1120 mV span. The entire standardized temperature range for the different sensors can be measured. The characteristics of all sensors are linearized.
SITRANS T
SIPART PS2 position controller for pneumatic control valves The SIPART PS2 electropneumatic position controller controls the valve or gate position on pneumatic thrust or swing drives. The setpoint for the valve position is pre-set by the control system and the actual value is fed back to the control system by SIPART PS2. Via a binary input the current valve position can be blocked or the valve is driven to a safety position. SIPART PS2 PA is also available for applications in potentially explosive areas.
SITRANS PS2

SITRANS
Overview
Liquid analysis with SIPAN SIPAN means liquid analysis in the highest comfort class, both in 2-wire and in 4-wire technology, as a field housing or for Ex-protected panel mountings. In connection with a wide range of sensors and fittings, the entire application and measuring range spectrum is covered by a new tens potency with a single device. The self-explanatory operator control panel according to NAMUR guarantees a clear structuring and the display shows messages either in plaintext or by simple symbols. SIPAN meets the highest safety requirements. The devices are absolutely insusceptible to interference even in the vicinity of radio equipment or turbines and satisfy EMC regulations according to CE and NAMUR NE21. The self-diagnostics system monitors all the processes and procedures of analyzers and sensors equally. Two sensor inputs enable a redundant pH measurement with averaging and therefore a higher measuring reliability. And the integrated logbook records all faults with their date and time. These data are stored safely in a non-volatile memory and satisfy the requirements of DIN ISO 9000. Of course they can also be read out and archived externally via an interface.
For further information, technical specifications and ordering data see catalog PA 20.
SIPAN
Gas analyzers ULTRAMAT / OXYMAT 6 The gas analyzers ULTRAMAT 6 and OXYMAT 6 are powerful analyzers for measuring IR components or oxygen. ULTRAMAT 6 operates according to the NDIR dualbeam common mode method and measures gases whose absorption bands are in the infrared wavelength range of 2 to 9 m highly selectively such as CO, CO2, NO, SO2, NH3, H2O, CH4 and other hydrocarbons. OXYMAT 6 is based on the paramagnetic alternating pressure method and is used for measuring the oxygen content of gases.
For further information, technical specifications and ordering data, see the catalog excerpts PA 10.
OXYMAT 6
Load cells SIWAREX M/U Filling level and proportioning scales are configured quickly and efficiently with preassembled scales within material processes. Libraries with function blocks for the SIWAREX U and SIWAREX M load cell modules are offered for SIMATIC PCS 7. This enables simple and rational integration in the engineering system on the one hand and the scales can be operated comfortably by scales variable blocks by the operator stations on the other hand. Both function blocks SIWAREX U and SIWAREX M can be integrated directly as modules in the programmable logic controller and thus enable system-wide and individual automation solutions. The variable blocks enable not only the visualization and operation of the scales, they also provide the system operators with important diagnostic information. Integrated reporting behavior and maintenance functions such as reading or writing all the scales parameters enable a high system availability and therefore short down times.
For further information, technical specifications and ordering data see Catalog KT 30.
SIWAREX M/U
Electrical actuators SIPOS 5 Function blocks for SIMATIC PCS 7 are available for SIPOS 5 ECOTRON and SIPOS 5 PROFITRON. They serve to connect SIPOS 5 actuators with PROFIBUS-DP interface to SIMATIC PCS 7. The connection can be made either by one or two channels (redundantly). The block supports the PROFIBUS-DP protocol in the redundant version for one of the two communications channels of the SIPOS 5. The function block for SIPOS 5 forms the interface between SIPOS 5 and the blocks of the PCS 7 libraries. It can also be connected to other SIMATIC S7 blocks. It can only be used on a SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUSDP master. SIPOS 5 PROFITRON offers the homogeneous integration of actuators in the I&C together with these function blocks, including parameterization accesses and visualization via OS faceplate.
Further information from: SIPOS Aktorik GmbH, Donaustr. 120 D-90451 Nrnberg Tel: +49 911 63284-0 Fax:+49 911 63284-111
SIPOS 5
Internet: www.sipos.de
3/335

Industrial/process controller SIPART DR
SIPART DR19
Overview The SIPART DR19 is a digital controller which is mainly used for tasks associated with mechanical engineering and also for the process engineering sector. The SIPART DR19 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial interface module. This interface module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR19.
Application, Design
It is configured as: Continuous controller Two-position controller for heating and cooling Three-position step controller for electric actuators. For time-regulated control functions, SIPART DR19 can be structured as a programmer or a program controller.
The basic unit has: digital display for the actual value x and the setpoint w, which can be switched over to the manipulated variable y analog display for x, w, xd or y as well as event and status displays.
The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS. SIPART DR19 is integrated in SIMATIC PDM for parameterization and configuration. Communication is possible either via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP.
The desired attributes are simply called from the function set. It is possible to select various input circuits in addition to functions such as linearization and square-rooting of the input signals, limits and safety values for setpoint and manipulated variable, setpoint ramp,
signal monitoring and alarm output. With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higher-level systems to read process data and to read and write parameters and configuration values.
In addition, functions for switching over between manual and automatic modes, between internal and external setpoints and for setting w and y are possible via the interface.
Data transfer rate Interface Connection to PROFIBUS Degree of protection Front panel Connections Supply voltage Analog inputs AE1 max. 1.5 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket IP 64 IP 20 24 V DC; 115 V/230 V AC RTD, TC, R mV with measuring range connector: 0/4 to 20 mA or 0/2 to 10 V 2 relays (250 V AC, 8 A, 1250 VA) Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA 0 C to +50 C 25 C to +75 C 95% 96 96 199 (for panel mounting) 1.2 kg
Ordering data
SIPART DR19 industrial controller Basic unit with K output and S output with program function for auxiliary power 24 V DC for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V Interface PROFIBUS-DP module Measuring range plug for l = 20 mA and U = 10 V Comparison terminal for TC, internal SIPART DR19 manual German English
Order No.
} }
6DR1 900-4 6DR1 900-5 6DR2 803-8P 6DR2 805-8J 6DR2 805-8A
Output/manipulated variable S output K output Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm
Weight
C73000-B7400-C142 C73000-B7476-C142
max.
For further information see catalog MP 31, SIPART Controllers Position Controllers Software.
approx.

SIPART DR21
Overview The SIPART DR21 is a digital controller with a shallow mounting depth for all standard tasks associated with process and mechanical engineering. The SIPART DR21 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial interface module. This interface module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR21.
Application, Design
It is configured as: Continuous controller Two-position controller for heating and cooling Three-position step controller for electric actuators.
The basic unit has: Analog display for the actual value x and the setpoint w, Digital display for the actual value x or the setpoint w, Digital display for the manipulated variable y Event and status displays.
SIPART DR21 can process up to 4 analog input variables simultaneously. The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS. SIPART DR21 is integrated in SIMATIC PDM for parameterization and configuration. Communication is possible either via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP. In addition, functions for switching over between manual and automatic modes, between internal and external setpoints and for setting w and y are possible via the interface.
The desired attributes are simply called from the function set. It is possible to select various input circuits in addition to functions such as linearization and square-rooting of the input signals, limits and safety values for setpoint and manipulated variable, setpoint ramp, signal
monitoring and alarm signaling. With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higherlevel systems to read process data and to read and write parameters and configuration values.
Data transfer rate Interface Connection to PROFIBUS Degree of protection Front panel Connections Supply voltage Analog inputs AE1/AE2 Output/manipulated variable S output K output Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm
Weight
Ordering data
max. 1.5 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket IP 64 IP 20 24 V DC; 115 V/230 V AC 0 (4) to 20 mA 2 relays (250 V AC, 8 A, 1250 VA) Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA 0 C to +50 C 25 C to +75 C 95% 72 144 197 (for panel mounting) 1.2 kg Industrial controller SIPART DR21 Basic unit with K output and S output for auxiliary power 24 V DC for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V Interface PROFIBUS-DP-Module SIPART DR21 manual German English
Order No.
} }
6DR2 100-4 6DR2 100-5 6DR2 803-8P
C73000-B7400-C143 C73000-B7476-C143
max.
approx.
3/337

SIPART DR22
Overview The SIPART DR22 is a digital process controller belonging to the upper performance range. It is preferably used for process engineering applications. The large range of functions means that even complex control tasks can be solved. The SIPART DR22 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial interface module. This interface module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR22.
Application, Design
It is configured as: Continuous controller Three-position step controller for electrical drives with up to two independent control channels.
The basic unit has: analog and digital displays for the setpoint (green) and actual value (red), digital display for the manipulated variable y as well as event and status displays.
The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS. SIPART DR22 is integrated in SIMATIC PDM for parameterization and configuration. Communication is possible either via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP. In addition, functions for switching over between manual and automatic modes, between internal and external setpoints and for setting w and y are possible via the interface.
The desired controller types and circuits are simply called from the function set using software switches. The user is guided through the individual parameterization and configuration levels by the clear display system.
Different input circuits can be selected. With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higher-level systems to read process data and to read and write parameters and configuration values.
Data transfer rate Interface Connection to PROFIBUS Degree of protection Front panel Connections Supply voltage Analog input AE1/AE2/AE3 Analog outputs AA1/AA2/AA3 Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm
Weight
Ordering data
max. 1.5 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket IP 64 IP 20 24 V DC; 115 V/230 V AC 0 (4) to 20 mA or 0 (2) to 10 V 0 (4) to 20 mA 0 C to +50 C 25 C to +75 C 95% 72 144 278 (for panel mounting) 1.2 kg Industrial controller SIPART DR22 Basic unit for auxiliary power 24 V DC Basic unit for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V Interface PROFIBUS-DP-Module SIPART DR22 manual German English
Order No.
} }
6DR2 210-4 6DR2 210-5 6DR2 803-8P
C79000-G7400-C154 C79000-G7476-C154
max.
approx.

SIPART DR24
Overview The SIPART DR24 is a digital process controller belonging to the upper performance range. It is preferably used for process engineering applications. The large range of functions means that even complex control tasks can be solved. The SIPART DR24 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial interface module. This interface module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR24.
Application, Design
It is configured as: Continuous controller Three-position step controller for electrical drives with up to 4 independent control channels.
The basic unit has two 4-digit analog displays two 4-digit digital displays one 3-digit digital display, event and status displays as well as input keys.
The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS. The SIPROM DR24 program is available for parameterization and configuration. SIPROM DR24 offers the communication link via PROFIBUS-DP or RS 232/ RS 485. In addition, the input functions are possible via the interface.
When configuring, the functions stored in memory are called by the software and linked together, to the inputs and outputs, and to the displays and keys of the unit by simple allocating. 32 different basic functions can be used a total of 109 times.
There are an additional complex functions which can be repeatedly called. With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higher-level systems to read process data and to read and write parameters and configuration values.
Data transfer rate Interface Connection to PROFIBUS Degree of protection Front panel Connections Supply voltage Analog input AE1/AE2/AE3 Analog outputs AA1/AA2/AA3 Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm
Weight
Ordering data
max. 1.5 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket IP 64 IP 20 24 V DC; 115 V/230 V AC 0 (4) to 20 mA or 0 (2) to 10 V 0 (4) to 20 mA 0 C to +50 C 25 C to +75 C 95% 72 144 278 (for panel mounting) 1.2 kg Industrial controller SIPART DR24 Basic unit for auxiliary power 24 V DC Basic unit for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V Interface PROFIBUS-DP module SIPART DR24 manual German English
Order No.
} } }
6DR2 410-4 6DR2 410-5 6DR2 803-8P
} }
C79000-G7400-C153 C79000-G7476-C153
For further information see Catalog MP 31, SIPART Controllers Position Controllers Software.
max.
approx.
3/339

Software
Overview
SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S5
The SIPART S5 DP/S7 DP programs are used when linking the SIPART DR controllers to SIMATIC S5/S7 via PROFIBUS-DP. The function blocks present in the program for the SIPART DR19, DR21, DR22 and DR24 controllers are mapped by the SIPART controllers in SIMATIC data blocks, thus greatly reducing the engineering requirements.
PROFIBUS-DP
DR19
DR21
DR22
DR24
The PROFIBUS link of the S5-115U, S5-135U and S5155U to the compact controllers is via the IM 308-C interface module. The process data, parameters and configuration values of the connected units are stored in SIMATIC data blocks.
The S7-300 and S7-400 automation devices are connected via the integrated DP interface (CPU 315-2DP/ 413-2DP/ 414-2DP/416-2DP) or via the CP 342-5 or CP 443-5 Extended. These data blocks form the software interface in the programmable controller, which can be accessed using the STEP 5/STEP 7 programming language. Ordering data
Standard function blocks convert the controller data from the SIPART format into the SIMATIC format and vice versa. Software packages such as COROS LS-B or SIMATIC WinCC are available for operation and monitoring.
Hardware requirements SIMATIC S5-115U/-135U/-155U SIMATIC S7-300 or S7-400 CPU 315-2DP / 413-2DP / 414-2DP / 416-2DP CP 443-5 Extended SIMATIC PG 740/760 PROFIBUS-DP interface module for SIPART DR SIPART DR controller Configuration software COM PROFIBUS STEP 7 Version 3.1 or higher
Order No.
Software requirements
SIPART S5 DP program on diskette 31/2 Standard function blocks Connection via PROFIBUS-DP and master interface IM 308-C to S5-115U, 135U, 155U (CPU 945, 928B, 948) Including user manual German/English for SIPART DR19, DR21, DR22 and DR24 German English for SIPART DR19 German English
} } } }
6DR1 126-5PA00 6DR1 126-5PA01 6DR1 126-5PB00 6DR1 126-5PB01
SIPART S7 DP program on diskette 31/2 Standard function blocks for SIPART DR19, DR21, DR22 and DR24 Including user manual German/English PCS 7-compatible block (CPU 414-2DP / 416-2DP) } German English } Standard S7 block (CPU 315-2DP / 413-2DP / 414-2DP / 416-2DP) } German English }
6DR1 126-7PA00 6DR1 126-7PA01
6DR1 126-7PB00 6DR1 126-7PB01

SIPART PS2
Electro-pneumatic positioner SIPART PS2
Overview The PROFIBUS-PA-compliant electro-pneumatic SIPART PS2 PA is used to control the position of the valve or the flap in pneumatic linear or rotary actuators. A binary coded current signal from the control system is saved as the set point. The electro-pneumatic positioner then forces the drive into a valve position appropriate to this set point. A binary input can trigger a blocking function or a safety position.
Application
To be built onto linear or rotary actuators As a simple positioner in a metal or plastic casing for spring-loaded actuators
As a dual-effect positioner in a plastic casing for springfree actuators With or without explosion protection (EEx ib IIC). LC display and keyboard for configuration and manual operation Actuator travel logging system Connection panel with screw terminals Piezo valve unit. The piezo valve unit is in the housing, the pneumatic connections for air supply and actual pressure are on the right hand side of the casing. There is also an option to connect a pressure display block or safety magnetic valve there. The printed-circuit board container in the housing has room to build in other printed-circuit boards, to be ordered separately.
Design
The SIPART PS2 positioner is an intelligent field device with a highly integrated microcontroller. It is made up of the following components: Casing with lid Printed circuit board with analog and digital circuits
The SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner is fundamentally different from units which work in the conventional way. The comparison of set and actual values is electronic and executed within a microcontroller. If the microcontroller ascertains a control deviation, it uses a 5 point switch to trigger the piezo valve, which measures the flow of air into the chambers of the pneumatic drives. The way that SIPART PS2 works and its integrated additional functions offer the user considerable advantages when installing and using the unit:
The consumption of compressed air to operate the positioner is negligible compared to conventional systems. The online adaptation process results in very high control quality, even under unfavorable framework conditions. The fact that the masses moved are low means that the SIPART PS2 positioner is not sensitive to vibrations. The influence of temperature and high incoming air pressure is negligible for the SIPART PS2 positioner. Operation is maintenancefree.
The keyboard and display of the positioner mean that the valve can also be adjusted manually. A separate current sensor is not required. The firmware of the SIPART PS2 positioner includes many different functions, which can be activated if required using a simple configuration process, for example, valve characteristic linearization, stroke limitation or split-range operation. The "seal" function allows maximum actuating force on the valve seat.
3/341

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for pressure Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA
Overview The measuring transducer measures the pressure of non-aggressive and aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. Different measurement spans are possible, depending on the version. Measuring transducer with "intrinsically safe" type of protection and "pressurized housing" can be used in potentially explosive areas. The certificate of conformity complies with the European standard (CENELEC), the American standard (FM) and the Canadian standard (CSA). For special applications, such as measuring highly viscous materials, the measuring transducers can be supplied with various different pressure measurement systems. Principle of operation The pressure is transferred to the silicon pressure sensor via the isolating diaphragm and the liquid inside, and its measurement diaphragm is displaced. This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measurement membrane change their resistance values. Configuration of SITRANS P measuring transducers with PROFIBUS-PA interface takes place from a central configuration station which is connected to a superordinate PROFIBUS-DP system. This change in resistance causes a bridge circuit output pressure which is proportional to the input pressure. This is amplified by a measuring amplifier and converted into a periodical signal in a voltagefrequency converter. This signal is analyzed in a microcontroller corrected in terms of linearity and thermal characteristics. The measurement signal is then converted into a digital bus signal by the PROFIBUSPA interface.
Configuration using PROFIBUS-PA interface
Using the SIMATIC PDM configuration software, the parameters of SITRANS P can be altered remotely from the configuration station.

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for pressure Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA
Series Protocol DS (PROFIBUS-PA) 7MF4032 Layer 1 and 2 according to PROFIBUS-PA, intrinsically safe in accordance with IEC 1158-2 slave function Layer 7 (protocol layer) with PROFIBUS-DP functionality (all data acyclical, measurement value and status also cyclical) More than 100 parameters, profile as PROFIBUS-PA Tag name Device organization Device type Device materials Hardware and firmware revision Sensor data Balance points Type and materials of process connection Sensor temperature Limit value monitoring Slave pointer functions Alarm messages Status information Filter time Measured value in selected dimension 1 when supplied approx. 18 mA Imax 27 mA in case of error, supplied with two 3 105 relative to range limit value Extended to 161 mm
Ordering data
SITRANS P measuring transducer for pressure, series DS with PROFIBUS-PA
Order No.
7MF4032-
Measuring cell filling Measur. cell cleaning Silicon oil normal } Inert filling liquid grease-free } Measuring span to 1 bar to 4 bar to 16 bar to 63 bar to 160 bar to 400 bar
Device and remote control function Unit profile considering previous HART functionality for
} } } } } }
Material of parts which come into contact with the medium Isolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cell Stainless steel Stainless steel } Hastelloy Stainless steel } Hastelloy Hastelloy } Diaphragm pressure transducer type } Process connection Connection tap GA Female thread 14 NPT Oval flange and connection taps: Stainless steel Fastening thread 7/16 20 UNF Max. span: 160 bar Material of parts which do not come into contact with the medium Die-cast aluminium housing Precision cast stainless steel housing
} }
Device address Current consumption of the device Electronic current limiting Measured value resolution Package size
} }
Explosion protection Without explosion protection } With explosion protect., type of protection: } "Pressurized housing" (EEx d) Use in Zone 2n (TV) } With explosion protection (FM) } explosion-proof (EEx d) With explosion protection (Ex ib) } Electrical connection / cable entry Screwed joint M20 1.5 Screwed joint 14 NPT Display Basic version with housing cover without inspection window (built-in digital display invisible) Housing version with inspection window (built-in digital display visible)
} }
} }
For more versions and accessories for SITRANS, see Catalog MP17 1999.

1 3 B C D E F G A B C Y 0 1 2 0 3 A D E G Q B C 1 6
Two-wire technology, including operating instructions (in the language of the writing on the rating plate, see "Other versions)
-1
-Z P01
3/343

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for absolute pressure Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160
Overview
Design
The measuring transducer (smart version for series DS) measures the absolute pressure of non-aggressive and aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. Different measurement spans are possible, depending on the version.
Measuring transducers with "intrinsically safe" type of protection and "pressurized housing" can be mounted in potentially explosive areas. The certificate of conformity complies with the European standard (CENELEC), the American standard (FM) and the Canadian standard (CSA). This is amplified by a measuring amplifier and converted into a periodical signal in a voltage-frequency converter. This signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and corrected in terms of linearity and thermal characteristics. This measurement signal is then converted to a 4 to 20 A output current, or into a digital bus signal by the PROFIBUS-PA interface in a digital-analog converter.
For special applications, such as measuring highly viscous materials, the measuring transducers can be suppled with various different pressure measurement systems.
The absolute pressure is transferred to the silicon pressure sensor via the isolating diaphragm. The difference in pressure between the input pressure (pe) and the reference vacuum on the minus side of the measurement cells displaces the measuring diaphragm. This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measurement membrane change their resistance values. This change in resistance causes a bridge circuit output pressure which is proportional to the input pressure. Configuration of SITRANS P measuring transducers with PROFIBUS-PA interface takes place from a central configuration station which is connected to a superordinate PROFIBUS-DP system.
The measurement cell specific data and the configuration data for the measuring transducers are saved in read-only EEPROM memory. The transducer and the electronics are mounted opposite each other.

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for differential pressure and flow Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160
Ordering data
SITRANS P measuring transducer for absolute pressure, series DS with PROFIBUS-PA
Order No.
7MF4332-
Measuring span to .250 mbar to 1.300 mbar to 5.000 mbar to 30,000 mbar
} } } }
D F G H
Material of parts which come into contact with the medium (stainless steel thrust caps) Isolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cell Stainless steel Stainless steel } Hastelloy Stainless steel } Hastelloy Hastelloy } Tantalum Tantalum } Monel Monel } 1) Gold Gold } 2) Diaphragm pressure transducer type } Process connection Female thread 1/4 18 NPT and flange connection acc. to DIN 19 213 with Locking screw opposite process connection } Fastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 20 UNF } Locking screw on side of thrust caps } Fastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 20 UNF } Material of parts which do not come into contact with the medium Thrust cap Electronic housing screws Steel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Precision cast stainless steel
} } }
Explosion protection Without explosion protection } With explosion protect., type of protection: } "Pressurized housing" (EEx d) Use in Zone 2n (TV) } With explosion protection (FM) } explosion-proof (EEx d) With explosion protection (EEx ib) } Electrical connection / cable entry Screwed joint M20 1.5 Screwed joint 14 NPT Display Basic version with housing cover without inspection window (built-in digital display invisible) Housing version with inspection window (built-in digital display visible)
} }
} }

A B C E H L Y 0 2 4 6 0 2 3 A D E G Q B C 1 6
Two-wire technology, Operating instructions (in the language of the writing on the rating plate, see "Other versions), 1 screw plug (materials as thrust cap)
-1
-Z P01
3
-Z G02
3/345

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for differential pressure and flow Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160
Overview
Application
The measuring transducer is used for measuring differential pressure slight positive or negative excess pressure or flow q ~ p together with a choke of gases, vapors and liquids. The differential pressure is transferred to the silicium pressure sensor via the partition membrane and the liquid. If the measurement limits are exceeded, the central diaphragm is displaced until one of the isolating diaphragms rests on the measurement cell body, thus protecting the silicon pressure sensor from excessive pressure. The resulting differential pressure displaces the measurement diaphragm. This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measurement membrane change their resistance values. Configuration of SITRANS P measuring transducers with PROFIBUS-PA interface takes place from a central configuration station which is connected to a superordinate PROFIBUS-DP system.
Transducers with "intrinsically safe" and "pressurized housing" type of protection can be used in potentially explosive areas.
For special applications, such as measuring highly viscous materials, the measuring transducers can be supplied with various different pressure measurement systems.
This change in resistance causes a bridge output voltage which is proportional to the differential pressure. This is amplified in a measuring amplifier and converted into a periodic signal by a voltagefrequency converter. This signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and corrected in terms of linearity and thermal characteristics.
The measurement signal resulting is converted into an output current of between 4 and 20 mA in a digital-analog converter, or into a digital bus signal. The measurement cell specific data and the configuration data for the measuring transducer are saved in readonly EEPROM memory.

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for differential pressure and flow - Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160
Series Protocol DS (PROFIBUS-PA) 7MF4432, 7MF4532 Layer 1 and 2 according to PROFIBUS-PA, intrinsically safe in accordance with IEC 1158-2 slave function Layer 7 (protocol layer) with PROFIBUS-DP functionality (all data acyclical, measurement value and status also cyclical) More than 100 parameters, profile as PROFIBUS-PA Tag name Device organization Device type Device materials Hardware and firmware revision Sensor data Balance points Type and materials of process connection Sensor temperature Limit value monitoring Slave pointer functions Alarm messages Status information Filter time Measured value in selected dimension 1 when supplied approx. 18 mA Imax 27 mA in case of error, supplied with two 3 105 relative to range limit value Extended to 161 mm
Ordering data
SITRANS P measuring transducer for differential pressure and flow rate, series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and PN 160, two-wire technology, incl. operating instructions (in the language of the writing on the rating plate, see "Other versions), 2 screw plugs (materials as thrust cap) Measuring cell filling Measur. cell cleaning silicon oil normal } inert filling liquid grease-free } Nominal pressure PN 32 Measuring span 1 to 20 mbar1) Nominal pressure PN 160 Measuring span to .80 mbar to .250 mbar to .600 mbar to 1,600 mbar to 5,000 mbar to 30,000 mbar
Order No.
7MF4432-
Device and remote control function
Unit profile considering previous HART functionality for
} } } } } }
Material of parts which come into contact with the medium (stainless steel thrust caps) Isolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cell Stainless steel Stainless steel } Hastelloy Stainless steel } Hastelloy Hastelloy } 2) Tantalum Tantalum } 2) Monel Monel } 2)3) Gold Gold } Diaphragm pressure transducer type } Process connection Female thread 1/4 18 NPT and Flange connection acc: to DIN 19 213 with Locking screw opp. process connection } Fastening thread M10 Fastening thread7/16 20 UNF } Locking screw on side of thrust caps } Fastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 20 UNF } Material of parts which do not come into contact with the medium Thrust cap Electronics housing screws } Steel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Diecast aluminium } Stainless steel Precision cast stainl. steel} Explosion protection Without explosion protection } With explosion protect., type of protection: } "Pressurized housing" (EEx d) Use in Zone 2n (TV) } With explosion protection (FM) } explosion-proof (EEx d) With explosion protection (EEx ib) } Electrical connection / cable entry Screwed joint M20 1.5 Screwed joint 14 NPT Display Basic version with housing cover without inspection window (built-in digital display invisible) Housing version with inspection window (built-in digital display visible)
} }
} }
1) Not suitable for pressure sensor installation. 2) Only in conjunction with max. measuring span > 60 mbar and not with measuring span 600 mbar. 3) Only in conjunction with stainless steel thrust cap screws.

1 3 B C D E F G H A B C E H L Y 0 1 4 6 0 2 3 A D E G Q B C 1 6
-1
-Z P01
3
-Z G02
3/347

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for differential pressure and flow - Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160
Ordering data
SITRANS P measuring transducer for differential pressure and flow, series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 420, two-wire technology, incl. operating instructions (in the language of the writing on the rating plate; see "Other Versions"), 2 screw plugs (material as thrust cap) Nominal value PN 420 Measuring span to .60 mbar to .600 mbar to 1,600 mbar to 5,000 mbar to 30,000 mbar Order No.
7MF4532-
} } } } }
D E F G H
Material of parts which come into contact with the medium (stainless steel thrust caps) Isolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cell Stainless steel Stainless steel } Hastelloy Stainless steel } 1) Gold Stainless steel } Process connection Female thread 1/4 18 NPT and flange connection acc. to DIN 19 213 with Locking screw opposite process connection } Fastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 20 UNF } Material of parts which do not come into contact with the medium Thrust cap Electronics housing screws Steel Diecast aluminium Stainl. steel (PN 315) Diecast aluminium Stainl. steel (PN 315) Precision cast stainless steel
} } }
Explosion protection Without explosion protection } With explosion protection, type of protection: } "Pressurized housing" (EEx d) Use in Zone 2n (TV) } With explosion protection (FM) } explosion-proof (EEx d) With explosion protection (EEx ib) } Electrical connection / cable entry Screwed joint M20 1.5 Screwed joint 14 NPT Display Basic version with housing cover without inspection window (built-in digital display invisible) Housing cover with inspection window (built-in digital display visible)
} }
} }
1) Only in conjunction with max. PN 315 and thrust cap screws stainless steel and not max. measuring span 600 mbar. 2) Only in conjunction with "D09" extension. For further information and accessories for the SITRANS P, see Catalog MP 17 1999.

A B L 1 3 0 2 3 A D E G Q B C 1 6
-1
-Z P01
-Z G02

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for fill level Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA
Overview
Application
The SITRANS P measurement transducer with built-in flange measures the fill level of nonaggressive and aggressive liquids in open and sealed containers. Different measurement spans are possible, depending on the version. The nominal width of the builtin flange is DN 80 or DN 100, or 3 or 4 inches. The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) is exerted on the measurement cell via the isolating diaphragm. The resulting differential pressure at the measurement cell is transferred to the silicon pressure sensor via the isolating diaphragm and the liquid in the body of the measurement cell, the measurement diaphragm of which is displaced. Its measurement diaphragm is deflected. The measurement signal obtained in this way is converted into an output current of between 4 and 20 mA in a digital-analog converter, or into a digital bus signal. Configuration of SITRANS P measuring transducers with PROFIBUS-PA interface takes place from a central configuration station which is connected to a superordinate PROFIBUS-DP system.
When measuring the fill level in open containers, the minus connection of the measurement cell remains open (measurement "against the atmosphere"), when measuring in sealed containers, this connection must be connected to the container to compensate for the static pressure.
The components which come into contact with the medium are made of different materials - depending on the level of corrosion resistance that is required (see technical specifications).
This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measurement membrane change their resistance values. This change in resistance causes a bridge output voltage which is proportional to the differential pressure. This is amplified in a measuring amplifier and converted into a periodic signal by a voltage-frequency converter. This signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and corrected in terms of linearity and thermal characteristics.
The measurement cell specific data and the configuration data for the measuring transducer are saved in readonly EEPROM memory. The connection area and the electronics are arranged opposite.
3/349

SITRANS P
Measuring transducer for fill level Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA
Ordering data
SITRANS P measuring transducer for fill level, series DS with PROFIBUS-PA Two-wire technology, incl. operating instructions (in the language of the writing on the rating plate, see "Other versions), 1 screw plug (materials as pressure cap) (built-in flange 7MF4912-3... please order separately) Measuring span to .250 mbar to .600 mbar to 1,600 mbar to 5,000 mbar
Order No.
7MF4632-
} } } }
Process connection on minus side Female thread 1/4 18 NPT and flange connection according to DIN 19 213 with fastening thread M10 } 7/ 20 UNF } 16 Material of parts which do not come into contact with the medium Thrust cap Electronics housing screws } Steel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Diecast aluminium } Stainless steel Precision cast stainless } steel Explosion protection Without explosion protection With explosion protection, type of protection: "Pressurized housing" (EEx d) Use in Zone 2n (TV) With explosion protection (FM) explosion-proof (EEx d) With explosion protection (EEx ib) Electrical connection / cable entry Screwed joint M20 1.5 Screwed joint 14 NPT Display Basic version with housing cover without inspection window (built-in digital display invisible) Housing cover with inspection window (built-in digital display visible)
} } } } } } }
} }
For further information and accessories for the SITRANS P, see Catalog MP 17 1999.

D E F G 0 2 0 2 3 A D E G Q B C 1 6
-1
-1
-Z P01

SITRANS F
Ultrasound flow rate measuring unit
Overview The SITRANS F ultrasound flow rate measuring unit is used to measure the flow rate of electrically conductive and non-conductive liquids. The helix shaped sound guide means that the measurement is independent of the flow profile. Changes in the liquids temperature, density, viscosity or conductivity have no effect on the resulting measurement.
Application
The main applications of SITRANS F are in the following sectors: Chemical industry Petrochemicals Pharmaceuticals Power engineering.
For application in potentially explosive areas, the EC special test certificates for types of protection II 2G EEx dem [ia] IIC T6, II 2G EEx dem IIC T6 and II 2G EEx d IIC T6 have been applied for. Nominal ranges from DN 25 to DN 100 Compact design Measurement tube and flange made of stainless steel Separate connection area High level of long-term stability by means of digital signal processing If there is a flow of liquid, the sound run time decreases when it is with the flow, and increases when it is against the flow. The resulting difference in run time is a measurement of the flow rate vM. The result is independent of the sound speed of the measurement material and therefore independent of the measurement material being measured. EMC tested in accordance with EN 50 081, EN 50 082 and NAMUR Self monitoring/diagnostics Simple menu-based operation with two-line display and four optical operation elements.
Features
SITRANS F is characterized by the following features: Measurement of flow rate for laminar or turbulent flow and in transition areas High measurement precision over a very wide measurement range thanks to the helix shaped scanning of the flow profile.
The propagation rate of ultrasound waves in a measuring medium is dependent on the sound speed c0 in this measurement material and from its flow rate vM (conduction effect). This effect is used in the ultrasound flow rate measurement unit. Two ultrasound converters send each other ultrasound signals on an alternating basis. The propagation times (tAB, tBA) are measured. L tAB = c + v 0 M
The sound guide in the measurement tube is chosen to that the flow rate vM detected along the measurement path represents the average flow rate for any flow profile. The patented helix-shaped sound guide of the SITRANS F allows very good scanning of the flow profile. This means that the unit can achieve high precision over a wide range of flow rates.
L tBA = c v 0 M
3/351

MOBY identification systems
ASM interface modules
Overview
Any PROFIBUS master e.g. OP 37
PROFIBUS interface
MOBY identification system
3
G_IK10_deP0106s
Fig. 3/120 System configuration with MOBY
Application
Different efficient and low-cost interface modules (ASM) are available for integration of the identification systems MOBY F, E, I and V in the SIMATIC, SINUMERIK, PROFIBUS-DP and the PC.
The appropriate software modules (FB, FC) guarantee simple, quick integration in the application.
Up to 4 write/read devices (depending on the ASM) can be serially connected to one ASM.
You will find further information about these components in the March 2000 catalog to the Catalog KT 21 or in Internet: http://www.ad.siemens.de/moby
MOBY-ASM with PROFIBUS-DP interface

ASM ASM 450 ASM 451 (with file handler) ASM 454 ASM 455 (with file handler) ASM 754 ASM 850 ASM 854 max. max. max. max. Write/read components 2 SLG 1 SLG 4x 4 SLG 4x 4 SLG 4x 4 SLA 71 1 SLA 81 4 SLA 81 MOBY identification system MOBY F / E / I / V MOBY I MOBY I MOBY I MOBY E MOBY F MOBY F Available software FB240 (for S5) FC45 or FC44 (for S7) FC46 (for S7) FC45 (only S7) FC46 (for S7) FC45 (only S7) FC45 (only S7) FC45 (only S7)

ASM 450/ASM 451 interface modules
Overview The ASM 450/451 interface modules are modules for operating MOBY F/E/I/V components via PROFIBUSDP with: SIMATIC S5/S7 SINUMERIK SICOMP IMC any computers PCs any PLC.
Design
The ASM 450/451 interfaces are structured on the standard module ET200X. The appropriate configuration and installation guidelines can be found in the ET 200X manual. ASM 450 The PROFIBUS-DP procedure in accordance with IEC 61158/ EN 50170 is implemented on the ASM 450. Access to the data in the MDS is via absolute addressing.
Expansion modules from the ET 200X range cannot be operated on the ASM 450/451.
3
ASM 451 (only for MOBY I) The PROFIBUS-DP procedure in accordance with IEC 61158/ EN 50170 and the MOBY I file handler are implemented on the AM 451. Access to the data in the MDS is via file names. The FC46 function is available for SIMATIC S7.
Functions
The programming interface is open in the ASM 440 description so that the ASM 450 can be connected to any PROFIBUS-DP server. With the FB240 or FC44 for the SIMATIC S5/S7, the ASM 450 operates in cyclic mode. With the FC45 for the SIMATIC S7, the ASM 450 operates in non-cyclic mode, i.e. the PROFIBUS-DP cycle is not loaded. This is advantageous for transferring large amounts of data.
PROFIBUS-DP master module, e.g. S7-400 CPU PROFIBUS cable
AT-comp. PC
to other PROFIBUS stations
24 V for SLGs 2. SLG (not for ASM 451) 1. SLG
MDS
MDS
Fig. 3/121 System configuration ASM 450/451
3/353
G_IK10_deP0105s

ASM 454/455/754/850/854 interface modules
Overview For connecting the MOBY I, E, E, F and V identification systems by means of PROFIBUS-DP to the systems (SIMATIC S7, SINUMERIK, SICOMP IMC,
ASM ASM 454/455 ASM 754 ASM 850/854
PC, PLC etc.), various powerful interface modules with low-cost write and read antennae or write/read devices are available.
Identification system MOBY I MOBY E MOBY F
Functions
ASM 454/455 Up to 4 SLG 4x write/ read devices from the MOBY I range can be connected and operated in parallel on the rugged housing. The MOBY I data memories can be read or written in dynamic mode, whereby the max. data volume depends on the type of SLG, data memory speed etc. ASM 454 The ASM 454 accesses the data in the MDS directly by physical addresses. Communication with the user is by the non-cyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS-DP-V1. The FC45 function is available to SIMATIC S7 users for simple integration. ASM 455 The MOBY I file handler is implemented on the AS 455. The file handler is a DOS-like file management system for the MOBY I identification system. It consists of a program which is run on the interface module. The FC46 function is available to the SIMATIC user. On the PROFIBUS the ASM 455 operates exclusively in non-cyclic mode via DP-V1. This achieves an excellent data thruput.
ASM 754 Up to four low-cost SLA 7x write/read antennae from the MOBY E range can be connected and operated quasiparallel from the user point of view on the rugged housing. Internally, however, the channels are processed in multiplex mode so that the MOBY E data register can only be read or written in the static state when more than one SLA 7x is connected. The ASM 754 accesses the data in the MDS directly by physical addresses. Communication with the user is by the non-cyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS-DP-V1. The FC45 function is available to SIMATIC S7 users for simple integration.
ASM 850/854 Up to 4 SLA 81 write/ read antennae from the MOBY F range can be connected and operated in parallel on the rugged housing. The MOBY F data registers can be read or written in dynamic mode, whereby the max. data volume depends on the reading distance of the SLA 8x, speed of the data register etc. The ASM 850/854 accesses the data in the MDS directly by physical addresses. Communication with the user is by the non-cyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS-DP-V1. The FC45 function is available to SIMATIC S7 users for easy integration. When operating with fixed code data registers operation via the process image of PROFIBUS-DP without FC45 is also possible.

ASM interface modules
Ordering data
ASM 450 interface module with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface (MOBY I/E/F/V) max. 2 SLG in multiplex mode can be connected, without plugs ASM 451 interface module with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface with MOBY Filehandler only 1 SLG 4x can be connected, without plugs Plugs for ASM 450/451 for PROFIBUS-DP connection and 24 V supply, 3 pcs. per ASM 450/451 required ASM 454 interface module with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, max. 4 standard SLG 4x (MOBY I) can be connected (parallel mode) Order No. 6GT2 002-0EB00 ASM 455 interface module ASM 455 with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, with file handler; max. 4 standard SLG 4x (MOBY I) can be connected (parallel mode) ASM 754 interface module ASM 754 with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, max. 4 MOBY E SLA 7x can be connected (quasi-parallel mode) ASM 850 interface module with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, only one MOBY F SLA 8x can be connected ASM 854 interface module with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, max. 4 MOBY F SLA 8x can be connected (parallel mode) Order No. 6GT2 002 - 2EF00
6GT2 002-0EB10
6GT2 002 - 2EE00
6GT2 402 - 2EA00
6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0
6GT2 402 - 2BB00
6GT2 002 - 2EE00
You will find further information about these components in the March 2000 catalog to the Catalog KT 21 or in the Internet: http://www.ad.siemens.de/moby
3/355

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NET
Overview
SIRIUS NET stands for all low-voltage switching devices with communications functions from Siemens. The PROFIBUS is primarily used with switching devices with increased communications requirements, e.g. transmission of analog actual values with minimum response times at the same time (max. data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s).
PROFIBUS-FMS S7-300
PROFIBUS-DP
SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5 ET 200X Master drive KNS/DP with circuit breaker 3WN6
SIMOCODE-DP communications-capable motor protection and control unit
The SIMOCODE-DP communications-capable motor protection and control unit is used in low-voltage motor control centers for protecting motors against thermal overload. Moreover, SIMOCODE-DP with its internal control logic performs the entire control/locking of the load feeder. The integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface reduces wiring between motor feeder and PLC/PCS to one two-wire bus cable only.
The complete data exchange between the two levels takes place on this bus cable, i.e. control commands for the integrated control and enable functions as well as checkback signals, operational data, statistics and diagnostics data.
For further information, see Catalog NS K.
3UF50
Communications-capable circuit breaker
Circuit-breakers are used to switch systems and consumers and protect against overload and short-circuit. The protection functions of the overload trigger do not require additional auxiliary supply, i.e. they work independently of the interference voltage. The selection and setting of the overload trigger depends on the particular application. Measured values, such as the current operating current, can also be made available.
The following circuit-breakers are available for communication via PROFIBUS-DP: 3VF circuit-breaker compact, versatile and high-performance 3WN6 circuit-breaker low-cost, universal, spacesaving, low-maintenance 3WN1circuit-breaker for the top performance 3WNI vacuum circuit-breaker low maintenance for optimum service life
For further information, see Catalog NS K.
PROFIBUS-DP interface DP/3WN6

3UF5 communications-capable motor protection and control units
Overview SIMOCODE-DP is mainly used in the motor control centers of the process industry. The four primary features of SIMOCODE-DP are particularly in demand here: Electronic motor protection including thermistor protection and ground-fault protection Standard control functions such asdirect starter, reversing starter, etc. with application-specific adaptation possibilities Extensive maintenance and diagnostic information Communication via PROFIBUS-DP. Easy integration in SIMATIC PC S7 by FB, faceplate and SIMATIC PDM
Design
SIMOCODE-DP consists of modular components which can be configured arbitrarily: Basic unit 3UF50, incl. PROFIBUS-DP and RS 232 interfaces, as well as four parameterizable inputs and four parameterizable outputs The unit can also be used in autonomous mode, independently of the PLC, via the protection functions and control logic integrated in SIMOCODE-DP. The connection to PROFIBUSDP guarantees fast, reliable transmission of control commands, operating states, The SIMOCODE-DP unit function can be set via:
Expansion module with eight additional parameterizable inputs and four parameterizable outputs Operator control module for installation in the cabinet door with six parameterizable LEDs and three parameterizable keys diagnostic, service, statistical and parameter data from and to the higher level bus interface. This can be part of a PLC (e.g. SIMATIC S7), a process control system (e.g. PCS7) or a PC.
Win-SIMOCODE-DP software with LC display for parameter input, controlling, testing and for reading out the message and diagnostic data of the individual motor feeders (via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP.).
The SIMOCODE-DP cyclically occupies 4/8 bytes of I/O data in the process image. A further 20 bytes of diagnostic data can be scanned as required. The scope of parameter data is 211 bytes.
Parameterization
RS 232-PC with Win-SIMOCODE-DP software. PROFIBUS-DP with Win-SIMOCODE Professional software
The bus parameters must be set via the RS 232 interface.
3/357

Intelligent motor protection SIMOCODE-DP protects electrical operational equipment such as single phase or three phase motors and transformers. Communication with PLC (automation level) SIMOCODE-DP provides high performance communication between individual control levels and automation levels via PROFIBUS-DP and the standard PROFIBUS-DP expansion (DPV1) Data range: 4/12 bytes I/O cyclical 20 bytes diagnostics 213 bytes parameter data Configuration of the unit via bus baud rate, address and basic type must always be set using Win-SIMOCODE-DP /Smart or /Professional via the system interface (RS 232). All operational and diagnostics data are available to the superordinate automation level. If there is a bus error or if the communication processor or PLC CPU fails, SIMOCODEDP switches off or maintains its operational status (configurable). Manual control is authorized! Control commands can be given from the automation level. Logging operational data SIMOCODE-DP logs operational data and makes it available to the user via the bus and the Win-SIMOCODEDP/Smart or /Professional software. Current motor current in % of setting current Ie Warning/tripping Overload Asymmetrical power Thermistor-motor protection threshold exceeded Earth fault Power limit values exceeded Analysis of statistics data SIMOCODE-DP logs statistics data and makes it available to the user via the bus and the Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Smart or /Professional software. Control of a load feeder SIMOCODE-DP allows a motor to be controlled manually via the bus (operator module 3UF52 or "local" button) using the WinSIMOCODE-DP/Smart or /Professional software Configurable control functions: Direct starter Reversing starter Star delta connection Dahlander connection Pole changing Magnetic valve control Slide valve control SIKOSTART 3RW22 individual control functions using logic blocks such as: 4 truth tables, 2 timers, 2 counters and 4 signal adjustment blocks. Monitoring of process signals: Runtime monitoring when starting up and shutting down Locking for example Locking of e.g. reverse drives between left and right run Power dependent switching from star to delta on stardelta run. Control commands for manual operation: from the control cabinet using the 3UF52 from "on-site" using e.g. encapsulated push-buttons using manual operation unit using system interface and Win-SIMOCODE-DP /Smart or /Professional software. Control commands for automatic operation: via the bus from the user program. Operator control enables can be assigned and, e.g. a keyoperated switch can be integrated for manual/automatic switching. Function blocks Sequence start after failure of voltage in main power circuit Operational protection OFF Ready to start Test mode (cold run) Analysis of external errors Time monitoring for undervoltage OFF Analysis of external warnings Emergency start Communications interface PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DPV1 IEC 61158/EN 50170 RS 485 interface physics Connection method using terminals (connection cross section as for auxiliary contacts) or 9-pin sub-D socket 9.6 km for two-wire cable 425 m for plastic optical fiber 93 km for glass optical fiber Transfer speed 9.6; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500 Kbit/s Transfer medium, max. distance Number of stations
For rated currents from 0.25 A to 820 A Trip classes CLASS 5/10/15/20/25/30 Overload, phase failure, nonsymmetry of power and earth fault recognition, plus block protection and PTC, KTY or NTC thermistor motor protection Protection of EEx e motors Two overload setting ranges for motors with two speeds. Parameterizable power limit values for process protection Recovery time 5 min. set, can be extended to 60 min Emergency start Combined test/reset button Manual / automatic reset Remote reset via bus or external button High tripping accuracy Self monitoring Temperature range 25 C to +60 C
Maximum motor current of last overload trip in % of the set current Ie Cause of last trip Operating hours Number of starts Number of overload trips
twisted, screened 32 per segment two-wire cable when using RS 485 via optical link module plasrepeaters, up to 122 tic or gas light

Ordering data
3UF50 basic unit with integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 3UF51 expansion unit 8 inputs, 4 outputs Handheld operator panel for SIMOCODE-DP and 3WN6 circuit-breaker Order No. Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Professional } Configuration, operation, monitoring and testing Configuration, operation, monitoring and testing Type of delivery: 3.5 diskettes, German / English (options) inc. online-help and example configuration files. Single licence Win-SOMOCODE-DP/Smart } Configuration, operation, monitoring and testing Type of delivery: 3,5 diskettes, German/English (options) incl. online help and configuration file examples single license OM-SIMOCODE-DP } STEP 7 object manager to integrate SIMOCODE-DP as an S7 slave and to call up Win-SIMOCODE-DP Professional from STEP 7 Order No. 3UF5 710-0AA00-0 via PROFIBUS-DP V1 via RS 232
3UF5 100-0A 00 2)
3WX3 647-6JA00
Operating block 3UF52 } for installation in the switchgear cabinet door 3UF57 system manual including system files German English
3UF5 202-1AA00-1
SICAM LCC 6MD54 402-0BA00-1AA0 Software to create a standard visualization interface and show all important information about the devices connected to PROFIBUS-DP incl. SIACM Valpro for analyzing the archived measured values. With SICAM LCC, the 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1, 3WS1 circuit-breakers and SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5 can be displayed. Win-SIMOCODEDP/Professional and Win3WN6 can also be called up by SICAM LCC if an appropriate communication processor is installed. Customer-specific expansions are possible. 1) Version depends on current setting range and selection of earth fault or thermistor evaluation (see Catalog NS K, Part 1). 2) Version depends on voltage of inputs (see Catalog NS K, Part 1).
} } }
3UF5 700-0AA00-0 3UF5 700-0AA00-1

} } }
3UF5 0 0-3B.00-1 1) 3UF5 0 0-3J.00-1 1) 3UF5 0 0-3N.00-1 1)
3UF5 711-0AA00-0 via RS 232
3UF57 712-0AA00-0
} PCS7 function block SIMOCODE-DP Function block for integrating SIMOCODE-DP in the PCS7 application program and visualization of the SIMOCODE-DP-specific data in a faceplate Type of delivery: CD-ROM, German/English, single license
3UF5 720-0AA00-0
3/359

Overview of functions
Selection of communication-capable circuit breakers 3VF The following should generally be selected for communication-capable circuitbreakers 3VF: 1. A conventional circuit breaker (see Catalog NSPS, Part 3VF) 2. An appropriate motor drive to switch on/off (see Catalog NSPS, Part 3VF) 3. The SIMOCODE-DP to match the 3VF circuit breaker (the measuring range of the SIMOCODEDP covers the setting range Ir of the 3VF circuit breaker, see Catalog NS K) For quick selection see Catalog NSPS, part Communications; prepared Order Nos. for selected communicationcapable 3VF circuit breakers and the appropriate motor drives or SIMOCODE-DP.
For the complete useful data and functional scope of the circuit breakers see the system manual "Communications connection of circuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP".
PLC
PC/PG
PROFIBUS-DP
3UF50 DP/3WN6 DP/3WN6 DP/3WN1, 3WS1
3WE
3WN6
3WN1, 3WS1
ET 200S
PLC
programmable logic controller
PC PG
Personal Computer Programming device
Fig. 3/122 System configuration
3WN6 For general selection of communication-capable circuitbreakers 3WN6 see Catalog NSPS, Part 3WN6. For quick selection, see Catalog NSPS, part Communications prepared Order Nos. for selected types.
3WN1 or 3WS1 For general selection of communication-capable circuit breakers 3WN1 or 3WS1, the following should be noted: 1. At the 10th position of the circuit breaker's Order No. the letter R ("azn") or V ("azng") (for earth fault protection) must be specified as a release. 2. The order No. is supplemented with "Z" and the order code "F01".
3. In the case of a plug-in switch the Order No. of the guide frame (to be ordered separately) must be supplemented with "Z" and order code "R39". For quick selection see Catalog NSPS, part Communications, prepared Order Nos. for selected types of the 3WN1 circuit breaker.
Circuit breaker Interface used Switch commands Switch on / off Operational modes ON / OFF Ready to start Event messages Trip messages Overload warning Measured values Max. phase current Imax Currents IL1, IL2, IL3 Current IN Power management Power P, work W, power factor, voltage U Parameter setting via bus (e.g. trip current) 3VF (up to 800 A) SIMOCODE-DP (3UF50) + + 3WN6 (up to 3200 A) DP/3WN6 DP/3WN1, 3WS1 3WS1/3WN1 (up to 2500/6300 A) ET 200
+ + +
+ + + (breaker with "Z" and order code "M10") + (breaker with "Z" and order code "M02") +
+ + + (use PROFIBUS measuring instrument) + (values of SIMOCODE-DP)
+ + + + + + (breaker with "Z" and order code "F05") +
+ +
(use PROFIBUS measuring instrument)
G_IK10_deP0104s
NSK-8241

Communication-capable 3VF circuit breaker up to 800 A, for fixed mounting, 3-pole
Selection and ordering data (examples for quick selection)
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V AC With auxiliary switch (1 changeover) and alarm switch (1 changeover) With motor drive for switching on/off 220 to 240 V AC (order separately)1) The SIMOCODE-DP interface is required as a communications link. Technical specifications and other versions see Catalog NS K. Functions on the PROFIBUS-DP: Switch on/off Operating status message (switch on/off) Tripped signalling Overload message Transmission of maximum phase current (ILmax) Change setting values (of the SIMOCODE-DP)
SIMOSCOPE-DP (3UF50)
3VF
Rated current In
Setting current of current dependent, delayed overload trip "n" Ir A 63 80 160200 200250 315400 400500 500630 400, 500, 630, 800
Response current Circuit breaker of the undelayed short-circuit trip "n" II Order No. (Order No. suppl. see below)
Required motor drive 220 to 240 V AC 1) (for switching on/off) Order No.
Interface: Motor protection and control unit SIMOCODE-DP (see also Catalog NS K) Order No.
A 80 200 250 400 500 630 800
A 400 800 10002000 12502500 20004000 25005000 31506300 15000
3VF71 11- BK60-0AN1
Standard switching capacity High switching capacity Very high switching capacity
Accessories (absolutely necessary)

Version System manual Communications connection of circuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP System manual for SIMOCODE-DP with description of communication via PROFIBUS-DP German, including system files English, including system files PROFIBUS connector for connecting the interface to PROFIBUS Connecting cable for PC communication via the SIMOCODE-DP system interface, length 5 m Parameterization software Win-SIMOCODE-DP Windows 95 or Windows NT-based software for parameterization, control, diagnostics and testing of SIMOCODE-DP through the SIMOCODE-DP system interface German/English switchable (without connecting cable), including parameter file for 3VF For further versions, see Catalog NSPS, Part 3VF. An additional auxiliary contactor must be used for operating voltages < 220 V AC. Fee Order No. E20001-P285-A644-V1
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (see Catalog NSPS, Part 4)
Order No. suppl. 3VF . . . . ....-....
Circuit breaker 3VF11 3VF33 3VF4 3VF5 3VF62 11-.BK 3VF62 11-.BM 3VF71
1 2 3

3VF31 113VF33 113VF42 113VF52 113VF62 113VF62 11-
BQ41-0AN1 BX41-0AN1 BM41-0AN1 BM41-0AN1 BK44-0AN1 BM44-0AN1
3VF9 323-1ME10 3VF9 323-1ME10 3VF9 423-1ME10 3VF9 523-1ME10 3VF9 623-1ME10 3VF9 623-1ME10 3VF9 723-1NE30
3UF50 21-3BN00-1 3UF50 31-3BN00-1 3UF50 41-3BN00-1 3UF50 41-3BN00-1 3UF50 41-3BN00-1 3UF50 51-3BN00-1 3UF50 51-3BN00-1
Fee Fee
3UF57 00-0AA00-0 3UF57 00-0AA00-1 6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0 3RW29 20-1DA00
3UF57 11-0AA00-0
3/361

DP/3WN6 interface unit for 3WN6 circuit-breakers
Overview The 3WN6 circuit-breakers with a rated current of 630 to 3200 A at a breaking capacity of 75 kA are 3- or 4-pole switching devices for power distribution and for protecting motors, generators, transformers and distribution systems. The 3WN6 circuit-breakers are linked to the PROFIBUSDP using the DP/3WN6 interface unit. It is then possible to transmit control commands and the comprehensive data of the 3WN6 circuit-breaker via a simple 2-wire cable or fiberoptic cable to programmable controllers compatible with PROFIBUS-DP.
Design
The DP/3WN6 interface unit is fitted in a compact 70 mm housing for assembly on DIN rails. The units should preferably be fitted in rows without interspacing and positioned vertically. The DP/3WN6 interface unit is connected to the 3WN6 circuit-breaker via a point-topoint connection. The conversion to the PROFIBUS-DP protocol is carried out in the interface unit.
The circuit-breaker is connected to the DP/3 WN6 interface unit using a precut/preassembled, 3 m long cable. The cable is included in the delivery of the interface unit.
One integrated 9-pin sub-D socket each is used for the interface to the 3WN6 circuitbreaker and for connection to PROFIBUS-DP.
It is only necessary to set the PROFIBUS-DP address in order to use the interface unit. The data transfer rate and other bus parameters are set by the master module the interface unit is automatically set to these data.
The communications connection to the circuit-breaker is made automatically when the supply voltage is connected. The interfaces to the circuitbreaker and to PROFIBUS-DP are monitored by the interface unit and the status signalled on two LEDs. The DP/3WN6 interface unit occupies 12 bytes I/O data in the process image. A total of 224 bytes useful data can be addressed via the profile "PROFIBUS-DP.
Order No.
Parameterization
The PROFIBUS-DP station "DP/3WN6 interface unit" is configured using the COM PROFIBUS parameterization software.
The circuit-breaker is parameterized either using the keys on the overcurrent trip unit, the manual control unit of the circuit-breaker or the profile "PROFIBUS-DP. Ordering data
Data transfer rate Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Rated control voltage Current consumption Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity Design Dimensions (W H D) in mm Weight Degree of protection max. max. 12 Mbit/s 9-pin Sub-D socket 24 V DC 300 mA 0 C to +55 C 0 C to +55 C 95%, non-condensing 70 95 80 0.3 kg IP 20
DP/3WN6 interface to connect 3WN6 circuit breakers to PROFIBUS-DP including GSD file, type files and documentation file on 31/2 diskette STEP 5/STEP 7 software module Circuit breaker 3WN61) Handheld operator panel for 3WN6 circuit-breakers and SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5 Win3WN6 Smart Win3WN6 Professional
3RK1 000-0JC80-0BA2
3RK1 800-0AA00-0AA0 see Catalog NS K, Section 11
max.
3WX3 647-6JA00
} }
3WX3 647-6AB00 3WX3 647-6AC00
1) When selecting the circuit-breaker, ensure that the overcurrent trip unit is provided with the required communications module. For further information see Catalog NS K.

Circuit breaker 3WN6 up to 3200 A
Overview The hardware and software opposite is required to communicate with the 3WN6 circuit breaker via PROFIBUSDP. The overcurrent releases D, E/F, H, J/K, N or P, respectively with the additional functions 2 have basic communications capability. Unlike a standard circuit breaker, the communicationcapable 3WN6 circuit breaker has an additional communication module. For extended measuring functions, a communication module with measuring function (measuring module) must be ordered instead or the mere communication module for the N, P releases. Extended measuring functions: 1. Measuring of: Phase-to-neutral voltage Direction of phase rotation Frequency Active power, reactive and apparent power Power factor 2. Setting of alarm or release values for: Phase imbalance voltage Energy flow direction Overfrequency, underfrequency Overvoltage, undervoltage
PLC
PC/programming device (with COM PROFIBUS software)
Type/GSD file (supplied withDP/3WN6)
Connector 6ES7
PROFIBUS-DP
DC 24V Power supply
PROFIBUS-DP interface Software module for SIMATIC S5/S7 Connencting cable 3WN6-DP/3WN6 (3 m, supplied with interface) 3WN6 circuit breaker
DP/3WN6
Power supply for closing solenoid (Y1) and shunt release (F1, F2)
DP/3WN6
G_IK10_deP0103s
Overcurrent release D, E/F, H, JK, N or P + additional function 2 + communication module F01 Current measuring, signalling, ...
Overcurrent release N or P + additional function 2 + communication module with measuring function F05 Power management, signalling, ...
NSK-8242a
Fig. 3/123 System components
Note For remote switching on of the circuit breaker via PROFIBUS, it must be fitted with a motor drive with closing solenoid (Y1). To switch off the 3WN6 remotely via PROFIBUS, the circuit breaker must be fitted accordingly with a shunt release F1 or F2.
The following accessories are absolutely essential in additional to a communicationcapable circuit breaker (see Catalog NS K): System manual (for configuration and commissioning support) DP/3WN6 interface unit 24 V DC power supply for interface PROFIBUS connector and bus cables.
Recommended for the benefit of the full scope of communications in connection with SIMATIC S5/S7: Software module.
Up-to-date information of the individual products and new product features can be found in the Internet.
http://www.ad.siemens.de/sicamlcc
3/363

Communication-capable 3WN6 circuit breaker up to 3200 A, 3-pole
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V AC Rated limit short-circuit breaking capacity ICU up to 500/690 V AC: Size I up to 65/50 kA; Size II up to 80/50 kA With motor drive 24 V DC With shunt release 24 V DC With auxiliary switch (2 NO + 2 NC) Technical specifications and other versions see Catalog NS K. Functions on the PROFIBUS: see the Order No. supplements below. For full functionality, see the system manual "Communications connection of circuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS", see Accessories.
DP/3WN6
3WN6
Frame size
3
I II Overcurrent release "aznN"
Rated current In= converter rated current In A
Setting range of setting current Ir
Circuit breaker for fixed mounting with horizontal main terminal, at rear Order No.
Circuit breaker in draw-out version with guide frame with horizontal main terminal, at rear Order only with order code F01 or F05
Order Order No. only with order code F01 or F05
Circuit breaker with overcurrent release for overload and short-circuit protection
Functionality on the PROFIBUS
Order No. supplement
D E
F01 F01
D E
"aznNg"
Transmission of phase currents IL1, IL2, IL3, ILmax, Ig Trip signalling Alarm signalling, Operating status signalling (switch on/off), Switch on/off as , additionally: Remote parameterization of the setting values and protection parameters of the circuit breaker as , additionally: Extended measuring functions
"aznNg" "aznN"
"aznNg"
Other version (recommended)

When ordering switches in the above versions, the full Order No. must be supplemented additionally with "-Z" and the order code "K01". Order No. 3WN6 ..1-7..51-1BA1-Z and additional order code Only for communication-capable circuit breakers With automatic mechanical reset device after release (without additional function K01, the circuit breaker must be reset manually with the red RESET button on the circuit breakers after releases)
1) External voltage converters are included, see Catalog NS K. Other communication-capable circuit breakers 3WN6 see Catalog NS K.

"aznN"
F01
J N
F01 F 0 51) F 0 51)
J N
Accessories
System manual Communications connection of circuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP DP/3WN6 interface unit required once per communicationcapable circuit breaker (incl. 31/2 diskette with type or GSD file) 24 V DC power supply for interface DP/3WN6, current consumption max. 800 mA (including overcurrent release of the circuit breaker) PROFIBUS connector for connecting the interface to PROFIBUS Software module for SIMATIC S5 and S7; programming tool for handling communication, 31/2 diskettes
Order No.
To be ordered for communication-capable 3WN6 circuit breakers E20001-P285-A644-V1
3RK1 000-0JC80-0BA2
K 01
e.g. 4AV2, see Catalog NS K, Part 14
6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0
3RK1 800-0AA00-0AA0

F01 F01 F01 F01 F 0 51) F 0 51)

630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200
252 630 320 800 4001000 5001250 6401600 8002000 10002500 12803200
3WN6 061-7D 3WN6 161-7E 3WN6 261-7F 3WN6 361-7G 3WN6 461-7H 3WN6 561-7J 3WN6 661-7K 3WN6 761-7M
51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z
3WN6 081-7D 3WN6 181-7E 3WN6 281-7F 3WN6 381-7G 3WN6 481-7H 3WN6 581-7J 3WN6 681-7K 3WN6 781-7M
51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z 51-1BA1-Z


Communication-capable 3WN1 circuit breaker up to 6300 A, 3-pole
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V AC Rated limit short-circuit breaking capacity ICU up to 500/690 V AC: Size I,II up to 80/60 kA; Size III, IV up to 100/80 kA With motor drive 220 to 250 V AC With shunt release 220 up to 240 V AC With auxiliary switch (2 NO + 2 NC) Technical specifications and other versions see Catalog NS K Functions on the PROFIBUS: Transmission of phase currents Tripped signalling Alarm signalling Operating status message (switch on/off) Switch on/off For detailed selection of communication-capable 3WN1 circuit breakers see Catalog NS K
DP/3WN1, 3WS1
3WN1
Frame size
Rated current In= converter rated current In A
Settingrange of the setting current Ir A
Circuit breaker for fixed mounting on connecting rails top and bottom vertical Order No. Order only with order code F01
Circuit breaker in draw-out version without guide frame Order No. Order only with order code F01
Circuit breaker with overcurrent release for overload and short-circuit protection
I/2 II III/1 III/2 IV
Overcurrent release Functionality on the PROFIBUS "azn" "azng" See interfaces
Order No. supplement R V
Accessories for 3WN1 and/or 3WS1

Version Guide frame with factory mounted connecting lead (Sub-D, 9-pin) for communication with T-connectors, without remote signalling of the circuit-breaker position, with hinged extension rails, without shutter, 4 auxiliary plugs without locking device against opening of cabinet door or moving the switch Interfaces (at least or necessary per switch) DP/3WN1, 3WS1 for: Transmission of phase currents IL1, IL2, IL3, ILmax Tripped signalling Alarm signalling ET 200B (8 DI, 8 DO) for: Operating status signalling (e.g. switch on/off) Switch on/off For further information about ET 200, see Catalogs ST 50 / ST 70. System manual Communications connection of circuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP 24 V DC power supply For interface DP/3WN1, 3WS1, current consumption max. 800 mA (including overcurrent release of the circuit breaker) PROFIBUS connector for connecting the interface to PROFIBUS
Frame size
Order No. Order only with order code R39 for switches 3WN1 0 to 3WN1 4 3WN1 5 and 3WN1 6 3WN1 7 and 3WN1 8 3WN1 9 to 5000 A 3WN1 9 to 6300 A 3WX31 83-8CA00-1EA3-Z 3WX31 83-8DA00-1EA3-Z 3WX31 83-8GA00-1EA3-Z 3WX31 83-8HA00-1EA3-Z 3WX31 83-8UA00-1EA3-Z 3RK1 002-0B00-0AA0 R39 R39 R39 R39 R39
I II III IV IV
Terminal block (screw-type terminal) Electronics block Fee
6ES7 193-0CA10-0XA0 6ES7 133-1BH01-0XB0 E20001-P285-A644-V1
e.g. 4AV2, see Catalog NS K, Part 14
6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0

R V

I/1
630 800 1000 1250 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
252 630 320 800 4001000 5001250 5001250 6401600 8002000 10002500 12603200 16004000 20005000 25206300
3WN1 061-1D 3WN1 161-1E 3WN1 261-1F 3WN1 261-1G 3WN1 361-1G 3WN1 461-1H 3WN1 561-1J 3WN1 661-1K 3WN1 761-1M 3WN1 831-1P
68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z
F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01
3WN1 071-1D 3WN1 171-1E 3WN1 271-1F 3WN1 271-1G 3WN1 371-1G 3WN1 471-1H 3WN1 571-1K 3WN1 671-1K 3WN1 771-1M 3WN1 871-1P 3WN1 971-2Q 3WN1 971-2S
68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z 68-1JA5-Z
F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01 F01

3/365

Communication-capable circuit breakers Software Win3WN6
Overview High-performance software packages are available for user friendly operation and use of the communication functions of the circuit breakers Time saved by efficient commissioning (parameterize once then copy to different circuit breakers) Fast, easy documentation of switching parameters at the press of a button Avoidance/minimizing of system shutdowns by specific diagnostics with access to all switch data by mouseclick Saves costs in comparison with customer visualization by use of a local tool Switch state, tripped signalling overview (see Fig. 3/124) Switching operations (password protected) Operational data overview (e.g. phase currents) Simple setting of protection parameters (password protected)
Functions
Win3WN6 offers the user the full range of functions of the 3WN6 circuit breaker for operation and monitoring at an attractive price.
Software features For release types D, E/F, H, J/K, N, P Runs under Windows 95 and Windows NT 4.0 Win3WN6 communicates with the circuit breaker either via the RS 232 interface (at the release, in place of the handheld operator panel) or via the PROFIBUS-DP, SIMATIC S5, S7 or PC as a master
Operational data mask
Main overview mask Fig. 3/124 Win3WN6 menu masks
Parameter mask
Ordering data
Win3WN6 Professional V1.01) 1 packet Parameterization, operation, monitoring, testing via PROFIBUS-DP or RS 232, incl. online help, German/English switchable Target master systems: SIMATIC S5, S7, PROFIBUS-DP capable PC (CP 5613) Target system (RS 232): Laptop or PC Scope of supply: CD, 31/2 diskette, interface cable as well as mains adapter for RS 232 Win3WN6 Smart V1.01) 1 packet Parameterization, operation, monitoring, testing via RS 232, including online help, German/English switchable Target system: Laptop or PC Scope of supply: CD, interface cable as well as mains adapter for RS 232
Order No. 3WX36 47-6AC00 Power supply unit 1 packet required for RS 232 communication (e.g. for local parameterization), if the circuit breaker is not supplied additionally with 24 V DC. Only in connection with mains adapter (delivered with Win3WN6). Upgrade Smart to Professional V1.0 1 packet Software package for upgrading from Win3WN6 Smart to Win3WN6 Professional Scope of supply: 31/2 diskette Demo Win3WN6 1 packet Navigation through masks of Win3WN6 without communications functionality Scope of supply: CD, including electronic manual, online help, German/English switchable
Order No. 3WX36 47-6JA02
3WX36 47-6AD00
3WX36 47-6AB00
3WX36 47-6AA00
1) Win3WN6 is only required once per system.
PROFIBUS
Engineering tools
Configuration software COM PROFIBUS
Overview The COM PROFIBUS facilitates interfacing of: ET 200 distributed I/O stations. DP/AS-Interface link DP/PA link S7-200/300/400. other field devices connected to the master interface. IM 308-C. and other DP master modules. IM 308-C. The specified configuration of PROFIBUS-DP is stored on a memory card. The memory card is programmed using the programming device or PC (with EPROM/EEPROM PG). The data is downloaded via the PC modules CP 5511, CP 5611 or the MPI interface.
Fig. 3/125 Configuration with COM PROFIBUS V5.0
PROFIBUS configuration for PC modules: CP 5613 (DP and FMS) CP 5614 (DP and FMS) CP 5511 (DP) and CP 5611 (DP).
COM PROFIBUS executes on the PG 720, PG 740 or PG 760 and AT-compatible PCs with Windows 3.11 or Windows 95 (COM PROFIBUS V3. 3) and with Windows NT or Windows 95/98 (COM PROFIBUS V5.0).
Functions
The following also have to be specified: Setting for transmission rate. Setting for shutdown response.
Fig. 3/126 Parameterization with COM PROFIBUS
The COM PROFIBUS parameterization software can be used to locate faults during the startup phase or during
normal operation with an online connection between the programming unit/PC and the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus.
3/367
G_IK10_deP0045s
The parameterization software COM PROFIBUS is installed in the programming unit or PC used. It allows simple and operator prompted creation of the address list and the parameters for the slave devices. The following entries are necessary: PROFIBUS address. Addressing range in which the I/O modules should be addressed. Start addresses of the I/O modules Slave-specific parameterization, e.g. measuring range of an analog input channel.
Programming COM PROFIBUS PG Memory Card e.g. IM 308-C interface S5-115U S5-135U S5-155U
S5-95U/DP Master
PROFIBUS
Engineering tools
Configuration software COM PROFIBUS
Functions (continued) When connecting ET 200 devices to master modules which have not been parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (operation on thirdparty master modules), a permanently assigned GSD file can be generated with the COM PROFIBUS as of Version 3.1. This file is then loaded into the configuration tool of the thirdparty manufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station. This allows use of COM PROFIBUSs user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadecimal code inputs in the manufacturers configuration tool.
Ordering data
Order No.
COM PROFIBUS parameterization software For programming the IM 308-C and other DP master modules, executable on PG 720, PG 740 and PG 760 or AT-compatible PC V3.3 With Windows 3.1 or Windows 95, on 3 diskettes, "ET 200 distributed I/O system manual. 6ES5 895-6SE 2 Single license 1 German } 2 English } 3 French } 4 Italian } 5 Spanish } V5.0 With Windows NT or Windows 95/98, on CD-ROM, incl. "COM PROFIBUS manual and "ET 200 distributed I/O manual on CD-ROM in German, English, French, Spanish and Italian
6ES5 895-6SE03
PROFIBUS
Engineering tools
SIMATIC PDM
Overview SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a systemwide, manufacturer-neutral tool for configuring, parameterizing, commissioning and diagnostics of intelligent process devices. SIMATIC PDM can be used in two ways: independently of the system supplier on a Personal Computer or programming unit under Windows 95 / 98 / NT operating systems. with an option as an integrated tool in STEP 7, the configuration and programming tool of SIMATIC S7. In this way, SIMATIC PDM is also integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. SIMATIC PDM's routing function enables access from a central engineering station to all communicationcapable process devices in the system. This is equally possible for field devices with PROFIBUS-PA or HART communication and PROFIBUS-DP devices suchas the SIPART controllers or the motor protection and control unit SIMOCODE. The user interface of SIMATIC PDM is designed according to Microsoft Windows standards. Menu structures and toolbars are used as well as the Explorer view which makes navigation between parameter groups easier. Even complex devices with several hundred parameters can be represented clearly and processed quickly. The user interface supports several views: STEP 7 view Process devices are configured in STEP 7 in HW Config and displayed graphically or as tables. SIMATIC PDM enables a number of process devices to be configured with one software under one common user interface. This provides security and saves costs both in investment, personnel training and consequential costs.
Application
The representation of the device parameters and functions is uniform for all supported process devices and independent of their communications connection, e.g. via PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-PA or HART protocol. The primary functions of SIMATIC PDM are setting and changing, comparing, checking plausibility, simulation, administration and commissioning functions of process device data.
In addition SIMATIC PDM allows process monitoring which displays the selected values, alarms and status signals on the screen.
User interface
Process device network view The hierarchical structure of networks, communication components right up to the process devices is configured here. With integration in STEP 7 configuration data can be taken from there; this avoids repeated inputs. Process device system view The devices configured in HW Config or in the Process device network view are automatically transferred to the process device system view. Free groupability of these devices is in preparation; it will then be possible to arrange the process devices hierarchically in a tree topology.
Parameter view Here the parameters of a selected process device can be displayed, modified and saved. Communication with the device is also established here. This parameter display is started by double clicking a process device in one of the other views.
3/369
PROFIBUS
Engineering tools
SIMATIC PDM
User interface (continued) The design of the user interface is based on DIN V19259. The appropriate IEC standards are in preparation Within the user interface, the devices are represented homogeneously and easy-touse with different communication interfaces. The main emphasis is on efficiency. Fig. 3/130 shows an overview of the possible connection points of SIMATIC PDM Version V5 in a system. The PDMlogo shows where SIMATIC PDM can be connected. With SIMATIC PDM V5 you can use the so-called routing for the first time. Routing enables system-wide communication from the engineering station to the field devices. Replugging the DP interface of the PC to the respective correct DP segment is no longer necessary and thus a possible source of error is eliminated. Travel times are no longer an item, device data are available directly online. The device diagnostics data in particular are available immediately. This considerably increases the system reliability and reduces the costs of travel times. The PC/PG on which SIMATIC PDM is installed are connected to the system bus. This is either an engineering station ES or an engineer console with SIMATIC PDM. Common operation on one project data basis between different PC/PG is possible via LAN. Devices can be connected differently at field level: PROFIBUS PA devices to DP/PA couplers and DP/PA links or HART devices to the HART analog input/ output modules. HART devices can also be connected to conventional analog input/output modules.
Fig. 3/127 STEP 7 view in HWCONFIG
Fig. 3/128 Parameter view
Fig. 3/129 Process device network view and system view
A HART-Multiplexer is shown on the right via which all connected HART devices can be accessed. The SIPART DR controllers and the SIMOCODE stand as representatives for PROFIBUS-DP devices.
The PROFIBUS-DP is connected to a SIMATIC S7-400 automation system here. Up to 5 DP segments can be connected to the S7-400. Other SIMATIC S7-400 can be connected to the system bus.
PROFIBUS
Engineering tools
SIMATIC PDM
Engineer console with STEP 7 with Engineer console with STEP 7 with
Engineering station ES with STEP 7, WinnCC etc. with SIMATIC PDM Device on the workbench SITRANS F
System bus
S7-400
S7-400
PROFIBUS-DP
Fieldbus
45.45 Kbit/s
up to 12 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS-DP
HARTProtocol RS 232/RS 485
SIPART DR network RS 232/ RS 485
DP/PA coupler
DP/PA Link
ET 200 M (IM 153-2 with HART modules) HART SIMOCODE SIPART DR
HARTMultiplexer
SITRANS P SITRANS T3K
SIPART DR
PROFIBUS-PA
PROFIBUS-PA
SITRANS F SIPART PS2 HART device Possible connection point of a PC/PU with SIMATIC PDM
SIPAN
G_IK10_deP0148s
Fig. 3/130 Communication in an automation solution with SIMATIC PDM
Communication
SIMATIC PDM supports several communication protocols and components for communicating with the following devices: Devices with PROFIBUS-DP interface These are connected directly to PROFIBUS-DP. One example of this is the SIPART DR20 compact controller. Devices with PROFIBUS-PA interface, e.g. the SITRANS P measuring transducer The PROFIBUS-PA devices supported by SIMATIC PDM are connected to the PROFIBUS-DP segment by a DP/PA link or DP/PA coupler. The integrated PROFIBUSPA devices and almost all PROFIBUS-PA devices can be parameterized by the following PA profiles of Version 2.0 and 3.0: Pressure and temperature Fill level and flow rate Actuators Discrete I/O Analysis (only PA profile version 3.0)
Devices with HART interface These devices can be connected in different ways: via the SIMATIC ET 200M distributed I/O with the HART modules, via a HART modem with which a point-to-point connection is set up between the PC or engineering station and the HART device, via multiplexers, which pass on the frames transparently to the HART devices. In addition to the fully integrated HART-capable devices almost all HART devices can be parameterized.
Controllers with serial SIPART DR communication via RS 232 / RS 485. In addition to the PROFIBUS the controllers SIPART DR19, DR20, DR21 and DR22 can also be parameterized and configured via the so-called SIPART DR network. An overview of the possible connection points of SIMATIC PDM in a system is shown in Fig. 3/130.
3/371
PROFIBUS
Engineering tools
SIMATIC PDM
Device Description Language The Device Description Language exists for parameterization of devices. This language is standardized, manufacturer-neutral and very widely used. This language describes the parameters, communication and representation of the devices. SIMATIC PDM automatically creates the user interface using this description. SIMATIC PDM supports two different user groups: specialists and technicians. The interdependence of the parameters is described in the Device Descriptions. SIMATIC PDM can recognize input errors at an early stage and report them to the user in this way. By describing the devices with Device Descriptions all common field devices can be integrated in SIMATIC PDM independently of their communication interface. The technician can modify the operational data, the specialist can access all parameters and functions.
Device Descriptions for devices of different manufacturers are created continuously for SIMATIC PDM. The device manufacturers are responsible for the Device Descriptions. A current list of the supported devices can be found in the Internet (www.feldgeraete.de).
Access protection
A password is freely assignable for the specialist user group as access protection.
Task Computer hardware requirements Operating system Memory requirements for SIMATIC PDM Industrial Ethernet connection or TCP/IP connection (interface board for PC) PROFIBUS-DP connection For PG 720 / PG 740 / PG 760 For Personal Computer Built-in MPI interface Communication processor CP 5511* CP 5611* 6GK1 551-1AA00 6GK1 561-1AA00 Parameterization, commissioning and diagnostics of process devices with PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-PA, HART and SIPART DR communication PC/programming device with Pentium processor and 32 MByte RAM (recommended: 64 MByte and more) Windows 95/98/NT (with integration in STEP 7: STEP 7 Version 5) About 10 MByte, additional 70 MByte for SIMATIC PDM without option "Integration in STEP 7" Communication processor CP 1411 CP 1511 6GK1 141-1AA00 6GK1 151-1AA00
* required drivers supplied with SIMATIC PDM and STEP 7 Transition PROFIBUS-DP to PROFIBUS-PA Transition PROFIBUS-DP to HART DP/PA coupler DP/PA link IM 153-2 interface module HART analog input module HART analog output module via HART modem Ex version Non-Ex version 6ES7 157-0AD00-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AC00-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AA00-0XA0 6ES7 153-2AA01-0XB0 6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0 6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0 7MF4 997-1DA
HART point-to-point connection
Ordering data
SIMATIC PDM V5.0.1 for operation and parameterization of process devices incl. communication via HART modem
Order No. 7MP5 000-0AA00-0AA0 Options for SIMATIC PDM V5.0.1 without integration in STEP 7 with integration in STEP 7 without routing with routing via S7-400 1) 16 TAGs from basic version up to 128 TAGs up to 512 TAGs unlimited number of TAGs
Order No. 7MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 7 7 0 7MP4 000- 0 7MP4 000- 1 7MP4 000- 7 X A 7MP4 000- 7 X B 7MP4 000- 7 7 A 0 7MP4 000- 7 7 A 1 7MP4 000- 7 7 A 2 7MP4 000- 7 7 A 3 MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 0 MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 1 MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 A MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 B MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 7 A MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 7 B
without communication communication via PROFIBUS-DP and -PA without communication communication via HART modules in ET 200M without communication communication via standard HART multiplexer
1) only in connection with the option "with integration in STEP 7"
PROFIBUS
Technology components
ASICs for PROFIBUS FMS/DP/PA
Overview Simple connection of field devices to PROFIBUS-FMS/DP/-PA1) Low Power Management is integrated for SPC 41, DPC 31 and SIM 1 Various ASICs are available for different functional requirements and applications:
1) PA = Process Automation with additional physical connection IEC H1 in accordance with IEC 61158-2 at 31.25 bit/s.
Application
The PROFIBUS-DP-ASICs enable other manufacturers to connect their devices easily to PROFIBUS. They can be implemented at transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s. The PROFIBUS-DP interface modules are also based an these ASICs. Various ASICs are available in accordance with the different functional requirements and application areas: Master applications: ASPC 2 for PROFIBUS-DP and FMS with hardware-controlled bus access. Intelligent slaves: SPC 3 for PROFIBUS-DP, with hardware-controlled bus access;
DPC 31 for PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA with integrated 8031 core; SPC 41 for PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-FMS and PROFIBUS-PA (intrinsically safe areas), with hardwarecontrolled bus access. Connection in intrinsically safe systems: SIM 1 (Siemens IEC H1 Medium Attachment Unit for PROFIBUS in process automation) for physical connection in intrinsically safe fieldbus systems as a Medium Attachment Unit for IEC H1 at 31.25 Kbit/s. Especially in connection with the SPC 41 and DPC 31.
Simple slaves: SPM 2 with 64 input/output bits; LSPM 2 with 32 input/output bits for small space requirements. For original developments, an order quantity of 5 ASICs is allowed (not suitable for series mounting because the packaging can cause damage to the ASIC pins; please use packaging units of more than five). The number of ASICs contained in one packaging unit depends on the type of ASIC (see ordering data).
(ASPC 2 inside) PROFIBUS-DP/FMS Operator Panel
Drives
I/O Station
I/O Station
S7-300
(SPC 3 inside)
(DPC 31 inside)
(DPC 31 inside)
(LSPM 2 inside)
(DPC 31 inside)
Segment Coupler
PROFIBUS-PA
G_IK10_deP0047s
IEC 61158-2 Transmitter (SIM 1 inside)

Fig. 3/131 PROFIBUS overall concept
Transmitter (SIM 1 inside) (SPC 41 inside)
(DPC 31 inside)
3/373
PROFIBUS
Design ASPC 2 The ASPC 2 is a preprocessing communications chip for master applications with a maximum transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s. The ASIC is not open. The brief user guide includes a description of the pins and electrical characteristics of ASPC 2. A separate microprocessor and the appropriate firmware are required for operation. The firmware is adapted to the processor 80C165 and can be purchased by license. SPC 3 The SPC 3 is a preprocessing communications chip with processor interface. The SPC 3 handles the frame and address recognition, processing of data backup sequences and protocol processing for PROFIBUS-DP. An additional firmware is available for the SPC 3 (see ordering data). DPC 31 The DPC 31 is a preprocessing communications chip with a processor interface and integrated processor core (C31 core). It enables the connection of intelligent field devices as slaves to PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA. The DPC 31 processes all communications tasks totally independently and also has an integrated C31 core for further applications. It combines the communication characteristics of the SP C3 and SP C41 ASICs in a single chip. Moreover, the integrated C31 core can be user-programmed. For the Siemens ASIC DPC 31, firmware is also offered (see ordering data). SPC 41 The SPC 41 is a preprocessing communications chip with processor interface. It has been designed for combined applications. Owing to its lowpower management, it is particularly suited for use in intrinsically safe systems. A firmware package is available for the SPC 41 from TMG itec.1) Signals are adapted to PROFIBUS-PA by the SIM 1 chip.
1) For ordering: TMG itec D-76137 Karlsruhe Phone: +49 721 82 80 60
SIM 1 The SIM 1 supplements the SPC 41 or DPC 31. Only a few external components are required in addition to these ASICs to connect to an intrinsically safe network according to PROFIBUS-PA field devices. In conjunction with the SPC 41 or DPC 31, PROFIBUS-PA slave functions, from physical connection to communications control, may be optimally executed. The SIM 1 supports all send and receive functions as well as the high-impedance isolation of the auxiliary power from the bus cable. It provides three stabilized supply voltages and permits the implementation of an isolated power supply. It can be connected to all Manchester encoder/decoders according to IEC 61158-2. SPM 2 The SPM 2 is a single-chip solution with 64 input/output bits. The SPM 2 handles all data interchange independently. There is no need for an additional microprocessor or firmware. LSPM 2 With regard to its functionality, the LSPM 2 is similar to the SPM 2. However, only 32 input/output bits are available. Because of its smaller chip housing, it is particularly suitable for applications with small space requirements.
PROFIBUS
LSPM 2 Protocol SPM 2 SPC 3 DPC 31 SPC 41 ASPC 2 SIM 1
PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-PA PROFIBUS-PA PROFIBUSPROFIBUSFMS, FMS, PROFIBUS-PA PROFIBUS-PA slaves max. 12 Mbit/s in ASIC yes no not necessary 5 V DC max. 0.35 W slaves 12 Mbit/s in ASIC yes no not necessary 5 V DC 0.5 W intelligent slaves 12 Mbit/s in ASIC yes yes 4...24 Kbytes 1.5 Kbytes 5 V DC 0.5 W intelligent slaves 12 Mbit/s in ASIC yes integrated 4..24 Kbytes 6 Kbytes 3.3 V DC 0.2 W intelligent slaves 12 Mbit/s in ASIC yes yes 8..30 Kbytes 2 Kbytes 5 V DC; 3.3 V 0.6 W at 5 V 0.01 W at 3.3 V 40 C to +85 C master 12 Mbit/s in ASIC yes yes 80 Kbytes 1 Mbyte (externally) 5 V DC 0.9 W medium management 31.25 Kbit/s not necessary via bus 0.1 W
Application Data transfer rate Bus access Automatic establishment of transmission rate Microprocessor required Firmware Message frame memory Current supply Power loss
Perm. ambient temperature
40 C to +75 C
40 C to +55 C (worst case at full load) PQFP, 120 pin 10 cm2 5/24/100/ 5000/10000
40 C to +85 C
40 C to +85 C
40 C to +85 C
40 C to +85 C
Package Package size Supply quantities (units)
MQFP, 80-pin 4 cm2 5/66/330/ 4950/9900
PQFP, 44-pin 2 cm2 5/96/576/ 4608/9792
PQFP, 100-pin 4 cm2 5/60/300/ 5100/10200
TQFP, 44-pin 2 cm2 5/96/960
P-MQFP, 100 pin 4 cm2 5/66/660/ 4620/9900
TQFP, 44-pin 2 cm2 5/160/960/ 1000
3/375
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
ASIC LSPM 2 For assembling simple slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 66 pcs 330 pcs ASIC SPM 2 For assembling simple slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 24 pcs 100 pcs Order No. Order No.
. ASIC SPC 41 For assembling intelligent slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs for laboratory development 96 pcs (1 tray) 960 pcs (10 trays) 960 pcs (Tape & Real) ASIC SIM 1 For connecting acc. to IEC H1 with a transfer rate of 31.25 Kbit/s 5 pcs for laboratory development 160 pcs (1 tray) 960 pcs (6 trays) 1000 pcs (Tape & Real) ASIC ASPC 2 For assembling master interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 66 pcs 660 pcs Internet links: http://www.ad.siemens.de/csi/dp (German) Distributed I/Os Others Technology components ... manuals http://www.ad.siemens.de/csi_e/dp (English) Distributed I/O Others Development Components ... manuals
} } }
6ES7 195-0BA01-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BA11-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BA21-0XA0
} } } }
6GK1 588-1AA00 6GK1 588-1AA10 6GK1 588-1AA20 6GK1 588-1AA21
} } }
6ES7 195-0BB00-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BB10-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BB20-0XA0
ASIC SPC 3 For assembling intelligent slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 96 pcs 576 pcs Firmware for Siemens-ASIC SPC 3 DP firmware DPV1 firmware DPV1 firmware upgrade ASIC DPC 31 For assembling intelligent slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 60 pcs 300 pcs Firmware for Siemens-ASIC DPC 31 DPV1 firmware
} } } }
6GK1 588-2BA00 6GK1 588-2BA16 6GK1 588-2BA20 6GK1 588-2BA21
} } } } } }
6ES7 195-0BD01-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BD11-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BD21-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA00-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA01-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA02-0XA0
} } }
6ES7 195-0AA03-0XA0 6ES7 195-0AA13-0XA0 6ES7 195-0AA23-0XA0
} } }
6ES7 195-0BE01-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BE11-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BE21-0XA0
6ES7 195-2BB00-0XA0
PROFIBUS
Development packages
Development packages The development packages permit development and testing of PROFIBUS hardware and software applications using various PROFIBUSASICs or the included interface modules (IMs). The wide range of well matched hardware and software components reduces the development overhead for a PROFIBUS device considerably. The packages offer a functional developing environment which the developers can use as a basis for their special hardware and software requirements. The documentation of the packages is enclosed on CD in German and English. The packages make Siemens PROFIBUS know-how also available to users of non-Siemens systems. Our development team supports new users also in developing their own systems this consulting service forms part of the development packages. On completing a development the devices the devices may be certified on request by our specialist PROFIBUS interface center we can support new users also in this respect. Development package 4 for PROFIBUS-ASIC SPC 3, IM 183-1, IM 184 and IM 180/181 Development package 4 enables the development and testing of master and slave applications for connection to PROFIBUS-DP.
Hardware included: IM 180 master interface module and IM 181 carrier board IM 181-1 slave interface module (intelligent slave with ASIC SPC 3) IM 184 slave disconnect Bus connector and cable Software included: COM PROFIBUS (for configuring the bus system or the IM 180 interface module) Firmware for IM 183-1 (original firmware for ASIC SPC 3, including development license) Simulation software for development package 4 (for testing and operating the components of the development package)
Development of slaves The package contains all components required for developing a PROFIBUS slave with the ASIC SPC 3. Accordingly, the IM 183-1 (as piggy-back for separate electronics) can be used directly for the development of PROFIBUS slaves. Master system with IM 180 The IM180 and the included simulation software are used to configure a functional PROFIBUS master. This example and the use of the IM 180 (as piggy-back for separate electronics) enables fast implementation of a master application. Own master systems If the IM 180 is not to be used as a hardware basis (as a socalled piggy-back) the ASPC master firmware pack can be purchased with a relevant license. It is available as object code or source code. The firmware has been created for the 80C165 processor. The license and software are not part of the development package. Consult our experts at the interface centers if necessary.
Personal computer or programming device
Configuration software COM PROFIBUS Demo software firmware Software part Hardware part
IM 180 master interface with IM 181 carried board
Slave interface IM 184
Slave interface IM 183-1
Fig. 3/132 Components of the development package 4
3/377
G_IK10_deP0145s
PROFIBUS
Development packages
Development packages (continued) PROFIBUS-DP/PA development package The package permits the configuration of PROFIBUS slaves in accordance with various PROFIBUS standards: PROFIBUS-DP V1 (RS 485) PROFIBUS-PA (IEC 1158) and PROFIBUS based on fiberoptic conductors The development environment shows the implementation of applications using the PROFIBUS-ASICs DPC 31. The use of the ASICs SIM1 as a Medium Attachment Unit for adapting to PROFIBUS-PA Physics in accordance with IEC 1158-2 is also explained.
Hardware included: DPC 31 development board; for developing/testing the own application CP 5613; serves as a master interface for the PC (PCI card) Optical bus terminal; for converting between copper and fiber optic cables Prefabricated PROFIBUS cables Software included: Test and simulation software under WinNT for using on the PC in connection with the master module CP 5613 Demo program for the DPC 31 board DPC 31 DPV1 original firmware, including developer license Parameterization software for CP 5613 "COM PROFIBUS" for DP operation PDM demo software (PDM = Process Device Manager) for PA operation
For developing PROFIBUS-PA applications, a PROFIBUSDP/PA coupler (6ES7 1570AC80-0XA0) is required, which must be ordered separately. The DP/PA coupler implements the transition between PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA. This module is not part of the development package.
Internal/ External Crystal or Oscillator
S E L E C T I O N
RS 485 A S Y N C M U X LIKO ASIC SIM1
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS Fiber Optic PROFIBUS PA
Socket for 80C31 Emulation 64 kB Flash Host interface External Microprocessor Area for additional applications 32 kB SRAM
DPC31
Mode Configuration
P B P F
LEDs
DIP switch
G_IK10_deP0147s
Boot/Bus
DIP switch
Fig. 3/133 Block diagram of the PROFIBUS-DP/PA development board
Ordering data
Development package 4 for PROFIBUS-ASIC SPC 3, IM 183-1 and IM 180/181, German/English DP/PA development package for PROFIBUS-ASIC DPC 31 and SIM1, German/English
Order No.
6ES7 195-3BA00-0YA0
6ES7 195-3BA10-0YA0
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS-DP interfaces
Application Various interface modules are available for different functional requirements and areas of application.
Master applications
IM 180 IM 182-1 IM 184 IM 183-1
IM 181-1
Intelligent slave applications
Interface modules for master: IM 180 to connect a field device to PROFIBUS-DP in the form of a master IM 181 PC carrier board for adapting the IM 180 to the ISA bus of a PC Interface modules for slaves: IM 182-1PC slave board for connection of AT-compatible PCs as DP slaves IM 183-1 to connect a field device to the PROFIBUS-DP as a slave IM 184 to connect a simple third-party device to the PROFIBUS-DP as a slave
Simple slave applications
G_IK10_deP0146s
Fig. 3/134 Classification of the interfaces according to their applications
The PROFIBUS-DP interface modules make it easy to connect devices to PROFIBUS-DP. They are based on the described ASICs from the Siemens AG. Design
The interface modules can be used for a data transfer rate of up to 12 Mbit/s.
IM 180 interface module The IM 180 interface module consists primarily of an 80C165 microprocessor, the ASPC 2 ASIC and an OTPEEPROM and RAM. A dual-port RAM serves as the interface to the host system. IM 181PC carrier board-1 The IM 181 -1 PC carrier board is used to accommodate the IM 180 if this is to be operated in a PC system with ISA bus.
Drivers for Windows NT and demo software are offered as accessories to demonstrate incorporation of the IM 180/IM 181-1 into the DOS environment.
IM 182-1 PC slave board The simple IM 182-1 PC slave board (ISA bus) is based on the SPC3 ASIC. It contains all physical bus components.3 A 9-pin sub D connector is used for connection to PROFIBUS-DP. The firmware of the SPC 3 can be used in the PC as an accessory. The 1.5 Kbyte RAM of the SPC 3 forms the interface to the host system. A driver for Windows NT is also offered. IM 183-1 interface module The IM 183-1 interface module consists primarily of the SPC 3 ASIC, the 80C32 microprocessor, an OTP EEPROM as well as an RS 485 interface for connection to the PROFIBUS-DP. An additional RS 232 interface is located on the module.
IM 184 interface module The IM 184 interface module consists primarily of the LSPM 2 ASIC, OTP EEPROM memory as well as an RS 485 interface for connection to the PROFIBUS-DP. The IM 184 can provide 32 input/output bits. Further details can be found in the product brief "PROFIBUS Technology Components", Order No.: 6ZB5310-0CT010BA7.
Manuals for PROFIBUS-DP interfaces are available free in Internet. Internet links: http://www.ad.siemens.de/csi/dp (German) Distributed I/Os Others Technology components ... manuals http://www.ad.siemens.de/csi_e/dp (English) Distributed I/O Others Development Components ... manuals
3/379

PROFIBUS-DP interfaces
Interface modules Application Data transfer rate Protocols ASIC Microprocessor Firmware size Memory capacity Host interface max. IM 184 simple slave applications 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS-DP LSPM 2 not necessary not necessary 0 C to +70 C 5 V DC typ. 150 mA 85 64 mm IM 183-1 simple slave applications 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS-DP SPC 3 80C32 (20 MHz) 4 to 24 KByte (incl. test program) 32 KByte SRAM 64 KByte EPROM 0 C to +70 C 5 V DC 250 mA 86 76 mm IM 182-1 simple slave applications 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS-DP SPC 3 Processor of the PC/PG 4 to 24 KByte (incl. test program) 0 C to +60 C 5 V DC 250 mA 168 105 mm IM 180 master applications 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS-DP ASPC 2 80C165 (40 MHz) 80 Kbytes 2 128 KByte Dual-port RAM 0 C to +70 C 5 V DC 250 mA 100 100 mm IM 181 carrier board for IM 180 interface 168 105 mm
Perm. ambient temperature Current supply Current input Board size in mm
Ordering data
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 180 master module for PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s IM 181 PC carrier module for IM 180 max. 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 182-1 PC slave board for PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 183-1 slave module for PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 184 slave module for PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s
Order No.
6ES7 180-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7 181-0AA01-0XA0
6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0
6ES7 183-0AA01-0XA0
6ES7 184-0AA00-0XA0
PROFIBUS
Partner solutions
SCOPE for PROFIBUS diagnostic software
Overview Low-cost software package. Requires CP 5613 Can be used in PROFIBUSDP (DP/V1) and with segment transceiver in PA networks Runs under Windows 95/98/NT 4.0, Windows 2000 in preparation No configuration required.
CP 5613
SCOPE for PROFIBUS
3
ET 200M S7-300 SIMODRIVE S7-400
Fig. 3/135 SCOPE for PROFIBUS diagnostic software system environment
System requirements
SCOPE for PROFIBUS requires at least: Pentium 233 MHz processor and 8 MB RAM. SCOPE for PROFIBUS has the task of monitoring the data traffic on a PROFIBUS network passively, i.e. without any active intervention in the network, (online mode) and recording it for later evaluation (offline mode). The information exchanged on the bus between the stations is recorded with time tags, stored on layer 2 (FDL) or interpreted as a DP or DP/V1 message. User interface in accordance with Windows conventions Mouse or keyboard control
The CP 5613 is necessary for connecting to PROFIBUS (see page 3/281).
Functions
On-line help Automatic baud rate detection On-line mode Recording of bus data in the ring buffer or buffer file according to set filter and trigger conditions with pre and post-history Measurement stop according to trigger frequency Display of all bus stations or display of data senders only (live list) Display of the net bus load (net data above the layer 2 frame) Display of the gross bus load Ordering data
Off-line mode Loading and analysis of saved measurements, saving and printing of measuring results Message viewing function on layer 2 (FDL), DP or DP/V1 Search for frame types Filter settings for viewing and recording messages Trigger settings for aborting measurements Settable trigger events
Hardware requirements PC with 3" diskette drive and color monitor CP 5613 communication Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT 4.0
Order No. Can be ordered directly from: Technologie Management Gruppe i-tec Gesellschaft fr industrielle Informationstechnik mbH Mr. Wolf-D. Zabel Brauerstr. 50 D-76137 Karlsruhe Phone: +49 721/828 06-0 Fax: +49 721/828 06-10 E-mail: sales@tmgitec.de Order No.: PB-0PV1 MON-0
System requirements
SCOPE for PROFIBUS diagnostic software Runs under Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT 4.0 including authorization diskette and manual German/English
3/381
G_IK10_deP0049s
PROFIBUS
Partner solutions
PROFIBUS slave software for SPC 41
Overview Specially adapted to the SPC 41 or SPC 4 Comprises protocol and application interface. Supports PROFIBUS-DP, FMS and PA. Can be used in energy-saving field devices of process automation and engineering or in field devices of manufacturing automation and building engineering TMG i-tec provides this software as processor-related source codes for various microcontrollers. The following processors are supported at present: INTEL 80 C 32. Siemens SABC 165. Mitsubishi M 37702. Mitsubishi M 16 C. Motorola 68 HC 16. Motorola 683 XX (e.g. 68322). Hitachi H 8/520. Other implementations/ portability solutions on request. Ordering data
1 timer, 1 interrupt, 1 reset Approx. 3 Kbytes, plus Heap Depending on compiler processor approx. 25...38 Kbytes, including application example 9.6 Kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s asynchronous via RS 485. 31.25 Kbit/s synchronous acc. to IEC 61158-2 with SPC 4/SPC 41 and SIM1 Hardware test program in ANSIC for establishing the electrical connection between the microcontroller and SPC 4-ASIC SPC 4/SPC 41 software in processor-related source code User description of the SPC 4/SPC 41 software interface in German or English Program example for a DPV1 application with associated GSD file Order No. PB-SPC4-2XX
Necessary processor resources RAM requirement CODE volume
} DP slave software SPC 41 (DPE software/SPC 41) For DP/V1 with cyclic and acyclic functions, e.g. for PROFIBUS-PA, as processor-dependent source code
Combi slave software SPC 41 (Server software/SPC 41) For standard FMS and cyclic DP, as processor-dependent source code Contact partner for sales, service and training:
Data transfer rate
PB-SPC4-3XX
Supply schedule
Technologie Management Gruppe i-tec Gesellschaft fr industrielle Informationstechnik mbH Mr. Wolf-D. Zabel Brauerstr. 50 D-76137 Karlsruhe Phone: +49 721/828 06-0 Fax: +49 721/828 06-10 E-mail: sales@tmgitec.de
PROFIBUS
Partner solutions
SNAP-DP and SNAP-S7 for Borland Delphi
Overview The SNAP software products offer object-oriented interfaces for Delphi developments with access to PROFIBUS. The following protocols are offered: PROFIBUS-DP (SNAP-DP) for the software DP-5613 with CP 5613/CP 5614 or SOFTNET-DP with CP 5511 or CP 5611 S7 communication (SNAP-S7) for the software S7-5613 with CP 5613/CP 5614 or SOFTNET-S7 with CP 5511/ CP 5611 Interface for the Borland environment to SIMATIC NET. Visual programming using Delphi components. SNAP forms the real stations of the PROFIBUS network such as PC, SIMATIC S7 or DP slaves on Delphi components. SNAP provides the following benefits for developers: Fast and effective application development by visual combination of the appropriate components on a Delphi form. Simplified initialization through definition of object properties. User-friendly, object-oriented access to the PROFIBUS devices.
Developments run on computers with ISA, PCI or PCMCIA slots.
3
Order No.
System requirements Borland Delphi 3.0 or higher or Borland C++ Builder Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 Professional CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613/CP 5614 Software packages for CP 5613/CP5614 or CP 5511, CP 5611
Ordering data
SNAP-DP for Borland Delphi Runs under Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 Professional, including demo program, German documentation SNAP-S7 for Borland Delphi or C++-Builder Runs under Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 Professional, including demo program, German documentation For further details, contact:
SNAP-DP
SNAP-S7-PB
Aixo Informationstechnologie GmbH Contact partner for sales, service and training Domenico Carapezza Dennewartstr. 27 D-52068 Aachen Phone: +49 2 41/963-1128 Fax: +49 2 41/963-1123 E-mail: snap@aixo.com
Note: A demo version can be downloaded from the Internet. The complete version of SNAP-DP and SNAP-S7 can also be ordered online.
http://www.Aixo.com
3/383
PROFIBUS
Notes

Profibus From IKPI 2000

Cargado por

Información del documento

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Profibus From IKPI 2000

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

PROFIBUS acc.

to IEC 61158/EN 50170

Optical Networks / OBT / int. Interface Wireless Link

Siemens IK PI October 2000

PROFIBUS in the SIMATIC NET communication landscape

Designed for Industry

Siemens IK PI October 2000

SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400

CP 342-5/CP342-5 FO CP 443-5 Extended IM 467 IM 467 FO

CP 5511 CP 5611 CP 5613/CP 5613 FO CP 5614/CP 5614 FO

CP 5431 FMS/DP 2) IM 308-C

Siemens IK PI October 2000

DP master e.g. PLC or PC

Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE) S5-115U with IM 308C

DP/AS interface link 20

Customized solution with Siemens ASICs

Siemens IK PI October 2000

Siemens IK PI October 2000

Siemens IK PI October 2000

CP 342-5 CP 342-5 FO CP 343-5

CP 443-5 Basic CP 443-5 Extended

CP 5511 CP 5611 CP 5613/CP 5613 FO CP 5614/CP 5614 FO

Data communication for SIMATIC and PC

Siemens IK PI October 2000

In the In the standard H system system

Communications overview for SIMATIC

Siemens IK PI October 2000

SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC C7

Communications overview for SIMATIC

OPC PROFIBUS-DP S7 communication S5-C PROFIBUS-FMS

Windows 2000 Pro

Communications overview for PG/PC

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) xxx) Space holder for operating system

You will find application exampleson the Quick Start CD

Communications overview for PG/PC

Siemens IK PI October 2000

PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5

Third-party device ET 200S ET 200X

PROFIBUS-DP configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC

PC/WinCC with CP 5613 and FMS-5613

PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5

PROFIBUS-FMS configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC

Configuration example for PG/OP communication

PG with CP 1613 and STEP 7 V5

S7-300 with CP 342-5

S7-300 with CP 343-5 S7-400 with CP 443-5 Basic

Fig. 3/10 PG/OP communication with S7 routing

Siemens IK PI October 2000

Bus cable for PROFIBUS Connecting cable

Fig. 3/11 Electrical PROFIBUS network configuration

Siemens IK PI October 2000

Siemens IK PI October 2000

Glass-FOC Bus cable for PROFIBUS

Master e.g. S7-300

Slave e.g. ET 200L

Slave e.g. ET 200X

Slave e.g. ET 200S

Fig. 3/14 Connection to moving stations

Siemens IK PI October 2000

Glass FOC Bus cable for PROFIBUS

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA2 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA4

Siemens IK PI October 2000

RS 485 acc. to IEC 61158/ EN 50170